IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I Mi Urn If li^ 11112:0 11^ 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 -^ 6" - ► s ; i Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent 3tre film6s d des taux de reduction diffdrents. Lorsque le document est t.;:p grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, il est filmd d partir de Tangle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images ndcessaire. Les diagraTimes suivants illustrent la m^thode. 1 2 3 4 5 6 '-y. - "l^ ■ \ THl Bj THE AMERICAN COAST PILOT, \V CONTAIMIMO THK COURSES AND DISTANCES I \ •■■;... »' BfcTWKKN THE V ^,^^^^' PRINCIPAL HARBOURS, CAPES, AND HEADLANDS, FROM • fr Passamaqiioddy^ through the Gulf of Florida ; \ WITH DIRECTIONS FOR SAILINti INTO THF SAME, DESCRIBING THE SOrNDJNOS, BEARINGS OF THE LIGHT-HOUSES AND BEAC0N3 FROM THE * \j ,, . ,. ^^ ,.- ROCKS, SHOALS, I.EDCES, &C...,, .. - y: Together with the I COURSES AND DISTANCES !j^ "^ From Cape Cod aiid Cape Ann to George's Bank,. THROUGH THE SOUTH AND EAST CHANNELS, AND THE SETTINGS OF THE CURRENTS : With the - LATITUDES AND LOJmiTUDE^^Pf,: ^ - OF THE , < . ' •• . •_ PRINCIPAL HARBOURS ON THE COAST;" . • ■•• • * TOOBTH£Rl(lTH ' "^ A TIDE TABI.E. BY EDMUND M. BLUNT. r% ! IgB - f'l ^^^^^^^^B ' I'^H^^K ■i m f> ■.\ s corrected and Improved by the most Experienced Pikt* in the United States. Information to Masjcrs of Vessels, wherein the manner of transacting Busiuess at the ^Custom Houses is fully elucidated. ,-'-\ NINTH EDITIO>f. i NEW-YORK: PRINTED FOR EDM'JND M. BLUNT, AT THE QUADRANT. Jan. 1817. SOLD WHOLESALE AND RETAIL ;#■■ By Edward Little & Co. IfswacniPORX-Edward Little and J«>»>n.'«%^^»P*' f""' LiND— Edmund M. Blunt, 202, Water-Strect, Samuel A. Burtis, 18 Peck^slip, and B. Crane, 85 Cherry-street, New- Yonc— John Brewer, No. 3 Mar- ket-square, Pbovioknse— Josiah C. Shaw, IIB rhameu- etreet, N bwpobt, (R. L) and all the principal Book- V . sellers and Ship- Chandlers in the United States. raiCB FOUR DOLLARS. WITH SEVENTSKN ENSRAjrilTOS. r f iii^J :fm^: Mi'trUt of AVii'-Forfe, ss. ,-. Be it remembered, thnt on the 29(h day of Septrnibcr, in the forlieth year of the independcii''" of the Uuited Slatcisof America, Ki)m„n« M, Blunt, of the said District, hath deposited in this office the titlu of a book, the right whereof be claima, oc in the words following, to wit : The American Coast Pilot, containing the Coursct atid Distaners betwfen the principal HarboufSy C'ajjri, and Head handi, from Passamaqtwddy, thrmigh the Oulph of Florida, with directions fur sailini^- into the. same, describing the Smindings, Bearings of Ike lAglit' Uoutes, and Beacons front the Rocks, Shoah, Ledges, Sec. — fogettur with the Courses and Distances from Cape Cod and Cape Ann to George'' s Bank, thrmigh the Hmtlh and East Channels, and the settings of the C arrents, with the Latitudes atvd Loyigiludes nf the principal ff arbours on the Coast, togethir with a Tide Table. By Edmund M. Blunt. Corrected and improved by the most experienced Pilots in the United States. Also, Information to Masteitii of Vessels, wherein the manner of transacting business at the Custom-Houses is fully elucidated. lo conformity to the act of (he Congress of the United States, entitled " An act for the encouragement of learnmg, by securing the copies of uiapr , charts, and books, to the au- thors and proprietors of such copies, during the time therein mentioned.^' And also to an net, entitled " An act, supplementary to an act, eutitled an act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, and books, t^he authors and proprietors of such copies, during the times therein mentioned, and exteiJRng the benefits thereof to the arts of designing, engraving, apd etching historical and other prints." THERON RUDD, • Clerk of the Southern District of New-York. DIRECTIONS FOR THE BINDER. «* T examii peruse; know I T "Ami into, a Beverl Xfeddo to the <;ourag Isle of Sable, Plan of Portland Harbour, - . Portsmouth, Newburyport, r -: — Annis Squam, r - . Boston Bay, — — — Cape Poge, ' ■ Newport, Chart of Long-Island Sound, New-York, Little Egg Harbour, Bay and River of Delaware, — Chesapeake, Chart of the Coast of North Carolina, ■ — >- — Charleston Harbour, — T Savannah River, • >- the Harbgtir of VeraCniz, To face ■■-%•' ' page 1 - 120 123 - 126 129 - 135 152 . 164 161 - 16? 166 166 - 169 177 - 162 185 • S49 T HlCA.n and roi T "Ami ?ork, ^■; :mm^s: T PlI,OT Fecomi ^^^'h'^ r^* r, ill the (briieth -,^■l> M, Blunt, . book, tlie right ren the priyicipal fulph of Florida^ ■tigi nf the Light- the. Courses and ! Umilh arid East 'es of the principal 'ilvnt. Corrected 10, Information to Custom-Hotuet is " An act for the books, to the au- ' And also tu an encouragement of rs and proprietors ienefit£ thereof to r RUDD, ^ of New-York. o face page I - 12t) 123 - 126 129 - 135 152 • 154 161 - 162 166 166 - 169 177 - 162 185 - 248 f^ ■, v , $^: RECOMMENDATIONS. # M'tuiburypart, January, 180^. THE aubscribers, a Committee li im the MA.niNB Socibtv of Jfewburi/porl, having examined " Bi.wnt's American Coast Pilot," certify. That they have carefully penned the work, and finding it to be accurate in every part, within the compaaa of their knowledge, recommend it as useful and valuable to Navigator-:. ■*;*:■ WM. 11U9SRL, \\U. NOYES, NICHOLAS JOHNSON, EBEN. STOCKER, A. WHEELWRIGHT, BENJAMIN WYATT, 5EWELL TOPPAN. THIS i« to certify, that the subscribers, at the request of the Proprietor of the " AMBRtcAN Coast Pilot," have carefully examined the several porta we have sailed into, and, from experience, declare the directions given for Boston, Marblekead, Salem^ Beverly, Cape Ann, Jinnia Sijuam, fitwburyport, Ipsxnch Bay, Porttnumth, from Cape Ifeddock to Cape Porpoise, from thence to Wood Island, Portland, Hvuey's Sound, ice. to the eastward, to be correct, the work a very useful publication, and deserving the on- qouraj;ement of all concerned in navigation. ^ . re * MOSES BROWN, NATHAN POOR. JAMES SAUNDERS, ISAAC NOYES, WILLIAM MILBERRY, | JOHN SOMERBY, ) ENOCH LIJNT, > Branch Pilots at Newburyport* ENOCH LUNT,jun. ) >j«?i Deer Island, October 4, 1796. THIS will certify, that I have proved, from experience, since the within " Aheei- HiCAN Co«8T Pilot" was published, that the directions for the £rs ^ y _ — J nork, and worthy the attention of ali mariners ALEXANDER A9KINS, DANIEL BAKER. Salisbury, 1796. THIS will certify, that I have carefully examined the within " Am khicvji Coast Pilot,** and compared it with charts which I know from experience to be correct, and do tvcommend it as a valuable work, and worthy the attention of Navigators. BENJAMIN LURVEY. ,' I : 5 II R E CO M M E N D A T I O N S. i||^INO requested by the Propi and eittDMBe the laoie, I hbve curel utility, and weTl trtjrthy the atfcnt* \ .^JI^lJ^I^Arf, Mai/ 8, 1798. AhiI^an CoahMJI^t," to nd Kcnnaiend the booli^^e of g 1^ Ahi%uan CoAH'^ni^T," to peruss and Kcnnviend the boolil^e of general Concerned in Navigation, aa CTintaining the mottaafe and correct directions ever pubiralied for the Amcricao Coaat, and such m may be used with safety in timea of danger. JOHN THIIRLO. THIS may Coast Pilot,' uM^ mariners. Portsmouth^ muc lo, iivj. i thscriber, having carefully examined theN^A.iEniWlnr :ct, think it my duty to rccomM|nd it lor general le publicatipn extant. JF x V i i lIOPl^- ra ATON. Itoslhn, Ifunt me 17, ' h 98.. ) THIS may certify, that the subscriber having examined the " Amkrican Coast Pilot," by desire of the Proprietor, do pninounce it very correct and worthy the atten- Uon of all mariners. THOMAS KNOX, Branch Pilot for Boston Bay and Harbour. If .< JVew^Weni, March 16, 1803. THJi? may certify, that the subscriber, Pilot for Block f aland Channel, Long Island Sound, Vineyard Snund, and JVan/ucfeet Shoals, has carefully examined the " American Coast Pilot," and do pronounce it a very correct and useful publication for all Naviga- tors. BURTON BRIGGS. Philadelphia^ J^ovembcr, ITdG. THIS shall certify, that the subscriber. Branch Pilot for the Delaware, haying carefully perused the directions given for sailing in by Cape May and Cape Henlopen, from thence up the bay to the city of Pfct/arfc/y)/iM, contained in the "American Coast Pilot," and, from experience, declare them to be very correct, the work very useful, and worthy the attention of all mariners. • WILLIAM SCHiLLl!;^G£R. ' '"- SaticnnoA, (Geo.) Dec. 3, 1804. THIS may certify, tliat the subscriber, having long been a Pilot for the port of Sa- vannah, and being requested by EdmunoM. Blunt, Proprietor of the "Americak Coast Pilot,^' to examine and give my opinion of the v/ork, conceive it a duty due to mariners for me to recommend it for their use, as being very correct. WILLIAM BROWN. ■>.■",. BaUimore, June, ISOf. THIS may certify, that the subscriber, having examined the " Ahericait Coast Pilot," by desire of the Proprietor, do pronounce it correct and worthy the attention of all mariner*. ^ MARTIN HAZARD, Branch Pilot for Baltimore. . THIS may certify, that the subscriber. Pilot," by desiro of tlit Proprietor, do pr mariners. MarllM's Vineiiard, June, 1808. having examintd the '^American Coast .ounce it correct and worthy the attention of CLIFFORD DUNHAM, Pilot for tiie Vineyard. 'S.^- ^ " .iSti>^- Mane, 1798. T,'' to peruse " le of general as n>ntaiuing the and such as may BN THURLO. I 15, 17Pj. , A.-iKRifflnf id it lor general •^XEATON. ■98» KuNe i wKRicAN Coast worthy the ntten- OMAS KNOX, 3ay and Harbour. Tareh 15, 1803. nnel, Long lalunH the " Amebic; AN :ion for all Naviga- ?0N BRIGGS. fovemiicr, 179C. e, haying carefullj open, from thence I Coast Pilot," useful, and worthy HlLLl^ilGER, .) Dec. 3, 1804. or the port of Sa- the "Amesicak e it a duty due to lAM BROWN. >•«, JtiJie, 180r. MERicAN Coast hv the attention of riN HAZARD, 'ilot for Baltimore. nt, JutUj 1808. MERTCAN CoA8T hy T^^^'HM^- 1 .u, ««•-.• .»v "f >-' -T" VI r II K V A C E. ^>.,v- tended to the piolcctiun and cncouraj>e can at all times carry in his pocket. It is, probably, an important fact, which speaks in flattering terms, that Captain Patten, of Kennebunk, who run into this harbour in distress, on Sunday evening, owes the preservation of his vessel, and the lives of his crew, to the instructions given in BLUNT'S AMERICAN COAST PILOT." The following is taken from the Newhuryport Herald of June 21, 1808. " A sloop belonging to Dartmouth, from Kenneheck, with lumber, in the violent blow of Saturday, upset 16 leagues from our bar, her deck load was washed off, when she righted, and came in by the assistance of BLUNT'S COAST PILOT, nearly full of water ; the master's name is Gideon Rickctson, who had only three men on board ; they lashed themselves on deck, and in this situation came in." With such pretensions to public patronage, the editor is not backward in meeting the public scrutiny. The merits of his work are grounded on the best science in the country, and every exertion of long and laborious industry has been employed in executing its pages with the strictest accuracy and fidelity, that were due to its high promise of usefulness and emolument. EDMUND M. BLUNT. J^eiS'York, Comer of Fiillon and Water-streets, January, 1617, i" ,im-' 'iff*'.' ' ♦ will they give for wages only, which the wor- ect. The law »rk, and for the ssed April 9th, of April, 1813, merchants and vised and con- 10 list of duties seamen, have ice the last cdi- cral slate laVvs, Jc regulation of it of high im- T'hose laws, in- IC'AN COAST 'h himself with :h mariners arc resort to, when lad. ctcd from more c AMLlllCAN . at one view, 1 by every man I from the .N'ac- captain. •cia^ woild, that mplrtc, that the liarljours on the all times carry hich speaks in ho run into this ervation of his n in BLUNT'S d of June 21, ivith lumber, in I- bar, her deck ' the assistance ' ; the master's m board ; they I." s not backward : are grounded >n of long and pages with the gh promise of [. BLUNT. iry, 1817. To Edmund Jtf. Bluhl, Author of the Amtrietm Coatt Pilot, ^e. 4re. Ncw-YoHK, July 28d, 1816. 8IR, Your valuable and unwearied labours to improre the navigation of the United States, render you the centre of every kind of intelligence that is interesting to mariners. You are therefore entitled to receire a communication concerning the height of the Harbour Hill, on Long-Island, and of the Nevtr»ink Hill, on the continent, near New-York, as they have been lately ascertained by the ba* rometer. We owe this information to Captain Aldcn PAmTRiDoi:, Professor of Engi- neering in the Military Academy at West-Point ; who, pursuant to an arrange- ment made with me when I visited that national institution in December, 1816, has executed that service in a scientific and satisfactory manner. I had the pleasure to accompany this gentleman on both expeditions. I am satisfied, that, on these occasions, he has proceeded with the skill and accuracy, which have heretofore distinguished his observations to determine the altitudes of mountains in New-Hampshire, Vermont, and New-York. It is worthy of re< mark, that persons, distinguished for their taste and proficiency in science, were present, as well in Q,ucens County as in Monmouth. There was a plenty of good and sufficient witnesses. The Harbour Hill, the most elevated point of the ridge running lengthwise through Long-Island, from New-Utrecht to Southbold, distant twcnty-siz miles, in a north-easterly direction, has an elevation of three hundred and nineteen feet above high water mark ; or, as the tide rises at its base about seven feet, three hundred and twenty -six feet above the level of the ebb. The Neversink Hill, the highest maiitimc land of New-Jersey, was measured in several places, Captain Partridge travelled from knoll to knoll, accompa- nied by his enterprising cadets, to find the most lofty. The greatest elevation of those we visited, was two hundred and eighty-one fett. Upon revising the operation, he assures me there is no reason to suppose error, either in the in- ^'trument, the observation, or the calculation. According to these computations, it appears that both the summits are conqj- dcrably lower than popular opinion had estimated ; and that the Harbour Hill, which had been supposed the less elevuted, is, in fact, the. higher ground of the two, by a difference of twenty-eight feet, I leave it to you, to settle the effects of these conclusions, upon the rcckcji- ing of ships and vessels making the coast hereabouts ; and beg you, at the sam c ^ifn.^, to accept the assnrancc of my sincere esteem and regard. SAMUEL L. MITCHIH. ■ "ii'n "-.m il Hi I ' i t?**'^'. %.- ,-w , V. . . if a.. ■ t*'; "V_' * ' «-•■;- , f " > ■ k iS/.- ^'•.'. *" ' ' i ,' *'f «^ -J i .?*' ..«*', ■■>.?* r.*:* t *.*^ *, ^- ;- /' '• (-?» tk- m. - v^ rjjr. -9>-An # Irr ,,'5» , />^-%-ne'ir-'t-." J!;' 4 *ji i CONTENTS. VI!.;: J** # #i-' ,i^ ' P«gt t FROM Cape Sable to the Bay of Fundy Plan or thk Islx of Sable From Sambro Island to Cape Sable Directions for Halifax Harbour Fort Aylsbury, Convey Harbour, Milford Haven White Haven, Sandwich Bay, River St. Mary's Moullon Harbour, Liscomb Harbour, Port Stevens, White Islands Harboux FJemming River, Beaver Harbour, Port Parker Port North, Port Palisser, Spry Harbour, Deane Harbour Saunders Hafbour, Tangier Harbour, Knowles Harjioar Keppell Harbour, Egmont Harbour, Catch Harbour Sambro Harbour, Bristol Bay, Prospect Harbour Port Durham, Leith Harbour, Charlotte Bay Mcclenburgh Bay, Luenburgh, King's Bay, Garabier Harbour, Port Mansfield, Port Mills Fort Campbell, Fort Amhurit, Port IlD-din^ind, St. Mary's Bay . . Annapolis Royal ; Sailing directions for Sable Island, the Coast of Nova Scotia and Bay ofFundy . . • • • * * * Remarks on the same . „'„ \ ,„',,,' . Directions for navigating on part of the South Coast of Newfoundland Description of Fortune Bay ....... . Hermitage Bay ...... W the Bay of Despair ...... 2a Directio s for navigating the West Coast of Newfoundland ... 34 on part of the North East side of Newfoundland and in the Straits De*scriplion of part tf the Coa?t of Labrador from Grand Point of Great Mecatina to She- 54 U 64 IS 9 ib. 3 4 6 « ib. 7 iJ). 8 !b. 9 11 13 14 17 Directions for navigating on that part of the Coast of Labrador, from ShecaUcato Cha- teaux, in the Straits of Belle Isle . • ', . ■ Descriotion of the Coast of Labrador from Cape Charles to (.ape Lewis ___J_ . St. Mitchel to Spotted Island Remarks made between the ibSand of Groias and Cape Bonavista Directions for navigating from Cape Race to Cape Bonavista, with remarks upon Courses and distances on the Coast of Newfoundland, between Cape Race and Cape CoSes and distances on the Coast of Newfoundland from Cape Spear to Bay Verd^ Bacalieu, and several Ports and Headlands in the bay ot Consuinptic;! orCon- Co*u?se3°an(l distances from'split Point, whfch is one mi!f anJ p ha".<' from Bay Verdi head in Newfoundlaid, to several places in the bay of rrinity • • Depth of Water on the Bank and off the Soulh part of the CoaJ. of Newfound- DSions for navigating this bay of Placentia, on the sositU coast of Newfound- land, from Cape Chaperouge to Cape St. Mary's ' »» At 1 4.. Di«Jitions for nivigaling partofthe coast of Newfoundlr.nd from cape St. Mary's to Cape Spear, including St. Mary's atd Trepassey !i< T " **4§^^ ^•'|4 1 xii Contents. B««ringi from anottiar ttatioo, twar the eait end of the nid nmi t t*gt from the wettend of Rot liland . . « I. I froa the eMt end of Rot Idutd . . . ^ . ■ ■ill ■ for the wcit end of Madame Dinctiou for failine from <)aeb«c, down the river St. Lawrence Anchorage on the edge of Burnt Cape Ledge . • BearinsL aken from the west end of Little. Uaod, or Gooseberry Islani ^ From Cape Maillard to go clear of Coudre Split . . DirecKoos for the South Channel from St. John*s Point of Orleans, to Uie louth wesiE end of Crano Island opposite the South River ". . . Diiection> for sailing into Shelbume Harbour (N. S.) . .- to go to the eastward of the Island of Campo Bello, between the said it< land and the WoWe's blands Directions for the eastern coast, when you fall in with Grand Manan, or Mount I»—-.— for Townsend Harbour - ... for Kennebeck and Sheepscut River* - - — .— ^ for sailing into New Meadows - - - - - I - for Hussey'i Sound - - - ' - — for Portland Harbour ftAJt OF Portland Harbovr ..... Notice to masters of vessels who fall in with the coast I. ?ar Portland Boon Island Light house - - - - - . - Remarks on the White Hills .-■... Directions from Cape Porpoise to Wood Islalid Light - . ' to sail from Cape Neddock to Cape Porpoise ... — — for P'-TU.nouth (N. H.) ..... VcAS ow PcitTSMouTH IIarbovr - - - . Description of the Isles of Sboali ..... Directions for Newburyport and Ipswich Bay Plan of Nevvbvrtfort HarboviI - . . SigaaU for Vessels - - - »•' '• ... Directions for Anil's Squam Harbour, in Ipswich Bay . . PliAir OF Aaais SauAM Harbovr • . . . . Directions to ge into Cape Ann Harbour - « ■ ' for Salem Harbour I- for Beverly and Manchester ' for saiHng.icto Marblehead Remarks on Cashe's Ledge Directions for sailing into Boston Harbour . . . ' . Fi.An OS' BoBToif Harbovr . . . . ' . Directions from Boston Light-House to Cape Elizabeth . . . — , for sailing in and out of Boston Bay, from Cape Cod or Cape Ann to Boston Light-House . .... . . . . , . Directions for Scitnate Harbour . . . . ' . for Plymonth Harbour ••.... I I for Cape Cod Harbour •••... Descriptiv'u of the eastern coast of the county of Banutable, from Cape Cod, or Race ■#.:" Point, Jcc •t^ Directions fi >m Cape Cod to Holmes' Hol6 , % , for Chatham Harbonr ' I 'I for sailing into Nantucket Harbour Sd Dire^«ai for going i«to Nantacket Harbour Hi ib. ib. lot ib. 103 ib. ib. ib. 104 10« 10« vn 108 109 ib. Ill ib. IK 114 lift ib. ib. ib. lb. ib. 116 ib. 117 ib. 118 119 ib. 120 ib. 13'2 ib. ib. 1^ ib. ib. 123 125 126 ib. 129 ib. ib. 130 131 132 133 134 135 ib. 137 ib. 130 ib. 140 141 14A ib. ib. ib. iouth weiiE the laid it< Mouat De- ib. m ib. 103 ib. ib. ib. 104 lOS 100 109 lOS 100 ib. Ill ib. lis 114 11« ib. ib. ». lb. ib. 110 ib. 117 ib. Its 119 ib. 120 ib. 132 ib. ib. 183 ib. ib. 123 125 126 ib. n9 ib. ib. ISO 13 1 las 103 134 Ids ib. ■ 137 3 Adu to Bo«ton B Cod, or Race ib. 130 ib. 140 141 14fi ib. ib. tb. SdlX>irMti«u'fi>rikiliB| iatntlM Harbour of Nantacket by tie B««X^ .' Pan 14ft Covthat and diftancet Irom Nantucket Ligbt-Houie . . . ib. DiiMtion* for tLote running for Block Iiland Channel, to the southward of Martha** Vineyard, Nantucket Island, tic. . . ^47 Bearinss and distances of sundry plaoei from Gay Head Lieht'Honie . 161 Puur cv Caipb Poos, &c. l«t Dcri^'riptioB of George's Bank and Nantucket Shoala . . 15C Citections from Gay r ad to New Bedford ..... 154 for those w» j fall in with Block Islwid, when tbey are bound for Rhode Island Harbour •••.... ..^ . Plaw ok NxwroRT Harbovr . . . . ' Bearings by compass, from Rhode Island Lig^t-House of several remarkable places, 4c. ......... '^•roctions for sailing from Newport through the Sound, to Hunt's Harbour, near Hell GMe ••.•••.... Birections from Block Island to Gardner's Bay ..... Bearings and distvices of sundry pJacsa from the Light-Houso on Montague Point, &c. . . . . , . . . » Description of Long Island . . ..... Directions from Gardner's Island to Shelter Island . . , ." — — — — from Gardner's Island to New London • • • . — — for TCssels coming from sea, and bound to New London . ] — — — - for sailing by the Light-House on Fayenweather's Island, ^t the entrance of Black Rock Harbour, on the north shore of Long Island Sound Chart of Loko Islaiid Sovnd ., . . . * for sailing through the Sound from New-London to New- York . '* '. ' wf Oyster Bay and Huntington . . . . • i ! of Huntington Bay , . ,;. . . . -of Hell cite ^ T^^i !> . I . I /- I for vessels bound to NTewToiAk . . . . " ' . ' ' to go channel way . , . Plaw of Nkw-York Harrovr , Bearings, Courses and distances of the mAts placed in tie Harbour of New-Tork' Orders and Regulations for the Port of New- York ' Description of the Coast to the east ward and westward of Sudv Hook of New-York Bay ... Directions for sailing from Sandy Hook Light-House to Cape May,' or Light-House on %:' ■»>*.. Cape Henlopen ... Directions for Little Egg Harbour Plak of LittiiX £o« Harbour . Directions for sailing in by Cape M>;y ,%.' . . Chart of th« Bat ar» Rivkr oV D»ilSrA»» Directions for sailing in by Cape Henlopen ' .; . — :: from Reedy Island to Philadelphi* ; >. - r- - I Tide Table . . . .-/ ■';.^-, . * ;v* • .•'v.. ■ - from Cape Henlopen to Cape Hun^ - - - . ' Remarks on the land from Cape Henlopen to C.Vmcoteague Shoals - - 1 Directions for sailing in by Cape Henry Light-House .... Chart of thh Bai of CiiKSArsAKc from its sittrai«(k to Balti- General directions f«Jr the Horse Shoe - . . I I I Directions for New Point Comfort - - . . l I — for those bound to the Capes of Virginia - . .1 — for HamptoR Roads ----.., for running from Cape Henry up the bay to Baltimore . I From New Point Comfort to Potomac River - . . , Directions from Potomac River to Patuxent River - . .1 — for going from Cape Henry, or Lynn Haven Bay, to York River I Cape Hatteras . - - . .. Look Out -----..."" Fear Light-House - - . . . Chart of trr Coast o» North Carolina, tc. - . - - The North Bar of the new Inlet The South do do ...'*' The Main Bar of Cape Fear •...'"* The Western or Oak Island Channel Other Directions for Oak Island Channel . . ' . \ Directions for coming in from sea for the coast of North Carolina - - 1 from (Jiape Fear to beoigetown . . . \ ' for s&ilii^ iUtttGeorgetAwB Harbour - - - _ I ib. ib. 155 15» 157 ISO 15» ib. ib. ib. loa let 161 ib. ib. ib. 102 105 ib. 104 ib. ib. 165 166. ib. ib. \ ie» Kt ib. ib., ib. io»- ib. ib. 170 ib. 171 17a 174 170 170 ib. 177 170 ib. 170 ib. ib. ib. ib. ib. 100 ib. :\\ I Ik ContentA. XIV Othtr dircctSoM for Georgetown Harbour through North Inlet „•, « - Pn« Cajie Rooian - - ",a<->\ Directioni for aailing into Cherleiton (a. C.) - - Plan or Chari-kstoit Harbour - *„v * Order* and Regulationn for the Port of Charleston (S. C.) Directioni from Charleston Barto Fort Royal - - f _. from Charleston Bar to Tybee , - -.*..-/ .•4 Plan or Savawjtah River - - • - * ", , ,^* I'or Hogoheehfic River , - - " " ' _ -ci^ 3* St. Catharine's Bar - - ' ' I ' "•'^'* Sappello Bar - " * ' , Vj,a«g^^5^ •; ,iv,»to|^ St. Ilelona Sound - - " ■ i "y* Directions from Tybee to St. Simons • • • ' for St. Mary's and Amelia Bar - - _• - - from St. Mary's to St. John's - . from St. John's to the Bay of St. Augustine - - - , to anchor in the Bay of St. Augustine. Observations on tlie weather and on the Gulf Stream - 'r, . ^■' ^ k \r' t Directions for making a speedy passage from St. Augustme to New- York Winds and wuather on the coast of South Carolina - - General Instructions for making the Bermuda Islands - .."..., Remarks on the Gulf Stream, and the means of ascertammg when m it" vicinity - K»to«it of a letter from Francis D. Mason, Esq. to Colonel Jonathan Williams, Com- mandant of the Corps of Engineers, and author of " Thermometncal Naviga- tion," at New-York, dated Clifton, (Eng.) . ^ ,/, , , • Temperature of the air and water, on a passage from New-York to Ireland . From the mouth of St. Mary's River to St. Augustine . . „ , ; , Directions for vessels liound from the eastward over the great Bahama ^k, toward the Island of Cub;, rind frjmtlience into the Gulf of Mexico . „> • Directions for vessels bound to the eastward . . • __ for sailing into Mobile Bay . " „ for sailing to and from the River Mississippi, by S B. L>a7is To prevent missing the river and falling to the westward Caution to masters of vessels • • • Common error of Strangers . . • • On thesetting of the Current • Directions for the entrance of tlie River . • • To sail up the River . • • * On coming to or bringing up Shoals in the River • • t. Directions for Vesselr bound down the River ■,.,/-.,.■ % , for Vessels bound from the Missifsippi through the Gull . ; ■ Directions for Sailing by Crooked Island to Exnma and Providence ,'" ' for New-Providence and the Bahama Bank . • for vessels bound from the southward to Exuma Salt Pond . Sailing directions for the Coast of St. Domingo and Passages near that Wane-Mayze . • ;'&; from Morant Point or the East end of Jamaica, to the Navaza Cape Tiburon, vSi- and cape Donna Maria, on Hispaniola .for falling in with the Loggerhead Keys, &c. for sailing into and out of Cnmpethj ■ for going to, and sailing into La Vera Cruz Sfre irs'or^sSung to the mouth of" River Balliz or Balise, in the Bay of Honduras Other general directions . ■ ' ., ' ^, l , ' Directions for sailing from River Balliz, through the south channel . . ^ for sailing out of the Bay r f Honduras . . • General and particular directions for ">rt Omoa . . . • • Diwrtionitrom Port Omoa to Golfo ) /nice • • • . ,,' , ""* "for Tiling from Black River, on the Mo.kito shore, to the bay of Honduras Directions for Truxillo Bay ., i,;i i. Uv Description ofthe coast between Black River, on the Moskito she de Omoft, with diroctioos for sailing, anchoring, &c. Directions for sailing to the Moskito Shore, Rattan, and Bay of Hond.ras, &c Descriptioa of Porto BeBoHarboor . • "nd San Fernando 180 181 18« ib. 188 184 186 ib. 186 ib. ib. 187 ib. ib. 198 ib. 18» ib. 190 191 192 200 202 203 204 206 ib. ib. 207 208 ib. ib. ib. ib. ib. 209 ib. ib. 212 ib. 213 ih. 229 236 237 238 239 241 ib. 242 ib. ib. 244 246 ib. 24S ib. 247 248 ib. 2r,0 2«1 em-#«*fe?«t^'5 .^v 181 18C ib. 185 184 18S ib. 186 ib. ib. 187 ib. weatker and on icinUy illiams, Com- ical Naviga- iud toward 18» ib. 190 191 192 200 202 203 304 206 ib. ib. 207 208 ib. ib: ,«v --^y:^^^- IB. ^ • ib. ^ "'C ib. ■ . . ' 212 ■'■',: ib. , 213 sland ib. hern Channel PM a, Port Royal, , , 236 d of Jamaica 237 hereof Cuba, , , 238 I Cape Tiburon, • 239 , 241 ^ ib. ] 242 ^ , ib. V of Honduras ib. ^ 244 • ■ 246 ib. , 24S , , ib. r of Honduras 247 , 248 id San Fernando _ ib. ras, &c. 2-,0 , a 2al ^-m Contents. ' XV XHl««liMU for (k'lliag Into and out of Arena* B»j, to th« norlhward of C^rthogerm, " CD th« Spaniih Main . . • • „ " „ , "^ , „ ' , ^^ DiractioM from Cape Blanco to Cape St. Roman, Cata Bay, Porto Cabello, Ac. from CapaCodera to Capo Blanco— Ja«per Bar ^- • • ' ri»mthe;Di«piritedKeyi, to Cape Codera or Quadera . • • The Dispirited Keys on the Spanish Main . . • • * • TI»IglandsofMargaTita,Portuga and Grenada . • ■^t.^ifl^. Grenadiers and Island of St. VincenU .» ■«" -^.V-ii* -« •^^ **' The Island of St. Lucia . • • • . ' ~. Martirico •;'.«. ».,. — Dominico • Guadaloupo and its dependencies . Antigua, With Barbuda ' Sailing directions for Sie north side of Antigua . . *^r • , ^ The Island of Monserrat, Redondo, Nevn, and St. Chnstoplier . - .. — ■ ■ St. Eustatia and Saba . . •,,•,,'.. The Island of St. Bartholomew, St Martin, and Anguilla, with Dog Island and Prickly Pear Island The Little Inland and Bank of Avi* • • • • The Virgin Islands . . • * . ', Island Santa Crui, St. John, St. Thomas, Biequc, &c.- The Islands of Tortola, Virgin Gorda, Anegada, &c. , Sombrero ....••• Direction* for sailing along the south side of Portonco . . • j ,^ .. the north side of Porto Rico . . , . },> i % ' ' ^ The Silver Key . • ^ • • • • ..'<-» Directions for Turks Island and Caycos passages TheCaycoi . •„.:..; Mouchoir Quarre or the Square Handkerrhicf Crooked Island Passage . • , ^ " * " - ' Description of the hlands of Bonair and Cnrassoa Directions for vessels bound to Trinidad ..." v~, The Island of Barbadoes - - - - .-*•>- Tobago - - ". ' ' Remarks for sailing into the River Demarari Observations and remarks on the Coast of Gayana Remarks on D' Espagne Bay, or gulf of Paria - - Directions for sailing up the Surinam River to Parsmaribo - River Amazon - - From Maranhao to SaUnas - - - - - - Directions for River Para ^ ' , * . . the Mouth of the River La Plata Monte Video - - - * To sail to the south of the English Bank .... Rio Grande - - - . ' ,, '.^ ..'„. w , General directions for leaving Rio Janeiro, and bound to the llrver fjale Directions for Monte Video - - - ',„",. t • ,i,„ Remarks concerning the Winds, Weathsr, Tides, or CurrenU, Soundings, &c. in the River Plate, with Instructions for navigating therein - - . ;, . " Directions for Maldonado Roads, and for going in and out round the Island GoriHa Courses and Distances ..--•-- Table I. Latitudes and Longitudes. H. Times of High Water. ^ /"> ^ IN. Findiagftc Moon's Age. _ ^ ,- ^-ts^^s,?^ ;'. *- t I ' 2i2 J] HI 25S l^H ib. ^^HH 254 ^■■j ib. fl^H 26* % -. ^^n m ^ l^BI ast «H 2&8 ^H tso HH 261 pH 263 ' iH «6S ,; iH sw KB 268 ■ B S69 ffi «10 liffl ib. '< '^Sm ib. 'jJKM 873 ' ^Vh 874 imB ■r-»»% Wm. mi uM ib. :.'f| um 278 ■i Pjg 380 "■'t wk S81 i 9B 288 I m 284 S85 !^H ib. vH 286 ^ H 288 389 ■^ H 390 h H Ib. Hi 392 Wa. 295 ffl 294 K m 396 aSm ib. 1 H ib. % M 297 ■; PH 310 I'f:^ 513 [M ib. !■ S20i in 323 \w[ • ■ m " m -j^-: ■■am..,...t.irm JfVjl Co^ieaits.' APPENDIX. 'mS: y,T Laws relating to tiw pewer aad duty of Coiuulk Isstnictioni for Matter* of VmhIi iUgulation of Seamen ..... Laws of Oeorgia for Seamen and Mariner* . . . . Abitract* frotn the Lam of New- York, mteraiting to Macters and Mariner*. . Wreck* . . .... Servants • • . ., . fllave* • . .. Slaves and SeiTants . . . ' . , Quarantine Law . . • ' Ship* liable Ibr Debts . . . • .. . Ila*ter8 liable lot- Passenger* . . . , Bearohing of Vessels * . - ., Wardens, Pilotii, and Pilotage ..... Dotj and Fee* of Harbour Masters . . . ., hi(^ of the United State* respecting Foreign A]Keiit* . . ^ Jtiii^laUon of the Fisheries . . . . . .Abstract* of the Laws of the United States, concerning veiieli to b« fiaplfiyed ift th& Coasting Trade and Fisheries .... Relief of Sick and disabled Seamen . . , Penalty on Forging Sea-Letters, Passports, tic. or using such Registered vessels sold out of the United States, in certain cases, to have the bentfit* they were formerly entitled to - Law of the United States making provision for unlading vessels obstructed by ice Enticing and parrying away Soldiers, Apprentices, and Debtors, and importing Co.n- victs, Aliens, &c. - - • - - Law of New-Hampshire - - - . - ■ ' Massachusetts - -. •. — . ■• - r< .' Rhode-Island Connecticut . I ' New- York New-Jersey I.I Delaware . . . ■ Fenasylvania Maryland ■ Virginia •«it^ u.^. — North-Carolina Vi-'^'Xfci, ■0- rage 12 IS 17 ■10 21 23 24 ib. ,25 fi SI ib. 32 ib. 37 .38 39 40 44 AS 47 ib. ib. ib. ib. 48 ib. ib. 149 ib. 61 lb. ib. 53 54 fiS 56 57 58 59 Quarantine Laws I^w of New-Hampshire .. Massachusetts ..I Rhode-Island ' Connecticut ^ ■ — Pennsylvania Virginia - ' B <■ • ' ^Georgia - - . . - . An Act to regulate the Pilotage of vessels to and from the several Ports of the Slate of Georgia - - - - - - 61 Protection of American Seamen - . . . 02 Slave Trade - - - . . . 03 Duties payable OB gdods imported . . . . as Tonnage . . -.. . . . 70 Compensation Acts. Fees of Office '. . • .' , 71 Ports of Entry and Delivery for Foreign Vessels . . , 72 Mode of transacting business at the New-York Custom House. Duty of Masters of Vessels ...... 7,5 Post Office Law . . . , . , 76 Importers and Consignees . . . . . . , 77 Mode of obtaining drawback on Foreign Merohandizc . ... 80 Information Generally , , . ,, -.' . 84 Manifest for a Coafting Vessel . " , . 8i> AdvettisemcDts. •iM'.' • VfifVi IS 17 30 linen. . 21 23 34 ib. ,35 «(i SI ib. 32 ib. 37 fc .38 39 jayloyed iathe 40 44 Wi .•■ 48 kTathe hentfiU . 47 :ted by ke ib. unporting Co,B- ib. ib. ib. 48 ib. ib. 149 ib. 61 ib. f,2 ib. r:^ : ■ ,53 .54 6i 66 ay 58 09 40 of the Slate of 61 82 03 fiS 70 71 72 f of Matters of 75 76 77 80 84 i» .;,/ #- # tja^ \^l r '« .■/i;.^• / >-*^ > -,wk!y '^ ^/../W.*- / I i f§ ;»»'-^» '% ■ ""n^- BLUNTS AMERICAN COAiT PILOT. J?ROM CAPE SABLE TO THE BAT OF FV^DYir X HE louUi «Bd of tbe SmUi Seal Ide bean W.by If . from'Cape Sable, ditf" taut about 7 leaKiiea i between then there are 1 7 fathoms. Aboat 3} miles S. { E. fran the S. W. part of the South Seal Isle, and W. 7 leaguea from Cape Sa« ble, there b a rock above water, which appears to bt vttf smooth ; between this rock and the South Seat Islan<>4, there are fathams. Off tbe west side of the Island there are twA smftll . «ky islands; between them and the Seal Island tboit are 2 and 3 fathoma. Between the South and tbe NoHh Seal Islands, there k a channel of about 2^ miles wide, with 18 fathoma in it. lo coifw throoib this channel, you shonld keep neiM to th« sdnth than to the north iiland, because there is a shoal lies off about thriw quatten «f a mile from tbe north island, on wbicb there a^e 3 fa- thMs. The course throuftb this channel is about north-West Tbe Oannet Bock lies 13 miles N. | W. from the S. VV. part of tb« South Seal Illabd, tod 8 miles S. by W. f W. from Cape Forcbu. About 5 miles W. i S. from the Oaooet Rock, 1 4 miles If. M. W. f W. from the S. W. part of the South Seal Island, and 1 1 miles S. W. ^ S. from Cape Forcho, there is a ledn of focks, whieb «ppeai- about half ebb. Between tbe South Seal IsUnd and the Oantiet Rock, Uiere ire from S to i20 fathoms ; between the Oaonet and Cape Voithu th^rfe are 23, 28, 16, and 14 fathoms. The Lurcher ledf^e lies 17 miles N. N. W. from the Oannet Rook, 1 1 piiles If. W. I W. frodl Cape Forchu, 1 5 miles 8. W. by W. from Cape St Mary, and 1 8 miles S. b^ W. I W. from the S. W. part of BryeKs Island. Between Cape Forchu and the. Luither, therf are 28, 38, and 14 fathoms ; and between tne< Lurcher and Bryer's Island, there ttt from 1 7 to 42 fathoms. Trini^ led|Ke lies 5 miles If. E-liy C. from tbe Lurcher ledge, 1 1 miles N. N. W. I W. from Cape Fohshu, 10 miles S. W. by W. from Cape St. Mary, and 14 miles S by W. from the south pofait of Bryer's island. Between Cape Forchu and Trinity ledge there are from 1 2 to 24 fathoms ; between the ledge and Capp St. Manr there are 18 fathoms: between the former and Bryet^a island, there are 42 nthoms ; and along the shore, between Ckpe Forchu and Cape St. Mary, there are 1 1 and 12 fathoms. Cape St. Mary bears from Cape Fofcbu N. by £.i E. distant 16 miles. The south entrancO of the Orand Passage lies miles N. N.W< i W. from the south part of Cape St. Mary : between them there are T m 14tof22fathom%: The Orand Passage lies betweer Bryer's island and tbe S. W. ^nd of Jkioog Island ; and the Petit passage lies at. the N. E. end of Long island, about t litlifls dntant from the Orand passage. A^ut 2 miles S. W. from tbe S. W. paH of Bryer*s island, lies Black rock ; and about a mile and a half futther, in the sume diieptlon, ther^ Is a shoal, with only 3 ftet on (t. Between this shoal ukl Black rodt there ai^ It frthoms ; bettreea Blnck rock and the S. W. point of tbe island the water is ftho«l. About 3 miles N. W. by W. from the north entrance of the Orfnd passage, is the Iforth West-ledge. The widest and deepest ehMpel for ships A»t coi||ie from thi> southward for the Bay of Fundy* i* between tbcr lCorth.We):t4edM and the West Seal isles ; it is nearly 6 kaguM wide. Th«ra is also a channel betwMa Oreat Manan island »nd the pdat of the mua Uodl^ die westward of It ; th^ channel is about 4 miles wide. Mouat Oesett rock lies 261eagttea N. W. by W. from tiia^South Stal ia ,i:?:t! S - Blum's American Coast Pilot. Edit. 17 leagufii W. S. W. from the Wctt Seil iiiei, 7 leajrucs E. | N. from Woodeih ball rock, and 12 league* E. \ N. from MaabeigeB island. FROM SAMBRO ISLAND TO CAPE SABLE. FROM Samhro island (o thft entrance of Le Heve, the courae b W. { S. and (lie dittaiife 11 Ick^nrs; bi'tween them are Charlotte's and King*! bays; the former is alsr> raikd Mni|piret'H bny. About 5 miles S. \ W. from the point of land which xtpnr^tt^ the two bays, lies Green island ; it te imall, and I'es 7 leapifs VV. N. VV. \ VV. from Sanibro island. From the cntraurtf of Le II«ve to Hope iiland, the counw k S. W by W. \ W. and Uie diMHncr about 1 1 leafnii.-s; betwren them lie Pert Jackaoo, Liver- pool, and Gambler linrtHnirs. Port Jnrkkon is called by tome Port Mttway, and Gambler harbour is alto called Port MattooD. Betwevo Port Jarktoo and LiverDOol is Cape .Vfetway. From Hope ibtand to the entrance of Port Mills, or Ragged Itland Harbour, ttie course is W. S. W. \ W. and the distance 5| letKuea; between, tbem lie Stormont river, Port Mauufield, and Featoo river. PortManafield is alio called Port Herbert. From the entrance of Port Milll to that of Port HaMermand, the course is S. W. by W. I ^¥. and the distance about 6 leagues ; between them lie Buller bay, port Campbell, and Port Amherst. Port Cam|^l U alio called Port Rose- way ; this is deemed nn excellent harbour. Prom the entrance of Port HaMerman to Cape Sable, the course is W. 4 S. »nd the'distaace 10 mileH ; between them lie* fiarringtou bay. Port Haldei- maad ii also called Port Latour. The Brazil rock lies 5 miles S. \ W. from the point of land which separates tbe entrance of port Haldermand from Harrington b«y ; and 6^ titles S. E. by E. from cape Sable ; on this rock there are )0 feet; between it and cape Sable there are 1 7 fathoms. Cape Sable is a low sandy point; it mav be known by several sandy hills ly- ing jmt within and by the laud a little further iuor to the northward of the sand bills, which appears higher. The east end of Baron bank lies leagues 9. W. by W. from cape Sable } It thenco extends W. S. \V. ^ W. 7 miles, is about a reef or rocks extends W. by S. about 3 miles, ou which the sea always brcakb unless the Water be vei^ smooth- m Directiong for Halifax harbour, taken from the printed Direc- tions m the Custom- House at Halifax^ 'samhro islnntl and light house is io latitude 44 deg. 30 mio. N. and loti* gllii'Je 03 tw«rd, bring the light to bear N. E. ; if it bears more easterly, stretc'i to ihe southward till it bears N. E and as much more northerly as you please, tiiet-e being no shoal or ledge to the southward; then keep it open on your larboard bow ; give it more than a mile and a half birth, as much more as you please. Note — Tlif wenern ledges lie from the light S. W. distant two miles, ttie 'other W. S. W. about one league ; the eastern ledge* lie in a range nearly, eomi; above wa er ; tbe outermost, one mile and a half from the light, bearing from U E. N. E. Whea tbe light bears north, distant about 2 «ii)ei, run N. E. 4 miles, thea j^.f ■|fc;''ifife«' 9 Etlit. i. from Woodeih ing'i bays; the ttom the point of nail, and I'm 7 S. W by W. f JtckfOD, Lirer* ort Mctway, and >rt Jafkaon and Mand Harbour, ?t ween, them lie eld is alw called , the coune la S. lie fiullerbay, •lied Port Rom- lurM la W. 4 S. Ide . Port Haider- whieh ieparates \i milea S. E. bf t aud cape Sable k1 Bandy hills If' >ward of the sand I cape Sable } it •od lias 20 and are 33 fathoms, at eight o'clock, ca, ou which the tinted Diree- aio. N. and Ion- *& mwe easterljr, northerly as you ^eep it open on as roach more as It two miles, tlie a rana;e nearly, ie light, bearing S. 4 miles, then 9 Edit. . Bliint's American Coast Pilot. Borth will carry you to Cbcdabucto Head, at a proper diatance cttnr of all dan* fer ytYtm a-breast of Cbedabuct* Head, run N. \ VV. for the south point huu a sHmI wirirb runs off* S. W. iroro Uit bencli. Thcure is also « slioti Ijiof one mile south of SwndMich poiut. Coming from the eastward, run for liie light, and you caiiiiot fail seeing Ctit' dabucto Head as you open Haliiax harbour \ the light bciug 4 milts distaat from the Head to tlie S. W. • FORT AYLSBURT. YOU have regular souhdiiigs and deep water as fttr up as point Bruce, wheie a rocky shoal extends near one third of ihe way acruis (he clmuiiel; v\wq you are a-lnreast of it, s>er for the small inland on the eatttcni iJiori', aud uuiier a short sail, haul round iis west bide, giving it Init a hiiihII birtli, to avoid a rncky flat running from the western shore, wilhiu the disiarue oi £0 laiitums from the irie. TOu may anclwr under the west side of the ikie, or fuittier up. Titer* is a paaMge, at high wcter, from ihib to the lioy of Rockt>, lor boats aud small craft only. Port Hood is situated on the iiorth-w estem extremity of (he inland of cape Bre* too, bears by compass north 4 decrees enbt, ilibtaut 20 miles from the. north eu> trance of the gut of Canso, and esitt 8 deg. soulh 1 ?{ miles from cape Oecrge. The flood tide sets from the northward at the rate ol 1^ mile an hour: and oo the days of full and change, it \* high water at half past beven ; common spring tides rise about 5 feet. Toaail in, keep your course to the eaHtward, till point Emerson is on with the gut of Cariso ; this dircrtiun will lead yuu into do less than 6 fathoms ; aud close by tlic end of the sand flat which runs frnni the muiIu east part of the peninsula . — here are two small remnrkable white beaches at the bottom of tiie clifl*s ; wheu the southentmogt bears W. by S. you may haul round to the auchorage in 4 and 5 fathoms, and muddy bottom, where ships may lie well sheltered from all winds. The water on tlie flats ap|>eurs yery white, and breaks when the wind blowH strong from tlic southward. There is a pauage for small ve<«el> between point Susannah aud Henry isle. -. CONVEY HARBOUR. '0 THIS harbour is sheltered by Seymour isles, and has two entrances. Sailing into the westemmoBt, in order to avoid Henry leeach. To sail into tltc western entrance, come not nenrer Seymour nles than 6 fathoms t shaping your course to the northward, until you open the North Stage mid-channel i then steer for it, aud you may anchor in 0, 8 and 10 fathoms, good holding ground. MILFORD HAVEX. THE head of the Bay Chedabiicto b surioiuided with sand flats, but none ex. tend further from the shore than 200 fathoms, excepting Stony isle shoal, run- fiing oflTBouth near half a mile, and meets Toby-liead shoal, which makes a bar of 3{ fathoms across the channel into Milford Haven. At the beginninflr of the flood and ebb, the tide streaow with great velocity ia the Narrows between Stony I i t:\-.:i lt>' Blunt't American Cout Pilot. 9Edk. ,*?!■ \' 1:1 kle mm! Um WMten shore. WUhio IIm harbour, betwecD Eliza ptdot and the bcMh, there la a bar cf 3( fathoma, above whkh t* deep water for taveral mika fip lotQ the f ountrj. SaliuoQ rirer is lit only for tlie •nalieat b9ati. WHITE HAVEN. WHITE-HEAD Island it very high, and the Rock* that ntrround it, with (hose dTthe eutrance of White H*ven, westward to Cape Msrtlogo, inclusively, are high, and remarliabljr white also. There are seversi passages between these tocki i the best la between the Gulf rach. and the West breaker. You may sail clow by Turtle rock{ <)ien shape your course N. W. by N. keeping near Tbrtie- to|> island, to avoid a ridge of sunken rocks which extend from the eastern irtMre one third of the way across the channcit and run up to anchor in 10 and 12 fathoms, muddy bottom. Port How is a good snug harbour, Imt there are several breakers in the en- trance. To sail into it, bring the body of Middle isle to bear N. I E. then steer for it till you are above Iron-Head, to which, on account of some rocks south- ward of it, you are to give a good birth j and you may anchor under Middle i«le in 7 and • fathoms, good holding ground, or in the north-west branch going up to it; keep nearest the western shore. Crow hartMuir, or the south shore of Chedabucto bay, W. N. W. 4 leagues from Canso, has deep water, with good bottom, and may aflbrd reception for 2 or 3 ships of war. Tbe best channel is on the west side of Rook isle, between it and Corby, which is a shoal extending •astward about 70 fathoms from 2 small red heads on the western &hore. Isle Book Is bold to. Philip inlet is shoal, and lies open to the north winds. A small schooner may^ lie sheltered wUbin W|iite point in Shallop cove. H.,fY' SANDWICH BAY. THERE are safe and easy passages for the largest ships of war between the focks, ledges, and breakers, about the entrance of this bay, leading up to the se- veral harbours branching out from it. Country harbour is navigable a great way up, and affords cood anchorage in mud bottom. Fort Hichinbroke has also suf- ficient depths or water for any ship and good holding ground. Fort Montagu lies very convenient for carrying on the cod fishery. You may lie very snug within Island barbpur, in 7 or 8 fathoms, mud bottom : and commodious for go- ing to sea with almost any wind. The south end of William island is shoal for a quarter of a mile. A rocky reef extends about half a mile S. S. E. from Cape Mocodome. Pollux shelves to the N. W. but is bold too on the south and east allies. From Orpheus ledge it is shoal alwve a mile to the S. S. eastward, and a quarter of a mile to (he N. H . westward. The flute, a sunken rock, lies S. £. tf deg. S> 2 miles from Cape Mocodome, and N. £. b. E. one mile and three Juarters from Pollux, and S. W. b. W. ) W. 4| miles from Green isUnd. The ^ddle, another sunken nK:k, lies S. E. near 4 miles from Cape Mocodome, and £. i S. 3 miles from Pollux. The bassoons (two breakers) lie south above Ij inlle from Green island, and E. b, N. | N. 5} miles from Pollux. Port Bickerton is a safe little harbour. The south end of Richard isle is ihoal for about the distance of a cable's length. Hummock head is surrounded with high black rocks-^ts interior part is barren : a ship may anchor within the head on the eastern shore. In running further up, keep the starboard shore ^n board to avoid Murray'« ledge, p»rt of which is dry at low water. A EIVEB St. MARY. ▲T the entrance the soundings are irregular, and the bottom rocky; it is navigable for sloops and schooners by a narrow channel, winding through extesi live flats, pirt>of wl^cji, at (ow w«ter, are left dtjt leading (9 tho ^b w^ef '^\\a. K »ja|i,r.;-J»^-.''.:' 9ESt. poiot and the for MTeral milca ntrround it, witli Jogo, incluiively, fciheltreen these You 10*7 Mil eping near Three- rom the eutera anchor iu 10 and reakcrs in the en- { E. then steer ome rocks soutb- lor under Miudle rest branch going the south shore of water, with good )e best channel is a shoal extending stern »hore. Isle lall schooner m*j war between the ding up to the se- gable a great way roke has also suf- I. Port Montagu nay lie very snug tmmodious for go- laud is shoal for a S. E. from Cape :he south and east S. eastward, and ken rock, lies S. le mile and three een island. The B Mocodome, and e south above ij ux. if Richard isle is !ad is surrounded ty anchor within e starboard shore water. OBI rocky; it is ig throogh extcm I the ^csb w^er OEdit Blunt*8 American Coast Pilot. , HOULTON HARBOUR. FLINT ISLE is surrounded with shoals and breokers. From John isle tber* are roakv reefs stretchinK out near one mile south and S. L. You may sail «n either side of Mill rock. It being strep too. C'Umb rock is dry at low water ia spring tides. The best channel is between it sod the bluff head ou the east shore. USCOMB HARDOUR. «»»>' THE rocks and breakers extending from Cape Amelia, are ebserred at a. roiwitlnrable dihtance, as tlte m^ l)reaks over ihrrn at all tim<4. Coming from the eastward, be careful of a sunken rock lying S. W. 1 mile from C!«pe Amelia. Within the entrance of the harbour there b a blind rock, lying three quarters of a cable's leiigtli from Point Pitt. You may anchor any where in this harbour, ia i otH fathoms, aud good holding groaud. PORT STEVENS. ' *'^ ' THERE are seme ledges and breakers « hich lie scattered from the E. to tli« S. E. within 3 miles of Cape Philip. The best rhHuncI is betueen Taurus nnd another shoal extending about half a mile S. E. from White Point, to which come uo nearer than 5 fathoms, wheore you may sail through belweeu Ureyeutoa i^and and Duck isle, and anchor at pleasure in the harbour. t'j. WHITE ISLANDS HARBOUR. THE sunken rocks, which extend about half a mile S. S. E. from the eastern end of White islands, are steep to, and must be avoided by keepiiitc midrlmnnel between them and Crane island. These islauHs bein<; remarkably l)i<^h aud iron bound, with white rocks« may be distiuguibhed from the ofling. ■r^. ;"\f. "W-. FLEMMINO FIVER. THE channel into this river being rocky and intricate, is scarcely fit for any but fishing and other small craft. BEAVER HARBOUR. ' • - - -' THE Beaver islet are very remarknble to ships sailing alongthe roast, parti* cularly Bald isle, the westernmost which is a high and darkish barren rock. A shoal 8pre.id8 easterly near 300 fathoms from the eastern extremity of South isle; and about three quarters of a mile N. | W. from it, lies Bounce, n small sunken rock, with 15 fathoms close to it on ail sides; aud further, in N. 3 deg. E. t| miles distant are the Twins. Black rock, iu the fair way going up the harbour, has on its side 1 3 fathoms, and IU on its westernmost side; you may anchor in 8 fathoms within Edward and Meadow isles. The Red Cliff on the souih end of Edwards* isle makes this harbour remarkable from the offing, being the only one between Egmont harbour and Liscomb. Sailing into Mackarel bason, give birth,to the shoal which ex- tends northerly above a cable's length off the beach, on 'the east side of its en> trance. The interior part of this Iwach is so steep to, that a vessel of 100 tons may, at all times of tide, lie afloat with her ude touching. There are 3 fathomi ■od mud bottom, throughout the bason. 'V- FORT PARKER. AT the entrimce of this port the bottont ia uneven aud roeky within. cpve ia gowl aaolKnrage io 3 aod S| fatbomi, sound bottom. Bridfe ■» . - J ft Blunt's American Coast Pilot. '9 Edit i^ \> ■ K Us PORT NORTH. , OFF Cape Hide are two ledges, lioked and aurrounded bjr ninkea rocks, com- monly named Pegasiu Wing, to wliich come not nearer than 12 fathoms; the best way into this harbour is on the west side of them, and thence steer for Bock isle, which is steep to, and run up through between Banbury and Guilford isle^ where you will faavn from to 14 fnthoms. N. 10 deg. W. S70 fathoms distant from the N. E. eud of Banbury isle, and E. by N. 2 deg. N. from Stony island, Kes a sunken rock, on the shoalest pirt of which 'here are no more than two feet; when above it, you shape your course north-easterly up the river, and anchor at pleasure iu 7, 8, tmd 9 fathoms, mud bottom k ■ >> PO^T PAUSSER. OFF the entrance of this port E. S. E. 7^ deg. S. 500 fathoms distant from tha Hug, lies a sunken rock, with deep water on all sides around it ; in sailing thence up the harbour, the soundings are irregular from 4 J to 10 fathoms. The best anchorage is within Hugh and Palisser islands, wh<;rs you have from 6 to 8 fa- thoms, mud bottom : and the best channel leading to it is between them. - SPRT HARBOUR. ,,^.,^ CAPE SOUTHAMPTON is high, rocky and barren; two trees on the top inake it very remarkable from the eastward and westward. Cape Spry is lower, and likewise barren ; and on account of two flat stony isles and several breakers extending south-westerly, not safe to approach nearer than 7 tathoms. Vou may sail up the harbour on either side of Cornish rock ; S. S. £. 2 deg. E. 030 fathoms distant trom this rock, and E. N. E. 2 deg. E. from Cape Spry, lies a breaker, on which nre 4 fathoms. Aries is a blind rock, which shews itself at Ipw water spring tides, and is steep toon all sides; it lies N. N. E. 4 deg. | E. 240 fathoms dit^taut from Point Richard. From the anchoring place in 7 and 8 fathoms, mu, •',;.! / KNOWLES HARBOUR. YOU may sail on either side of Bold rock, the N. E. side of which is steep to, but has a shoal extending from its S. W. side about 2 cables' length. Ftola HiroD island there is a ledge and a shoal niDBiiu easterly 3 i^uarters of a mile. Centaur is a blind rock, t^tlte east p reeo them. vfo trees on the top >ape Spry is lower, id several breakers I 7 fathoms. Vou E. 2 deg. E. «30 1 Cape Sprj, lies a lich shews itself at N. E. 4deg. JE. ]g place in 7 and 8 3, leading through e Southampton and and 6 fathoms stiQ Comptroller's ledge, ; way ii(p, aud good I. E. keep thr shore ve Fisher's Nose .^9 e of which is steep >ie8' length. Fro^ I ffuarters of a mile, e of eterks river, L-.^»^\**- -i--^.r ^,^-.^. ■■■-■• ^j^j/jA. -■ -.---'^M:-.. .- 9 Edit filunt's American Coast Firot. wh'ch shews itielf at a quarter ebb. The bottom is a stiff blue claf tbrou|hout the harbour. KEPPEL HARBOUR. OWL J^EAD mh\n this harbour very remarkable from the south-eastward. In the offin? ;he hlion> <>ppf>ar> In white spots from its entrance upwards. The bPFt rbanriel '» on the wpst side of Hiron island ; there is no danger but what slipwc its*lf. pxcepiiiif Hervey hreakent, on which are 3i fathoms, and which br'-ak onir in bad weather. Sailing up. you thoal your water gradually fro* ] 7 to 5 and 4 fathoms, muddy bottom. EOMONT HARBOUR. '>'' TO saH through the b«t channel into this harbour, on the east side of ■ T'l^rn shoal, on wbirh thfre are 11 fee' lyin« S. E. h S. 300 fathoms from P' In* DarVy, shape your course towards M'Bride point, which is bold to, ob- serving to keep i» opieu with the north end of Little Peninsula; and when the h'nlirst pflrt of Winter rock hears sontb, you will be on the east side of Thoin shoal; whence ssil northwards, until vou shut in Little Peninsula with M'Bride's pnii't. and steer north-westerly for Black rock, to avoid the dry sand flats on yoiK starboard hand, within a ship's length of which the water deepens to 5 and 6 f«thom» ; whence yow may run up to anchor at pleasure. In Watering cove, or further up. there is goo«l and well eheltfred anchorage, without the harbour, between Isle James and Isle Worth. Bank's inlet leaves between the extensive dry flats, at its entrance, but a narrow and winding passage for tha smallest fish- ing crafts. ), \ CATCH HARBOUR HAS a bar across its entrance with 9 feet at low water, and it breaks when the wind blows upon the shore; it is frequented by small vessela only. • T SAMBRO' HARBOUR. -^ ^ COMING from the westward, the best passage is between Cape Pallisserand the Bull ro»ck; from the eastward, you may run up between Sambro* island and Inner ledge. The anchoring ground is within the Isle of-raan, in 3 fathoms, mud bottom. The gut leading to Loudy bason has from 2 to 3 fathoms, and h vary narro«'. BRISTOL BAY. . v ON the days of full and new moon it flows till three quarters past 7 o'clock, and the commou spring tides rise eight feet. To run up to anchor in Shuldum harbour, when coming from the westward, bring Point Mackworth to bear north, and pass between White rocks and the rocks whicli lie off Point Mack- worth. There is a good chennel also between Cape Palisserand Hervey kde, irith good acchoring ground in 7 and 8 fathoms. PROSPECT HARBOUR. THE soundings on the entrance of the harbour are irregular. About two cables' length east of Dormon rock is a breaker, with 3 fathoms on it. There is good anchorage above Pyramid isle for the largest ships, and witb^ Belsey'a Mes ft>r small vessels, ia 4i lathonMi, stiff blue clay. jf^-Ml Bunt's American C6ast PiloC. 9 Edit. r- W " . • PORT DURHAM HAS a sujfictent ^th of water, but the entrances into it are v^ry narrow. "Sailing in through the east pateage, whicii Is the best, give birth to the ledge extending E. S. £> half a mile from Incbkeith island. LEITH HARBOUR. From Incbkeith island E. S. E. about 1^ mile lies the Hog, a sunken rock, «Hi which there are but 6 feet; it may easily be perceived by a rippling of the tide in fair weather, or by a swell and breaking of the sea when the wind blows >}D the shore ; there are good channels on both sides of it. The channel on the west side of the Hog is more difficult, on account of the ledge extending £. S. £• about half a mile firoin the eastern extremity of Incbkeith island. CHARLOTTE BAY. --* IN this bay are several harbours £t to receive armed ships of any rate. The high lands at Haspotageon, on the west, between it and Kill's bay, are very re- markable at a considerable distance in the offing. The shores on the entrance are high white roclu, and steep to: on the west side, coming in, you perceive a Dog, (a ledge,) almost covered and surrounded with breakers, which lies S. by E. 3 deg. E. near I4 mile distant from the south end of Holdorness island, and bears W. 3 deg. S. from the southernmost point of Iiichkeith island. You have good channels on both sides of the small island which shelttrs the south west harbour. In Fitzroy river, thipe may lie land-locked in 5 cr 6 fathoms; sail- iegiiito it lies Black ledge, with deep water clese to it, and lying S. W. i S. 300 lathbms distant from Warren-head, appears at all times of tide. Vessels may |ide half a mile below the falls of EffiiigfaRm rivers. In Delaware river the lar- gest ships may lie in the greatest safety. Convay cove has also a sufTicient depth of water for any ships, and sheltered from all winds. Sailing into it, keep near- est the starboard point of the entrance. Within Hertford bason you have from 8 to 10 fathoms throughout. Mecklenburg isle affords a commodious shelter; and further up, any where within Strelitz isles, you may anchoi- very secure. MECKLENBURG BAY. THIS bay is full of the finest harbors; and there are deep passages within almost every island in it, with convenient anchorage for ail kinds of shipping. To sail from the southward into Prince harbour, when you are as high up as Royal George island, steer for Robinson's rock, which is always above water, until the north point of Louis island opens with the north end of William Henry island, whence you may shape your course to any "part of the harbour, and an* cbor at pleasure in 4, (5, or 9 fathoms, good holding ground. There are several good channels leading into the Royal arm ; about the mid- dl« part of it, S. W. i S. 300 fathoms distant from the south en \ of Jarvis isle, and £. ^ S. distant 600 fathoms from tlie south point of Barriogton Island, lies a ledge, dry at low water. The navigation into Cumberland arm, Chester, and the other harbours in this bay, is so easy and safe, that the sole inspection of the draft will give every in- lormation necessary on the subject. LUENBURGH. -^ THERE are good passages in Euenburgh on either inde of Prince of Wales' island; sailing in on the east side^ keep mid-channel, hi order to avoid the shoals whidi extend from the north part of the islanid, and from Colesworth point. Sallii^ ia. though the best channel, on the westside of the island, incline to- r^. 9 Edit. t are v^ry mrrow. birth to the ledge op:, a euDker rock, f a rippliDg of the len the wind blows rhe chaaaci on the extendiug £. S. £• ad. of aof rate. The '9 bay, are very re- 'es oa the eotraoce g ill, you perceive rs, which lies S. by lornesB JBlanrt, mimI island. You have ttra the fwuth vest Of 6 fathoms; sail- 'ing S. W. i S. 300 ide. Vessels may I ware river the lar- 10 a sufficient depth ; into it, keep iiear- DD you have trom 8 DimodiouB shelter; hoi- very secure. eep passages vitliin kinds of shipping. I are as high up as ways above water, 1 of William Henry e harbour, aod an* m ; about the mid- en I of Jarvis isle, riogton Island, lies ler harbours in this will give every ia- »f Prince of Wales' to avoid the shoals Colesworth point, island, incline to- ...••V i #'Edit. Blunt*s American Coast Pilot. wards the Oveos ; then shape your course N. N. W. f W. over towards Batter/ clifT, in order to avoid the Cat, which lies N. b. K. 1 mile distant from the Ovens, and on which are but 8 feet : and keeping the foii'^etl open wifh Moreau poiol, yott may safely run up to anchor in 3 falJioms, and good holding ground. KING'S BAY. THIS bay is parted from Charlotte's bay by a neck of land about 3 miles over, whereon the highlands of Haspota;;eon stand, whose appearaiKe, iii three regular swellings, render it very remarkable at a great distance in the ofTiiig. Between the islands are coed channels, leadiug up into several fire harbours with* hi the bay. The outer breaker liesN. N. E. 1 mile and two thirds distant from the south east end of Duck island, and W. 7 m its south end, iuclin to the westward iu a direc- tion with the western extremity of Pond Beach, until you open Prospect House on the north side of the iiorthtruinost Mohawk Looge, aud then haul into anchor In 3 fathoms, mud bottom. A*tout midway between Baccaro point and the South ledges, lies the Folly, a Sunken rock, within which and the western shore is a chaunel of no less than Q fathoms. Vultur, a dnn;!crou8 breaker, lies S. W. b. W. near 2 miles from Baccara Point. Brazill is a sunken rock, with 10 feet at low water: it lici. £. b. S. | S. 3 leagues from Cape Sable, and S. S. W. 3 j lea^jues from Cape Negro. 5T. MARY'S BAY. FROM Cape St. Mary upwards into the biy, the south shore is low, and Mns out in sandy flats tor near thne quarters of a mile. The north shore is aurroundtid by high steep clifTi', witii deip water close uuder them. Mid chaonel, and about two thirds up the bay, lies a rocky bank, with 4 aud ik fathoms; and on each •iir f whi'*b are channels of 12 and 15 fathoms, mud bottom. The entrance •f the River Sissiboa is shoal, aad withia has a aorrow cbjanel oi 2 fathoios. i /»#«r*»»v; . v-'l^. »' 9 Edit. 9 Edit. Blunt's AmericMi Coast Pilot. It of whicli is psrti/ luutb 4^ milei dfS" III feet, betweeo rock, alwnys visi- m SuDdricli point, fair way from tlie lie's length of loth bottom. 8aiidy bet'.reea Rose- 4> H»-. itotwo pa8Baf;eg,i3 ^npe itM>lf remarlc- iu hauling round iding easterly from Cape, giviog the B isle, which is the readth with Point 'ofa sunken rock, m the shore. Fish- eep Gray rocks on across the isthmus dget, a blind rock, le Gray rocks, on westward, keeping iistance over from ifclanda at the head ound. Opposite to SiisiboH lies Sandy Core, where vessels, wheo it blows hard, may ground ou soft mud, nnd be slieKered from ail winds. Petit Passage is 2Sb fathoms wide on its Barrowest part, nnd has from 20 to 30 ftthoois ; lis shores are bold too. Oo the west side near the northern entrance, Mcs Eddy cove, coovenient for vessels to anchor out of the stream of the tides, which run so very swift, that without a fresh gale of a leading wind, no ship can stem it. W. N. W. | N. 3^ miles distant from the N. W point of the northern entrance of Grund pasxage, lies the north-west ledge. Coming in from the south- ward, the wideot and deepest channel is on the weist side ol Belly's ieiaud. To avoid the feet shoal (north dintant .300 fathoms of it) haul close round the ibl- atid, or give it a birth of 4 cables' length ere you bear up for the auchorins ground oiT the houses on the western shore. The Black rock is 1|^ mile distant S. S. \V. from the S. E. end of Brvf^r island : and near 2 miles further on the same direc- tion is a shoal witii 3 fathoms, betweeii which and the rock arc Itf fathoms. Trinity ledge lies S. W. { S. distnut miles from tlie southernmost point of Ca[>« St' Mary'ft When the tide is out, three stones appear above water; it isnanr one quarter of a mile in length, ami as much in breadth; and it tails offlialf a mile to the westward, deepening tlic soundings gradually. ANNOPOLIS ROYAL. THE tllorc oft both sides the Gut of Annopolis is iron bound for several leagues. 4fram the south-west end of Lon^-island, n range of hills rise gradually to a considerable height to the entrance of the gut, where it terminates by a steep fall. Here yoti have from 25 to 30 and 40 fathoms, which, as you draw into the bason, shoal quick to 10, 8, and 6 fathoms, mud Iwttom. The ebb and flood stream throungerouB to approach without a commanding breeze. The north-east bar runs out £. N. £. about 4 leagues from the eastern extremity of the island, all which is very shoal, having in few places more than 2. .3, or 4 fathoms ; whence it continues east and E. by S. deepening gradually to 12, 15, and 18 fatlioms at the distance of 8 or 10 leagues, and shapes to the south and south-east, sloping gently to 60 and 70 fathoms, "ro the northward and eastward it is very slei p ; and in a run of 3 miles, the water will deepen to 1 30 fathoms. Abreast the b-^dy of the isle the soundings are more gradual. The slioal S'round of thennrt.h'trcst bar, shapes to the westward, and deepens gradually to 70 fathoms, at the distance of 20 or 25 leagues-from the isle, and winds ensterly nnd southerly until it meets the soundings of th? noitli-east bar. The quality of the bottom in grncral» is veiy ,^f 12 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 EdiitK Iv": ! jfe. t Ik'- ^li '?M fine ■■ad. irlth a few unall tnoEpareot ttones: to tlie north ward, and dote to the ■orth-east bar, thit band w mixi^d with mauy black rpeck* ; but near tlie north- iret>t bar, the sand hn* a greeuKh rntour. The iiorth-eaal bar breakii iu bad wea- ther, at the distaaceof 8 and 10 iMgae:* from the wland ; but in nioder!>te weallw er, * sliip may croM it, at 5 lea;:iieB distance, with great safety, in no lesi tlian 8 or 9 faihoma , and if the weather is clear, the bland may be seen thence very disiiiirtty fnim a boat. The north- west bar breaks in bad weather, at 7, and •ooii-iirneB at 8 miles frnm the island ; bnt when the sea is smooth, ships may cross it, within the distance of 4 miles in 7 fathoms. AloiiK the north and the south sides of the island are many spits of sand, ex- tenlini; iipnrly parallel, and within a mile from.the shore. Vessels may anchor on tbe north side ol the Isliiad, between these epits, and not be liable to be drove offby soutiicrly winds. On the south side it is boldest off the body of the island, having 10 and 1 2 fathoms vithin a mile from the shore : but towards the bar it is more shoal, and dangerous to approach, for the currents, which are uncertain, are in a great degree influenced by the winds which have preceded. The surf beats continually on the shore, and in calm weather is heard several leagHts off. Lianding on this island wi'h boats is practicable ou the north side, after a contin« uance af good weather only. The whole island i<> composed of fine white sand, much coarser than any of the soundings about it, and intermixed with small transparent stones; its iac^ is very broken, and hove up in little hills, knobs, and ClifEi widely heaped together, within which are hollows and ponds of ftesh water, tiie skirts of which abound with cram-berries the whole year, and villi blue ber- ries, jumpers. Sic. in their season, as a]to with ducks, snipes, and other birds. This «atidy island affords a great plenty of beach-grass, wild-peas, and other ber- baires, for the support of horses, cows, hogs, &c. which are running wild upon it. Itgro'Ts no trees; hut abundance of wreck and drift wood may be picked up from 'long tbe shore for fue! Strong northerly winds shift the spit of sand, and often even choke up the entranre of the pond, which usually opens again at the next southern blast. In this pond are prodigious nnmbers of seals, and some flat fish, eels, &e.; and on tht south-west side lies a bed of remarkable large musceb and clams. Tlie south sho^e is, between the cliffs, so low, that the sea breaks quite nver in many places when the wind blows on the island. Thie Kam's-hend is the highest hill on this island; it has a steep cliff on the north-west, and gently falls to the south-east. The naked sand hills are 146 feet of perpendicular height above the level of high wster mark, and always appear very white. Mount Kuight is in the shape of a pyramid, situated in a hollo»« between 2 steep cliffs. Mount Lutlrell, is a remarkable hummock on the top of a large swelling in the land. Gratia hill is a knob at the top of a cliff, 'he height of which is 126 feet perpendicular above hf due white sand, nixed with small R hills, knolM, and ads oCftrsh water, ind with blue ber- , and other birds, as, and other her- ning wild upon it. may be picked up e spit of sand, and >peDs again at the als, and some flat able large muscelii hat the sea breaks The Ram's'head h-west, and gently pendicular height y white. Mount een 2 steep clifiti. rge swelling in the r which is 126 feet is also remarkable ry way. From the aody clifiB, lesseo- rly direction, from their itmer edges ly narrow winding 1 south-east. Be- B, with deep water sle of Sable, to the reeding westward, c! south from Pros" s; and continuing ugs are rocky and stance 1 5 leagues. . E. f N. from the leagues in width ) , in 16 and 18 fa- f every way to 60 and 70 fathoms to« is the edges of the hank. This bank is steepto : and fron its soundings on the north side, you will fall immediately in 90 or 100 fathom% black mud, and in 120 fathoms on the suutli side. I.&e CHAflTS of the btforftnentionfil Voail, publiiked by E. M. Blvrt, 1806.1 REMARKS. The eastern extremity of Great Breton Island (which ships sailing from Eu- rope to Nova Scotia, in general clioos'- to make) appears on the sea shore, and some way back into the counT) , baircn and rocky : and the tops of the hi!"i be- ing to much alike, have nothing rrmarkH' le. The light house and town of liOiiii-burgh, on makkig that part of the it-land, are immediately seen. The coa<akrs in several white roclcy heads and points ; here the country is mnch broken ; and »iear White-bead, ma- ny white stones appear from the offing, like sheep In the woods ; thence to Lis- comb harbour there are banks of red earth nnd beaches and from Liscomb har- i)our to the rugged islantls (excepting the white islands, which are white rocks) the capes and outer islands arc bound with bbck sinty rocks, generally. runoing out in spits from east to west ; and from the rugged islands to the DeviPs island, at the entraore of the harhonr of Halifax you have several remarkable steep >-ed cliffs linked with beaches. From Halifax, westward to Charlotte bay, the country from the offing is very rocky and broken ; the shore is steep too, and honnd with white, rocky cliffs. The high lands of Httspotageen, on the east side of Mccklenbnrgh bay, are very remarkable ; from whence proceeding westward, the rocks which surrotind the , shore are black, with Eonie banks of red earth. Between cape Le Haoe (which is a remarkable promontory, bald on the top, with a red bank under it. facing the south westward) Riid Port Jackson, there are some hummocks within land, about which the'countrv appears low anfl level from the sea ; and on the shore white rocks and stony l>eachcs, with several low bald points, from whence to Port Campbell the land is woody. About the entrance of Port TTnldimand, and with- in land, are several barren spots, which, from the ofling, are easily discerned ; from whence to Cape Sable the land appears level and low ; and on the shore are some cliffs of exceeding white sand, particularly in the entrance of Port Hal- difflafad, and on CapcSable where they are very observable from eea. ■■^Wt L .!'■■: ?-y ^. sy t# I U't'V 14 BluAt*8 Amei^'ican Coast Pnot 9 Edit. From Capli(' U near* ly straight; the shore is bound with hif;h rorky clifb, alwve vrliirh is a raiiite of hills, which rise to a cmsiierable lieifht; tlieir topsapp^^ar (inoo*li and imlrok* en, excepting near the Grand Passnce, Petit P»sMif(e, Sandy Cove, and Giilif (r's Hole, where those h'Mn sink in a valley. From the Gut of Anna(iolis up tin bay to Cape Split, the coast continuea straight and learly in the same rllrrrtinn, with a few rocky cliffs near the Out, and many hanks of red earth undtr hieh lauds, which appear very even. In the Out lendiiig into the haion of mines from cap« Split to Cape Olow-me-down, and from C ipe Oore, oti the north side. t«> Pnrt- ridge Island, the land rises almost perpend'cniar from (he shore to a very gr^at height. Between Cape Blew-me-down, and Partridge Islsnd, there is a great depth of water, aod the stream of the current, even at the times of r ip tidea does not run less than five or six knots. Cape Dore and Cape Chignecto are high lands, wjth very steep cli j of rocks and rerl earth, and deep water close under them : you have nearl the same kind of shore to the bead of Chigaecto Bay, where very exteobive 1' its of mud and quicksaods are left dry at low water. The tides come in a boar, and rush Id with great rapidity; Ihey are known to flow at the Equinoxes from 6o to 70 feet perpendicular. The Isle Hanto is remarkable for the great height and steepness of the reeky cliffs, which seem to over-hang on its west side. Dirertions for navigating on part of the South Coast cf Newfoundland. [N. B. All Bearings and Courses hereafter tHPntimuJy are tht true Bearingt euid Courses, eutd not hjf Cempaas.] Cape Chapeauroiige, or the mountain of the Red Hat, is situated on the west side of Placentia buy, in the latitude of 46* 53' North, and lies nearly west 1 7 or IB leagues from Cape St. Maries ; it is the highest and most remarkable land on tkat part of the coast, appearing above the rest somewhat like the crown of a hat, and may be seen in clear weather 12 leagues. Close to the eastward of Cape Chapeaurouge are the harbours of Great and Uttle St. Lawrence. To sail into Great St. Lawrence, which is (he westernmost, there is no danger but what lies very near the shore-; taking care with westerly, and particutarly 8. W. winds, not to come too near the Hat Mountain, to avoid the flerrvB and eddy winds under the high lands. The course in. is first N. W. till you open the upper part of (he harbour, then N. N. W. |. W. ; (he be8( place for large ships (o anchor, and the best ground is before a cove on the east gide of the banour In 13 fatlioms water, a little above Blue-Beach Point, which h the first point on the wext side; here you lie only two pointsopen: You may anchor any where between (his poiat and the point of Low Beach, on the same side near the head of the harliour, otwerving (hat close to the west shore, the ground is not so good as on the other side. Fishing vessels lay at the head of the harbour above the beach, sheltered from all winds. To sail into Little St. Lawrence, you must keep the west shore on board, io order to avoid a sunken rock which lies a little witlHHit the point «f the Peniosnla, which stretches ofT from the east side of the Imrtionr : You anchor above this Peninsula (which covers you from (he sea winds) iie 3 and 4 fathoms water, a fine sandy bottom. Id these harbours are good fiaUng convenieneesi and plenty ^^' / ^««tWP^n.' - 9 Edit. i« Seal lilcf anti rith red baiilts of pd ulth iMmkr of led wtlh wood. AiitiR|K>lit' i« iieiir* lirh \* a raiife of oo'li and iiiil>r»k< )ve, Mnd Giilif cr't in|iolii up til* bay ne rlirrrtion, with iiiidiT hich lauds, r inineB from cape th Bide. t» Pirt- re to a very Xfot there is a freat fies of r ip tidea leepcli iofrocka near} the same itii^e 1' Its of mud a boar, and nish xes from 60 to 70 I ateepneas of the uth Coast of thtfme BeoriHg$ uated on the west ies nearly west 1 7 t remarkable land ike the crown of a oiirs of Great and 8 (be westernmost, rare irith westerly, fountain, to avoid n. is first N.W. till ; the best place for the east side of the , wliich is the first «i may anchor any the same side near we, the f;round is »d of tbe harbour here on hoard, io it «f the Peainsiiia, anchor above thh 4 fathoms water, a lieaees, and plenty 9 Edit Blunt's American Coast Pilots ts •f wood and water. Shipa may anchor wiUmut the Penloaula in 1 2 fathoma good gr«HBd| but open to the S. S. E. Saoker bead lies 3 miles to the eastward of Cape ChapeaurouKe < it it a pretty high round point, off wbicb lie aome suokco rocks, about a cable's length from the shore. Garden bank, whereoo if from 7 to 1 7 fathoms water, lies about half a mile off from Little St. Lawrence, with Blue Beach Point ob with the east point of Great St. Lawrence. Ferryland-Head, lies 8. W. 1 mile from Cape Chapeaumuge ; it is a high rocky Ulaud, just separated from the main : This Head and Cape Chapeau- rougei are suflkienf marks to know the harbours of St. Lawrence. Went 5 miles from Ferryland-Head, lies the bay of Laun, in the bottom of which are two small inlets, called Great and Little Laun. Little Laun, « liich Is the easternmost, lies open to the S. W. winds, wbicb generally prevail upon this coast; and therefore no place to anchor io. Great Laun lies in about ?1. by £. 2 miles, is near half a mile wide, wt ereon is from 1 4 to 3 fathoms water. To sail into it, you must he careful to avoiJ a sunken rock, which lies about a quarter of a mile off from the east point. Tbe best place to anclior is on the east side, atwut half a mile fi«m the head, in 6 and 5 fathoms; the bottom is pretty Kood, and you are sheltered from all winds, except S. and S. by W. which blow rlKhl in and cause a great swell. At tbe head of this place is a bar harbour, into which boats can go at half tide ; and conveniences for a fislicry, and plenty of wooil and water. Off the west point of Laun Bay lie the hlands of the same name, not far from the shore; the westernmost and outermost of which lie W. soutjjerly, 10 miles from Ferryland-Head ; near a quarter of a mile to the southward of this island is a rock whereoo the sea breaks in very bad weather : There are other sunken rocks about these islands, but they are no ways dangerous, being very near theshore. Taylor's Bay, which lies open to the sea, is 3 miles to tlie westward of Laun Islands; off the east point are some sunken rocks, near a quarter of a mile from the shore. A little to the westward of Taylor's Bay, there stretches out a low point of land, ealk'd Point Aux Gaul; off which lies a rock above water, half a mile from tbe shore, called Gaul Shag Rock; this rock lies W. ^ S. 5 leagues from Ferrylaiid Head : you have 14 fathoms close to the offside of it, but between it and tbe point are some sunken rocks. From Point Aux Gaul Shag Rook, to the Islands of Lamclin, is W. ^ N. 1 league ; between them is the Bay of Lameiin, wherein u very shallow waler, and several small islands and rocks, both above and under water, and in the bottom of it is a salmon river. The two Islands of Lameiin (which are but low) lie off the west point of the bay of the same name, and lie W. | S. 6 leagues from the mmuilain of the Red Hat ; but in steering along shore making a W. by S. court-e gooour larboard side. Lameiin Ledges lie along the shore, between Lamelifi IslHndH and Point May, which is 3 leagues, and are very dangerous, some of tiiem Ijeiiia; 3 miles from the laud. To avoid these ledges in the day time, you must not bring thf islands of Lameiin to the southward of east, until Point M-«y, or the western extn-niity of ^e Uad bear N. by £. froin y«ui; you may Uieu stetii lo tbe nurtb word with uie- 16 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. Edit. tjr, between Point Mav huH Oreen hlaiirl. In the riiKht. or foguy weather, jtom •ugbt to be very careful not to approach these ledges within 30 fathoma water, leatyou set entan((le i^^mi 5 In.-igue* in circuit, »i)d preiiy liigh, with h < rag;;y, bro- ken, uneven MirfHce, Coming frohi tlie weitward, a8 soon as you raine |tinall, and hath in it tnm 12 to 20 feet water; but there is a bar acn>.-ve mentioned, for :, and which is the re. and lies very near assace, ^ of a mile le island is a rock Liarlerof a'mileN. Peter's is about 8 ept the north end, ay off the low land bold too, and the is clear of danger. p southward of t|.s i from the souther- ind of Miquelon is ;ether at this place i channel, wherein length frsm north 8 high land, called pt Ctipe Miquelon, ^and. "hland, is a pretty fishing shallops at nd, under the hii;h • under water; the loms close to them, !8 from these rocks the north end, and SI very remarkable soutb point of the 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 17 road are some sunken rocks, aboutaquarter ofamile from the shere, but everjr where else i( it dear of danger. The best anchoragr is near the bottom of the road in and 7 tatlioms, fine sandy bottom ) you lie open to the easterly winds, which seldom blow in the summer. Cape Miquelon, or the northern extremity of the Island, is high bluflT land ; and when you are 4 or 5 leagues to the eastward or westward of it, you would take it for an island, by reason the land at the bottom of the road is Tery low. The Seal Rocks are 2 rocks above water, lying one leayue and a half off from the middle of the west side of the island Miquelon; the paxKace between them aiKl the island is very safe, and you have 14 or 15 raliomv widiiu a cable's leiigth all round them. Green Island, which is about { of a mile in circuit, and low, lies N. E. S miles from St. Peter's, and nearly in the miildle of the channel, betweeH it and Point May on Newfoundland : ou the south side of (liiit island are soric rockk both above and under water, exteodlug Uiemselves 1 mile and a quarter to the S. W. ■,%, DESCRIPTION OF FORTUNE BAY. Fortune Bay is very large ; the entrance is formed by Point May and Pai« Island, which are 12 leagues N. by E.'and S. by W. from each other, and it ia about 23 leagues deep, wherein are a great many bays, harbours and islands. The island of Brunei is situated nearly in the middle of the entrance into For* tune Bay ; it is about 5 leagues in circuit, and of a tolerable hrljuht j the east end appears, at some points of view, like islandei, by reason it is ve\j low and narroiT in two places. On the N. £. side of the island ir a bay, wherein is tolerable good anchorage for ships hi 14 and 16 fathoms, sheltered from soiitherly imd westerly winds; you must not run loo far in for fear of some Hunken rocks in the bottom of it, a quarter of a mile from the shore ; opposite this bay, on thesouth side of the island, is a small cove, wherein small vessels and tiliajlops can lie pretty se- cure from the weather, in 6 fathoms water; in the middle of the cove is a rock almve water, and a channel on each side of it. The islaads lying at the west end of Brunet, called Little Bninets, afTord indiflerent sheltei for sh Hops ia blowing weather ; yoa may approach these iiilan There are several strong and irregular settings of the tirles or currents about the Plate and Brunet Islands which seem to have no dependc.iry on the moon, and the course of the tides on the const. The island of Sagona, which lies N. N. E. two leagues from the cast end of Brunet, is about 3 miles and a half in circuit, of a moderate height, nnd hold too all round ; at the S. W. end is a small creek that will admit fi^ihing shallops; in the middle of the entraure is a sunken rock, which makes it e.xceeding narrow, and difficult to get in or out, except in fine weather. Point May is the j^outhern extremity of Fortune Bay, and tlie 3. W. extremi- ty of this part of Newfoundland ; it may be known by a great black rock near- ly joining to the pitch of the point, and something higher than the land, whipb makes ii look like a.black hummock on the point ; nrar a quarter of a mile ri wimii i ibe laud about them ii of a mode* rate hc^hti tH>ld too, and clcur oi nuod. From Danizkk I'unii^nhicli ii tlic north point of the covrit) to Fortuue, th« courac i« iX. E. ueiir 3 lt>ii^Me«; iht; land between them uear the ahorc ia of ■ moilornte lieight, and ImiM loo ( }oti a ill hnvn In most pliiccii 10 aud 12 fulliomi two CHbli II leii;;th irom tlie >lioi'c, 3U aud 40 oae ndio ulT, aud 70 a->d 80 two IDU)'.« otr t'oi tune l;i • uurtli irom llie ea»t end of Driinvt ; it U a bar plicc that Vili admit fiishiiig bohtii iit » quarter flood ; Hiid h fi»hiii|; village kitualed in the bottom of a mill t i>a)- wlierein i« auchoi-aice lor ihippiiig in 0, 8, 10 and \i fa- thoma { the ground ii uuiie of ilie liest ; and you lay open to uear half the com- C.ipc of fl rind Dank, \» a prt'tly hlj;li point, lying one league N. E. from For- iuuo; into ilio eastward of tl.i; c;ipe ib Ship Cove, wlierein is good anchorage for ship.'iag, in 8 'lud 10 fathoms sheltered from soullierly, westerly, and ^. W. viiiHa. Grand 0.inl( lien E. S. K. { lengiielVnm the cape; itisaiiihiiig village, 9n^ a bar harbour that uili admit ol ^l^llillg shallopi at a quarter flot^; to thia Elarc and Fortune, rrbort the crew* of fiuliing ships, who lay ttieir bhips up in arlxMir Britain. From the C:ipe of Grand Unok to Point KurH^ee, the course k X. F.. \ E. 8 !eagite«, foimiiig a bay between them, in winch theBhorei» tow, ttith several sandy benches, beliind which are bar harbours that will admit boats on the tide of flood, th largest of which is Great Garnish, 5 leagues from Grand Bank : it may be known by several rocks above water, lying before it , 2 miiea from the shore, the outmost of tliece rocks are steep loo, but between them and the shon; are dangcrquH Kiinken rorks. To the eastward, and within tbes«- rocks is Frenchman's Cove, whereiii you may anchor with tmidl vessels in 4 nnd 5 fa- thems wster, tolerably well sheltered from the sea winds, aud seisms a conveni- ent pi ire for the rod iisihery. The passage in is to the eastward of the rocks that •re'tlie liighesl above water : IxHween them and some other lower rocks lying off to tlie eastward from the ea»t point of the cove, there is a Kiinken rock nearly in the middle of ihis passive which you must be aware of. You may rftichor any where uutler the shore, iMjlwe-n Grand Bank and Great Garnish iu 8 and 10 fa- thoms water, biit you are only sheltered from the land winrlg. Point Knra^fec if* but low, but a illlle way in the country is high land ; thik point ma) be known by tvro ImmmockH uimn it clo»e to the shore, but you must be Very near, otIierwiV tlie eli-vn'ioii of the high lands will hinder you from dis- cov<;iin;! them ; close to tlir point •■ a rock under water. Fro:i Point Enii' ,ce to the hea, ^, the bny the course h first N, F,. J E. 3 leagues to Grand Jersey ; then FJ. E. by E. 4 E. 74 leagues to the head of the bay; tlie land in general along the south side is high, bold too, and of an uneven Iteiglit, wi.h hilM and vdlies of various f stent; the vallies for the most pact cl:i ai'B Hkc a ah;. ^ E. 1' leajue from the before-mentioned Shallop Bcckl and near 3 lens'iies from tlie head of Fortune Day is a higli, reddish barren TO'k. The width of fortune Day at Cape Miller, docs not exceed half a league, hut im nedJ3t' ly below it, it is twice as wide, by w?iich thia cape may cabily b^ kii^wn : abovp this cape tTie I ind on both sides ii) high, witB t ^ep craggy cliflTs. The iiead of the bay is teroiiaated bj alow beach, behind which a a, large |Sond 9 Edit. ivei arc no placet cm ii of a mod** ) to Fortuue, tht the ihorc is of ■ Oaud l2fuihom« 70 B Hi 80 two » a bar pl:icc that kitiiated in the 8, 10 and !3 fa- ic&r half the com- If N. E. from For- f^ood Riichornge for eriy, aod I»». W. a liihiiig village, rter flood ; to (hit their lihips up in urncee, tlie course rh the shore i» loir, lat will admit boat* lenxucRfromOrnnd ; before it , 2 mile* between them and d within tbest* rockt ensels in 4 nnd 5 fa- mcntJoned Shallop liigli, reddish barren !xcr.ed half a league, cape may cai>ily be; i b lep crapgy cliffs, hicb ii a, large fiond 9 Edit. Blum's American Coast Pilot. 19 or bar harbour, Into which boats ran ffi at quarter flood. In thia and all the bar harbours between it and GrHud bank, art; cutivcuit'iit plan* for buildir^ of kta)ces,and f(oo Harbour Frmine, widch lies half n le iifue to the westward of New Harbour, lies io N. F. half a Irngue, U vciy nnrrnw, ami hath in it 33 fniliomt water; before the eoirniice is an iiland, near to which a e j^omc rockt above water : The patsa^c into the harbour is to the caatwardof the 'sland. One league to tlie weitwiird of Ilarltour Fctnnic, is a'^m 11 cove called Drew- er'sllole, wherc'n it xlicilerfor fifhiug lioats; befi>re this (ove iaaiDiall island near the shore, and Simie rocks Hbov(^ water. Harbour le Conte is situated 1 mile to the wesluard of Ri'cv;rr*s IIol*', before which are two inlands, one without the otlitr; the outrrnust of which is the largest, iiof a tolerable height, and lies in a lice with the coast, and U not easy to bs dittinguished from the main in sailin;; alons the shore. To sail into this har^iour, the bttt pasta(;e it on the west sivo : at toon at youbeiKia to open the harbour, you mu«t keep the iu'ier inland close oo board, in or ler to avoid some sunken loekathat lay iieir n small island, which you will di-cover between the N. K. point of theonttr ii^laud. and the opp<<«ite point on the nia{ii; and iikcuise another lock uder water, Aviiich lay.^higherup on the hide of the m.iin ; this roi k appears it low water. As soon as you ar« ahttve theKe dangert, you may steer up in the I'liddle of the channel, until you ope I a fine spae'ou-* bason, wherein yoti imy anchor in any depth from 5 to 17 fathom . water, thiit up from all winds; the l>ntiom is sand and mud. Iu to the eastward of the outer island, is a small core lit for tniali voxels and boats, aud convcnicitce*- for the fibhery. Ii0!-g Harbour lie^ 4 mil) b to the westward of Hatb^ur le Cotit", and N. E. by N. 5 leagues from Point Ciirsgee ; it max be kiown by a small island in the mouth of it. call'd Gull island ; and half a mile without this island it a rock above wa< ;er, that liath the appearance of a Email Ixiat. There is a pat^yagc into the bar- buur on each side of the island, hut the broHclfst is ihc westernmost Ncurly iu the middle of this passage, a little without the island. U a ledge of rocks, where- on is 3 filhoms water: a little within the 'sland on the S. E. are some sunken rocks, about 2 caMeslengtli from the sliore. lying off two sandy coves; some of these rocks appear at low water, t )n tlie N,. W. side of the harbour 2 milea within the island i»* Morsau's Cove, when in you may an 'liorin 15 fa'hoins water, *nd the only place you can anchor unht^B you run lii'o, or above the Narrows, bein? e\'ery where else very deep water This harbour miis 3 leagues into the country, at the head of which is a salmoi' fishery. A little to the westward of Lioiig Harbour i" Bell bny, which extends 3 leagues rvery way, and contains tever'd liay s and b irhours. On liic east point of thia bay it Hare Harbour, which in fit only for small vricpls and boats, liefore which are two small islands, and ^orne rork»< above and under water. Two miles to the northward of H ire llaiiiour, or ilie point of Rell bay, is Mall bay, being a narrow arm, lying iu N. E. by N. 5 miles, whereiu is deep water, and no ancliorase until at the head Bencofltre Islands He to the westward of Mall ]}»y; ucar tlie shore ; the vest- 90 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. p if Ik- eromcst which it tlie largest, has a communicatioD vilb the main at low water; in and about this iBlaari ^k shelter for small vessels and boats. Bell Harbour lies 1 league to the wcstirard of Rencontre Islands : The pas-' •age into the harbour is on the west side of the island: in the mouth of it, as sooa as you arc within the island, you will open a small cove on the east side wherein ■mail vessels anchor, but large Bliips must niu up to the head of the harbour, and anchor iu 20 fathoms water, there being most room. Lally Core lies a little to the westward of Bell Harbour : it is a very snug place for small vessels, beinV. fiear 3 leagues from Point Enmgec ; it may be known by a very high mountain over the bay, which rises almost perpendicular from the sea, called Iron Head. Chappel Tsland, which forms the east side of the bay, is high land also. The fiarbour lies on the vest side of the bay, just within the point, formed. by a nar- row low beach ; it is very small, but a snug place, and conveniently situated for the cod fishery. There is a tolerable good anchorage along the west side of the bay, from the harbour up towards Iron Head in 18 and 20 fathoms water. The bank of Bande de La'rier, whereon is no less than 7 fathoms, lies 'li'ith the beacb of Bande de La'rier Harbour, just open of the west point of the bay,' and Boxy Point on with the north end of St. Jaques Island. Two miles to the westward of Baiide de La'rier, is the harbour of St. Jaques, which may be easily known by the island before it. - This island is high at each end, and low in (he middle, and at a distance looks like 2 islands, it lies N. 30* £. 8| leagues from the Cape of Grand bank, and N. £. by L. 7 leagues from th« east end of Bruuet. The passage into the harbour is on the west side of the island ; there i. not the least dani^er in going in, or ia any part of the harbour; you may anchor in any depth from 1 7 to 4 faiiioms. Two miles to the westward of St. Jaques is the harbour of Blue Pmion ; it is pot near so large, or so safie as that of St. Jaques ; near to the head of the har- bour, oa the west side, is a shoal, whereon is two fathoms at low water. A little to the westward of Blue Pinion is English Cove, which is very small, wherein small vessels and boats can anchor ; liefore it and very near the shora is a small island. Boxy Point lies S. W. by W. | W. 2| leagues from St. Jaques Island, N. N. £. near 7 leagues from the cape of Grand Bank, and N. £. t E. 13 miles froi^ the east end of Brunet Island ; it is of a oHHerate height,, the most advanced to tllie (southward of any land oa the coast, «Qd ma^ be diatinguiihed aV a conri^era? , 4 9 Edit. lia at low water; lands: The pas- uth of it, as BOOM east side wherein of the harbour, t is a rerj snug land in the core, uff vhlte point i you may anchor of the east, and ss very near the ortune Bay, and y ; and opposite e ships on the S. -m is a very snug 'er. Bay, wherein m ibout a mile from le other Dog Isl- ff the south point and Lady, than ind every where northward of the w water. I N. N. W. i W. ry hii!(h mountain sailed Iron Head, land also. The formed, by a nar- ently situated for e west side of the horns water, ithoms, lies 'H'ith point of the bay,' nir of St. Jaques, ad is high at each ds, it lies N. SO" leagueH from th« west side of the L of the harbour ; )lue Puiion ; it is head of the har« water. sh is very small, y near the shora MS Island, N. N. E. 13 miles from noet advanced to d aV a couidentr :•;««:; 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. fl ble distance; th^re are some funken rocks off it, but they lay very dear tba share, and are no way dangticut. N. N. £. 3 miles frofti Boxy Point, is the harbour of Boxy ; to sail into it you must keep Boxy Point just opeu of Fieyer's Head, (b black head a little wiihin the point) in this direction you %vin keep in the middle oi the chaiiocl Letvecn the shoals which la^ oif from eurli poiiu of Uie harbour, «|iere the iitHgcs are; as soon as you are within these f boa Is which covei you iVom the sea viuds, you may anchor in 5 and 4 fathoms water, fine sand} giouitd. West 1 mite from Boxy I'uiut is tlic iKlandofHt. Jolm's, whill vestels and shallops. To the westward of B«y de Lean, 3 miles N. N. W. irom St. John's Head is Littin Bay Barriswny, on the west oide of Avhich is good aricl land, with a great number of rivule's and ponds. The laud on the couth side of Fortune bay, has a different appearance to 'hat on the nor'h side, being not so fu'i of cr8g(;y mountains, and better cloathed with woods, which are of a short bruhy kind, which makes the face uf the country look ereen. Pass island lies N. 10* 30' £. 7^ leagu(>8 from Cape Miquelon; it is the N. W. extremity of Fortune bay, and lies very near the shorf, is more than S miles in circuit, uod is pretty high. On the S. W. side are several rocks above wa'er, which extend themselves 1 mile from the island ; and on the N. W. side ie a sunk- en rock, at a quarter of a mile from the island : The passage between this island and the main, whirh is near 2 cables' length wide, is very safe for small vcswis, wherein you may anchor in fathoms, a fine sandy bottom. This island is well situated for the cod fishery, there being Very good fishing- ground about it. In the night time, or in fogey weather, ships ought to place no great depend- ence on the soundings in Fortune bay, lest they may be deceived thereby : for you have more water in many parts near the sh I the fouth side of side, beio? not so ich are of a short (Ion ; it 18 the N. more than Smiles neks above wa*er, W. 8{de{{>asunk> letween this island for small vcstels, Phis island is well und about it no ^reat Hepenii* ived thereby : for rai of its contain- ir. e into the bay of s; and from Past 9 miles, between fro« Pass island, middle of Hermi- le islands is good oz'sislandM To re, where there Is 9 EdiC Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 15 not the least danger ; in ibis cove is fttioA anchorage for shipping in 8 and 10 fa- thom* 'Water, anagour when-in it- 6 fathoms water, lies near 2 miles to the eastward of L»i)g island harlxHir, and haled in Long ii-land ; it wilt only admit very small vet-seU, by reai>on {he i hanntfl going in is very narrow. Hat hour Picarre lies N. by W. i a league from Little Fox island, (which h the westeiDRiOfct of Fox islands;) to sail into it, you must keep near the west point, to avoirl some sunken ro< ks ofl* the other, hnd anchor in the first cove on the east side, in 9 or 10 fathoms, sheltered from all winds. Oattaus harbour which is hut small, lies ucar the east point of Long icland ; at the entrance is several rocky Ul iuds The best channel into the harbour, is on the west iiide of these ihlandc', wherein is 4 fathoms water, but in the harbour is from 15 to 2 1 fathoms. Here are several places proper for erecting stages ; and both thic harhour nml Picarre are conveniently pitunted lor a fisliery, they lying contigiiouH to the fishing grounds about Fox islands. Det ween the east end of Long island and the main, is a very good passage out •f Hermitage bay, into the bay of Despair. DESCRIPTION OF THE BAY OF DESPAIR. The entrance of the bay of Despair lies between the west end of Long island and Great Jervis island (an ibtand in the mouth of the harbour of the same name) (lie distance from one to the other, is 1 mile and a ^, and in tlie middle between them is uo soiindings with 280 fathoms. 'i'lie bay of Despair forms 2 capacious arms, one extending to the N. E. 8 leagues, and the other to the northward 5 lengues ; in the north arm is very deep water, and no anclwrnge, but in the smnll bay sand coves wipch lay on each side of it. At the head of the hay of the east, which is an arm of the north bay, is a very fine salmon river, and plenty of wood. In the N. El. arm ol the bay of Despair are several arms and islands, and to>ra*'le good iinchorage in some parts of it. I JlaHd4 m 14 Blunt' S .rxiuci*: 'an Coast I^ilot. 9 Edit. lip;- these rock* appear at low water. The entrance into this harbour may be kpowa by (tic eabl cud of Great JurviH islaaJ, which ii< a high sleep craggy point called Creat Jervis head, and is llie north poirl of the south entrance into Ihik htttboiir. Uoone nay lies one le tgue to the westtvard from Cupe Jervis head, and uortli 7 milea from Pass island, there are several iblauils in the mouih of it, the west- ernmost of which is til', largest and highest. The best pasbagc into liie bay is to the eastward of the largest iisland, between il and Uic t.vo eusternmoat islinds ; which two isiandb may Ije known by a rock above water, olF the uouih poini of each of them. The bay lien in N. N. W. lour niilet), and is near bait a mile broad in the narro >est part; there is no dan^^er giiug in, but what sheivs ;i8elf ; you may gu on eiihe< side .uf Dralie island, which is a small island nearly in the middle of the bay ; between this island, and 2 sin»ll ibiaiids, lying on the west side of the bay within Great island, is auchoia^e in 20 iind 30 fathoms, bnt the best place for larg. ships is at the head of the bay in 12 or 14 fathoms, clear ground, and conFenient for woodiug aoti watering. On the west side of the bay, abreast of Drake island is a very snug huroour tur small vesrelb, wherein is 7 fathoms water, and ^oud couveniencies lor a fishery ofT the south poini of the entrance are some sunken rocks about a c»'(:l<-'s ic:.j;'ih from the shore. On the N. W. tids of the great island, witliui the 2 sm. II islands, is vcr) good anchorage in 16, 20, aud 24 fathoms water sheUered from alhvind«i. The passage into ihis place to the westward of the great island from the sea is very dangerous, by reason there are several sunken rocks iu he passage and shallow w iter ; bnt there is a very good passage into it from the bay, passing to the nor'hward of the 2 small islands between them and (he west shore. In sailing in or out of the bay you must not approach too near the south point of the Great isl.md, because of some sunken rocks which lie a quarter of a mile from the shore. A little to (he westward of Bonne bay, between it and Facheux, is Musketa «ove, a small inlet, wherein is frc.na 30 to 47 fathoms o' water. The entrance of the bays ot Facheux and Dragon, Ics west 4 miles from Bon- ne bay, and N. W. by N, near 3 leagues from Pass island ; this entrance is very •onspicuous at sea, by which this part of the const is easily known. Facheux, which is the eastemmof t branch, lies in north 2 leagues, and is -| of a mile broad in the narrowest part, which is at the entrance, with deep water in- most ^arts of it) One mile up he bay on the west side is a cove, when-in is anchorage iu 10 fathoms, with gradual soundings into the shore, and a clear bottom; and farther lip tile bay, on the same side, are 2 other coves, wherein is anchorage and plen- ty of wood and water. Dragon bay lies in W. N. W. 1 It-ague, and is near 4 a mile broad, wher^^inis 60 and 70 fathoms water, aud no anchorage till you come to the heaoint of this harbour is a very conspicuous high head, lying W. { S 7 miles from Bonne bay, and N.. VV, ^ W. 3 leagues from Pass island. W.by N. 1^ league from Richard's harbour, is Hare bay, which lies in north about 5 miles, is about \ of a infle broad in the narrowest part, with very high laud on both sides, and deep water close home to both shores in most parts of it. Kenr 1 mile up the bay, on the east side, is a small cove, wherein is anchorage in 20 fathoms, with gradual sounding!, into the shore, and 1 league up the bay «n the west side, is a very good harbour, wherein is good anchorage in 3, 10, 12 and 1 5 fathoms, and plenty of wood and water. W. by N. 4 miles from Hare bay and I league N. by W. from Hare's Ears point is Devil's bay, a narrow inlet Iv ing into the northward 1 league, wherein is deep water, and no anchorage till yuu come close to the head. The bay of Recontre, which lies to the northward of Hare's Ear point lies in W. by N. 2 leagues, it is near ^ a mile broad in the narrowest part, with deep water in most parts of it. To anchor io this bay, you mutt nwiip above a low woody Wk^ 9 Edit. our may be krowa raggv poiui called into liiife liai'buiir. is head, aud uurllt uih of it, the wetU c iuto llie bay ib to sieriimoat iaijnds ; the lioudi (joiiu of near t)s.li a luile K'hai slieiVH ;i8elf ; slaiid nearly iu the g ou the uettt side loiiiB, but tlic best oiiib, clear ground, olthe bay, abreast lerein iit 7 fathoms ml of the entrance On the N. W. tids choriige iu 1 6, 20, ; into this place to lis, by reason there nt there is a very the 2 small islands bay you must not we of some sunlien :heux, is MuskeU 4 miles from Bon* lis entrance is very (Down. Facheux, 8 -J of a mile broad ter in- most |iartH of is anchorage iu 10 ottom ; and farther nchorage aud pleo- ;ue, and is near | a orage tilt you come I a moderate depth is shelter for shal- hard's harbour, a It more than 23 fa- 18 high head, lying 9 from Pass island, which lies in north rt, with very high n most parts of it. "ireiii is anchorage league up the bay loruge in 3, 10, 12 from Hare's Ears league, whereiu is R Ear point lies in rt, with deep water bore a low woody Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 81 point on the south dide, then haul under the south shore uutil you are laod-lock- «d and anchor in 30 fathoms water. Hare's Ears point is a pretty large point, with a ragged rock upon It, that fron some 'points of view looks like the ears of a Hare; it lies west southerly 1 1 milea from the point of Richard's harbour, and W. by N. half N. 6 leagues from Pasa islai'id : off this point Is a fisMog bank that exteoda a mile from the shore, where- on is from 2U to 36 fathoms water. One mile to the northward of Hare's Eara point, at the S. W. entrance Into Beroiitre is New harbour, a small harbour, wherein is anchorage for amall ves- 8«.'lb in 1 6 fathoms water, and good conveniences for a fishery. vV'csi S miles from Hxre's Ears point, is the bay of Chaleur, which lies in fint N. W. the: I more northerly, in the whole 2 leagues ; it is about half a mile broad, aud liaili very deep water in most parts. At the north entraoce into the bay, close to the shore, is a small island of a tolerable height, and half a league with- in the island, ou the N. E. side of the bay, is a rock above water ; a little withia this rock, on the same side, u a small cove with a sandy beach, off which you may anchor in 28 fathoms ."^ cable's length from the shire. W. S. W. near half a le. Me from the bay of Chaleur, is the bay Francois, which is a small inlet, lying in N. N. W. half W. 1 mile; it is near a ^ of a mile broad at the entrance, and 1 7 fathoms deep ; but just within is 50 and 00 fathoms ; at the head is from 30 to 20 fathoms, good anchorage, and conveoieocea for a fishery. W. S. W. 4 miles from the bry Francois, on the east side of Cape la Hune lies Oar bay; off the east point of the entrance is a lo-r rocky island, close to the shore; from this point to the entrance into the bay of Despair, the course is W. I N. leagues. In the mouth of this bay is a rocky island, and a pas&age oe each side of it : The bay lies in first N. N. £. near one league, then north 2 miles ; it is one third of a mile broad in the narrowest psrt, with deep water close to both shores all the wAy up ; the least water is at the entrance : At the head is k small snug harbour, fit only for small vessels and fishing shallops, wherein is 5 fathoms water : At the weetside of the entrance into the bay N. W. by N. from the rocky island before mentioned, is a small snug cove, called Cul de Sac, wherein is 3 and 4 fathoms water and good shelter fur fishing vessels. Cape la Hune is the southernmost point of land on this part of the Coast, and lies in the latitude of 47« .11' 42" N. W. f N. from Pass island, and N. W. i K. lOi leagues from Cape Miquiloo; it may be easily known by its figure, which much resembles a ougar loaf; but in order to distinguish this, you must approach ihe shore at least wiUdn 3 leagues, (upless 'you are directly to the eastward or westward of it) .otherwise the elevation of the highland within it, will hinder you from distinguishing the sugar loaf hill ; but the cape may always be known by the high land of la Hune, which lies otif lesgue to the westward of it: this land rises directly from the sea to a tolerable height, appears pretty flat at top, aod may l>e seen in clear weather 1 6 leagues. 8o W. 3 and half leagues from Cape la Hune, and north 61 <> west, near 10 leagues from Cape Miquelou, lies the Penguin islands, which are a parcel of barren rocks lying near to each other, and altogether about 2 leagues in circuit; you may approach these islands in the day time to half a league »ll round, there being no danger at that distance off. On the S. W. side of the large i&lnnd which is the highest, is a small cove, Avlierein is shelter for fishing Bli:iilo|)s, and good^ conveniences for a fishery, an«i there is good fishing round about the island. East 3° north, 7 miles firpm the Penguin islands, and south 0° east, 3 leagues from Cape la Hune, is^ a dant^rous rock cnlied the Whale rock, whereon thesea generally breaks ; it is about 100 fathoms in circuit, with 10, 12, and 14 fe^ thorns water close too all round it. From this rock stretches out a tjarrow bank 1 league to the westward, am i a league to the easlwarri, whereon is from 24 to 58 futliems, a rocky and gravelly bottom. lii the channel between the shore and this rock, also between the shore and Penguin islands is 120 and 130 fathotfw f 36 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. 'traferi a muddy bottom, and the same bottom, aod uenrly the aame depth of wik ter one league withoui. Rouud the wesi point of Cape la Huue is la Hune bay, which Uet in north near 2 leagues, and it alMut j of a mile broad in the narrowest part, which is at the entrance, witli deep water in most parts of it. In Hailing iu or out of the bay, you must lieep tlie cape or east shore on board, In order to avoid a sunken rocic which lies off tlie west point of the entrance int(> the bay, near \ channel over. Two miles up the bay, on the east side is Lance cove, wlierein u anchor- age in 16 and 14 falho.ns water, clear ground, and. good conveniences for a fisiiery : 1 cable's leiigtU off from the south point of the cove, (which \a low) is a small shoal, whereou is 1 and f fathr-v, and between it and the point 5 fathoms water. To sail into the cove, keep the point of the cape, or east entrance into ,the 'oay open of a red cliff point on the same side, (off which is a rocic above wa- ter) until a round bil! you will see over the valley of the cove, be brought oo the north side of the valley ; you will then be above the klioai, and rnay haul in- to the cove with safety. There is a narrow bank which stretches quite across the bay, from the south point of the cove, to a point on the opposite shore, whereuo is from 27 to 45 fathoms. La liuoe harbour, wherein is only room for the admittance of small vesFeb open to the westerly winds, lies i a league to the westward of Cape la Hune ; be- fore which is an ibland clo:;e under the bhore. The paesage into the harbour is on tlie N. W. side of the island ; there is no danger in going in, and you must an- chor close up to the head, in 10 fathoms water. This harbour is well situated for a fishery, there bei?{good fishing ground about it, and other conveniences, such as a large beach, qur'e across from the head of the harbour to la Hune bay, which is 800 feet, exposed to an op<>ii air, which is a gre^t advantage for drying of Rsh. Between Cape la Hune and Little river, the land is tolerable high, and the shore forms a bar, wherein lie several small islands and rocks above water, the outermost of which lies north H iesgues from the Penguin isIaiKk ; near these rocky and within them are sunken rocks and foul ground; the passage is very safe between the rocks and the Penguin islands. W. by S. 4 leaguts from Cape la Hune, is the entrance of [Jttle river, which may be known by the land near it, which forms a very conspicuous point on the coast, and tolerable high ; the river is about 100 fathoms broad at the entrance, und^Vo fathoms deep, and affords good anchorage a little way up it, in 10, 8, and 7 fafhoms water : its banks are tolerable high and cloathed with wood. SI 4 E. 2 leagues from the eotranre of little river N. W. i N. 2^ leagues from the Penguin islands, and £. S. E. | E. 3^ leagues fioro the Isles of Ra- nica, lie the Little river rocks, which are just above water, and of A very small circuit, with very deep water all around them. The isles of jiamea, which are of various extent both for height and circuit lay N. W. { N. near 6 leagues from the Penguin Islands and 1 league from the main; they extend K. and W. 5 milcF, nud N. aid S- 2 miles : there are several rocks and hre^^kers about them, but more on the ?. side than the N. the eastern- most bland, which is the largest, is very high and hilly ; and the westernmost, called Columbc, is a rrmarkpule high round island, |of a small c'^rcuit, near to which are some rocky islands and sunken rocks. Tl»e harbour of Ramea (which is asmall fomniodioiis harbour for iishing ves- sels) is formed by the islands which lie between Great Ramea and Cohtmbe,the entrnncc from the westward (which is the broadest) lies E. from Columbp, give the S. point of the entrance a small birth, (off which are some rocks above water) and steer N. E. into the harlmur, keeping in the middle of the channel which is more than a cable's length broad in the narrowest part, and anchor in Ship cove, which is the oocoiid on tht N. W. side, in 5 fathoms clear ground, and slieltcred from all winds. To snil into it from the eastward, keep the north side of Great Ramea on board until you are at the west end thereof, then steer S. W. into the harbour, keeping in the middle of the channel, wherein is 3 fathoms at low wa- ter, and anchor ar- above directed. lii this harbour, and about tiicse islands, are ■ ^-«»!H>«™f »' 1 .•*V.J .Jl . -"l-.T^ 9 Edit. lime depUi of wm- hich Ucf in iiorUi t part, which h at ig iu or out of ihe to avoid a ninken ly, uear | channel 'herein is anchor- onrenieoces for a (which is low) {g a le point 5 fathoms east enirance into a rock above wa- ve, be brought oo and may haul in- !tehes quite across le opposite shore, e of small vesseb ^ape la Hune ; be- Dtothe harbour is , and you must an- is well situated for veuiences, such as Hune bay, which : form rolumbe, give icks above wafer) channel which is lior in Ship cove, ind, and slic'ltcred irth side of Great er S. W. into the horns at lo w wa- thcse islands, are 9 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot S7 Mvertl cocveoleat places for erecting of stages, and drying of fish, and leetn wen situated for that purpose. S. £. i S. 4 miles from Raraea, are 2 rocks above water, close to each other, «alled Ramea rocks : S. W. 1 league from tlicse rocks is a small fishing bank, whereon in fathoms water; it lies, with the rocks abovc-r)eotioned,oa with the W. entrance of Little River, bearing N. K. and Ramea Columbe on with a high saddle hill, (called Richards head) on the m tin within the isles of Durges, bear- ing nearly N. W. Nearly in the midriie between Ramea ami the Penguin islauds, 2 leagues from the land, is a fishing bank, whereon is from 50 to 14 fathoms. To run upon the shoalest part of this bank, bring the two Ramea rocks, (which lie S. £. I S. Iron Ramea inlands) on witli the S. W. part of the islands, or between them and Columbe, and the entrance into Little River to i)ear N. by E. | B. Four miles to the westward of Little River, and N. E. by E. from Ramea isl- ands, is OJd Man's bay, which lies in N. 7 miles, and is a mile bread at the en- trance, with deep water in roost parts of it. N. E. half a league up the bay on the east side, is Adam's island, behind which is anchorsge ia 30 and 40 fathoms, but the best anchorage is at the head of tlie bay, in 1 4 and 1 6 fathoms. Half a league lo the westward of Old Man's bay, and N. E. from Ramea isles, is Musketa harbour, whidi is a very snug and safe harbour, that will hold a great number of shipping in perfect security ; hut it is difficult to gH in or cut unless the wind is favourable, by reason the estrance is so very narrow (being but 48 fathoms broad) and the land high on iMth skies; the S. £. point of the entrance into the harbour is a high'whita rock; near a cable's length from this white rock, or point, is a black rock above water, on the south side of which is a sunken rock, whereon the sea breaks : From this black rock to the narrow entrance into the harlxHir, is N. W. ^ of a mile. In saiMng in or out of the harbour, give the black rock a small birth, and keep the W. side must on lx>ar S, and 10 fatlioms water, and some beach. White Bear bay lies 2 miles to the westwnrd of Fox island harhour, and N. I league from Ramea isles ; there are several islauds in the mouth of it. Tlie best passage into the bay is to the eastward of all Ihe islauds; it lies in N. E. by E. f E. 4 leagues, and is near half a mile broad in the narrowest part, with high land en t)otfa sides, and deep water close to both shores in most parts of it, until you are S miles up it, you will then rise the ground at ouce to fattioms, and will afterwards have gradual soundings up to the head, and good anchorage. A lit« tie way inland from the .' .ad of the bay, you have a very extensive prospect of the interior part of the country, which appears to be all a barren rock, on a pretty even height, and wateree- tween Burgo Columhe, which b a high roood bland, and Recootre, (which b the highest of all the islands) you must steer in N. W. between the rocks above wnter lying to the eastward of Columbe, and thien to the southward of Recon're; as soon as you are within these ro^sks, keep the IslaDds on board; there are seve- ral safe passages in from the souiliward and eastward, between the islands, and f uqH anchorage ) and in b; i weather all the sunken rocks discover tbemgelvcs, and you may run in any wiiere without fear; tliese bles do not abound with either wood or water. Wolfe bay lies in N. E. 4 N. 1 league, the entrance is N. E. 2 miles from Boar bbnd, and 2 miles to the westwani of Fox island harbours; the east point of the entrance is low ragged rocks, ofT which is a sunken rock, a f of a mile from the shore, whereon the sea breaks in bad weather. Near the head of the bay is tolerable a;ood anchoraf;e, and plenty of wood and water. Round the west point of Wolfe bay is King's harbour, which lies in N. E. by N. I of a mile, before the moutli of which b a cluster of little isknds, 1 of which is pretty hijch : To sail into it keep the east point of the islands on board, and steer N. W. by N. and N. N. W. for the entraqce of the harbour, and anchor under the eapt shore, in fathoms water. On the south sides of the islanda, before King's haibour, and N. N. E. 1 mile from Boar island, is the entrance into the Ha Ha, which lies in west I mile, is a- bout ^ of n mile broad, wherein is from 20 to 10 fiithoms. and good anchorage in every part of it : Over the south point of the entrance into this harlwur is a high green hill, and a cable's length and a half from the point, is a sunken rock that always ehewx itself: Over the bead of the Ha Ha, b Richard's head, mentioned as a mark for vunoing upon Ramea shoal. Four miles to the westward of the Burgeo isles is the Great Batr^-sway point, which is a low white rocky point, and N. W. by N. half a league from thb point b the West entrance into the Great Barrysway, wherein is room and depth of wa- ter for small vessels : Between the Burgeo isles and the Great Banysway point are several sunken rocks, some of which are half a league from the shore. N. W. by W. I W. 4 leaigues from the Burgeo kles is the bay of Obnnoir, th^ east point of which is something remarkable, rising with ao easy ascent to a mode> Cite height, and much higher than the la^d vitfa^ U i the top of it ia gieea, b«t I 9£4it VMwftfd of tlie i W. froai R«. I, Ibmwd bjr ait to the wettward Htlionn, good ao- ' part of which ia !o islet, which are out 5 miles, fbrm- liiig vewela, and Niod about thenu the N. E. Hide of amea Columbe ; at low water, on is rock, there be- W. of it, keep the tr Orandy't c«ve. i bow, haul rouDd li a faat on shore i dj's cove, and a 24 fathonu, good ore from the west- ted, bj reason of the southward be- contre, (which is u the rocks above vardof Recon're; 'd; Iherrareseve- I the islands, and «over themselves, i not abound with . E. 2 miles from tra; the ea8t point ick, a f of a mile ir the head of the r. I lies in N. E. by klands, 1 of which [Is on board, and hour, and anchor ) N. N. E. 1 mile I west I mile, is a- iiood anchorage in } harbour is a nigh sunken rock that I head, mentioned Bai-r>-sway point, ue from thb point I and depth of wa^ Barryswaj point I the shore. i7«f Obnnofar,th9 ascent to a mode, rf'itiafteeo, b«t 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. S» i down bj the abon is white ; tlie wrtt point of the Lay is low and flat, to the wcstirani of which are several email islamtii : Ihc bny lirs in N. by E. 1 league from tb<- entrance to the niid4ile bcdd, which lies bit wren tbe two arms, and is half a league broad, with 14, 12, :o, and 8 fnttioins close io both shores, ;;nod ancliorage and clear firouud, open to the S.S. W. and soullierly wIimIs; Uit the N. E arm aflfords ilicllf ; for vmrtll vestt- 1» from all winds. To sail into it, keep the htarbosrd kluwe best on board, and ant bor Iwfore a smalt cove nn the snnie side nei'r the htiidofthe aim, in 3{ latlioint; towards the head of the arm, on the N. W, side itt a bank of sand ami mud, wtiereou one miglii run a ship and receive no damage. 'J'uo leagues to the westward of Conitoir, lies the bay of Cii(tc'i^ Maud. The snffgt pun. sage into the largest harbour b to the WRblward of ' ck, keep in pretty near it, and steer iii M. £. | E. keeping the S. K. shon ,iard, until yon are abreust of a small woody island, which is the easternmost txit one, and lies abou;^ of a mile to the X. £. of a white rock in the middle of the passage, then haul blnirt round this island, and anrhor l)€hind it in 7 fathoms water, covered from all wiudo, oryou may coulinue yovir course up to the head of the arm and aucIio>-in 4 fathoms water. Four miles to the westward of tlie rocky island oflTCinq Serf, is the Fiaibonrof Oraitd Bruit, which is a small commodious hariwur, ami well situated lor a risli- ery : it may be known by a very high remarkable mountain over it, i a lengtw inland, which is tlie highest land on all the coast, down which ninp a considera- ble brook, which empties itself in a cascade into the harbour of Gru rid Di nit. lietbre tbe mouth of the harbour are cevcral small islands the largest of which it, of a tolerable height with three green hillocks upon it. A little without this isl- and is a round rock, pretty high above water, called Columbe of Grand Druit ; and ^ of a mUe to the southward of this rock, is a low rork ; in the direct line between this low rock and tlie rocky islnml ofT Cinq Serf. | league from the for- mer, is a sunken rock, whereon the sc:. loth not break in fine weather. Tiie sn ■: ^t passage into Grand Bruit is to the iV. E. of this rock, and oiTthe islands lyiu^ before tlie faarlwur between them and the 3 islands (which are low and lay under the shore) and after you are to the northward of the sunken rock above mention- ed tliere is no dagger but uhal shews itself. The passage into the harbour it. veiy narrow, but bold to both sides. The harbour lies in north i a mile and Is -J of a mile broad in the broadest part, wherein is from 4 to 7 fathoms water. To the westward of Grand Bruit, between it ami i.a Foil Bay, lies the bay ot Rotte, wherein are a great many islands and sunken rocks. The southernmost id- and is a remarkable high round rock, called Columbe of llotte, and lies W. by N. leagues from the southernmost of the BurgeoF. Between this islar:d and Grand Bruit Is a reef of rocks, some above and some under water, but do not lay to tbe soutbwarc of tbe direct line between the islands. Within the ibles of Rot- te are shelter for shipping. The safest passage in, is to the westwani of tiie isl- ands between them and the island calkd Uttle Irelaud, which lies ofl* the east point of La Poil bay. The bay of La Foil, wliich is Urge and spacimis, with several connnodiout harbours, lies W. 10° N. 10 leagues from the sontliernmost of the Burgees; W'- by N. 14 leagues from the isles of Ramea, and near !2 leagues to the eastwanlof Cape Rav. It may be known by tbe high land of Grand Bruit, which is only 5 miles to the eastwar I pf it ; and likewise by the land oo the east side of the bay which rises in remarkable high craggy bills. One mile S. S. W. from the east pidat li^s lAUle Ireland) a small low ihlaod invironed with sunken rocks, some a( 30 Blunt's American Cqast Pilot 9 Edit. r 'm wliicli are |uf a mile off; N. N. W. { a mile from thb wland W a ainkeb rook tliBt abcws itself at low water, which ia the only danger KoioR into the bay, bat wimt lict very near the shore. Two milea within the uett point of the bay, and N. N. W. i W. 2 miiet from Little IreUod, ie Tweeda, or Great Harbour, the S. point of which ia low ; it lies in wMt 1 mile and h a e«bie'« length and a f broad in'the narrowevt part. To aail into It keep the north rhaie on board, and anchor near the head of iheharbour, io 1 8 or 20 fathoms clear grotind, and shel- tered from all wiads. In this harbour are several conreniencies lor erecting of •tn^B, and drylngof fish. Half a mile to the northward of Great Harbour, is Little Harbour, the (lorlh point of which is the first high bluff head on the west side of the bay, (called Tootirs Head) the harbour lies in west 1 mile, is not <|uite two cables length broad in the broadest pnrt To wit into it, give the S. point a small birth, and anchor about half way up the harbour, in 10 fathoms water before tlic stage, whicli is on the north side. Opposite to Tooth's Head, on the east *idenf the bay, is Oallv Boys Harbour, a small BHug and commodious harbour for ships bound to the westward: Near the south point of the harbour are some hillocks close to the shore; but the north 1>oiiit U hi«h and steep, with a white spot in the cliff. Io sailing io or out of the larhour keep the north side on board ; you must anchor as soon as yon are within the inocrsuuth point, lu or 10 fathoms, good ground, and sheltered from all winds, Two miles to the northward of Tooth's Head, on the same side of the bay, is Broad Cove, whe^{in ie good anchorage in 12 ind 14 fathoms water. Offfi-om the north point of the cove, stretches out a bank into the middle of the hay, whereon is from 2i) o 30 fntiioms, a stony and gravellv bottom. One mile to the northward of Gaily Bovs Harbour, between two sandy coves un the east side of the bav, and near 2 cables length frwn the shore) is a sunken rock that just uu> covers at low water. Two leagues up the bay, on the east side, is the N. E. arm, which ia a spaci- ous, 8af(>, and commodious liarhour. To sail into it give the low sandy point on the S. E. side a small birth, and anchor above it where you please, in 10 fathoms water, good holding ground, and sheltered from all winds, and very convenient for wooi1i!isr and watering. A little within the west point of La Poll bay, is Indian Harbour, and de Plate, two Hmall coves conveniently situated for a fishery and into which small vesseh can go at high water. From Little freland Island to Harbour La Cove, and Moine bay, the course 1.4 W. I S. 4 leagues ; between them lies the bay of Garia, and several amall covet, wherein are shelter for small vessels, and convenienciea for fisheries; before which are several small islands, and sunken roeke lying along the shore, t.ut none of them lie without the above course. Inbi loon as jon are od ilieltered from Me of the bay, it water. Offfivm niddle of the hay, om. One mile to BB on the east side rock that just uu< , which ia a spaci- tw sandy point oa ase, in 10 fathoms 1 very convenient lOur, and de Plate, bich aonall vessels e bay, the course iveral amall covet, r fisheries ; before ie shore, l.ut none ken rocks all dis- midway between shore, discover a !r the land, ofT (he >cks on the main : ixtly for it ; keep . From this point, t on lN»ard, which >f stagea, but large led Rose Blanche and the land near jherthan any land iN.N. E.iE. If the east point are eep the west point the east shore and rage io 10 and 1 1 f Edit. Bluet's American Coast Pilot. 81 fathona, and pleotjr of wood and water. Your course into Harbour La Cove, which Km at (he weat entrance into La Moine bny, i* N. W. between a rock above water In the mouth of the harbour, and the west shore; a> soou as you are witliin the rock, haul to the westward, into the harbour, and anchor In 8 or 6 fa- thoms water, anil moored with a faat onshore; or you may steer into the am, which Ilea in N. E. by N. from the hartiour, and anchor in 20 failuHns, shi'lterril from all windf. Harbour La t'ove, is a small snug harltour for sm.nW ves6<'I«, anrf well situated for a fishery, where there has l>een one for several years. Round to the weatward of Roae Klanche Point, is l\w hHrbour of the samr name, a small snug hartKMir, well sitaiattd for a fishery, v ith ^ood coovruiencrii. The channel into the harbour is between the island I) ing ofT tlic west point, and Roae Blanche Point; you must give the island a good birth, because of »w.v sunken rocks which lie on the east side of it, and keep the went side of a small island, which Ilea close under Point Blanche, close on board, and anciior wiihii^ the N. E. point of the said island, in fathoms water. To sail into the N. \\. part of the harbour is dangerous, unlew acquainted, by reason of several small hiauds, and s«inken rocka in it. Mull Face is a small cove 2 miles to the westward of Rose Blanche Point, whrreiii is anchorage for amall veaaels io 4 fathoms. Off the webt point of the cove are tto small islands, and several sunken rocks. The pabsage in, is to the eastward of (he islHods, and sunken rocks. Two leagues to the westward of Rose Blanche Point are the Burnt Isles, which lie cloae uiidcr the sliore, and are not to be distiiiguibhed from it, behind which are shelter for small vessels, and good fishing conveniences. Off these islands, are sunken rocks, some of which %Te j-a mile from the shore. Three leagues and an i to (he westward of Rose Blanche Point, is Conny bay, and Otter bay ; in the Inttcr is good anchorage for shipping in 7, 8 and 9 fathoms, but it is dangerous going iu, because of ser .tdl suukeu rocks without the passage, which io fine weather d<> not shew themselves. West \S. A leagues from Rose Blanche Point, are the Dead Islands, which lay close under the shore; in the passage iKlween them and the main is good an- chorage for shipping, in 0, 7 and 8 fnthoms, sheltered from all wiuils,but it is very dangerous going in unless well acquainted, by reason of several sunken rocks ly- ing iu both the east and west entrance. The entrance from the eastward may be known by a very white spot on one of the islands ; bring this white spot to bear N. W. by N. and steer io for it, keeping the rocks on the starlKiard hand near- est on t>oard, and leave the island on which the white spot is on your larboHrd side. The west entrance may be known by a toleiable high white point on the main, a liitic to the westward of the islands; on (he west part of this point is u green hillock; keep this white point close on board, until you are within a litde round rock, lying close to the westernmost island at the east point of the entrance : then haul over to the eastward for the Great Island, (on which is a high hill,) and str-er in X. E. by E. i E. keepi-ig the litde rockl)efore mentioned in sight. From the Dead Isles to Port aux Basque, the course is west 4 miles : Betweeir them lie several small islands close under the shore, and sunken rocks, some of which are ^ a mile from the shore. Port aux Basque, which is a small commo- dious harbour, lies 2^ leagues to the eastwar*' of Cape Ray. To steer in for it, bring (he Sugar Loaf over Cape Ray to hear V. W. 4 W. or the west end of th'' Table Mountains, to bear N. W. Steer in lor the land, with either of them as above, and you will fall directly in with the harbour, the S W. point of wliirii is of a moderate height, and white, cnlled Point BIsiirhe, but the N. E. point is low and flat, close to which is a black rocknhiivt- water; in order to avoid thf. outer shoal, (on which is 3 fathoms,) and whirli lies east | of a mile from Point Blanche, keep the naid point on board, and bring the fla^-sialf which is ou (It hill, that Is over the west side of the head of the harbour, on with tlio S. W. poi:ii of Road Island, and keeping in that direction will carry you in t ween it and linrhonr lilanti, wliircU it mtwl coiiTeiiiciit in Qor 10 fa- ihonw, Koud KHMUul, and fiiirltcred Irom all wimlit) ilih it wlint \» calird ihtf Koail or Ouii-r linrhimr, and ia the only Miclioriae place ibr ni( n uf war : but fiithioi; Bld|M alwnyi lie up in the Inner Harbour. To tail into ii, you niual rieer in Iwtweeu the west ihoro and the S. W. end o( llarlKMir Island, and anchor be- ^liiul the Raid island, in 3 or 4 lathonkf. ft wime pariH of this h^^rixmr khip^ can lie their broadnidoH t-o near the Hhore at to rcMh it with n plat pcr|)end{- cnlar from the low land, and appears to be quite flat at top, except a small hil- bck on the S. W. point of it. This land muy be seen in clear weather 10 or 18 lea^ies. Close to the foot of the Table Mountain, between it and the point of Ihe cajie, is a high round hill, resembling a Kugar loaf, (called the Sugar Lofff of rnpc iiay,) whose summit is unmelhing lower than (lie top of the Table Mnu,:- tnin; anfl to the northward of this bill, under the Table Mountain, are 2 other hills resembling sugar loaves, which are not so high as the former; one or other of those Sugar Loaf hills are from all points of view seen detached from the Table Mountain. On tlie east side id° (he cape, betaeen it and Point Enragee, is a san- dy bny, wherein Khipping may anchor with N. \^. northerly and N. E. ninds, bnl they must take care not to he surprised there with the S. W. winds, which blow ris;ht ifi and cause a great sea, Hnd the i^round is not the best for holding, !)c:ing nil a fine sand. Towards the eattt side of this bay is a small ledge of rocks, I mile from the shore, on which the sea does not break in fine weather. The best place for great sliips to anchor is to bring the point of the cape to bear W. by N. )'id the lii«;h while sand hill in the bottom of the bay N. N. E. in 10 fathoms «* ;»ter but simall vessels may lie much farll /r in. You must take care not to run •^-1 far to the eastward ns to bring the lul of the Table Mountain on with the sand " ;ii in the l)oitoni of the bay, for fear of the ledge of rocks before mentioned. '*\'. by N, i \. neir 1 mile from the point of the cape, is a small ledge of rocks, *' :;ei'eon the sea ahrays breaks ; and 1 mile to the northward of the cape, close v.. !. lei the land, Ik u low rocky ittland i;i ihc channel betueei the ledge and the - w : niso i)et»('cii it and the i!^land is 1 \ and 15 fathoms, but it it not safe for • ippins, on acroiiiit of the tides, which iu:i here with great vapidity. Thcsmmd- ' rounder I Oft ruthoms do not extend nhove 1 letjiue from the land to the tte»t- rtl and [inrthward of the cape, nor to liie soniliward and eastward of it, except - • 1 '>Mik \y Itich lies oft" Per' aux B; cqne. lieiw< en 2 or 3 Icasues from tlu' laud, . "'('ienii is from 70 to lOO fathoms <:o<>d fifhins sroiinil. S. E. I)y E. ^ !.. 8 ! I'vps iV.Mri Porlaiix |}i-«ine, in the l-iiiindo of 47'* 14' N. is a hank wtieieou • TO I'nilioMis. Note — Tlir true form ;i»nk8 ire liot yet h '•<"intlv !iiii»vn lobo av, in and Ijcforc of wliicli are not erally l)real(k. In eut for large Mp§. giie lo Puinl Lnra- bicli is a low point) (lie (lioie MD Hfaicli ft*ed in the latitude lie shore; i( iblow, es almotit pcrftendi- cxcep( a small hil- r weather 1 6 or 18 I it and (he poiu( of i (he Sugar Lofff of ftlie Table Mou.- luulain, are 2 other rmeri one or other :hed from the Table it Enragee, is a snn- ' aodN. E. ninda, S. W. winds, which le best for holding, imall ledge of rocks, I weather. The brat elobear W. by N. . E. in 10 fathoms take rare not to run lin on with (lie saiul I before mentioned, mall ledge of rocks, (1 of the cape, close I the Ki'ige and the lilt it is not safe fur pidily. The snuiid- le iapd to the we^- iBtwardofit, except gues from tlu" land, i. E. Iiy E. i h. 8 , is n hank w«ieieou (• b^nks ire not yet 'lW)T. '. distant Icag^ics ; Edit. Blunt'i American Coast Pilot. 33 Cape Aagiillle m the nonhemmmi piinl of land you c«d nee, afUr passinff lo (he northward of Cape Ray. In the couniry. over (he cape, !• high Table Laod, corered vUh wood t between (he high land of the two capei, the land it low, and the shore forms a hay, wherein are the Great and little Rivers of Cod Roy; the Orent River, which is the northernmost, Is a bar harhotir, and will admit vessels of 8 and 10 feet draft at high water, and li. fine weather. It is a good place for a salmon fishery, and for buildiag of tmiall ^'i!Sl>els and boats, Ac. ihete Mng plenty of timber. You may approach the sbor; between the 2 capes lo I a leagile, there being no daogrr that dir'anre oflT. The island of (Tod Roy lies 2 miles to titc soi>thward of Cape Aazuille, cloM under the high land, it is a low, flat, gn-en iMaod, of near 2 miles ib rompaiw; it forms (between il awl the ms^i) a Hmall snug harbour for finhing ihallopt, and ia frequented by veaselsof 10 und 12 feet draft, bii( (hey lie aground the grea(est part of (he lime, there beiiir not much above (bat depth of water in the safest [lart of the harbour at high vairr ; (he channel in, is from the southward, wherc- n is C fathoms at low wa(er. I'l that from the nyrthward, is not above 3 fre(; (his harbour is very conveaien( for (he fishery, wi(h good beaches for drying of •fisli. In the road of Cod Roy it very good anchorage for shipping in 8, 7, and 6 fathoms, a clny bottom, sheltered from the V. \V. northerly, and S. E. winds ; the best place is to bring (he south point of the island (o bear west, and the point of (he beach, on (he inside of (he inland, at (he south entrance into the hnrbotir nn with a point on the main (o the northward of (be island, you will then be ia 7 fathoms, and nearlv half a mile from theihnre. One lea*•:. 'MKween it and the island. The Uland of St. Paul lies s. 53o W. 13| leagiH-s from Cape Ray In New- foiiiidland, and N. 42* E. 3 leasiies from (he nor(h cape, in (he island of Cape Breton, in the latilode 47* 12' .10'' N. it is about 5 miles in compass (including the small island at the N. E. end of it) with three high hills upon it, and deep water clone to the shore all round. Cspe North is a loftv promontorv at (he N. E. ex(remi(y of the island Cape Breton, in the ladtude 47" 5' N. The entrance into the gulf of St. Lawrence is formed hv this cape and Cape Rav; they He from each other N. 52* E* and S. 52* W. distant 1 7 1 Agues ; in (he clianael between them is no ground tinder 200 fathoms. A south east moon makes high water by the shove in most places, nod flows up and down, or upon a perprndirular 7 or 8 feet; tHit it must be onerved, tiiat they are every where rreatly g«werned by the winds and weather. On the sea coMt between Cape Chnpeauroiige, and St. Peter's, (he current sets generally to the S. W. On the south side of Fortune bay it sets to (he eastward, ;^nd en the north side to (he westward. Between Cape la Hiine and Cape Hay, the flood sets to the westward in the oiling, sometimes 3 or 3 hours after it is high water by the shore; but this tide or current (which is no where »(rone but at Cape Ray) is very variable, both with respect to its Course and velocity, sometimes it sets quite the contrary to what might be c:«pccted from the common course of the tides, and much stronger at one time than another, wliich irregularities cannot be accounted br with certainty, but seem to depend inosdy on the winds. \ TSr. B. llie Il(irK«n Iitlex hv nn ol>iien'ntinn nf i)i« pcllpworthe fnin, oa the 5th of Angait, 1766; are 8b. 50' 4"or 51*91' W. fnim tbe roeridion of London. From (his observation the longitude of (lie following places are deduced, and their latitudes are from attronomicnl observations made on shore, except that of Cape Race, which was nlnerved at sea ; some one of those places being geDeralij- 9 ""-..-r ""'«■- -f^^i-'-f^:"'* '. H " Plunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 £dit. the &ni that ihipt qitke bouad to toutheni puU oi Ne iof tbow parta; it ie bo|icd tfaa detenBiaing their t|n|« podtlon will prove uwful to iiavigatotB. Latitude. Ijongituda. Burgeo Un *T 36 N. 37 31W t«p?Ray 4T ar 59 8 Inland of St Panl 47 tt 59 57 Cape North, the N. G. cxtr lity ofCape Bietoa 47 5 60 8 Iiiand of sc^tarie, which lie* off the S. B. point "f ) . , . 46 1 61 .IT Cape Breton i ' ' ' Itland of St. Peter'i 46 46 56 5 Cape Cbapeauroure, or the Mountain of the Red Hat 46 5S 55 JT ,. Ciipe Race ... 46 40 5« 86 > 8t.7ohn'i 47 34 52 tif'' Pirectiotu for navigating the West Coast of Newfound- land. K; B. All Bearioga and Cources hereafter mentioned, are the true Bearings and ' Courses, and not by Compass. Cape Ahpuille lies 6 leagues to the northward of Cape Ray, N. ^. by N. 17 leaeiies from the island of St. Paul, aad is in the latitude of 470 5&' N. It is hi;|;b land, covered with wood; 2 miles to the sbuthward of is cape lies the small island and harbour of Cod Roy before described. From Cape Anguiile to Cupe St Ocor^P^ the course is >l. \ E. distant 1 1 leases; these two eapes form the bay of St. George, which lies in N. E. \l leagues from the former, and east 15 leagues from the latter; at the head of this bay on »he south side round a low poiiit of land is a very ^ood harbour, wherein is good anchorage in 8, 10 or 12 {^honw irater. In seWrnt parts about this harbou? art convenient places for fish- ipg wor^s, with large bfaches, anil pood fishing ground in the bay, which early iu the sprVog abotmd with fish, and fomiRrly was much frequented ; a veiy con- riderahte river empties itt-cif into the hrad of this bay, but It is not navigable for any thins but boats, by reason of a bar across the entrance, which Ucb expored to the westerly winds. On the north side of this bay, before the Isthmus of Port- *-Pprt« is good anchorage in 7 «r 8 fathoms water, with northerly winds ; from off this place stretches out a fishing bank two thirds across the bay. whsreon is from 7 tq 18 fathoms water, a dirk sandy bottom. Cnpe^t. George lies in the latitude of 48" 28';. it may be easily known, not only by its bein? the north poin* of the bay of the same name, but by the steep cUfls on the north part of it, which rises perpendicular from tlie sea to a consid- erable heieht, and by R' d Island whi< h lies 5 miles to the northward of the cape, and half a'mile from the shore : This island is about 1 league in circuit, and tol- erable \(\s\i, arid the steep cliffs round it are of a red.1i»h colour. Under the N. E. end of the islantl. and brfore a sandy cove on the m^^x^, which lies just to the northward of the steep clifts is anchorage in 1 2 or 1 4 fathoms water, where you are covered from the S. \V. winds by the island, and from the southerly and east- erly winds by the main, bi»t there is no lifrm^- here with northerly and N. W. winds; this place formerly was much frpqucitcd by fishers. From Red Island 10 long Point, at the entrance into the bay of Port-a-Porl, the course is N. i2» E. distant 7 J leagues. From Red Island to Guf rusey Isl- and »■> the mouth of the bay of Islands, the course is N. E. J N. 15^ leagues. Fro'.n Re<' Island to Cnpe St. Gregory, the course is N. E. | N 20 leagues. From Hed Island to the bay of lugornachoix, the course is N. N. £. | £. dbtaot 48 9 Edit. KHaod, or into the leparture, at leiV' will prove useful (ude. J6N. n 3 i6 iS 10 34 Loogitiida. 57 31W 59 8 59 57 •0 8 61 5T 55 5 55 n 5t a& 52 U jy Newfound- true Bearings and jr, N. 1.. byN. 17 55' N. It is hij^h ape lies the small i ADgnllle to Cupe wo capes form tiie srmer, aud east 15 side round a low age in 8, 10 or 12 )ient places for fish- e bay, which early inted ; a very con. 8 not oavioaLlc for irliich lieb expored he Isthmus of Port- riy winds j from oil' y, whereon is from easily known, not e, but by thtt steep lie sea to a coDsid- hward of the cape, in circuit, and tol- r. Under the N. ich lies just to the water, where you outhprly and east- Lherly and N. W. ly of Port-a-Porl, I fo Giirrufiey Isl- N. 15^ len^^ues. 20 lea^ruef*. From :. i E. dbtant 48 9 Edit. Bhint's Americaii Coast Pilot 85 leagues; and from Red Istand to Point Rkb, the course is N. 20° B. diifnit 48 leagues and 2 miles. The land between Red Island, and the estrMce into Port-a-Port, Is of a mod- eraie height, or rather low, with sandy beaches, except one remarkable hi|:h hil- lock (called Round-head,) close to th*« shore, and is 2 leagues to the N. £. of Red Island; but up In the country over Port-a-IVirt, are highlands, and if you are 4 leagues at sea you will not discern the Long Point of land, which forms the bay of Port-a-Port: This bay is capacious, being near 5 miles broad at the entrance, and lies into the southward 4 leagues, with good aucliorage in most parts of it. The west point of tlie bay (call^ Long Point,) is a low rocky point from which (-tretches out a reefof rocks N. E. nearly 1 mile ; S. E, by S. 4 miles from Long Point, and half a league from the east shore, lies Fox Inland, which is small, but tolerable high ; from the north end of this island stretches out a shoal, near 2 miles to the northward, called Fox's Tails $ nearly in the middle of the bay, between the ii^land and the west shore, lies tlie^ middle ground, on one place of which, near the S. W. end, is not above 3 or 4 feet water, at low wa- ter : at the head of the bay, is a low point caHed Middle Point, stretching oat into the midaring to the southward of east iirUI the Isthmus is brought to the eastward of Fox Island, which will then bear S. B. W. you will tlieu be with- I ^ .^'- 36 Blunt*s American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. in the shoal (called Fox's Tail) ami maj theu haul to the southward, and ancbor any where between the ialand aiid the main t To sail up the east bay paulng be- tween the bland and the cast shore, observe the foregeiog directions ; and after you are above the island, cone not nearer the main than half a mile until yoa are abreast of n MuflT^iot above the island, called Road Point, just above which iu 12 bthoau, is the best auchcrHge with N. E. winds; and to sail up to this an- choraiie between the middle mrouod and the Fox's Tail, briog the said point on with ihe S. W. pohit of the iHlaod, this mark will lead you up in the fair way be- tween the 2 xhoals. What is called the West Road, lies bf.fore a high stone beach; about 2 miles within Long Point, where you ride tc-mre with westerly and N. W. winris in 10 or 12 fathomu water, the said beacs is steep loo, and is ^o excellent place for landing and drying offish, for which it has been formerly used ; there is likewise a f^ood place at the north end of Fox Island for the same purpose; and the whole ^y aud jidjacent coast abound with cod, and extensive fishing b»^i..i !>e along (he sea coast. From Long Point, at the entrance of Port-a-Port, to the bay of Islands, the direct course is N. 35** E. distant 8 leagues, but coming out of Port«a«Port, you nust first rteer north 1 or I^ leaf^ue, in order to clear the LfOng Ledge, then N. E* by N. or N. E. ; the laud between them U of considerable height, rising io crag!^ barren hills directly from the shore. The Bay of Islands m^ be knows by the many islands in the mouth of it, particularly the three named f iueruEey ' Island. Tweed Island, and Pearl Islapti, which are nearly of equal height with fhe lands on the main; if you are bound for York or Lark Harbours which lay on the S. W. side of this bay, and coming from the southward, steer iu between Gufwnsey Island and the soutli head, either of which you may approach as near as you please; but with S.S.W. and southerly winds come not near the south bead, for fear of calms and gusts of wind under llie lu^ih laiui. when* you cannot anchor with safety ; you may sail in or out of tbe bay by several other channels, formed by thn different islands, there being no danger but what shews itself, ex- cept a amall ledge of rocks which lies half a mile from the north Shag rock, and in a line with the two Shag rocks in one; if you bring the south Shag rock open on either side of the north rock, you will >je clear either to the eastward or west- ward of the ledze; The safest passage ktto this bay from the northward, is be- tween the two Shac rocks »nd hen between Tweed island and Pearl island. From Ouenisey Island to l^ortinse head, (which is the north point of York har- bour, and the S. V. point of Lark harbour) the course is S. by E. 5 milcsj Lark bariwur lies in S. W. near 2 miles, aud is one third of a mile broad in the nar- rowest part, which is at tlie entrance. To sail into it with large ships keep the larboard chore on board, but with small vessels there is no danger, you may an- chor with a low point on the starboard side bearing west, N. W. or north, and lide encure from all winds. Front Tortoise head into York harbour, the course is S. W. near I league; be- tween the said head and Governor's ibl»nd, which lies before the harbour, is ^ood toom to turn, and anchorage all the way, but regard must be had to a shoal which spits off* from a low beach point (called Sn.ord point) on the west endoi Oovemor'f> island ; to avoid which, keep a good part of Seal island open to the oorthwarB of Governor's island, until you are above this point; in turning up the barbour, stand not nearer the next point on the island (off which it ieflat) thea to hrinp; Tortoise head touching Sword point, the b^st anchorages is to keep Tor- toise head open to the said poiiit , and anchor in 10 fathoms along tlie sandy beach on the main ; farther u;? within the island is too deep water fur anchoring all the way throush the passage within the island ; This harbour is very convenient io wood aud water at. W. S. W. and S. W. winds blow here sometimes with great violence, occasioned by the nature of the lands, tl- >;.i being a valley, or low land between this harbour and Coal river, which is bounded on ^ach side with high hills ; this causeih these winds to blow very strong over tht low land. Harlmur island lies at the en*r toce of the River Humber, and S E. 7 roilea from Ouemscj' island at tbe S. W^ point qf which ia • fmali inug barbpur (ci^ *«K^r" ^i-^jfr-J^IE-i^Eaic .t' 9 E«t. rani, »od utdaar bay paitiog be- liooB ; and aftar a mile uatil yoa just above wlUch ail up to this an- he said point oB the fair way be> •re a high stone re with westerly iteep too, and is ubiecb formerly iaud for the same )d, aod extensive r of Islands, the Port-a>Port, you Ledge, then N. height, rising io i» m$iy be known named f Suerusey ' N)ual height with ■hours v.'hich lay steer in between ipproach as neat )t near the south rheiv you cannot ii other channels, t shews itself, ex- li Shag rocli, and li Shag rock open eastward or west- jorthward, is be- nd Pearl island, oint of York bar- E. 5 milcsj Lark broad in the nar- IKe ships keep the Ker, you may au- iV. or north, and ear 1 league ; bc- s harbour, is good had to a shoal 1 the west end oi slaiid open to the ; in turning up the ich it is flat) then es is to keep Tor- g tile sandy beach ■ auchoriog all the ery convenient io Ktimes with great Q valley, or low m ^acb side with thfctow land, tnd S £• 7 milea soug harbour (c^i. 9 Edit. Blum's American Coast Pilot. 37 led Wtfod's harbdur) wherein is 5 and 4 fathoms water, but the entrance is too Dorrow for strangers to attempt, and but 2 fathoms deep. The Hiver Humber, at about 5 leagues within the entrance, becomes narrow, and the stream is so rapid in places, for about 4 leagues up, to a lake, that it is with great difficulty a boat can be got up it; and at sometimes quite impractica- ble; thb lake, wMch stretches N. E. i N. is in length 7 or 8 leagues, nnd from 2 to 5 miles broad: The banks of this river, and the shores of the lake are well cloathed with timber suth ab arc common in this country. This river is said to abound with salmon, in which lias been formerly a vr i-y great salmon fishery. The North and South Arms are only long inlets, in which is very deep water until you come to their heads. A little within the entrance of the North Arm, on the starboard side, is a small cove, wherein a vessel might anchor in 30 fathoms water; 1 league within the entrance of the South Arm, on the starboard side, is a sandy cove, (being the se- cond on that side,) wherein is anchorage iu 1 fathoms water, aod a good place to wood and water at; haid into the cove until the west point of it is brought ou with the north point of the entrance of this arm, and there anchor; if you miss laying liold of this anchoring ground, there is a very good harbour at the head of the S. £. branch of this arm; or; tlieeast side of Eagle Island, between the North and South Arms, is anchorage iu 8, 10, or 12 fathoms water: Under the north side of Harbour Isilau^l is good aiichor:ige with S. W. winds, at a quarter of a mile from the island you will have a muddy bottom : Opposite to the S. E. end of Harbour Island, on the snulh side of this bay, is Frenchman's Cove, wherein is good anchorage io 20, 16, or 12 futlioms water : it is very probable that none of these anchorages will ever be frequented by shipping; yet it is necessary to point them out, as it may happen, that in coming into the bay with a gale of wind at S. W. it may blow so hard out of York Harbour, that no vessel can car- ry sail to work into aorboring ground ; at such limes they will be glad to get to an anchor in any place of safety. • The Bay of IsIrimIs has been much frequented formerly for the cod fishery ; the best place for fishing ships to erect stages and keep boats, is iu Small Har- bour, which lies a little without the South head, and the laige beach on Sword point, on Governor's island, is an ext^llent place for dryii>g offish. From Guernsey island to Bonne bay, thf; course is iirst N. N. E. 6 lea{rues then N. E. leagues : The land near the shore, from the north Shag rock to Cape St. Gregory, is low, along irhich lay sunken rocks, some of which are a ^ of a mile from the shore, but a very little way inland, it rises into a moimlain knainatihg at top in round hills : from Cape Si. Gre(ior>' to Bontie bay. the land rises iu hills directly from the sea to a considerable height; Cape St. Gregory is high, and the nortmmmost land you can see, when coasting ali>ug shore betweeu Red island and the Bay of islands. Bonne bay may be easily known if you are not above 4 or 5 leagues ofT at sea by the lands about it, all the land on the S. W. ^ on the 8tarl)oaril side of the bay, at the entrance into this arm,) before a sandy beach, in 8 or 10 fathoms wa- ter, about a car.e's length from the shore: but large ships must run higher up, unleu they moor to the shore, they cannot anchor in less than 30 or 40 fathoms, but at the head of the arm, where there is but 24 fathoius; notwithstanding the great depth of water, you lay every where in perfect security, and very con- vepifsnt to wood and wate^, il^ere l>eiug great plenty pf both. To sail into tin* * 38 BluiU's American Coast Pilot f Edit eMt iirm, keep the S. E. point, or alarboferd ihore on boirri ; thort roood that' point if « imall mu^ cove, wherein {• good aurhorace in 1 6 or 18 fathoms irater^ and moor to the shore; a little within the north pmnt of thb arm is a very snug harbour fot small vesiels, wherein is 7 and 6 lathoms water. In sailing in or out of this bay with S. W. winds, come iirft near the weather shore, for fenr of being becalmed under the high land, or meeting with heavy gusts of wind, which is still worse, and tlie depth of water is too great to anchor. From Bonne bay to Point Rich, the course along shore is N. N. E. distant 24 leagues; but in coning out of the bay, you must first steer N. N.-W. and S.by W. for the first 3 leaf^es, in order to get an offing. Ten miles to the northwnrd of Bonne bay Ih a pretty high white point, (culled Martin point,) thrr.e quarters of a mile right ofTfrom this point is a small ledgeof rocks whereon the sea breaks : One league to the northward of Martin point, is a low white rocky point, (cniled Broom point ;) half a mile S. W. from this point lies a sunken rock that seldom shews itself. On the N. E. side of Broom point lies the bay of St. Paul, where- in vessels may anchor with southerly and easterly winds, .^t lies quite exposed to the sea winds. One league to the northward of the bay of St. Paul, is a pretty high point of land, (called Cow liead ;) it will have the appearsnce of an island, being only joined to the main by a vory low and narrow neck of land; | of a mile off* this heap lies Steering island, which is low and rocky, and the only i-land on the coast l)etweei> the Bay of islands and Point Rich. On the south side of Cow he::d is Cow rove, wherein is shelter for vessels with easterly and northprly winds; and on the north si'^e of thi* head is Shallow iMiy, wherein is water Rufllcient for small newels, and t^ood fishing conveniencies ; at the N. E. entrance into this bay are .1 clmtcr of rocky ii>land8, which range themselves N. £. and S. W. and at tho S. W. entrance are 3 rocks close to each otiier, which generally shew themselves ; tliey lay a fiill cable's length from the shore, and there is a channel into the bay on cither side of th«;m. In sailing; in or out of this bay, you may go on either Hide of Steeriiiii-island, which lies ris;ht liefore it, but come not too near the N. F.. end. there l>ein!: sunken rocks od that end. This place is the best situated for a (isliery of any on the roast, there being excellent, fishing pround about it. From Steering inlnnd to Point Rich, the course is N. 20° 45' E. distance 17 ^ensues: From Shallow bay to the south part of Ingornachoix bay is nearly a tttraight shore nil the way, and neither creek or cove, where a vessel can shelter hersflf from the sea winds; there are some smitll sandy bays, where vessels may anchor with the land winds; 6 Ic.igiies to the northward of Steeriof island, and iibout I a mile inlan'', is a remarkable hill, (called Portland,) it makes not un« like Portland in tlie fngMsh channel, and alters not in its appearance from any pMnt of view. Hawke's harhonr and Port Saunders are safe and commodious harbours, situ- niH in the hay of f nsomachoix, S. E. 2 leagues from Point Rich ; at the entrance of these h^irbonrs lies nn island, (onlled Keppel island,) which is not easily to be distinsniif'he'l bv strangers from tlie main : the channel into Kawke's harbour, (which is the southernmost,) lies between the island and the south shore; on the !!l;irl)onrd shore entering into this hnrl)our, and opposite to the west end of the iflnni. begins n shoal, which strrtrnes up along thnt shore 1 mile, the middle of irhich runs out into the harbour 4 the breadth thereof, great part of this shoal dries at low water: Your course into the harbour is ei«st. keeping mid channel, or ralhrr nenrest to Keppd island, until the east end thereof, (which is a low stone hcach,) bears PT. by E. or N. then steer S. E. i E. for a small island you will see up tlie harliottr. keepuij; the K. E. or larlM>ard shore pretty m til ou board, and steer for the said littlt; island ; as soon as you have brousrbt tlie point at the «mith entrance of the harbour to bear \V. by N J N. and are the length of the S. E. point of a bay which is on the starbonrd side of the harbour, you will then be abovp the slioal, and may anchor in 12 fathoms water, or you may nn with- in ^ a mile of the small island and there anchor, where you will hy more con- veu'.ent to take in wood and water. To sail into Port Saunders, there is not f Edit f Edit Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 39 hdrtftNiod thtt* i fathomt watfr, it a very snug iMilingin or out for fear of beiii|; Dfi, wbicb ifgtili N.E. distant 24 J. W. and \. by to the northward ) thrr.e qiiarten the sea brenks : ky point, (called roclE that seMom St. Faiily where- es quite exposed (ttj hixh point of slaod, beinx only of a mile oflTthis -hnd on the coast e of Cow head is herly winds; and ufRcient for small into this >my are . W. and at thci shf w themselves ; nnel into the bay lay y £. 12 leagues, but to give these islands and the Braba ■boal a proper birth, make a N. N. E. course. Between Croque and the bay of Griguet. are several good harbours with ex- cellent fishing conveniences, particularly Great and Little St. Julian's Grands- way. Waterman's Cove, White's Arm, Zealot. Feshot, Goose Cove, Craimiliere, St. Antlinny, and St. Liinare, which are not yet accurately described; there is no dnoiiter on the coast but what lies very near the shore j except the small slwal of Braha, whieii lies directly oflfthe bny of the same name, 4 mdes from the land on wiiieh the sea brekks in bad weather. The bav of Orieaet is rituated on thi> N. E. coast of Newfoundland, in the latitude of Jr}* 32' north; it is formed by Stormy cape to the north, au>i White cape to the south, and contains several good harbours fbr%bippiog of all kinds, wherein are many fishing conveidences. Cnmel island lies in Grignetbay, is very high in the middle, like the back of a camel, and in sailing along the shore, is difficult to lie dutiuguished from the main. The north harbour lies within Stormy cape, at the entrance of which is a rock lAtSvt water: you may go nn either side of this rock it being bold to all round, and anchor near the head of (he harbour, in 6 fathoms water ; in the entrance that leads t» the N. W. and S. W. harbours, is a small rocky island, which makes the pnssage tnt* those harbours narrow : the safest passage is to the northward of this island, givine the point at the entrance of the N- W. harbour a little birth ; as soon as you are within the island, you will open the two harbours ; that of ihe N. W. which is the largest, runs in N. W- near 2 miles; to sail up to the bead of the harbour, the west fvW is llie safest ; you will at first have 14, 1 6 and 1 8 fathnms water, «nd after you are a little within the point, will meet with a bank whereon is" 7 and 8 fathoms ; being over it, you will again have 16 and 1 7 fa- thoms, and as you approach the head, will shoslen your water gradually to 5 fa- ihoms, cverr where good anclmriog, and sheltered from all winds. The S, W. harbour nino lit near 2 miles behind e:>mel's island : it is hut a narrow arm, and hnt»> in it from 10 to 4 fathoms water; there is a shoal at the entrance, but neither it nor the harbour are yet sufBcientiy examined, to give »uy i White ppingof all kinds, e, like the back of liiiguished from the ! of which is a rock ; bold to all round, ir ; in the entrance Bland, which makes to the northward of rbour a little birth ; > harbours ; tlint of ; to sail up to the st hav« 14, 16 and ill meet with a hank ave 1 6 and 1 7 fa- r gradually to 5 fn- Inds. island : it is but a re is a shoal nt the mined, to gives uy slend, and together ' fishing vessels. lirpon, is N. hy E. tile Quirpon, fonn- 9 Edit BIdnt*! American Coast Pilot. tii ed by the bland of thtt otine ; there b no dancer going in, but the rftore itself | h is a small, safe,siuig harbour, where flsbing foiiw moor head and item. Quirpor. rstaod, whieh b the S. E. point that forms the entrance of the Str igfata of Bellt-Islc, is barren and mountainous ; Cape de Grat ou the S. £. side, and the highest part of this iilstid ipsf bf> wen la clear weather 12 Icsignes. WMte islands lay between Origue ind Cape de Grat, about 2 milesund a^ from the land; tlieyare but small, and of a niwlrrate height; on the inside of them are some rocks, both above and under water, but not ds'igeroui , as they discover themselves eves in fine wenther ; and the pauage between them and the main, which is ^ a league wide, h very safe. De Grat and Pideieon coves hy on the fi. E. side of the bland of Quirpon» and to the northward of Cape de Grat, in the mouth of which are some small blatids, and rocks above water; behind these iiilands are shelter for shipping, lu 4 fathoma water, and convenient places for fishing. The passage into Great Quirpon harbour is on the N. W. rfde of the Uland of the tame name, between it and Orave'e island, which is an island in the mouth of tbe harbour ; in approaching the entrance, you may make as fjrtee as you please with the IsUnd Quirpon, there being no danger but what shrwfl itself, until you come to the entrance of the harbour, wiicre there are shoah on your larboard side, which you avoid by keeping Black head, upon Quirpon, open of all tka «ther land, until Cape Raven is brouglit over Noddy point; then haul in for the harbour, kcepir^ about half a cablets length from (lite point of Grave's island ; It M every where good anchoring within the said i&land, and room and depth of water for any ships, and good ground ; the best place is iu fathoms water, up towards the upper end of Grave's island, abreast of Green island, which lies abotrt Ihe middle of the harbour : The passage to the inner harbour, oq either side of Green iHland, b very good for ships of a moderate draught of water, throngli which you will carry 3 fathoms; and abovethe bland is exceeding good anchorr ing, in 7 fathoms; there is a passage Into thb place through ZittU Quirpon, but it is too narrow and intricate for vessels to attempt, UBieis well acquainted : la and about Quirpon are excellent conveniences for a great numbier of ships, and good fishing grounds about those parts : All the Inad about Griguct and Qirirpoa is mountainous, nnd appears a barren rock. Noddy harbour, which lies a little to the westward of Quirpon, runs in S. S. W. between Noddy point and Cape Raven, Widch form the entrance of the har> bour ; there is no danger iii going in : the pass ige is on the west side of a small ifland, that lies about | of a mile within tite heads, and you anchor as soon as above it, in b fathoms water : or with small vesseb you mny run up into the ba- son, and anchor in 2) or 3 fathoms; within the bland, on the east bide of the hariiour, is a stage, and very convenient rooms for many fi&hing ships. In turoinir lip towards QnirfKHi and Noddy harbour, you may stand pretty sear to the°Bull rook and Maria ledge, which are above water; and both of them nbout ) a lea:;ue fram the land of Quirpon; the passage between them b also i a league wide, an'l very aafe, taking care only to keep near to Gull rock, to avoid the N. W. ledge, which ledge ba, which run* to S. S. W. 2 miles ; 5heo without 9un>t cape, you may anchor in tl or 7 fathoois, open only to the '. E. winds ; or you may run up into the harbour, where you lie !|ind>locked in 8 fathoma: Here is good conveniences for fishing ships, and plenty of wood for their lue. Ca^ Norman from Burnt cape bears N. W. by W. | W. 7 miles; lletween them b the bay of Pistolet, which runs inS. S. W. and extends several itiilea every way, with good anchoring in most parts of it, particularly on the west side, a little above the islands, which lie on the same side, in 5 tatnoms water ; The shore about tlib bay b tolerably well covered with wopd ; bnata frequently conip here for wood from Quirpon. Cook's harbour b small, and ties within the islands, at the N. W. part of Pis- tolet bay, and 2 miles to the S. E. of Cape Norman ; to sail into it you must takecate apdgive the Norman iedgeis which lie E. N. E. 1 mile oflTthe north Cint, a good birth t In going along shore, the mark to keep wrthout these ledges to keep all the land of Burnt cape open without the nuterinoBt rocks, which lie on the south side of (he entrance to this harlwur ; if you are going in, as roon as yqu judge youraelf to be to ttic southward of the Norman ledges, you must steer in lor the harbour, Ieavu)g the iblHncIs oii your larboard side; you must keep tiie south shore clJse on board, for fear of n ledge of rocks which spits out fipom a small rocky inland on the other side; as soon as you are within that isl- and, you must haul over for tlie north shore, and anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms water, ii) this liarbour might be made several very convenient fishing rooms, and in the c?>ves bietweeu it and Cape Norman, might be built stages for the boats to resort to, and to cure fish. Cape Norman is the northernmost point of land in Newfoundland, lies in thq latitude of 5 1 <> 38' 33'' N. is of a moderate and even height, and a bnrren rock for some ndles in the country : From Capt Norman, a W. S. W. course, between 9 and 10 leagues, will carry you a league without Greeq island ; all the shore between tbem is bold, and of a moderate and equal height for several miles in- to the country ; but a good way inlnnd, is a chain of high mountain^ lying par- allel with the coHfit : Between 3 and 4 miles to the westward of the cape is « fove, wherein small vessels and boats may lie very secure from all winds, ex- cept N. E frf m this place to Green island there is no shelter on the const. In turning between Cape Nonn^tn and Green island in the night, or foggy weather, you may stand in for the Ipnd with great safety, in 25 fathoms water, uniil you ore nearly the length oiT Green island : you will thtn have that depth of watec very near the shore, and likewise on the outside of the island itself. Green ish-od lies j{ of a mile from the main, is | of ■ mile in length, very low, narrow, and agreeable in colour to the name it bears ; from the east end stretches out u '.edge of rocks, ^ of a mile to the eastward, whereon the nzi^ breaks imbad weather: The channel between the island and the main, wherein 18 4 and 5 fathoms water, is yery safe, and where vessels may anchor if they find occasion ; The only winds that can mak^ a sea here, are from the W. S. W. and E, N. E. to go in from the westward, keep the point of the island on board for the deepest water, which is 4 fathoms, and goin;: in fram the eastward, keep the main on board. The distance from this island to the opposite part ' the coast of I^abradore, called Castles, or Red Clifis, doth nut exi»>ed 3 leagues and an \ ; they bear from each other N. W. and S. E, aqd b the narrowest part of (he Streights of Belle-lRle. From Green island to Flower ledge, (which lies near i a le|(giie from the shqre) .f^ W. S. W, (Murse, 3 leagues, will cariy you I > league widiout tb« led^e i '■-X 9 Edit. loint of S«flr«d able rock, call- I cove, where • liitance 5 miles ; rut rape appear* D Ibe east side of S. W. 2 miles ; npenoaly Ia the lie Ifindoiocked il plenty of wood VV.| VV.Tmiles; [| extends several larly on the west fatnoms water ; boats frequently . W. part of Pis. into it you must lile ofl* the north bout these ledges lost rocks, which ! lEoing in, as roon ledges, you must d side; you must s which spits out e within thatisl- S fathoms water, rooms, and in the the boats to resort idlapd, lies in the; nd a bnrren rock i'. course, between nd ; all the shore r several miles in- lotaiii^, lying par* of the cape is a »m all winds, ex- »n the const. In or foggy weather, B water, until yoi4 at depth of water itself. B in length, very rom (he east end whereon the r,::v he main, wherein T anchor if they ■om the W. S. W. le islnnd on board le eastward, keep losite part ' the ed 3 leagues and larrowest part of le from tbe shqre) tbouttbe hifct 9£dlt. BlontHi AnHDrican Coast Piki^ from Flower ledge to tbe bay of St. Barbe, tbe course it S. S. W. 5 mlW, and to mriut Ferolle, S. W. | S. 7 leagues; 5 miles to the west ward of Given island Is Sandy bay, wherein small vessels might ride in 3 and 4 fatboMa water, with southerly and S. W. winds : Between Greeu island and Sandy bay is TouMe ledge, which stretches off I rom the shore near half a mile, whcreoti it 8 and 9 feet water. Savage cove, Drbich is 2 miles to the westward of Sandy bay, hi small, will ad- mit only small vessels aad boats, in the moulh of wbkh ie a small, low ishind} the passage in (which b very narrow) is oo the east side of the island, and you must anchor as soob as you are within it, in 2^ and 2 fathoms water : Om mile to the westward of this cove is Mistaken cove,- which is something larger than Sa- vage cove, but not near so good, being shoal waier in every part of It. IVameles* cove lies 1 mile farther to the westward, wherein is very shoa! water, and sev- eral sunken rocks : One mile right off* from tbe east point of this eove lies Flower ledge, part of which just appears at low water; you will have 10 fathoms water close to the off side of it : Between it and MisUken rove, i a mile from tbe land, lies Orenville ledge, whereon k 6 ieet water. Flower cove, (wherein is 2| fa- thoms water,) lies just to the southward of Nameless ccve ; it may be known by some white rocky islands^ called Seal islands, lying a little to the westward of it ; you must not come too near tbe outermost of these islands, for fear of some sunken rocks near it. A little within the entrance lies a rock aboVe water, and a channel on each side of it; thb cove lies in east, as does Namelesscove, and you must mind not to mistnke. one for the other: Betvtecn Seal islands and the main is a passage for boats, and conveuienries for a seal fishery. From Seal islands to Anchor point, which is the east point of the bay of St* Barbe, the course is S. W. by S. 1 league ; there is no danger but what lies very near the shore, until you are the lengUi of the point, where lies a.rocky islaudf from which stretches out a ledge of rocks S. S. W. ) of a mile, which you must be mindful of in going in or out of the bay of St. Barbe. A little within Anchor ))oint, is Anchor cove, wherein is 3 fathoms water; It is so very small^ that tliere is no room in it to bring a ship up, unless it be little wind, or calm ; tbe safest way is to anclior without, and warp in; there is room in it for 1 ship, and is a Very snug and convenient pince for 1 fubiiig ship, and for a seal fishery. The bay of St. Barbe lies oetwcen Anchor point and St. Barbe's point, which is the S. W. point of the bay ; they lay from each otlier S. by E. aad N. by W. half 3 league s it lies in & E. about 2 miles from Anchor point: To sail iuto the bottom ofthe bay or harbour, you must give Anciwi psint s good birth, "ud all the east side of the bay. to avoid tlie sunken rockt which lay along that Aonf the bay will not appear to be of any depth, and you must be well in before >ott can discover the entrance iuto the harbour, which is but narrow : you must theft steer in S. S. E. keeping in the middle of the channel, and anchor as soon as you arc within the two points, in a small cove, on the west side, in 5 fathoms water | the bottom is snnd and mud, and you lay land-locked. Near this place branch- es out two arms or rivers, one called the south and the other the east : in the east river is 3 fathoms water a good way up, but the other is shoal ; in these rivers are plenty of salmon, and their banks are stored with various sortsof wood. Be- tween theS. W. point of the bay and west point of the harbour is a cove, where- in are sunken rocks, which stretch off a little without the line of the two points^ in the open bay is 1, 8 and 9 fnthoms water, but no safe anchorage, because <^ the N. W. and W. winds, which Wow right in, and cause a very great sea. About 1 Ic ;ue to the S. W. of the bay of St. Barbe lies the bay of St. Oe* nevieve; in nnci before this bay lie severnl small islands, 2 only of which are of any considerable extent; the northernmost of these two, which is the largest, called Current Island, is of a moderate height, and when you are to the N. E. of it, the west point w-ll appear bluff, but is not high ; if to the westward, it will appear flat, and wliite like stone beach ; near half a mile S. W. by S. from the point is a shoal, upon which is 3 fathoms water; the other island (called tbe 44 Blunl'i: /imv;lcM» Coast Filot 9 Edit. '^'. .1 Ooowbvrry \»\*aA) lylnit to the sonthwpTd, (and witWn Current Wind) bath • croM on Uw 8. VV. uoiiit of It, I'roa wbteh poitil •trcicbc* out • ledje of roekt, near hitlf a mile to th. c Hilhwtrd; ca the MUlh puiot wf tbit lcd|;e ii a rock liwi juit cover* nl M^h wtitr ; the b«rt cheDoel ittfe tbc bay is lo the touthward of tb«w blaudf, briwef n the rocM aboye meoaoqetl, and a •mall iiland lylopj »oulh from it, (which island liei near the uuth shore) thiH chaiinel it Tcry narrow, and hath not less than 5 fathoms at low water In It; the course is £. by N. before fast come Ibe lenf;th of tiie nforenientioued rock, you niut be careful not to ap- pvQMcb loo near llie S. W. en you are vithiu the amall island above mcnUooed. you must haul to the aouthwar^ and bring St. Genevieve bead, (wbkh it the S. W point of the bay) between ay) between the ; you may either leer over with th« W. arm opra, In Ut of the bay, and cc ii in the S. W. leep. Thrre is • if>lan 4fi Blunt's American Coast Pilot. to mII into the buy, you leave both tlie iiluiuli on whicli itaud 2 cattle hilU, uu the atarboard Bidt! ; and for large ahipa to licep clear of all daiiKer, they iniiHt keep point (irrnvilie (which |)oint in known by a beacon upon it) on with the Hem point of Henley itilaiid, which point ii a iniooth blaxli rock, and may be known by a mall black roc kjui above water, about a cable's length without it) until you are abreaal of the ea»t point of Whale i»land ; then to avoid the midtile rock, on which it only feet, and which Ilea nenrly in the nii«ble Afthery at thlH place for whale, cod and seals. There Is a good, thitMsh nariHiw paHsage into the nurthtvard of Henley island, through which you carry ;)^ fathoms water ; I mile to the eastward of Henley islands lies Seal islands, from them to Duck island, it :)^ '"ilcs; between seal ittlands and Duck ial lud is Bad bay, which is open to the easterly winds, and full of rocks, some abAve and some under water. Croising the s>r>;ights from Quirpon to Chateaux, you will meet with irregular aoundinga, from 20 to 30 fathoms on tlie Newfoundland side, and in places neav the shore ynii will have 30 to 40 fathoms; in the middle of the streights in the stream of Belle-iile, is from 20 to 30 fathoms, and between that and Chateaux bay from 45 to 80 fathoms; within a mile of the const of Labrudore, to the west- ward of Chateaux bay, you will h»vc 25, 30, and 35 fathoms ; fiirlher np the atreights, as far as Cape Norman and Gr>;en ihland, you will huve 40 :uid 45 fa- thoms in the middle, lest towards Newfoundland, and more towards the coast of Lahradore. About 7 miles to the eastward of Seal islands, k St. Peter's islnnds, a parcel of amnll biirrea rocks ; withio tliem ia St. Peter's bay, which is a !;ood bay, open on- ly to the S. E. winds. Cape Charles makes with a hif b steep towards the sea, and sloping inland, sa (hat when you are to the westward of Chateaux, Cape Charles will make like an iaiand. From St. Peter's islands to Cape Charles iaiand, the course is N. E. i N. dis- tance near 4 leases ; between them Ilea Niger sound, which is an inlet 2 leagues defp, before which lies several islanda. Tou may pass to the northwRid or southward of any of those islanda into the sound ; the course in, is N. W. the best anchorage is an tlie n into Pitt's har- Caatle inland a a Pitt's harbour, >r it, and covered convenitiiicies for u France carried all. There U <* d, Ibrough which islands lies $eal ilands and Duck II of rocks, some eet witli irregular id iu places neav e slrci^hts in the at and Chateaux (lore, to the west- n ; t'lirtiier up the ive 40 :tnd 45 fa- rards the coast of ilaads, a parcel ot oodbay, opeaou- sloptne; inland, sir 3» will make like s N. E. i N. di». an iulet 2 leagues he northMrnrd or in, is N. W. the erinost of the Ca* e northernmost of between the Bat- mall vestiels ; the is entrance is not north entrance is nmoKl of the Bat- tiis place is much lad Cape Charles Is' bay, in which Din t|ie shcre, arc # 9 Edit Blunt*s American Coast Pilot. it two flat rocks, and also serrrni sunkrn rocks, all which are «ithin tfi«t dlitanrft from the khore ; round (his point i* the cniruDce ot a ^ninll cove, ruiniinx in S. S. W. half a mile, named D«r|>-waler creek, but very narrow, and lia^ tioni 30 to IU fathoms water iu it. i<>om the north pirt of pohit bcwis In the south head of Petty-harbour hay, tlie course i* north 1^ mile; it is a high bold shoix-; from tlir soulh lieml lothe north head of this tiay, the courxe is N. | £. l^ mile ; thik hay ruos up V> . N. W. I mile; in it is 20 to 40 faihoniit wairr. At the bottom of t is Petty-harbour; the entranci; is to the northward of a low |Joint of land whii-h sIiuIk the lisrt-oiir in ir m the xea, so as not to be seen till very near it ; tiie eiitriinci! is very nar- row, it ixtKit above 60 fittlionis hrond, there is 5 fathoniiiiii the mildle and U fn- thoiiiH clo«e to the sidrs ; the narrow part is but short, and after you are within the enliance the harbour becomes wider, running up W. by N. I{ miles, and {■ of a mile broad, wherein khips may anchor in any part, from 12 to 7 fathoms, and lie entirely land-locked. From the iiortii hcHcl of Petty-harhour bay to point Spoar, the course is N. | E. Q\ mites; between them is Barren bay and Spear harbour; Biirren bay is to the northward of tlie north head of Petty ''ar- bour bay, in it is no shelter. Spear harbour is to the southward of Spear print ; this \r a very good harbour; eoniing from the northward, about point S|ieai, ;ou will open two islands in llin bottom of a small bay ; he bout pakxnge in, is between the 2 islands, and to keep the north island close on twMrd, there is 4 lathomc alongside of it ; after }OU iire half a cable's length withhi the islinds, steer for tho middle of the hnrlonr, and anchor in 7 or 8 fathams, where is good room to moor ; jtmall veFHels may go on cither side of the islands ; llieie is 2 fnihnni!- at low water ; t)ut ob<nr islands; they are nil l>old loo, and ilicrr i^i 20 fathoms within them ; N. N. F. ^ K. from the S. E. head of Ihe entrance of lli« Three harbours, lies 2 small islands, cloyc together, called Doid)le islnnd, about as hi(;hatthey are broad, and about half acable'n leiifrl.i to the eastward of tliose islnnds are 2 t-unken rocks, on which the sea breaks in bad weather. Nenily in the middle of the entrance of the 'i'hrcc harbouis lies 2 islands close together, which mostly appear as one island by being so rlose top^ether, they are ^tcep too ; phips may pass on either siilcof them in 12 and 14 fathoms, and anchor within them, in Queen road, in 1 fnlhnnis ; by the S. E. end of the iblnnds is the widcbt pa«!8age, and room for ships to work iu or out. The first aad soutliernmost harbour wllliiii Queen rond, is Sophia linrbour ;it runs up S. by E. IJ mile, aud has from 15 to 10 fathoms water for that distance; then it tends iway round a low point to the eastward, and becomes a mile broad but thence is very shoal water, and only fit for small vessels. Port Charlotte is the middle harbfiur, and a very good one for nny ships, tliorr. is a low flat island on the starloard side of the entrance, and from tins island runs a reef of rocks a third of Ihe channel over to the south side ; to avoid whieh keep the south side nearest on board, for it is steep too, having fathoms cIofc to the shore, therefore keep the fouth side nearest until you are a quarter of a mile within the entrance, then you may anchor in any part of Ihe harbour be- tween 12 and 17 fathoms, only giving the starboard side a birth of half a cable's length, to avoid a small reef that lays along that side. Mecklinburgh harbour is t. e northernmost of the three, and lies up N. W. i Vf. and W. N. W. 2 miles ; in the lower part of this harbour is 20 fathoms, but in Uie upper part is no more than 1 2 fathoms room for ships to moor ; ^.o sail up to the head, keep the larboard side nearest, to avoid the ledge of rocks that lay along the starboard side, nbout 3p fatlionis from the shore. These rocks laj M*- V : 1 i 48 Blunt^s American Coast Pilot 9 Edit. vithin the narrowest part of the harbour, and nbove the Jow pobt on the star* board bide ; (he best anchorage is at the head of *.he harbour. ^'' From the islands at the entrance of the Three harbours to Cape St. Francis, the coui-se is N. J E. about 5 miles; between them is the entrance into St. Fran- cis or Alexis river, between 2 low points about a mile aeroiis ; this river runs .up about 10 leagues, wliere the water is fresh, >«ud a very stiong tide ; in it are many bays, harbours and islands ; (he first part of this ri.'cr runs up W. N. W. 3 miles and a half. There are 4 islands within the entrance, 2 of which are on the lar- board side, and further up, 2 on the starboard sidu ; the outermost island f>\i the larboard side, which is about a mile within the entrance, is a high rouad islanti in the slinpe of a sugar-loaf, witli (he top part cut ofl^ arid is a very good mark to sail in by ; (here is a ledge of rocks ai»out half a cable's length from the !». E. |)oint of the entrance; and E. S. E. half a mile froui the said point, there is a flat rock, always above water, with a ledge of sunken rocks half a cable's length to the '. .. E. from it, and half a mile without 'his flat rock, on the same line with the point there is another flat island witii » ledge of sunken rocks a cable's length to tlie N'. E. from it. In sailing into this river, to avoid these ledges, keep to the aorlhward of the flat islands, till you bring tlie Sugar-loaf island, which is within the river, a third of the channel over from the S. £. point; that mark will keep you clear of the ledges, and to the northward uf them you may either sail or work in, taking care nut to shut the Sugar-loaf island in with the N. W. point and bring it no nearer the is. E. point than a third of the breadth of the channel ; after beini~ within the points, there ia no danger but what is to be seen ; there is anchorage within the two islands, on the larboard side, itf 12 and 14 fathoms, but you will lay open to the N. E. the best place to anchor within the first part of theriver, is in Ship's harbour, which is on the larboard side, about 2j miles from the entrance, where the cotji'se into it is S. S. W. I| miles; at the entrance it is I of a mile broad, at the head it in broader; there is 12 and 15 fathoms wa- ter, and good anchorage in security against all winds ; at .S^ miles from the en- trance the course of the river is W. by S. 7 miles ; in the middle of it are seve- val great and small island:! : Sailing up along the south side of the islands there is no danger, and not less than 40 or 50 fathoms water, hut on the starboard, ov north side of the islands there is much less water, and anchorage all the way up in 1 2 and 1 7 ftithoms. Tlie course up the third part of the river is W. S. W. 4 miles; here is only 2 islands, on the larboard or south side of which is very good anchoring, ill 12 fathoms ; on the north side is 30 fathoms water, th<^ i. Ml islaiui nil llie gli rouud iglar/i ry gciKi mark to from the i. E. it, ttiere is a flat table's length to same line with a cable's length ledges, keep to islnnti, which ia I : that mark will may either sail I the N. W. point I of the channel ; t)e seen ; there is and 14 fathoms, hin the first part , about 2\ milfiji at the entrance r! 1 5 fathoms wa- iles from the ea- lle of it are seve- the islands there the starboard, oi ;e ail the way up iver is W. S. W. of which is very 8 water, th<* i. is an inlet which ito St. Francis ri- the same breadth nd to the middle, lat appears above n12 and 13 foth- f Leg island forms on the north sid« : mites long ; in it I pas$«tge into Gll- i is dboul j; a mil? 9 Edit. BIunt*8 American Coast Vilot 49 broMd»and from 50 to 60 fathoms walorin it ; then Gilbert's river o/Great Mecatina *o Shecatica. .p. -f [N. B. All Beatings and Courses hereafter mentioned, are the true Bearii^ and Courses, and not byCompii^^s. j Coursex rtmd Hi/ianeea ^rotn island to island alons; the coast, bdrvttn Grand Poitil ' oni/Shecalica, nhich courats carry you without all othtr islands aul rocks. ■^ FROM Grand Poiot lo outer rocki olF tbu Itlands of Entrance, the counw is S. E. by E. I HI. ti mile*. Pmm tiie nuter rocks off tbc Inlands of Entrance, to the Murr rocks, the courw ii B. by B.i !•' SJ mi!e!i. From Mnrr ndti to Flat UIan><, the courrc it N. E. ^ E. diitaiMS S k!I«i. 7 ■f m Blunt** AmeiiMii Coatt F9ot >>Edt!t* f4^ ■y r VaM Fli«4ii«ri^ Tn>bl«Mil Mtad, the eowM i( N. by B. 5| mitab Pron TfdUe Mtl MMd to Fox IiImhIi, (whipb an a olwMr ^/tilaadi, lying S. $. £. | V. tnmi Bagle harbour,) the eoune li N. H E. S luguei. , Tram Fox i«landi to the rocki olf Use entraiwa of the flort of 8^ Augnitine, called St. AiwuRtia«<'a chain, the eoane ii N. K. hj K. S ieagvef. ' Froffi the rockn called St. AugaiUne'i chain to Shi^ li(and,;the eoufie ia N. E. | K. 2f lewjuefl. From^St. Aii«igtine.'ii chain to the rocki without Shag island, calieil Shag rocks, Ae course b N. B^lm B> distance S leagues. Fromne ^ag'rodn to the r^ks off the east end of the island ofSfaiecakSea, the ccune is N.F^iB..9|eaguet. Ctwrses and ili\iitances aimg short, foaaing mdktn tiu Great lalaiid of Mecatina. Fnm the imter rocks off the IslanJs^f Entrance to the Bay de Portage, the course is N. W.byN. fW^A miles. From the outer r^ks off the Islands of Entrance to outer point of Mecatina islanJ, the eovrse it X. by W. j^W. 4 miles. » '^J !/» ; , From th % outer noiot of Mecatina island to Gull island, the eoone is IT. A.M £• 1 "He. Ftom iiitl islan^to Uraen island, at the Mitranee of Red bay. the aoiiiri«>|H| n. N. E. i E. IkMepe. ihii course wHi carry youelear of the rihag recks, asfwasyou'^uswitiioutGun island. Erom Oul) iriawl to La Boule rock, ^ff tfiis N. W. end of Qroat Mecatina island, die oo(& Is N. E. by N. J E. 4 miles, j^ From La Boule rt ck to Green ismnd, the course is W. by S. | a tpague. From La Boule rovk to Duck island, the cofirse isN. N. Xt.fVf.i league. From DiKk island U. Round island, at the entrance of Ha Ha bay, the course is N. by E. |Cl.limiie. From Round island into the harbour of Little fish, the course is 6. W. bv Vf . i W. { league. From Round island into the Im of Ha H«, the cinpse is N. N. E. i E. ^ league, Icavii^ s^t islands on the starboard side. > 'From La Boule rock to Loon islands, the course is N. |. E. 1 league. FnMB LuBouie rofsk to Goose island, dtp course is N. K. 5f miles. From iHm islandbtb^ox islands, the course is N. E. by N. S leagues. The Grand #'oiat of Great Nfeciitina lies in the latitude «f 50« 41' K. and is the «xlreiiie poiut of a promootory which stretcheii off froir^ the, main. The ex- tfme of this point is low : fiom theute it riies gradOally to a nHider^te lieight, mi majF.be casilylinown froia ^reral adjacent islanids and rocks, which lie off S. E. hj £■ i E. from it; the DeareTfae northenimoal Murr islaod, lies from the other If. N. W. -j^ W. aboiit a quarter of a mile. ^ Thei^e islands are very remarkable, being two flat barren rocks, of a icoderate height, and steep diflb all round. Atioiat ^If a mile to the S.^. of the souther^imost Mulrr i«l- nul, lie thd,two Murr rocks, winch are above water. And E. N. E. ^ E. T^ mile from the souUiernmost Murr island, lies a ledge of roCks under- water, on which the sea gferierally breaks. . - Snrni Murr islands N. VV. by W. 2 lcagh'<^t;Iies^ die Bay de Portage. The land over this bay makes in a valley, each side being Mgh ; at the euiranre lies an islaitd of i moderate height, which forms thi harlHiar. Yon mny sail into this liartraiir laod^S. by E. If mile, and llie southernmost lies from the Seal rorks N. by E * E. half a mile. Tessels may borrow within one cable's length of Mutton island, or Seiil rocks. The harbour of Great Mecatina lies N. W. \ W. 2 leagues from Murr islandi, vnd Ht b/ E. 2| #lM from Grand point. This bacbeur b fumed t^ Mecitioft ■^^M W*^' ■if' to, lying 8. 8. ft. it. LUgattine, called St. ineUN.E.iK-2i bag locks, Ae course acaaea, the ccune b tUtni of Mecatma- «ge, Uhs course i»N. Mecatina itAanl, the »j|.B.byB.traHe. Mirw,iiS.-N.E.iB. ^oujWM without Gun Hecatiiia island, tiie igue. league. . ■ _ the course it N. by £• byW-iW-ileagufc, \ h. 4 league, leaving sues. f 50® 41' N. and b iie, main. The ex- a modemte height, roiska, vbieb lie off r rockt and Is vith- 3« ii^aodB are much Io# rotky Islands, auA, which are the HindBl Mair iela'nid, te, » These islands ite height, and steep hennmost Mulrr ijl- l E. N. E. i E. r^ iks underwater, on r de Portage. The at the eutranre lies Yon may tail into tgsage is only fit for ranee at low water. Bsel to turn in, tltere i boHnilher paMnge at low wMer ; but they mint moor head and atera, aot b^q| Nwn to moor otberwlae. To itfl into thi» harbour tbiou|h the w^atem pwaafie, th«e is not th« least dtuiger. T» sail in dtrough the east«ro paiaiie, observe the following direetieaa : From the eastero poiiaoftheitlaQ^, ran N. N. W. far' he main, and keep the mainclofie onboard, till you hrin;tthe western point of the island on with the polot^|)ead «ove4| pass (o the ooHh wai^ of Gull island, muM be «areful either to keep OuH isia id or the main close en board, in order to avoid a sunken rork Uutt liean^r half way betwret Gull idaud led the main, oo^ene part of which ther^ is not above 3 fieet water at loW water. The hl|th>>st part of the land between Grant Point and Ha ha bay, is directly ever the harbour of Mecntina. ,, t^ the great islnnd of Mecatina Ues Uireliniles from the main, and is hi loiqith from north to souih, .3} rniles, amrln breadth, from last to west, 3 miles ; is higli la id, hut much higher lu the mUldle than either end. The N. E. point of this island makss in a remarkdWe bluff head, which is In latitudp SO'Af Nf Round this head, to the BOithward, and within a clui^tcr of small i^fands. (Oireitbrr clde of which Is a ro»d passage,} lies a cove, which mns in S. by W. j W. about If miles from the said islands 5 vessels ««y anchor in this ast fiepov whence v^iselH may best shape a course for other places^ I wili here f^ve thp hearing? and (Ustaoees of the 9)ost^#eniatiab|e poiiUs, heatt lands, cocks ari^ harbours fif^i. it. ^ ;' - : ;, Courset md distofimfrm Great IshMi if Uiecli^ah itiur pkms. From the Round head of Uie Great island of Mecatina to Mecatina itlaad, the^TSe is W. hyS. fW.SfihiUes. , ,. . ,„ ■ ^ , o c »r , Fran Hottfld bead to the outer locluoff the Islands of Eatranoe, the course Is S. ^ W. | W. 5 mile*. ...„.* ^ . * From Hound hMd to Morr islands.Mhe course !►«. f E. 5 mfles nearly. , . ;, , From th« BUi^bead of the Orea|1s|an4 of Mecatina to Flat island, ihe ceoneis 8. E. hf ' From Bluff head tplinon islands. *» coarse is N. hyVT. J W. 4 miles. ^ . „ „ , . From rto^head to Bo^nil l|hnd.l!t the entrance of Ha ha bay, the conrse is N. W. by N. » «r. d I miltM. This course leav^es'Looo Islands on *e starbeard side, and Duck island oRniefMi«otirilsia«. .«««,«..., Fro» Wiiffh*i*ftt4Tr«d|l)ihHI Wand, the course IS E. N.E.I E.5fmil«f. / .^ Finn Puff head to l»ouU«hill Island, the course isN. H miles- law!,' Fravi l^uff bead taCfm Waeds.4T^e coarse Is N. by E.| E.Sf miles. «;,, .^ ^ ; from Wiif bead to the Fox tsttaids, the course Is N. N, «. IB. 11 mile^ ram Bluff head to St. AiiguilMne*s chain, the course is N. B. 25 mites. v« > From Ruff h«>ad to Shag Irfand. tlw coarsajs N. E. lOf leagies. * - : From Wuff head to Shewtiea, the course IsN.K i B. 13 two-tbirdaleagoes. ■ t. ■ > - " ■ • The harbour of Little Fish lies in east and west, is b|it small, and Is fiimel by aa flland«overed with wood. You may sail into this harbour on either i^e of the MaM, out to the northward is the best paayage. In the bey to tlie soadv. ward of the Wand, lies a ledge of rocks part of ? hich is alwaya to be seen. E. by B. one iWrd of amae bora Uie east point of Wood is^ lies » wok, m. which there U only 3 ^tboms water at low w|ter, Ym may .anjh<«M« tbit iZ' *»'■' *»i %*A Btttikt^s Amcriiaai CoMt Pil6t ESc^ I;* • " Q-J-: fM ..Wv ^ bMbodr St tlitlwtt of the MmmI In Y orS fattioim wiitcr,KoodlwttoiD, mod lmi« i«oin lufficiem to moor. Hore bbotb wood and wiUcr to be hod. OffthO Bohheni point ot the eotraoee Into thb hailoour, called Beal fwini, lies 2 noall' Mand04 ao(! a fiandv cove, where there la a seal fishery carried on. Betweeo tiie harbour of little Fish and the bay of Ho ha, is a remarkable high round hill, trliich makes ia a peak, and may serve as a good mark for knotting «)tber of thocv places by. The bay of Ha ha lies from La Bonle point, N. N. W. | W. 5) miles, in the moutli of which there are several iulauds, which form several patsages, bu^ the best b between Seal poiiit and Round island, leaving all the islands on th« star' board sidcf; this is a witte and saf« passage, there being no danger but what app> pears above water. This bay runs up north 7 mil(«, at the head of whiih oi' ihOi>torboard>iile are several islands? wUbin these islands, to the e|stward, are many good anchoring placeti from to.zo fnthoros water. VeM^|nay ocra* doaally anchor i^li along tlie eastern shore within ihisltay, in 12 and 14 fathoms water, mad grouiid; on the western side it is dee|) water. N. f W*,2 miles from tlie entmuiee oftbe west ride, ia« high bkfff head ; round this head W. by N. ^ W. half a mile, is a small tnit safe harbeur for amnll ve»seli), in which you have 12'^thoni#', good ground. This harhour U formed by an island, ou either side of which thew is a safe but airl«w.pitas«Hge. After you leave the bay of Ha hn, proceeding to the eat-twnrd, vou lose sight of the main land, (lillyou come to thebvy ofShpcalick,) which is bid from you b^'^he number of great and small ishi^s of diflereut height, fo numerous, and so near each other, tfiat they n^e scarce tb be d^tingidtihed as islands till you get i|i amongst them. Amongst there islands nre a great many good rradaand harbours; some oftlie heat nud the easiest of access t^re as follfiw. f Eagle harbour lies near the we«t end of Longislnnd, nad is fbrmed by a clij|» ter of islands, on which a French ship of war of that o>'me was lost. This har- bour is ci)p»ble of holding a number cf (hippirg with grf at Kecurily, baviog iu it from iC to 20 fathoms, pood bottom, hut it h noi c aoily to be r, where you may anchor in great safety from all wincb.' In the wfatern passage into thia harbour is 2^ rathcm0*wa4er, fit only for small ves^eK being a n'^rtow pasf^nge between many islanda. This part of the coast is yerv dangerous for a vfSM^l to fall in with, in thick weather, by reason of the infinite number of small and low iaSands, and some racks uiidf r water. From the Bluff lifad of Great Mecatina island to St. Angtt^^tine's chnin. the course i N. £. 8^ leagues. The west iKlaiid of St. Augustine, is of a moderate height, the west part being hisfaest and quite low in the middle«^hut is not nsea- •ily to be distinguii^hed at a distance, by reaFoa of the iainn'ls within being much btglter. Half a mile to the eastward of this island is the East if^lan«l, sotne'hing lar^er.ibut rot quite so high and ii: even at top. Between these two islands, af- ter paraing between the Chain and Squitr e islands, is a safe passage for small ves- sels into this port ; fh; fvom the wrst of St. Aiigustint'*!: island, runs a chain of rmall islands, oalleil St. Anguitine's rhain, the outermopt of which is a remarkable round smooth roi'k. A I nf a mile lo the weslwar'l of thii; iKland lie reckii underwater, which piways break, and pb^ abq^ye water at ^ ebb. About h»lf ^ mile to the S. W. of Edio itton, aod Have had. Offthd Di, lies 2 Mball BD. neoiirkable higk ark for knoMiag 5 1 milet, in the mwRgea, bu*. the indi ou the itW' ;er but what ap> nad of whith oh le ^ttward, are e«M^ifnay ocra< 2 m414 fathoms W..,2 fflfles from Bfid W. by N. A which you have id, ou either side * rd, you lose sight h is hid from yoit numerous, and so lauds till jou get tours; some of the formed bjr a c1u«* B lost. This har- ur!ty, baring in it en||;c into this niles into the hsy, li^h island, roiinI to r of small and low itic-tioe's chnin, the ?, is of a moderate le^but is not nsea- within being much t idand, something Rse two islaadr, af* nage for small ves* ^nd Round island nclior in 6 or 7 fa- V. i Vf. about hslf IN nf •mall island?, kable round smooth under water, which (iilet«tbeS.W, «f 9 Edit/ Bltmt^t American Ctsast Vi\oit,fi Sd these rocks h a high Mack r«ck ab«Te water } between tlMSC.Iwo is the be^t pas- sage for large veaseb lulo the port of St. Augustine. You must steer from (bis black rock, for a remarkable low point which will bear V. J W. till you open the port of St. AUgwtiue, and then haul in and anchor as lietore ; or you^ay steer uf Ute passage betweeu this point and Round island, aud anchor as before directed. Thecntrnnce of the rivpr St. AugUEtioe, lies from the pott of St. Augustine 4^ leagues to the N. W. with several large and small islands between them. The river is uo' navigable for any thing but boats, by reason of a bar acniss the en- trance, which dries at low WHier. This river, at two miles up, bran<'het< into two arms, boih tcndiiig to tlie N. W. 14 or 16 leagues. Tliere is pienty of wood to be hail iu this river. From St. Augustine's chain to Shag i81arid«^lhe course is N. £■ i E. 2^ leagues. This ifi^ndli;, very remarkable being small, high, aud in the niidHle w a round peeketi hfll;^ t.,l^rotn this itdand to the eastward are a number of small rocks above water, the otttermost lies £. by 8. I E I j mile from Shag nhuA. N. W. by W. 2^ miles frpm Shag islnnd, lies the hay and harbour of Sandy island, whicli is a very safe harbour. To sail into this hiiiliour, you must pass tp the eastward «t Murr rocks, and keep the starboard point of tht> hayuo b«>nrd. ynii will then see a small rock above water to the N. \V. whicli liesiofftlie entrance of the h^tr- bour ; you may pasb on either d •hor in, b^ing deep water, narrow, b-td ground, and entirely exposed to the goDtherly wiadi. '■ ^1 ,V" ..' >!' V >i ^ w Blttiil's American Coast Pilot. N.B. no An Uw MtndtalonK ike umK ara «|uit« hamn, tba Mtor ohm facing «mall nd low rocicy Wnndi, the Inner onef an large and high, coverwl mqitiy with gr^en iuom. No wer of small island* and suiikenTOcks, which rtinders this part of the coast dangerous, unless there is ' • fresh wind, and then the sea break* on the rocks. From Bowl island to the entrance of bay D'onoar, the course is N. E. by N.. \ E; distance 2 miles. This bay runs up N. by E. nearly three miles, with high :, land on Imth sides ; is about 2 cables len|;th off sifore. Off the coves it is wider. ''^ The western shore is^the highest.. Without the east point lie two small islands about 1 cable's leqgth offshore. In this bay there is rwv good anchorage, the, best being.^About 2 miles within the entrance, opposite* wooHy cove^INi Ih^;; vest side, where yon may lie secure from alt windn in 14 or . 1 6 fathoms watcP* and be very handy for wooding and watering. About 1 mile within, the entrance on the west side, lies Si remarkable green cove, off which it is shoal a small dif*,s tance from the shore ; one mile to the eastward of Bay D'omacliea^htle Bay, in which is tolerable^good anchorage for small vessels.' E. N. E. | E. distant 3 leagues from Bowl island, begins a chain of islands and rocks, lying E. N. Bii 3 leagues, and frpm 3 to 5 mites distant from the main, the easterniHoBt of which are called outer, or Esquintaux islands : the middle, part are called Old Fort isU ands ; and the westenmiost are called Dog islands. Within these islands on the main are several good bays arid harbours, but are too difficult to attempt, unless very well'acquaiuted,-tbe passages being vei; oirrow, and a nunditr of sunken rocks. ^ f^^tt ,«, N. j: W. 4 miles from the west side of the cater Esqninaux islands, is very good anchonge for small vessels, between two high islands. Within these islr lands lies the iSver Esquimaux. From outltir EsqnimHux island to ppint Belles Amour, Uie ceurse is 14*. 50" E. distant 13 miles. This point is low and green, but abolit I ndle inland is high. Ronuil this point to the eastward is a covjC, in which is anchorage for small vcs<' sets in 7 fathoms water, but open to easterly winds. ' From Point Belles Amour to the entrance of tlie harbour of Bradore, the course is E. by N, 2 leagtteii nearly. ^ This harbour is to be known by the land between it and point Belles Amour, being high table land, the I "Jid on the east side of ibbeinsr low near the I'ea. and tending to the squthward. or by our Ladies tiubbies, which are three i^markable round hills, sceii all nlong this coast, lying N. by E. ^ E. 2 leagues from the itiland of Ledges, which forms this harbour, n^is island is of a moderate height, having a great numiier of small islands and rocks about it. On the east side of this island is a cove, called Bli^blier cove^ wlierein is nnchoiage in 2£ fathalDB water, for small vessel". There are two pas- sages Soto the batboHT of Bradore; but that to tbe.Bortliward of tba islandl ol *". 'J* ?«L 9 Eiit* being (mall nd jrcen lunM. diltiCtinni, ar, DO certain no- led motlerate wea- it (>*clnclr, and«t i^ut 7 feet. of Labra* \ts qf Belle* he year 1769. J lica, and 1 mile It. of small islaada I, uoless ttiere is is N. E. by N. miles, with high oves it is wider, wo small islands A anchorage, the, oMy cove'^im the ( fa thoRls water, hin the entrance noal a small dis- Ir liet|ittle Bajr, E. I E. distant 3 lyiqg E. N. & 3 rDittOBt of which led Old Fort isW !8e islands on the o iittempt, unless imbcr of suakea islands, is rerjr W'itbin these islr jrse is TX. 69' E. !- inland is high, ge for small vcs.' of Bradore, the >wn by the land ! I "Jid on the eaat w hj our Ladies E this coast, i>-ing 'ms this harbour, imali islands and d iUqblier cove, lere are two pas- of tb* ialiiod o£ 9 Edit. Blunf 8 American Coast Pilol. Ledges is bjr no meMB nfe, there befaig ■ number of unikeo rocks in that pa»> uoffi. The eaetera paawge la safe, taking care to avoid a ■malt rocic, which lies S. 330 W. ^ of i ntlle fiwn the low point on the main where the houses stand. On this rock the sea ntoilly break^ and shews above water at ^ ebt). On the east si4e, within the ro<)f , ia a small cove, called Shallop cove. From the point above the cove, called shallop cove head, stretches off a thoal, one cable's length from the shore, and continues near tlie same distance, quite to the head of the harbour. From the island of Ledges to Green island, the course is S. 30° W. distant 5 miles. On the east side of this ii^land is a cove, wherein a fishery is carried on. Between this iilaud and the main, and between it'and the island fiois, is a clear, safe passage. The ieland of Bois lies 2 miles to the eastward of Green island, and is of » moderate height, and a safe passage all round it. To the nortliward of this island, lie* ^^htiiche Sablon, in which is anchorage but the ground is not very good, being i^.lOose sand. From the south point of the Isle aux Baus, to the west point of Fortenux bay, the course is £7. 70<* £. distant 84 miles. This bay is 3 miles broad, and uear< ly the same depth, at the head of which, dn the west side, iagood anchorage, from 10 to 10 fathoms water, hut is open to the soiitl^ward. , Off tb6 east point of this bay is a rock, which makes iu the form of a shallop under sail, either coming from the eastward or the westward. On the west side of the bay is a fall of water, which may be seen in coming from the eastward. Wolft cove, or I* Anre a Lqiip, lies 1 league to the eastward of Forteaux bay. The land between these bays,' being rather low neiir the i-liore, at the head of this cove is tolerable good jiDchorage fii 12 fathoms. On the west side lies Schooner Cove, in |rhich Is Tetry good anchorage for small vessels in 7 fathoms water,- •ftndy'%i;|t(dm. The two points that form the entrnnce of this cove, bear N. N. E. i E. and S. S. W. i W. distant 2 miles. The east point «i>high table land, irith steep cliffs to the sea, stretching N. E. 2 miles nearly, and called the Red Cliffs. . From (he RedCliffs to the west point of St. Modestc bay, the course is N. 98 • £. distant 7 miles, liien N. by E. 4 E. 1 mile to St. Modeste island, which is a ■mall low islaad, within which Email craft may anchor, but is a bad place. Ship head lies 1| mile to the N. by 1^.. from St. Modeste island. Round this head to the northward, is Bhiek bay, iu which there is tolerable good anchorage in lOfkthoms water. ^ , ' From the west eod of Red CItflBi, to the west point of Red bay, the course is K". 47" E. distant leagues. This U an excellent harbour, and may be known by Saddle island, which lies at the entrance of this bay, and is high at each end, and low in the middle, and by a remltrkable round hill on the west bide of the bay, ' oppotite the west end of Saddle island ; the land on the west side the bay is high,, and on the east side rather low. At the head of this bay it is high and woody. There is no danger in siiliug into this bay, passing to the westward of Saddle island, and taking care to avoid a small rock that lies near the west point on the main, (which shews above water at a 4 ebb) aad a shoal which stretches off about a cables lengt|},from the inner side df Saddle island. The Western bay lies in to the northward of the west point, in whirh is very good anchorage from the iresterly winds, but open to the east ware). There is no passage, except for boats to the eastward of Saddle island. Ip coming from the eastward, rare niust be taken to avoid 'a tmall rock, which lies 1 mile from the Twin islands (which are two small black rocky islands, lyin^ off the east end of Saddle islnnd) and near 1 mile off shore. The afore-mcniioned high round hill on the west side of the bay, on with the saddle on Saddle island, will carry you on this rock; the sea federally breaks on it. Twp leagues and a hnlf to the eastward of Red bav»lies Green bay, in which 1ft tolerable f»od aocborage for smnll vessels, iu ■ 2 fathoms water, but open to th^ B. a. wiadi, FromStiddle islaud to Barje point, Uic course is E. N. E. ^Ugtaat % I 1 •V; ''ill. ^ i*.a rv »■>. S»' lunt*i American CoMt Pilot 9 Edit. to inllM, «nd from tkeiiee to tbe eatnoee of Clwtraiuc btif, It N. E. by E. ilbtant 54 leigoev. At fli>d bay, the tide flom. fullinid chaogv, tt | put 9 o'clock. At Ferteanx b«y, at 1 1 oViock. ^ At^BnHnrA, at i patt 1 1 o'rinck. ' lo all which ftUcet it fluwi up aad down, or upon a pu^endiculnr, spring McM, 7 feet; oeap tides, 4 Teel. Kv ■*. ■* Deteription of the coast of Labrador yrom Cape C'larlcs tp Cupe Lewis. 1^^ /*. ' le BKatinnfthereaAer mentiotied are the trae Bearing, and not by A tipaas; the variation was 27* W. in the year 1770.] CR|i , o'harle ' »n(f lies K; di>tnnce 1^ mile from Cape Charles, and is of a noderate bei^t; " «• serenll small rocks to iheeastwnrd and w^tward of it. From thf ^rth poiot^Gape Charles isliind Into Alexis h trbour, the course is W. N. W/4 mil^. Tnls hUhd is very small and rather low. Within this jslaad ia an escellentharboiir. fermerl by severul hif|^ island* and the roaio ; in this harbour Is very koqA nnchnrafe from 1 7 to 22 fil^'oms water, muddy. You may sail into it on either side of Center island, but to the' oortiiward of it ia (lie best passage. ^ From Cape Charles island to thr BitMe Mauds, the course Is N. N. E. 5f Btiilet. Tbu cou^ wlll'carry you to the eastward of^lhe rocks, which lie i mile to tfeeaatward of the Dortberuuiost llaltle island.^- This islaucM* hi|rh and round at the toQ. From tbe por(h«mmott^|la^He inland to the River islaods^the course tfe N. 76* W. distance i\ miles. .^a may pass to the soiithwiird of tbet« iclauds, up (he rivf>r St^ Lewis. .■ Frof^the south point of the caaterbmast River iuland to Cutter harbour, the course b'^. 50* W. distaot 1 mile, lu this liarbour there is ttoerkble good au- chorage for small vessels. From the northerumost Battle islaod to the entrance «f (he river St. Lewis tbe counM is N. 61'' W. 7^ile8; from theni£e tbe coari>e up the river is VV. by |7. 5 miles: then N. 58* W. 9 milea to Woody, island. (The north point of (he river is \o\i land for about 2 miles up, then4be>j[and is ratheirbi^h ou both rides and wopdy ; at the head of the river is very ftiM! wood of diiRsrcttt kinds suih as bird), fir, juniper, and spruce: this river s«emii to be well stein d With salmon.) At about 4 ^es up the river b very good aucliomge, and ceiitinuefi so tilt you eomeiip^Mi high aa Wvody idaud; but above this ii>land there are several •Iioab. . One mile to the northward of the north of St. river, Ilea the entriit}cc of SU Louis^ sound, which runs tip W. by i^. I league, at the bead of wliich is very good anchorai^, in taking care to avoid a t>hoal which stretches off trom a sandy beach ou the larboard side at about 2 miles within the entrance. From the porthemmost Battle iciaiid to the fsntrance of Deer harbour, the coutse is N. 5 1 • W. distance 3 leagues. This n ^ ver>- good harbour, in which fou anchor from 18 to 10 fathoms water, t^ecuD ffd^^all wi!i<^ To mW into Ills harbour there is not the least danger, and the bciti anciioi|ige Is at the back •f Deer Island. From the northernmost Battle island to Cape St. Lewis, the course it N. N. W. i W 5 miles. This cnfte is high ragsed >an'l ; 1| mile to tiie N V\ . of t!ie cnJM! lies Pox harbour, whicli is but bmall, and ouiy St for small vestcls, but seems to be very coDvealeut for a fishery. 9 Edit It N. E. by E. k. » eiuliculnr, spring e Charles t9 lings, and not by f70;] arles, and Is «>f a w^lward oi' it. ■hour, the course iw. Within tbie ind theiuaio; in er, muddy. You liward of it is tiie 5 Is N. N. E. 5i icks, wliicli lie I islaiidris high and scourrtrflN. 76* .iver Ul' ud, is au> )in. VesMifc niay utter harbour, the io.erable good au- le river St. Lewis the river Is W. by \ north point of the hi^h ou both rides rent kinds such ns 4-1 d 4ith salmon.) iitlnucfi so dll you there are several Ilea the entraurc of id of which is very es off from a sandy ce. Heer hRriwur, the harbour, in whicli nifto ToHH-ii into |ige ie at the back ie coarse it N. N. »tlie N W. of l!ie small VQMels, but 9 Edit Bhant*! Americui OoMt PHdb^ H^ DeunptioH of the eoatt qflalhnAot^from St. MicM to Spat ted Island [N. B. The Beaiiogs hereaAer mentioned are the true bearlopi, and oo( by Compass ; Uie varlaiioa was 32" W. in the year 1 770. J I Cape St. Michael Ilea in the latitude of 52" 4«' N. Is hi)th land and steep towards the sea, and Is to be known by a large bay which forms to the north- ward of it, having a number of large and amall Islands iu it ; the largnt of tliete islands, called Square Islaad, Ilea In the mouth of the bay, and U 3 fflles long, and • .ry high land. The iiest anchorage for large vetsek in St. Michael's bay, li on the south tide { that Is, keep Cape St. Mich«ers shore on board, then keep along the south side of the first klaiiid you meet with, which is called Long island, till you come near as far as the we«t end of It, and there anchor from 12 lo 20 fathoms ; 'you will there lay land-locked, and may work out again to «ea on r ititer side of Long island. From Cavie St. Micliael's to the eiitreticeo^quare island Imrbonr, the course is N. 63* 30' W. distance 3} miles; in the entrance lies a small island, of a moderate height ; tlie best passage (s to the w«8twar^«f tbia island, tl being only two falhams water in the eastern passage. The N. E. point of SqoMe ioland is a hlf^ round hill, and makei i.u er, % from the southward) like a separate island, baing only joined Inr >w nt; t neck of land, N. 54" W. distance I league. From-this point lf<'- ^hc nlrakStf bto Dead Inland harbour, which is only fit for small vessels, a., i ^b Ut\ .T> and plenty of wood at the head. Partridge bay lies 5 miles t» the northward of Hawke iblsn^*^ In it is very goodancborage, but difficult of access, unless acquainted* by reason of a number ' % ^■1 m. I SM 'Wm' Bliint't American Coast PUoC 9 Editi of Bfflnll Ulaadft.«nd rorka which lie before the amUi of It The land here- iibouis may be eskily kiiowu. The toulbpuiot of the l>i^ be reniHrknbli' liigh ta^te hill uud buiTeit ; all the huieal ial^nda to Round hill filaud, the courae it N. | K. distance 13 miles, This i^ilaud is th); eHHteruiiiost land m this part ol the coast, aiid may be koonro hf h retnnrKahle hiKh round hill on the w* a* p iri of it. Froiu Round hill !sl ml to .Spotted I^laud the course is N. 86° W. distance 2 leagues. Prom SpoUed islaud llie laud tends t^way to the N. W< end appears to bi s<;veral large tslnjds. From Se:d islands to White rock, the course is N. by W. i W. distance 2 lestfum. From this ror k, the course into Shallow bay is S. W. distance 2 miles. , Here is tolerable ^ootl anchorage in this bay aud no danger, except a small rock which lies off a cove on the larboard hand, and about { of the bay over; thia rock sheweib above watprt at low water. There is very little wood in this bay. From White rock to Porcupin&isleLd, Ihe course is N. 32° W. distance 2 lea^uet). T(ii^ if'iand is hi|^ and barren. Tnu may psax ou eiiber siile of this *sland into Porcupine biiv, wliere is very good nnchora^ie, but no wood. Study bay lies on the S. K. part of the itiland of ^BoLids, aud N. W. by N. i W. ilistauee 5 miles t'rnm While Rock. In it is nery gooil anchorage in 10 Jathoins walerr ttaniy houom, aud BeemH very handy for a fisherv, except the WB.it of wood. Hetween this bay and Spot(ed ittlaiid are a ^reat number of is|- gpds aud rocks, which makep this part of the- coa^it dangerous. Remarks made between the island of Groias and Cape Bona* vista. ' V( The iahod Oroiis lies 2 leagues fipom the main, is about 5 feagues round. p; ^ The north end of it Iie6 in the l»titude of 5 1 <> N. off from which, at 1^ mile di*. "''• ■ taiu'« are several rocks, high above water, aim off from thf N. W part j other- wise ihifi island is bold too :^ round. Between it and the iliaio ii> from 20 to 40 fathoms water. Tlie hirbonrsof Grent ;tnd Little St. .ful^nVand Orandsway, lie within the kland of St. Julien, which liearH N. W. | V. H^tant 8f miles from the north end of Oroias, The S. W. end of it is Ijut very little separated from die main, and is^ not to be distiuguiBhed aa an island, till you are near it. There is no passage at the S. W. end but for boats. To sul into these harbours, you may keep close to the N. £. end of ihe island, us you pass which the harbours will appear open to you. There is no danger in the way to Great St. Julien's, which ia the ensierrnnoet liarbour, until you are within the entrance, then the 8t»'rl)oard aide is shoil acHr \ over; when you are pnst the first stages, you may anchor from 8 to 4 faAoms water: To, tail into I jttle St. Juliens, you must, (to avoid a sunken rock, wh^ch lies directly before the mouth of tlie harbour,) first steer directly for Great St. Julieti'sif till you are abreast ctf the entrance of Grinds. way : then you may steer directly into Little St. JulienV, and anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms water. Ship.s in ^)oth these harboics commonly moor bead and stem. Gnin>'sway is not a harboni- for ships : but vory convenieot fbr fiHhing craft. Croquet iiar))oiir lies 4 milts to the southward of St. Julien's island, i^nd has been bcfor*' dfscrihed. ' Four miles a'id » half to the !:outhward of Groias lies Relle isle, which is above go miles nxtudj tl^ere is ^ little harbour at the sotitb part of this island ^t for The IhikI here- reiUHrknbk' bigh MichHcl being K. distance 13 Mtl, aiid may be 86* W. (lutnnce W> and appt-aiv ^V. distance 2 liitatirc 2 miles. ', except a tmiall >f the b»y over ; ttic wood iu this W. diatance 2 ii'.ber aide of Ibia ID arnod. ind N. W. by N. apr borage in 10 herv, except the at uumber of )>)• f Cape Bona. 5 feagueB round. :h, at 1 1 mile dia- . W part ; other- 1 U from 20 to 40 'ay, lie within the I from the north !<1 from tiie main, it. There is no irbours, you may the harbours will it. Julien'8, which hcH the starboard you may anchor u muBt, (to avoid rbour,) first steer ranee of Grinds- anchor in 4 or 5 bead and stem. %r fiithins craft. 's island, nad hae e, which is above this islaad ^t for 9 Blunts Ameriem Coast PfMt n 4chinf rrafl. biit it b tto difficult for ■hippinft. There ar<« aeme other rovet about this i*laiHl, where ihallops may shelter e<>easloiwlly. 8. S. W. 7 nillcH from Troque harbour lies Caroufr harbour, wM«h h*an»W. \ N. from the south endof 'he Sslnnd Groias. Immrdiately rithin ihe enlrnnfA of this lnrl>our it dividft into two arms one to the N. V/. the other t( (he S. W Directly in the middle of the S. W. arm is a shonl. on whirh i^ only 7 or 8 feet waters! low water : you mav pi» onel'her side of li, and atirlior from 20 tn R fathonifl water, iii^ood holdioK frroiind : There it* also Kood aichoriny in the N. W. arm; but, in genernl, is not so good as in the H. W. arm. S. S. W. 3 miles from the south point of CarouKr harbour lie« Fox h«ad« round which, to the N. W. lien Conch harbour, in ahtch is (rood atichi>rnse, well up to the head of it, in good holding ground, in 1 1 fathoms water. It is open to the S. S. E. AbiHit 2 leafues to the S. W. from rnnch. is Milliard's harbour, by the French called notitot; thix Is but a very iiidilTercnt plnce fur shipping, but eon- venieut for fisfiinK craft. Four miles and a half further to the P. S. W !b the harbour of EnBl4e. Thif linrbour is situated on the north side of Canadx hay. I'o sail Into this place, you must pass a remarkable low white point wt Rncltfe island, which form" the norlli entrance of Cnn'tda bay ; then keep nenrihe shore, iiiitil you are abreast of the next point which makes the hnrbour; thin haul round it to the S. E. taking care not to borrow too nestEthe point. It bcins: shoal a cable's length ofr;.and you may anchor from 15 to 7 fathoms, very good hdldinf; ground ; but this is well Up in the cove widch is tpo small to lie in, unless moored h<'ad and stern. In Side's arm, which runs up north from Eni;l£e, near 2 Irngues, there if no good anchorage, it being vury deep water : Within uie so'ith end of Englfe • i land there is a good harbour for shallops; but there is no passnge even for boAts, from thence to the place where the sliips lie, except at high water, or, at least, half tide. Canada bay lies up N. N. W. from Point Cnnada, (which is tlio south point that forms the entrance of Canadn bay) upwaris of 4^ leagti««. Thin bay can- not be of any use for shipping, otherwise than as a plnce of shelter Im case of iie* rlBSsUy. On h||pg caught near the,8liore in a hard gale of easterly wind, ship* may, with the greatf-st safety, run up and anchor in this bav, free from all danger. To such case, wheil you ar^ above 2 small^'ock islrs. which lie near Bide's head, called the Cross islands, you will observe a low white point, and another low black, one a little above it.WOff the latter a sunken roclf^lies about 2 cnbles* length; therefore keep the middle of^thebay, and yot: will meet with no danger, except a rock al)ove water, which lies a mile below the point of (he narrot«s; leave this rock an the larl)oard hand, keeping the m!oint is Canada lieiid. It is pretty high, and Tery distinguishable, either to the northward nr tlte southward ; but when you are directly to tlie eastward of it, it is rather hid by the high lands, in die coun- try, called the Clouds. Upwards of 4 miles to theS. W. from Canada head is TTooping harbour, by the French called Saiisford. This place has 2 arms, or rather bays, the one ly- ing up the northward, and the other to the westward. There is very deep water in the north arm, umil you approacli near the head ; it is a loose sandy l)ottom, entirely open to southerly winds, and not a place ofsHfcty f^c shifiping. In the westward arm a ship may safely anchor in a moderate depth of water. About 4 miles to the t-oulhward of Hooping Iwrhonr I' Fcuchfie. There is no anchorage in thisplHce U"iil you npproach tiear the bend, where there is a cove on the north side. The land is extremely liiph on both ^ide8, and di ep water clone to the shore. This cove is about 2 or IJ mile« from the entrance, in which there is anchorage in 1& fatlioms water, but so small, that a ship must moor head % I **? 4? fM W filunt't Amcriean GoMt PUoc. Edh* and Item. Thffc b •noibtr wrm, wbkh ram naar S «IIm iboTe thit; it it tit- tn-melf narrow, «ud lo deep water, tlwt It b ncrer utcd bj ■hipping. Three ieaciiet to (he S. W. from Foacli4c, is Uivat liurboHr iloep, hy tlw French called Bar Oreiiffei It may be iioowii from any otherplace, by thr laild at its entrance being ntuch lowrr iban any land on the uortWndc of WliiU V bay, aud bean N. W. f >. from Partridge point. Thb b a large bay. A little within tbe entrnnce there k a aniall cove on each lide, grnerally* uted by tiir fiihiog ■bipa, though very daogeroiu for a ihip to lie iui They alwayii moor head and ■li>rn; notHlthttauding, ifw gala of *» iiis furtbrr to tbe S. W. b Little cat arm, which b an inlet that lies up Wi-st 2 miles. This iulet b about 3 milea from Great cat arm. Off the north head there nre »ome socks, which shrw above. water ; to avoid which in sailing In, keep nearest to the south side ; but you will find no anchorage till you approach near the head of this arm, where you will be securely land-locked. Upwards of 3 leagues to the S. S. W. from Great cat arm, is Coney arm head. This is the most remarkable land on tlie west siHe of Whitb bay : . it bears W. S. W. distance 3 leagues from Pafftridge point- The land, ail the way, runs neaYly atmight, until you cume to th^ head, which projects out nearly 1^ mile, forming a deep bight, which is called Great Coney arm. There b no ki|;El of shelter for ahippinf at this place. N. W. from the head, is Little coney arm, wliich is a con- venient little place for fishing craft, but at the entrance it is too shallow for a ship. From Cosey head, about 4 miles further up the bajf, is a cove called French- man*s cove, in which a tiliip might safely anchor. Wl From Frencliaian's covu, Aout a league further to the south, round a low rag- ged-point, is Jackson*s arm, in which is pretty drepSrater, except iu a small cove on the starboard hand, where a ship may moor bead and stern. This place af- fords the largest timl)er in While's bay. From Jackson's arm 4 miles furtlier to th($ soutliward, b the north end of Sop's islaM, which heai'8 S. W. i W. distance about lof miles from Parti id^o point. Thio island in 1 1 miles in circuit, by which, and QwA bland, is formed a long passage, or arm, called Sop's arm ; in the north of which a ship may safely an- chor, just within the north end of Sop's island. The best passage into this arm, is by the north siUe of Sop's island. There is also anchorage between Sop's island and the main, before you ciwe (he length of Goat island, Init the water is deep; there is a rove at the iiortli end of ibis island, called Sop's cove, and 2 other small coves opp««ite It'.i Uie main, called Han's coves, in all of whicli a. fishery b carri- ed on, liul ships oeiieirally anchor in the upper part of tbe arm, within Goat island. From the nort!: end of Sop's bland, to the river at the liend of the bay, the distiiiice is upu»r(fB ot* leagues. This place is cnlled Gold cove. Here tbe river brandies out into several small Htrearos of water. Near 5 fpagnes down from the river head, and nearest the S. E. side of the bay, lies Grniiby's 'sl- ai, by some caited Mid-bay island. Thb island affords no rove nor ilieltcr f-T boats. On the 8* C. part, alwut 2 cables length off, there is a shoal, ^Thel-eon b not above li fathoms water. Nearly abreast, or rather below thb X Edit ethU;it itcs* p, by lh« Frencli thr Uild •! lu iWiiiUV bay, tud A little within (i by Uiw entrance ; at low wa- ter, at some places in (hntendance, there it no( above 8 orO f('e( wa(er, but afier you are in, you will have 12 ami 13 fadiomt all over (he harbour. Small ships iinay en(er at uoper times of (i by a mountain over i( appearing something like (he (op of a fleur de lys, from which i( (akei i(s name. There is no dapger in sailing in(o (hif< harbour until you come wi(hin 2 cables length of tiie harbour islaud, which is on !he south side, at which distance there lies a rock, whereon there is not above feet at low wa- ter; it •• lioal from this rock home to (he i8l9nd ; (o avoid which keep (he star* board or . 'Uth shore on board, and you may come to iu any part of (his harbour ■bove (he said island, in 4^ and 5 fathoms water,'Bl)el(ered from all winds. The two Florse islands are situated between Partridge point, and cape John. |« The west enu of the westernmost Hor^e island bears E. I N. distance 10 or 11 niles from Pnrtridge point ; and (he S. E. ptrt uf (he easternmost island bears N. W. by W. from cape John, distance near 5 leagues. These islands are a^ont 6 lesguea in circuit, and tolerable high; there are 3 rocks above water lyinv. to the northward of the easternmost, aud on the east side of the said island '^r' runk- «n rocks, at tome places near a mile from (he shore. There it a smnll hfrbotjr. Ht for aballopa, at the S. £. part of thit island. m ii K 'Mi^' ,f* , 62 Blunr^ Amterlcaia Ceast PHot. »Edit. Bi»y Verte and Mynx lie «• the S. E. from b'tom rle Lyii are small places not fit for fehippinj;. At M>iix it is ioipossiblii fbr more thau oat- nliip lo \h: uiiich is betwpeii a small rock iHlaiul nn^ the nmin. moored lifcad iind stern. TJtttcc^n these places is bay of Verte or Little feay, which nuis up S. E. full 3 Ir aguf s ; nnd townnls (he head 'here is plenty ofsooil timber, jpay of P'ne, or Mynx, Is an i(det of about 5 mdefl, affords uo ftnchomge, excispt at Mynx, which is at the entrance as before mentioned. Near 5 leasues toS. E. from Flour de Lys, in the harbour of Pacqu^^t, at | a mile within the entrance. Th's harbour divides into 2 arms, the one oxtend'ng to the N. W. and the other to the S. \y. The N". W. arm is a verv poo.! place for shipping to lie in efljprely land-locked 5 the S. W.arm is a mile^^ng, butnar-* row, yet is a safe snug harbour. This harbour is not very distinguishable untfl ' you approach pretty nearlit bears S. | \V. from the passive between the Hoi-se islands, and may he Kn(>vn by the south bend, it being a high rock mountain ; the north point is ratiiei" low, off which lie 3 rock isles ; both sHres are bold too. 8teer directly in, and anchor i^the N. W, arm, in about 14 fathoms water. About 2 lenirues from Pacquet, to the S. E. is Great round harbour. This Is a convenient little harbour forTishiug ships ; tliere is no danger In sailing into it; both shores being bold too, you may anchor within th^ inner points in 4 and 6 fathoms, entirely land-locked. Little round harbour, which is about 1^ mil^, , round a poirif to the N. Erfrom this, is not fit fm- shipping; it ii only a cove^* wherein is I ut 2- fathoms, !»nd a loose saody bottom. ; About '4 miles to tlie S. W. from Cape John, is the'Hiill harbour of La Ccyv »? This place is open to the N. N. W. There is no danger in sailing in ; you may j ■ anchor in any depth you please, from 8 to 3 fathoms water. •* Cape John is a loftv rajgwl point of land. It lies iji tli| latitude of 50" 6' N, and may be known by the Bull isle, which is a small, high, round island, bear- ing nearly eiiBt, about 4 1 .^iles from the pitch of the cape. From Cape .John to the bay of Twilinaate. the course is S. E. by Bv^m^-^'ice 1 1 or 12 leat'Uds. Thia is hut an indifferent p .ce for shipftiug, it bjiiig directly •pen to the N. E. winds, whi^h heave in a very greatlsea. N. \ VV. about 4 - miles from the entrance of this bav, there is a bank, on which, in the winter, ths'^' sea ha.i been seen to break, between whici) and the shore there is ^^om 50 to 80 fathoms water. ,; Wire cape cox p, which lies on the west side of the westernmost Twilingatiir^^' island, that makes Twiltngate bav, is a place for fi'-hing craft only. FromCa^)e .Tobn to Fogo head, the course is E. by S. | SS distance 17 or 18 1" leasrues. Immediately to the^astward of this hes^fcFogo harbe;:r. This is a pretty good harbour for fishing ships, Ac. but tJieentratice is intricate and dan- gerous. To sail into this harbour with a we|tjprty viod, and connng from the% westwar'l, keep close on board of Fogo head ;^ft is very bold too, and nothiu!: to fear until you open a narrow entrance, srarcely half a cable's lenjith wide. Rtepr direetly ip< keening right in the middle, and you will carry from 8 to 4 fathoms water throuah When you are through this passage, which is commonly - oallfd the West Tickle, if you intend to anchor In the westward bight, steer ta^i* the S. E. till vou hr'iig 'he point between the bights to bear W. by N. to avoid the harbour roci, which is a sunken rock, that scarcely ever shews but at dead tow wa'er 8prinj3[^t|f!es; (hen you mf[y haul up to the westward, ^d anchor from * to 5 fathom?, good hold! nar gromrd. and slieltered from all winds. Coming from the westward, tom must not be afraid to make bold with Fogo head, otherwise you will miss (be west TicHe* and ns there isgeeera'ly (more partiri., I'lrV with a wes* riy win'l") a stronsr curr'Ut unniog 'o the east ward, ships making that miftake, scMom can work up again; Coming from tlw eastward, and bound ^"nto Fores are bold too. tlioms water. irbnur. This is er in sailing into r points in 4 and is about 1^ milQr i^ only a cove, fiour of La Ccy. ing in ; you may udeof 50° 6'N, nd island, bear- . by E.,4l«f .-occ it b'jiifg directly . i W. about 4 n the winter, the iS'^om 50 to 89 nost Twilingate nly. stance 1 7 or 18 3e.:r. This is a tricate and dan- coming from the ), and nothfnz to 's lenbips. From thr round head of Fo^o, which is the N. E. part of the island, to the outermost VV idham's island, the course i» S. E. by E. distance 14 or 15 miles. There is a voiygowl jiassage between ihese islands, otten used by shipping. This pat.8ft}{e is Hbove a mile wide, and is betvveon.lhe Second and tliird inland ; that is, ym are to leave 2 of the islands wiinuul, cr U, "ho northward of you* Those isl- ands are about 5 leagues in rircni*. nnd lie near 2 leagues from the maiti land. From the outernio.-i of Wsdham's islands, that \^ the N. E. isle to tlie Gull isles off Cape Freelx. thfiCW^c ii^ S. E. d'-i, ce 10 leagues. Gull ifle is a stiiall rock islau't, and lies about a mile and a '. N. ^ E. from Cape Bonavista, and N. 27" E. atodnt 10 leagues from Cape FreeU, lies Funk island. Thii- island lies in the latitude of 49" 52' IV. it is but small and low, U0t to be seen above 4 or S leat^ues in at}d is !o!e^ rable high, and near 5 miles in circuit. The other islands, making the soniU side^ are but small. This is but a small harbour. Towards the upper part 2 ships can snarcely lie a-breasli There iB>no danger In sailing into this harbour, until you approach its entrance, where you nuist lie cateiiil of a shoal ; it is but of veiiy small ipxtent^ whereon is not above 6 or 7 feet at low water; you may pass on either side of this sheikl ; but the north side is the widest and best pas- sage. 8. 70* W. aboiit 4 miles fnAn the Copper island is Shoe cove point. About 2 mile*»to the northward of this point lies mw harbour, in whiol|l ships may safely anchor, though it is but a smai! harbour- Indian bay runs up west aliout 4 leagues above this harbour; at the head of which there is plenty of good timbei. From Copper island to the Gull itleof Cape Bonavista, the course is S. E.^ S. distance lOf leagues; and B. 20<> W. distance 2 leagues from Gull island, lies •,.iM.. # 64 Blufkt'i AiifteiiiHui Ccatt fiUot:^ 9 Bdit. Port BonavW*. Ifc to ■ r*jr uMrfe pl«ce for iM^ t^ ri4« to, being intctlj •wen to the winds between the Hmoi W. and a Umet^odjr bottom. Bfwow harbour beaw W. i«lSr. 8 lea^^ues from Pttrt Bonavista. This u « very' tood harbour. *m ., . ^ ^ ev i From P^rt BonayUta, W. x s. about 10 mUea, liea tjfc Uttle turbour of Kwb^ which it 9017 fit for fisbiog craft. ■# Directions for tun^ating from Cape Race to Cape BOTavista, with remarks upon the Ftshirig Banks* m^ " ' ■^- "' ' t''. FROM Cape Race to Cape Ballard, to N". N. E. about ^ or 4 leagues be- twetellrhich, about hkif *ay, to Clam c|>|e, which to o;ily for boats ; and near t^ Cape Ballard, to ariotlier cove, called Chain cove, where ate ae^rtsral roclw ly- rag befote it (but there to no harbour, or bay, (at ships to ride i^) and fish be- tween the two capes. j, . w . j But to th* BOrthward of Cape. Ballard to another cov« for boata; and about 4 miles from |hi cape to Freshwater bay, near half way between Cape Bollard and Renowes, Rjijvwes being the soulhenimMt harbour the Kngltoh have in Nei^ fbundtoad. , . _7 From Cape Ballard to the south point of Renosrfe*Wtlie eottrse is N. IV. E^, about two Icaj^eA. Renowes is but a bad harbour, by reason of sunken rocjis f^ ing in, lying off the fairway, ^des other eocka on each side, but it is a godft, place for fishing. Those wlio go In theresbould he very well aequalnt^d; when you are in, where ships usually rid*, you have not above 15 feet water, an^ i. 9 Edit. , being -tiseet^ Uom. iflta. This u « larbour of Kcel^ >e Bonavista, . *i|'* ,-, or 4 leagues be- boats; and near Bc^ieral rockR I7- i io) and fish be^ inU; and aboijt 4 7ape Birilurd and, ih hare in Nei^i" inrae is N. INT. E. sunken rocks go- but it is a good you are In, where nail drift* by rea- sea, soHhit it is lies N.W;; about t is the f tearest. I, a small distance S. E. by E. about r>M^ rock, wMch'^ k is bold to ((O QB . N. ^^. E. and N. win bellr. N. E. said two harbours at If tbe wind be igerbut t^ shore ance, there are se» often do' ride ; the illed Olear*s cove, le distnoce on the this cove you He roiind. Btrtber in, pr more good ground, and m or cove, where le eotrnnce of the 6 fathoms, as you a league, between 1 other, the south- Bile from the bar- 9 Edit. Blunts American Coast Pilot 66 bourts mouth of Fermowni; between which Is » pretty deep l^ay, but all full of irocks, and no safety fur boats to come on shore at in a storm : it is but a mile from the harbour, which is safe for ships or boata, and not above 2 miles to thb entering of Agua fort. The next head to the northward of Bald head is Black head, lying N. and S. one from the other, about a mile asunder; and from Black head to the point of A(;ua fort harbour, is !4. W. by N. 1 mile, which harbout' ib very gdod, and skfe, for ships; it lies in W. N. W. There is a great roCk above water going ib on the south side, which is bold too: you run up about 2 miles within the hkrbout'*! moiitb, and ride on the north side, and lie land-locked, as it were a pond, like to Ferryinnd pool, but larger, where, with a piece of timber, you may make a stag* from your ship to your stage on shore, being an excellent harlwur, and water deep enough. From Agtia fort to Ferryland head (the south part of the head) the course is east, about 3 miks. Crow island, being about a mile from Agua Ibrt, lies £. N. E. from the harbour's mouth, and from the S. £. end of Crdt» island lies & shoal about a cabic's length. From the north part of Fetiyland head to Ferryland, the course is W. by ti. about 2 miles; to go into Feriyland port or l.arbour, you must sail between the north part ofFefTyland head abd Buoy island; it is not very broad, but ther« is water (Enough, and clean ground ; being within the slid Buoy island, you may run in .Mid anchor Where you please, it being of a good handsome breadth; or you may go into the t*ool, which is a place on the Inrboard t>ide (going in) with is point of bench, where you ride in 12 feet water at low water, and where tbe admirai's ships generally ride, (the Static's being ne ward, are small islands and rocks, which make Ferryinnd harbour, or port, and divide it from Caplin's bay; between the said rocks, in some places, is a passage for l)0ats, and the water rises hereabouts 3^. 4, and sometimes 5 feet, and some' times 3 feet, atid so it does generally in all the harbouii of this laUd. From Ferryland head 16 cape Broyle head, is N". by E. almost 4 mileS^ be- tween which nre three islands, which lie before Caplin's bay ; there are channets to sail betwec^n them to Caplin's bay, ihat is, between Buoy island, which is the sternmost and greatest, ami Goose island, which is the middlemost, and is the se- icond in bigness next to Buoy island; also you may sail through between Goose island, which h the middlemost, and stone it^land, which is the uortheriimost ; btit thtise passages are large enough for ships to sail or tbrn in or out; but between Stone island and the north shore, (that is, cape Brojie) there islio passage foi* ti ship, only for boats, tlierc being a great rock betwcei] Stone island and tbe north shore. Caplii^'s bay is large and good, and runs in a great way W. N. W. at least C miles within the said islands, where many ships may vide in good ground, and where sometimes 'he Newfoundland ships meet that are boUud with convoy te the Streights, but generally rendezvous at tiie bay of Bulls. From cape Bi-oyle head, (the north part of it) which lies in the bay or harbonr of Cape Broyle, \V. N". W. and N. W. by W abtut 7j miles, and from the south p lint of the entrant'e to the north (mint or head, is about 2 miles broad, and Hei N. by W. and S. by E. one from the othtr. C;»pe Broyle is the most remarkable land 00 ftll the south coast of Newfound- land, for connng out of the sea either from the Foulhward or northward, it makes n swamp in the midille, and a|)pears like a Faddle. E. S. E. from the north point of rape Broyle, about f or I of a mile, lies a sunken rock called Old Harrj', on which is but 18 feet water ; the sea bre:iks upon it in bad weather, but between the shore and it, is water enough of 12 and 13 fathoms, and without it> is a ledge of abo'it the same depth, whrrethey used toHsh. hut ofTthe ledge is deep water of 40 or 50 fathoms and deeper. In very bad weathi^r the sea breaks home alroc^i 66 Ahim^ American Coait JP^ot. 9 Edit. to the shore from Old Harry, by reasou of the current that seta rtrong genferally toth'i southward. Proui cape Uroyle to BriguB by south, (so re"^d, to distioguieh it from an- «tbei- Brigus i.> the bay of conceptioii) is a Ic^j^ie, but from the north head of Capp firoylo bny to Brigus, is but a little more tliao a mile, aud lies in N. W. and K. W. by W Bi'ipiH is a place only for ^mall i-hips of not above 7 or 8 feet draught of water to ride in the cove, which is not altogether safe neither; it is a place for fishing, wliere live two plauters ; there is an inland m called, wheve they , buikl their stages, aofl make their fi&h upon, who come there fishing, tut the vater comes not quite rcjind, unless in a great storm or rage : It it a place of Hule consequence. from CHpe Broyle to Cape Neddick, the course is N, by E. northerly, 5 leaeues; and from Brgus point to cape Neddick, is N. £. almotit ]{ mile be- tweeu which is Freshwater bay, but of no note. Cape Neddick is a high point, fiat at top. and straight down to the water. From Cape Neddick to Baline head is about | a league N. E. by E. between vhkh is Lamanche. Lamanche is only a cove in the bay, where is no safe ri- ding for any ship. From Baline head to Baline cove is near 3 quarters of a miS<^ ■. U is a place Vbere ships use to keep 2 or 3 boate with a stage for fishing, where one planter . Uvea; the place is not for ships, only small vessels may come in to lade, »nd lie within the rock called the Whale's back, whick rock breaks off* any sea, and there are 2 rocks above water, one on each side going in, and iha Wiiala's biick in the middle, bu' without the eaid rocks that are above water. Against Baline cove lies Goose island, about a mile, or 4 a le^^/ie tc the sea* ward of Baline. fioose island is a pretty large island, I or acw' ■•> mile long. From Baline head to Isle de Spear is N. N. £. a mde withi;i >h(> greatest of the said islands, which is the northernmost. Ships every year Rsh there; on this island is a stage on the inside, that is on the wesl t-kh, »nd good riding in aumraer season, the island being pretty lai|;e, but the uorthetMiost island is only a I'ouud bill fit for no use. The next to the Islede Spear is Toad's cove, where a p^J'l;ar lives, a place for boats to fish, but not for thips to ride. A little without Toad's cove (or to the eastw;, j ,b Bus s hiand, between which and it is no passage, but only for boats to gd ihroUj^h »'■ ?)iij;h water. From Baline beJv? to the Moniables bay is N. by E. abi*ai 4 miles, and lies N. W. near 2 miles ; it lifs .>;-;« 'ithe sea, yet is a ajood piace for fishiug. From Baline lijead to ht milh ooint of Moniablcs bay (w.nirh is tlie soutii point of Wbii wrt bay) th ; cxnii^'^' " , N. N. E. northerly 4 milen off, whit h point is. a shoal of rocks thrt N. N. W. and .Tfler more westcily. From the south point of Whitless bay to the north point of the said bay is N. £. by N. about a league, so that it is a large going into the bay, and about a league within gull island to the head of the bay, there is turning in or out, but about halfway into the bay on the north i'ide (where the planters live nnd the . Admiral's stage is) there is a ledge of rocks which ^ou must avoid : the most part of them may be seen above water: you may lie but HUle \rithout the outermost, wbicb app(;ar8 dry. This is a far better bay than Momables, by reason of the Gull and Gn-en island lying without before if ; you may siil between the islands, or between Green islind nnd the south point of Bay Bulls, yet ships, after the bcgiiuiinj.' 'rf Srplember, will not care to ride in Whitless bay, but rutber come 9 Edit. rtroDg generally iguisli it from an- (he Dorth lisad of lies in N. W. and nbove 7 or 8 feet fe neither ; it is a called, wheve they fishing, lut the It is a place of E. norSherly, 5 almott 1^ mile be> ick is a high point, E. by E. between rhere is do safe li- inil<> -. U is a place where one planter in to lade, »od lie » oiT any sea, and I iha Wbala's b«ick I. I lp» ,,■«« to the sea- »!«. ■> mile ItJu^. thi.'i ihft jtreateat of 'eat fish there; on nod };ood riding in atost island is only anisr lives, a place \.:b island, between B' J»Jii,h water, ui 4 tsiies, and lies ce for fishiug. 'w.nirh is the soiitu JlcB off, whif h point be well acquainted lich is a small island for if you intend to land side, which is y, the land on the ore weslcily. "the said bay is N. e bay, and about a riling in or out, but lanters live and the void : the most part lliout tlic outermost, ■s, by reason of the between the islands. , yet ships, after the sy, but rather comf 9 Edit Blunt's American C688t Pilot 67 to Bay Bulls, which la but 1 A league bj sea to it, and not above 21 miles over land. From Cape Broyle to Bay Bulls is N. N. E. half easterly, 5 leagues from the south head of Bay Bulls to the north head, called Bull head, the couivc is N. E. northerly, If mile, or thereabouts, between which 2 heads go in the Bay Uulb, lying W. N. W. for at least twomiles, and after that N. W. lor about a mile, to the river bead. In this bay is good riding, from 20 fathoms at the fir^t entrance between the heads, to 18, If), &c. after >ou are t>hat within Bread and Cheese point, which is a point half the bay in, on the north side, where there is a cove lu which the Admirals keep their stage. You must give this point a little birth, for a sunken rock that lies off that point not { a cables length, else all (he b>>y is bold too, and uothiog to hurt you but what you see. ^ing past that point, run up and anchor (or turn up^ against the high hills called Joan Clay's hill (uriiig it N. £.) in 1 3 or 14 fathoms, which you will have thore xlniee't from side to side, but merchantmen run farther in, and anchor, some in 10, 9, or 8 falhoms, not above a point open, and others not above { a point. Men of war ride not 3 points open. Here, genenlly, the fleet is ma'ie up; that is, here they meet rea- dy to sail (commonly for the Streights) by the IStli or 20th of September. It is from side to side against Joan CIny's hill as aforesaid, 430 tathoms, so that it wants but 10 fathoms of i an English mile broad. From Bay Bulls to Petty harbour, the course is N. E. by N. Sf or 4 leagues between which is nothing remarkable of bays or coves, but a s;ef ;> dead bhore only. About midway is a place called the Spout, Ivii'g a hollov ^lace which the sea runs into, and having a vent on the top of the l^nd, near the waterside, spouts up the water in such a manner that you may see it a great way off, espe- cially if there be any sen, which causes the greater violence. The entrance to Petty bfirbour is a large bny, for from the south point to the north point is a league distance, N. \. £. and S.S. W. aid it is a league in, where the ships ride that fish there, being but a little rove. It lies in W. N. W. From the- north point of Petty harbotir to Cipe Spear, lite coui-se is N. E. by N. 2 miles, or thercnbouts, and from theiire the land tends into the N. W. to Black head, ^ud so to the harbour of 8'. John's. FroBi Cape Spear to the harbour of St. John's is N. W. by N. 4 miles ; be- tween which are three bays ; the first is from Cape Spear to Black head, and is called Cape Bay; the second h from Black head to Low poiut, and is called Deadman's bay, seTeral men and boats bein"; formerly lost in that bay; the third is from Low point to St. John's harbour, and is called Fre^h water bay. The harbour of St. John's is an excell. nt good hflrhour, (though narrow in the entrance,) and the chief in Newfdundlund, for the number of ships used and em- ployed in fishing, and for smacks; as alno for the. number of inhabitants here dwelling and remaining all the year; it is narrow going in, not above 160 fa» tho.iis broad from tlie south point to the north point, but boM to the v 'v rocks, on shove itself, and you have 1 C or 17 fathoms, the do^p^8t between tl heads j it lies M. M. W. but it is yet mo"c nanow a.'ter the first entranrc, b isoii of 3 rocks lying within, on each side, but above water, between which y re to sail, it being Just 95 fathoms broad between them. Bu' being past thrni > 'ii from he shoir, only within the aforesaid rork. On the south side of it, j»oint within Itins-noon, (which is a small bay ) there lies a sunken rock alaid south point of Torbay to the aachorlBg place where ships usually ride, the course is W. by N. 2 miles and more, where you anchor in 1 4 fathoms against Green core. But if you are open <;f the bay, the rourse is W. S. VV. for the bay is large, bod at least 1 league from the south point tothe north point, which north jioiut is called Flat rock ; so tKat ifypu coqie from the north .va id by Flat rock, (which is a low black poiut, vitb a flat rock lyinp pflTit, and breaks on it,) your course then inf ' Torba;- is S. "Yf. a league. There live 2 piaiiters at Torbay. It is a bad pince for ships to ride in with the wind out at sea, for being open to tlie ocean there falls in a gieat sea. From the noith poiut of Torbny (called Flat rock) to Red head by N. the cmirfe is N. by W. about 4 a league; but frqm Flat rock to Black head by N. the couiw; is N by W i W. 2 Icajtucs. From Black he»d toC^ape St. Francis is N. W. 5 miles; Cape St. Francis is 9 whitish point, and low in comp'«r'ison to the other land, but at bca the high land over it is taken for the cape. V . thin the point of the cape to ilie southward of ii is a cove, called Shoe cove, where boats used to come a tilting, (using the fish- erman's expression,) ihut is, to split and salt (he fish they catch, when blowing hard and is bad weather, cannot get the places tliey belong to in time. In this cove you may haul up a boat to save her if the wind be out, for with northerly, westerly, and scutheily windb you will iic sale. There is a good place off it to catch fish. A b'.iit i a league dff, triangular-wap, fi om Cape St. Francis, lie sunken rooks ; the outermost lie E. N. E. fioni tfic cape, about 1| mile. There arc tlso great focks abov0 water, like small islands, the outermost of which Iie4 about | of a mile east from the cape ; and the innermost not half a mile off shore, between which rocks (or island) and the sunken rorks yoii may go (as has been done) with boats, and find water enough for nny ship ; but men are unwilling to ven- ture, there being no advantage in the case. These great rocks make the afore- said Shoe cove the better anri mores:ife. * There is also another cove to the northward of the point of the cape, for boats when the wipd is off the shore, but else not sale. Ffom Cape St. Francis'to Belle hie is S. W. and S. W. by S. 5 or 5t leagucc, iMiog a Isrge island, not shove a league from the shore, against which island, ou the main, is a cove railed Portugal cove, where they UFcd to catch and cure fish in summer ^ime, and lies to eastward. Belle isle is about 2 leagues in length, and ghout 3 milca broad, and the sliips that fish tliere lie in a little cove on the south idde of the island, which will contain 5 or 6 ships, according to the t ate as they lie in Bay Verds. From Cape St. Frimcis to thf; island of Bacalieu, is N. by E. about 10 leagues. Bacalieu is an island 2 leagine'i long, and a'love l a league broad, about which jlifXLts used to fish; there are ao iok^bitauts «n it, but abudance «( fowb ef sc^ V*, ■"■ifeiiW,-' 9 Edit. lio a mile of it, is Dot BO, be'iD}; for boats, at low ! form of a hay- part of the en- ^ of a mile, or you. (beio^ at a little !u St. John'j and . from St Joba'9 wtnt, which lies >af point, and lies d, and lies north if and Redhead, t of Torbay, and a. The point of of Torbay to the N. 2 miles and It if you are open at leait 1 league led Flat rock ; so low black poiut, in( .' Torba;' is S. :e for sliips to ride lis io a gi eat sea. I head by N. the 3lack head by N. ape St. Francis in boa the high land llie southward of [ig, (using the fish- ;ch, when blowing > in time. lu this or with northerly, rood place oiT it to \, lie sunken rork? ; icre arc slso great 1 lle« about | of a offshore, between as has been done) ! unwilling to vro- ks make the afore- the cape, for boats S. 5 or 5i lengucF, St which island, ou zatch and cure fish tgues in leiigth. and ; cove on the south to the rate as they £. about 10 leagues. )road, about which ance«l fowb «f so- f Edit. Blunt*s Amerion Coast Pilot. €9 Teral sorlst which breed there ia the summer time. Bet ween^this island and the naia is about a league, where you may shiI througli wiih ships, if you please. Bay of Verd's head and the S. W. end of Bacalieu lie £. by N. and W. by S. one from the other about 1 i leaguev. From Cape St. Francis to the bay of VerdV head, is N. about 8f Ica^Ufb; and from the head to the bay or cove, where Khipi^ ride, is aboui | of a mile to the westward of the head; the place where shiijs ritie ib not aliove a cable's length from one point to the other, which lie N. and S. one from the other; you lay your anchors in 10 fnly the aforesaid S. W. cove, and a place iu the bottom of the bay, where the Indians come every year to dig oaker, to oaker themselves. From the south point of Greeu bay to Black head is S. W. a leacuo; and from Black head to Salmon cove is S. W. by W. 4 miles; it Jfe a |)Iaie of shel. ter for boats, an inland lying in the middle; a river in the said cove runs up, iu whicl: arc plenty of Salmon. From Black head to Carbonera is S. W. \ S. between 4 and 5 Icaenes. From Salmon cove to Carbonera, the course is S. W. about 3 leapies:. Tlie south end of Carbonera island is low, upon which is a fort oi 20 jnn's, uhirh the merchantmen made for their defence. The harb'Hir of Carbonera is very ht Id on both fcides, fo is the island, between which and the main are rocks, wire!! arc just under water. This is a good place lor ships to ride in. and for calcliiig and curing fish, having several inhatiitants, with good pasturage, and about 100 lu-ad of cattle, which afford good milk and butter in the summer lime. Tlieie U vc- r}' good anchoring, in clear ground, fair turning in or ou', bcitip a nn!c broad, and 3 miles in the river, riding in 5, 0, 7 and 8 fathoms, or deeper water, if you please. But to the northward of this point of Carbonera, are two covck. where planters live, and keep boats for fishing ; the nortliernmost of these two coven ia Clown cove, not good for ships, but boats, being abou' 2 miles from Carhoncra; the other is called Crocket's cove, where live two families, and is but a little to the northward of the entrance of Carbonera biy or port. If you are bound or intend for Carbonera, you may go on which side tlie Itland you please, which lies without the bay (oi- eotraoce) about a mile froni. n 70 BUint's American CoMt PUoL^, f Ediu the ihore } but if you go to the southward of the island, you must keep the mid- dle between the point of the blaad, aod the south poiut oT Carboiiera, because it is foul off the S. W. ead of the islaud, aod off the rauth point of the luaiu, therefore jour best goiiii; in is to the northward of Cnrbonera inland, and ho is thegoiog into Harbour Grace, to tlie northward of Harbour Grace isknd; Car- booeru lies in W. S^. W. 2 J or 3 miles, aud irom Carbouera to llarbuur Oiace, S. S. E. a league or more. Carbonera and Harbour Grace lie M. N. W. and S. S. E one from the oth^T, above a league ; but Harbour Grace lies from the entrance W. S. W. at IcKiit H miles, and is a mile broad. But between Carbonera and Harbour Gr:ice is Musketa cove, where ships ma\ ride, but seldom use it. Here live two plantei-s. It h not so convenient for fishing ships as other places, although cIchu ground, water enough, aod laif e. Tou may turn into Harbour Grace all the bay over, from side to side, and. come off which side you please of the rock, called Salvages, which is almost iu the middle of the channel. But there is another rock on the north Hide, called Long Harry, something without Salvages, near the north shore, where you go between the main and it with boats, but needless for ships, althangh water enough.. Both the rocks are a great height abi>ve water. Being within, or lo the west- ward of the rock Salvages, you may turn from side to side, by your lead, till you draw towards a mile off tlie point of the beach, (wi-hin which the ships ride ;) you may tlien keep the north shore, because there is a bar or ledge slioots over from the soath side, almost to the north shore. To know when you are near the said bar, or ledge, observe this mark ; you will see two while rocks on the land, by the water side, in a bank on the north 8iitants, neitlier lo iti°ii use this place for fishing, but there is good anchoring all over the bay; it is but a smal' neck of laud over Bay Roberts. From Spaniard's bay to Bay Uoberts is S. E. by E. southerly, about 2 miles. T]w bay IS about 2^ n>iles broad, from tlie north point to the south point, which iie N. W. and S. E. one from the oilier; there is very good turning into the bay, and no danger but what you see. Yoii may borrow on either side, and go close to thi: island, which lies on the starboard side going in. The bay is at least 3 leagues long from the first entrance; it mus up with two arras, after you are a Icagae iu, the ose lies up W. N. W. aud is the deepest aud the other S. W. Being -^ ^ 9 Edit. Blunt*t American Coast Pilot. keep the mid- oiiera, heraiue It of the niaiu, land, and bo it :e iaUnd ; Car* ilarbuur Oiace from the othv^ . W. at IcHnl b ■bour Gnce is re two planters. I cIcHU grouad, lie to side, and. «Ji is ainiost in rth Hide, called , wlwre you go li waif r enough. or lo the weht- ur lead, till you the ships ride ;) idge shoots over this mark ; you nk on the north below, or to the r point, nothing lear, where you I 7 fathom*; hut dd bar or ledge, !nd8 S. E. from e south side, hut ivithin the beach, ^ 8, fl or 10 fa- ly W. at least 2 ard of Harbonr )r the south wnrd foul grouad : tlie r, 7i leagues. ]ea«^ue, but is no place for catch- idille, but :il)ove 4 or 5 failioms, 3 leagues. Thie e no inhal'itants, >ring all over the y, about 2 miles. )Uth point, nhich ning into the bay, lide, and go close I bay is at least 3 J, after you are a IherS.W. Being n about past the Island, or to the westward of It, which Is bold too, you may run up a mile and lie landlocked In or 10 fathoms, within the wlaod. From Bay Roberti! to Port Grave it 3 or 4 mlico nbout the point ; this bay is Urge, «leep and very bold, as thr other i a« > are ; thtie if a cove on the sUrboard aide jtoiiig into thie bay, called Sheep'^ cove, where you may moor your Mfby head Ml I stern, and ride in \{ and 5 futlioms. bui your anchor to the S. W. lies in 22 tail onis, about a cable and » \ ifOvth from your ship. Fioni hhefj'V cove to Port Cravf , it W. by S. a mile, or somewhat more, but ships ride not within the small l^landh which are by Port Grave, it being shoal .water wl'liin them, hut ridr off wUh»Hit them. ■ From She»p'H cove to Cupid's cove the course Is S. S. W. about 4 miles : it Is a <'oo;t place for h ^lilp oi two to ride in, in 4, 6. or 6 fathoms, nod not above a poii.t oi>en ; the cove lies in 8. W. and the south sideof th.- bay to Burnt-head lies N. K by E. and 8 W. by W. one from the other, alwut a league; for filieep's cove, aud Cupid's cove are in the same bay of Port Grave; but Cupid's cove IS «»u the south side, and the other on the north side ; the bay runs up W . S. W. and is about 3 leagues long. ,. « ,, u_ Btirnt-hend. which 's the south point of the bay. and Port Crave, lies B. E. by E. and N. W by W. 25 or 3 miles. Bu- it-head is so called by reason the trees tliat were on it are burnt down. . , ,„ . From Burnt-head to f\t\ew is 8. by W. 1 league. 1 he south point of Bngus b a high ragged point which is good to know it by ; the bay of Bngus is not above half the breadth ol Port Grave bay, and you run up 8. W. by W. and W. B. W, about half a league. Rnd anchor on the north side, where two plaaters live III a ^mall bay. Only small ships use this place, it being so far up the bay of Conception, „ ., « i.. . From Brigus to Collier's bay Is 8. 8. W. ?i or 3 miles : and from Collier's bay to Salmon nove is S. aboiit 2i miles, but no considerable place. It u some- times called Halmon pwl. « « w, l . « n t* From Halmoii cove to Harbour main the course is 8. 8. E. about 2 mUes. Jt b a good place for fishing, but ships sehlom go so high up in the bay. From Burnt head to Harbour main is about 3i leagues : and from Hnrboiir main to Holy-road is 8. E. by 8. about 2 miles ; then the land tends about to the eastward towards Belle-is-le. Holy-road has 11 fathoms water, good ground. ,r, i i From Bay Verd's head to Split point the course is E. N. E. f a league. From Split point to die point ol the Orates, N. N. W. two leagues. From the point of the Cratts to the N. W.or north end of the islaad Bacalieu, the couree is E. by 8. 4* or 5 miles. From the Orates to Break heart point, N N. W. W. N. W. and W. tending about two ijoiots. Between the Grates and this point is a bay, where boats may lie with a wind off the land of Break-heart point } there is a ledge of rocks, but above water. From Break-heart point to Ph-^rwick point, going into Old Perlican, the course is S, W. by 8. 5 or 6 miles. To the southward of Break-heart point is a small island some little distance off the shore, called Scurvy island ; between the said ibiand and Shei wick point runs in a pretty deep bay, and lies in S. E. from Bherwick point, about i of a mile. ... Sberwick poi.it is bold, off which is a rock above water; this point is the north point of Old Perlican. Those who are bound to Old Perlican, cannot go with a ship to the northward of the island, that is, between the islanti and Sherwick point. Although it !«ems a fair passage, yet it is altogether foul ground, and a shoal of rocks from the miiin to the island (which island is about a miie Hod -; round, and about t a mile in length ;) therefore whoever intends for Old Perlicuu with a ship, must go to the southward of the island, between that and the main, aud run in within the island, and anchor in 4 or 5 fnthoms. But there is a rock iust even with the water, and some under water, that lie about the middle ol iho "bay, within the island, or rather nearest to the main. Old Pnlican is hst nn \n- m 72 Blunt's American Coast Pilot/ 9 Edin diflfrent road; if tlie wind comn out at W. N. W. you am Torced to buoy your cables fur (he badneHK of ground, nrid the hoitoKO n great wny to ratth fiah ntioiit 5 or milci, uulevi) it lie in the vtry middle of aummcr. In Ihia place live aevpral phiiiten. from OKI Perlican to Sillo tove ih W S. \V. Southerly, »l)0Ht 7 leHf^uei} HilU; cove k hut an iudifr<oii cho >nr (he point Itcloic nyht* you may BHl'i'ly run in, nothins (o hurl you but the nhore itHrIf; the rnrternmost point goinw in is called Sinutly-noee point, and the ivt slernmost Gorloh point, be- tvreen which is the eutrance, which is nImoHt 2 mil(>f« hnv^d, »nly at the inland ;;oin^ through you have not above 12 feet water, ami it is not a mile broad diere. Snnth's sound runs in ^V, B w. about 15 lengueK from Hour venture tn Tickle harl:our» the botlnm of Trinity bay ; but there Is a bar. culled liay Bulls, width niiis in 3 or 4 league!!, and is not over from thence to Plareiitia hay, (the back or west side of (he hnd) about two miles; ai'd the iflands of Plsicentia bay nie about or 10 leagues long each, anfl 5 broad, on wliicb arc many deer; they lie N. W. and S. E. ^ FroQi Bonaventurc to Ireland's eye is S W. 2 or 2^ leapies. Fr.m Bonavciiture hewd to Bonaventure, the course is N W half a point westerly, about 3 miles, or more; but hei !s f.o\ a mile from (he head, (hen (he harbour lieb N. W. by N. af'out a mile to the Admiral's s'aftr. The port Bona- venture lies within (wo umall island!! between which yon .ail in. bntyou mry po on either side of the island between (ha' and the mifin, if yon have a Irndinv wind no danjer, and have 4 or 5 fiidioms at leatt, and run within (he sud isla'ii's. and anchor in that dt-pth, in good cround. You hove there a very secure placp for bolts in b'^d weather, ninni'g in within a point behind, or to the nnr'hwr'vd of the AdniirarsiitHses, like a great pond, having the planter's house on the I rboard side ; this place will contain above 100 bo:U8 in security. Theie is an island which lies off the west point of the harbour, called Onll island, oft' which they wed to fish ; from thesa'd isla-d (lie h'trhour !;e '11 N. ■bout amiie. There are several ishnds which are without, off Bonavf ture. the one is from the port S. S. W. 5 or 6 miles, called Green island, uh'ch is a pvet- ly large island, atid you see it as soon as you come out of Trini'y IvrboiT. in f 'r wealht^r; another is-lnud lies S. W. by S. 3 miles, and another 'slond without !hat, about 4 or 5 miles from Bonaventure : the course is S. W. bv W. I'rom Bonaveiiture-head to the Horsechops is E. N. E 3i lepjfues. From Bonavenlure-head to Trinity harbour, isN. E. by N. about 3 leagues: betweeu which are some bays, but not for ships to ride iu, unlese the wii.d is off the i-hore. 'J'he Horsechops and Sherwlckpoint (being the north point of Trinitv harbour) lie W. N. W. and E. S. E. one from ihe other, 2 leneiif s. Between tlip IToise- diops and Trinitv harbour are two places, where ships used (o fish : ttir o le i.-» Knglish harbour, and is W. K. W. from the Horsechops 2 ni'les. I'nd "ftf r you are about a point, tends E. N. E. again ; it is a clean bay, and you rd(! in 4 or 5 l^tlionis water ; a planter or two live here. Fiom English harbour to Salmon cove, (he coune is N. W. by W. westerly 9 Edit. 'orced to btioy ny to ratcli fish I ihU place livn bout 7 leiiffueij nU. SleneiUi;. Thi» ) or 10 fatlioma. (it lifl'oio n^hS tlie esirterumost lorloh point, be- •I has uhout 20 Br, lying ill first lancilocked aod nnrhor in what •iroiiiid. From !v li« iienrest N. idoin are several lo one. but it is there is a little id going through diere. Smith'n Tieklcharfcour, wliicli ruiiB in 3 he hack or west bav are about they lie N. W. W liaU a point i(> bead, t!i about '2 inilio to the oorlhward. Wltlioui Salmon cove U a headland, callwl Foxe» island, yet joins to the mala by the neck of beach. To the north wan I "( the said island, or headland, between k and Shcrwick point, runs in a bay, calletl Robin Ilmid's j and iu the taid buy behind a point whicli li«-« out, small ships ride, and flsli there. Fromthc llorscchops to Trinity harbour, the course is W, N. \V. about 2 leagues. Trinity harbour ii* the best and larfrst harbour in all the land, having Bev^> ral'arniH and coves, where many liiiodred sliips may all ridelancMffke*!: It is a place whicli you may turn in or out, being boii fi»li ; and above, or to the northward of this, is a large cove or arm, called God Almighty's cove, where there is room enough for 3 or 4U0 sail of ships to ride, all in clear ground, neither winds nor sea can hurt you, nor any tide, in which place ships may lay undiscovered, until you nio up so far as to bring it ppen. Several other places there are in this excellent harbour, good clean ground, tough clay in all the arms and coves of Trinity, and have 4 and S fathoms water, within two boat's length, offthe Rhore, any where, and fl, 7, 8, 0, 10, 12, and 14 fathoms, and some places more, in the middle of the arms and channels, as you please; you may turn in or out, as aforesaid, observing your tide, which rises there about. 4 feet, sometimes more. For not only Shcr- wick point is bold, which is the c^fthcriimoEt, but also Salvages which is tiic southernmost. From the Horeechops to the south head of Cattalina bay, is N. E. by N. anil N. E. 5 leajtues. About a league to the northward of the Horsechops, is Oreeii bay which tuns pretty deep in, but no place where slups u»e to ride or fwh. Be- ing past Green bay, there is no place or cove for boats, till you cptne to Ragged Harljonr, or Catialina. Form the goutli lieud of Cattail la bay to the north head, isN. N. E. 3 leaguef, betwceu which two head*! is Rngge.d harbour and Cattalioa harbour. Cattalina harbour lies from the soulW head N. by E. northerly about two miles. Kajj;ged horboiir is so called, by reason of the abundance of ragged and cra?gy rocks, whicii lie before and within the harbour ; there is no going iuto the south- ward, with ships;, but ouly for boats and that you must be well acquainted with, lor t4iere are very many rocks above and under waier. Those who iulend for Ragged hnrhour, with a ship, must g6 to the northward of all the aforesaid ragjred rocks or iblaiids, that lie belove it, (which make the hHrl)oiir) an a rivei of fresh water at tw heail of the harktour, but uo lohabitHiUii. Two mile* to i\vt uortbward nf Haiged harljour it thu hartiour of Cattalloa, whirb iti a ver} gu4id and Nate tiarhour, aiKl food Krouiid, not ubove H iHthoiria, frniii 3 to 4, •> 0, 7 or 8 futliurni, a* y(Ni |>lia!iF. You may, with a leading wind, aail Ijctwceu the kuihII telaml, which it a li'.tl)- lo the ^(Hilhward ot ilie harlxtur, •n'l hnvc 1 or 5 tuthuiiM at the l«aiit (oin^ tlirougli, but it in not abovt- n cutiie't Ici^th bruail. orjouinayKo witliouithc kaidinlaiul, lotheeatttwur.lof it,f;iving the iBlniid n miail birth, and bomhI iu with tlie middle ol the harbour; fur about a cuile ween 2 and 3 miles. i -am Flowci's point ta Cape Lirjin 's N. half a point westerly ; Cape Larjau is hut n low point, oil' wliich lies a greutjork, above water. From Cape Larjau lo Spiller's poi it is N. N. W. n s-mall league ; between which cape «"d Spiller's point runs in a preliy deep bay. over »\liirli poiai be- tween tliat and Cape Lnrjao, you will see thu high tuud of Port iSouavisia, when m»' ^Wft »rd nf llirni aod ; harbour, but uo >ur of CattaliDH, ibuve 8 fatboini, It a leadtiiff wind, il ol (lie harli«>ur, I above n CHble't wuiilof it,f(iviiig irboar ; fur about il • »houl, upon •hII lictwi en tlic eeii tlie slionl niid iule CaUalina, a tTC not abovr 10 I again. It ii re- in llie rotilii point valer on i; , how- caiar to tlie north ivrr it* i;ood Kiund* a*lioiiij|laii«l lock- may anchor in 3}' (I, witliin th« said watrr ninB down, ere ia a kind of a rise 3 feet sud- in 3 or 4 honrs at )f herb Alexander ilinou to be canglil cove in the W. N. >ur, a kind of min- out fa league; it ^4. B. Lasttrly 1| lie course isN. by er'8 rocks ; the sea ^cover iheinselvex twceu the point of sunken rork? : you to kf ep Chp«; L;ir- ul, to thfc eastward VV, about 3i miica. e south point of he nay ride : theiP is wattr; the bay nuw 39, gulli>« &c. which :aBter]y, be i ween 2 erly; Cape Larjan 1 Jeajrne ; between /cr ttliirh point be- rt lionavisia, when ^^> C^^ ..v^ .v^. 9u '^"" «% ^7^ ^-^o. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) .l% .^ it u -% 1.0 I.I IriM IIIM S ^ IIIM Mi ifti 1^ lis IIIM 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 M ^Z' _ ►- ^P Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 m i\ qv \\ <^f,^-^^-^*^H«^^^ .•K^.r?g Ub '^ '• 4 ' -f ''l-, ' ^. ' ! ' . ■ '■ '■ '■' ■- ' - ^ ^-l '^ r.' " ' ' f ?." *^ . ' - " * -'^. . ' V ■" "*'**'■'• "^'*'^" rEdit W /MMricafr GofiM "m^ Tftu are agood dhtonW o€»|»e«i l>etof Mgrf fend. SpiHew point is indiffereU high, ste^p up, and bold tooW From Spilier'B point to Cape Bonaviita, the course is N. N W. about a league^ between which » a very great and deep bay, so that meu uimequalnted, would judge that tliere went in the harbour of Bonavi>ta. It is but a small distauce of 24 miles over, from the bottom of the bvy to Port Boiiavista, by lan*l, ana is but a mere neck of laud. F.om Red head bay to this bhy is not above half a nms- ket sliot. The liead of Cape Botmvisia appears at a diatarite of a sky cdoiur. About 4 of a mile N. by VV. from the Cape is a suiall island, called Gull islaud, easy to be known, being different heights, and highest in the middle, and makes something lik# the form of a Fleu de Lyfl, orai hat with grieat brinio; you may see it 4 or 5 leagues off, in clear weather; and N. E. about a league from Cape Bo- iiavista, is a ledge of about 10 fathoms water on it, where boats use to fish. Cape Bonavista lies in lat. 49*' 10'. ^, From Cape BonaVista, to Port Bonavista, the course is S. W. sfcoat 5 miles. If you come from the southward, and intend fra- fionavista, you may sail between Gull islaud and the cape, they bring bold ioo,(aud about J of a mile artmder, but you nmst leave Green island on your larboaitf side, j^ing to Bonaviita, for be- tweed it and the n»aitt b but narrow, and some places slu^r rocks, not safe for ships to pass throiteh; but you may sail between the *4d Green island and the Stone island, wHlt «iiy ship without danger, being safe ffld b^; or you may go to the westward of 3lonet|land,aiid run to the southward, ti^ y<»!i opei' f^l^^J or harbour of Bouavista, iftntl are past Moses point, and so to the southward of the rocks, called the Sweeres, which arc high rocks, within which you ride (for there is no passage »o the northward of them) and lie in 1 1, 10, 9, 8, 7, tt or 5 fathoms, as you please, and must always have a good anchor in the S W. and another fast in the Sweeres, or anchor in the N. W. for west(^riy winds blow right iiito tlie ro»d. It flows generally to the northward almut Bonavista, and the placps adjacent* W. N. W- that is, a W. N. W- moon makes the higlwst water, which most mastrrs of ships using these parts have observed. With email vessels you inay go between Green jslapd and (he main (but not with great shiiw) and so to Red head ; but the ba:y belwe>>ti the points (over agrtiost Green island) and Red liead;^ is all foul ground to anchor in. _ A little distance, about a cable's length from the shore, is a sunken rock, hut with boats you may go fietMeen the shore and it ; the sea breaks on it. Being j^iast Red head, you sail S. W. to Moses point; bfet Ween which 2 points is a largtte bay or cove, called Baylis cove, wherts you iiaay «whor on occasiott. There is a stage kept generally for fisbinfif cverv yepu-, ou the BSrhoani or north side of the bay. From the east part of the Grm^ JSank of Newfoundland. In the^latitude 45» 06' to the east pftrl of the bank C^ieco, in 18^44" 1 6' is cpondered by those wh ho liaveninit, 120 leagues distant. the«nottfi part of the bank^lUteco, in lat- 45 06'— tlie S. W. of Queco, in 44<» 16' and the Isle of Sabes, in the latitude 44* 16', and abo^t 14 leagues to the westwartLpf batik Queco; the N,. part of Que- co, on a west course, is about 18 leagues io,lensth; from the N. W part of Que- co, to the harbour of Causo, Is N. W. by W. I W. 30 leagues, after you have lost soundings off Qutco, on which is comrtiCnly aboiit arfilthpros, unless on the S. £. part, where (and on a certain spot near the mii': ■-»* ..-*.■ The ftround to th* weBtwwd of Ctnso itols veW sudd^o, from 100, 06, 70 to 40 fathoms, hard ground; tbenfbti^Bre not put Vbt 3 'toUes oflT the land j be careful ot SHiiiii^ iu with Cauboin foggy weather, for S. E. and E. S. E. from it lie Minkea rocka, which in fair weather seldom appeur at high water. The Courses and Dtntattm on ike coast of ITewfouMOani, between Cape Race and Cape Spear. ,:*i SJ" Hwie eoiuwi wt by a Meridian CempfM, with allowance for Variption. Fnm Cape RaoB to Cap* Ballard Cape Ballard to tli»;aoatl( point of Bcnow^ Cape Ballaid to Kenowei rook, wliicb is h^ii above waUr head Fenhrland-bead to Cape Broyl-head • the Bast end ofBnoy ifilaild to Cape Brovl-bead Ferryland-head t» the S. of GuU iddwH^} which is off WbitlesB bay $ Ferryland-he^d to CapeS.oar - Cape BroyI bead the bay or hnrbour CapeBroyI lies in Ca(te BroyI bead, to tifel^. bead of Cope > BroyI harbour, or BriguD point ) Hbe said.N. point «f Cajiermvl hcM-bour i&to Brigus, is Cape iBrpyl head to Cape Neddiek ' • C«pe Neddick to Baline-head . - * gape BroyI to Balino-bead - . • - lallib«%ead to Baline, is N. W. it N. W.' W W. | of amite Baline-bfad to Isles det^pear, the bod^ of them - jSaline head to the & B. end of Spear I8lan4 . ,Baline-head to the S. B. end of Otiose istaSrt ' -r ]^lin»-head to (%reen island " - -^~i l^«iine-h(|ad to^uU island Balinfr-head to Bav Bull's head BaUne^eiui to'the N. point of MoiliUes bay, |^' ^rS.poi«|U^WhiUessbay ' S the Xorth point of MLumable>B bar, or Sonth point of Whitl«Mbay,t

r VarlPtion. inef. Fciiberty u N.JN. N. I Nly. E. •N. therly E. by E. iE. IT. ^^Northerty N." imy Northerly • ilfly, ' N. orllierly m ■ •N. yN. 9^Edit. ^1 uftt*« AYnerican 0»st PUor. T7 Jft« Cmtrsea ltd Dishes on IAIQkmI rfNemfmndland,frm Cape Spear t» Boy Verils, BtmUtUyOnd^teeral PmrU and HetuUands in the Btnj oj Conawnp. tton or Cvnception. ! *>^- From Cupe Snear to Cape St, Frincis, N. tnd N.hy W. «iidN. W.byN. «_— C«pe Sppar (o St. Johii'i . • _i-Cap« Hpear to Sugar loaf . 5?npr ^peur tu Red Head , !P— .^it. Joliii*» to i-iuull Point r'^i— Smnll PiMiitto ?ugar L«Mif . , "L *^ti|;if Loaf to R«a Hc«d . • Rrd Head to the Simlh Point of Torbay tht itmlb \to\nt of Torbay to the Green Cow, or anchoring place f « « i thf loutli point of Torbay to the north point , calif d Flat Roclc the nonh poiul of lorbay. or Flat Rock to Red Head —Flat Ruck to Black Head (by north) _— Black Head to Cape !^t. Francis . . Cape St. FrBncw to Bay Vards Head _Cape St. Fran< \n to Hand Bacaitou Cap- St, t-raacwto Belle Ule, in the bay of Consoinptioit —Cape >t. Francis tt> Oieen Bay, in the bay of Consu'mptioii 1- ailed I Cope St. Fri»ucb ti. Black Heart, in the bay of Cuusumption Jf, W. Courses. N. by W. N. W.byN. S. N. N. E, bv N. N. by iE. N. N.byW.iwe«t«ly W. by N. N.E. ' N.bjW. N.^W.i westerly IN. N. bv E. S.lV.&g.W.byS. JR or -Cape St. Francis to the uonh point ot Carboneia Cnpf St. FiancistdlSpaiHard's Bay '•■;ji; '^t. Francis to For: (Qrove —Cape ■ I. Francis to Hoi > head, which is ) tlie bulltim of Consumption Bay ) __Hoiy Road lo n-jrbuur Main ,—Hifbour Main to S'almou Cove • , g, —Salmon Cove to Collier's Hay . » . O.llier's Buy to BngMS (by nonh) Hrg— lo Burnt Head (wbich is the south > point oi Potto Grove Bay) J — .— Harbuiir Mam lo Burnt Head . .—Burnt Head to the south part of Greai Bell Isle Burn' '^cad to the north part of Great Bell Isle . Burat Head tftCape St. Francis p.ir-. Head lo the south point of Bay Robert* ..i^Burnt Head to Cupid's Cove thf south point of Bay Roberts to the > Korth.poiutof Bay Roberts ) . .the soatb po'ni ot Bay K*b«ru to the soath point of Bell Isle the north point of Bay RoberU to the iionh ) point of kpan'iard's Bay } ..—Spaniard's Bay lo the south point Of Harbour Gmce t he north point of Harbour Grace tci Carboncra — Carbonifra tp Bay Vcrds, N. E. by;N. and N.,E< — Carbouera i6 Black Head (N £. ittirthedy) .— Bay Verds to FlamlMrougb Heiid , Bay Verds Head to the S. W. end of Bacalieu » p,j Verdk Head to Split ptiint, which t , is aga'uut Bapalieu Island i * { w.*s. W. by W. S. W. by S. W.byW. W. N. N. N. E. N. by W. N.-iE, E. by N, N. E. by E,{E. N.E.byE. northerly N. by E. w. s. w. N. w. ■* ■■; £. 8. £. easterly N. by W. northerly N. N. E. N.byE. N. £. northerly N. E. northerly S. W. by W. E. by N. B.N.E. lOi %.' N. by E. N. W.byN. S. E. by E. f easter. N.N. W Leagues. :l Covrsti and dtsbmm frm Sptit Poha, tMch is \imiUfr«in hay Vtrds Head in NemfoyndUmd, to amrtdflaces in tht % of Trinity. "^ I Courses. From Split Point to the Orates . . . jN. N, W. . (he point of Grates to tbe, N. W. or" N. end of Bbcalwu |E. Vj S. the Graies lo Break Heart Point. N, by W. and W, 1^ N. N. % ^W. north. , -Break Heart Polni to Uierwick Point, near Old Periicao S. W^by S. _— Sherwick Point is about a niile or wore into the road, bat ^ 'c g w no passage for a ship to the northward ti tbe istmid ) I —the Grate* to the south head of Cataliua Bay —tlie Grates to the Horaeebops . "^ • _ the Graies to Bonaventure Harbour is N. W. by W. \ Westerly, and , ^^^■ north end uf bacalieu to Cataliaa Harbour ^ ",N.W.ttaiih«ij S *fl fnoitli. * I?a4?l«: "ars" "rm: ',:■' ^,- •:f« Biiiyt*s ^Hwrtam Cout Pilot »::^ From Slirrwick Point, •! Old Perlican, io the ) South head at Catalina ,.; S • ■ ^— — Sherwick point to the middle of point of Trinity Hnibmir J . the Honechop* to the totith lipad ■i the south he,id of Cattaltna^Bay tu the northward •— — theumth head of Cattalirta Bay to Citislioa Harboiw ■>^ the north head of Cattalina Bay to Flower's point -— Hhe'Ftawen Roektl sunken .aff about a mile and 7 liMlfflranioffth^iihairBi > FlMl^ t Point to Bii^'s Island • ' ■ f loratr't.^ctiot to CapK Larjfan I .Cape Larjaa to Spiller's Point • — — Cape f •arjiui tft Cape Bonavista — -M>pe Bonavista to Moses Pomt, entering Port Bonaviifta »iiipi4;;^)e Bonavista to Ottll Uland . ,^ , ——Cape BopaviiU to Cape Free It i — ' -ii— Cape Bonavista to Salvaciss . . ~ <) Bonavista to <;toneIklabd, over the nftrth? will of Green Island \ -Port B6na«lsia to'Keel's Point W. j leae:ue«. flalvaseii lying to th« northward of Krels about 3 teagues dnnef. If. alttlle eatterly N. by W. westerly N. N.W. northerly! a. W. northerly W. by S. W. s. w. ilf. S. W. southerly IN.W. N. by E, V. by \t. V.S.W. N.N. fi. E. N. E. W. byN. TWr.byl*. .V.N. E. N.N. E. N.by E. nwthcriy E. N.byW. fir.* westerly S' ** »* l4 1^ N.N,'W.*|norlhtf. N.bfW. N. N. W. W. N. ft: U 1 ft "m IJvpfft; if Water on (he heudc^ aiul off the south part of the CooH (f Nmfnundlttmi- Caiie Race Wart, and ICai^ Rase W. 43lea)piei,a«dCa^ Speaf N. W.r^O iatkoms nMuHflshinrgraqMl; CapeSpaarN.W.byW.S by W. little wnierly.lWIcaKnci.jrou have ( sniikllil9iwt,«B(l amiiiwilt. 'tReiMWes W. by N. 6S leaguw amtCapf Suear r,. Itcnnns 8c Cape Spear ^W. N. tP. Northcriy 65 leaRtle*, you have «<:«<{" J 95 fiitlimiw ow the oa t er edge of tab nuin baakL Bmrtngt tftMPimxt Du. Qiagf fSth. Plaxtuni lfUtuiM - 46" 45 47° »»• 46" 48' \ n ■'S Renowes and Cape Spear Fermowes and Cape Spear 47" «»' S Ferryland bead 4** p' > Cape Ispearand 47* n' - Bay Bulls 47^ ii' Ferryland head it 4$" o8'^ Cape Spear 47'' 2V' J Totbay 47? 33' W. W N. W.N W. N.ly W. by northerly by N N Jy Mr. N.W. * N.ly W. by N. N.ly W». by N. N.ly W. by N. N.ly W. by N. W. by {f. W. by N. W. W'irNily w.4.#. w.s.cw:iy N. ^.J>V W. W.byTSTiN.ly W. by N. N.ly ^.byN.iV.ly W. N. W. V. W. hy W. VV. N. W, 44 10 37 33 3' i 30 I a6 > ^4 ; «7 •t «3 12 is So 3*5 66 44 6a 63 «S 80 ■■^ J« S8 80 8S 9S 64 $7 SO 45 64 LakfTrntid 46» 4S' 46» 48/ 4«* «' 46» 48' 45* 17-' 46'' 4f' 46' jo' 46": 34' 4«'> S'f 47' o»' 46" 33' . ^ M'^ *«". 40' 4«* 4si* pm>^- ■^:i? 'v ' ^ .f|iW> ' l»M ' liiSiff-WA, mm!* flshimr craqn^ •,«B(I and tliclli. k wUlhh aiid with ' tlaak ipcclu. d. e whin Mad. e Mtnd. m ;y ground. A-itadf. [tmall stoiufl:) c1( (and & iome igb ground 1 le sand and atonjfs. B sand. Tin;; ^ 'i-iy . ; •*»":, : I Amerio«o Coiit FUdt ■iiiW-fJ ' U n •The Virgini «i« raekl tyfafg about Cfl leagnes east from C»p« Race ; they lie £. N. E. •bout 4 rotlM in length, wtfi thtflhoalMt is about SO feet water. Boraetimes the sea break* Tery high upon them, whim renders them very dangeruus. beiidei a very strone current of- ten set* about Ihem. tihipt ioinetiiues anvhor on them a fishing. In about IS RniTU fathoms. A( to the bank of NewCwindland, there are aonndings from the outer edge of the raaiii bank io the height of the pirnund, where generallytchips lie to catch fish, and which i; about 4U leagues distant from ibe land, and then tlie soundtogs in along are uncertain. 1'be hank goes quite to the land to the hortbwanl of Cape ttalmrd, Where the banlT falls more to the eastward^ and the water is deeper, and so increases along to the northward. To the south- ward of Cape Race, and to the westward, is shoal water, 2 ieagues uif the sthnre, noiabove 30 or 22 fathoms; and to the westward of Cape Pine it is^still sboaler, at the same diitance^ The outer or false bank is about 110 or 115 league* from the land, and is thought to Im i^bout 14 or 15 leagues broad in the middle ; and from the inner edge of it to the main bank are near Sii leagu^ and no soundings between them. In the spring of the year nir ny idands of ice lie between these banks, very dangerous, when foggy. TKe best part for flsfaing is from '00 to 149 miles off the shore, which is the shoalest part of the bank. From Mistaken point to the Puwics. or entering of i'repatsy, is W. N. W. 5 leagues; tliere It a drep liay on the back ude or east side of Powle!>,and a neck of beach, so that you tee the skip's masts over it, but very dangerous to bo embayed in that place, the sea coi^nion- )y falling in there, and no current to lielp yon out; therefore, if you intend for Trettassy, «an>i over to Cape Pine till you see the harboui open, and then bear into the harbour ac- •oniing at you have tlie wind, Cape Pine being sake aad \iio^io sail along that title, tic. ibirecHons for navi^iing the Bay of Placentia, onthe South tbflj^? q/" Newibundland, /row Cape Chapeaurouge to Gape ' St. Mary'a. K. B. The Bearings and CoiineB are true Beariogs and Distances, and notbf y Compass, the variatiou of Uic (^ompabs being 19» 30' W.] CAPE St, Mai-y's to the east, and Cape Chsipeaurt)U|[e t« the west, form the entrance of Placentia Bay : Thr>y We e;i6t awd weaCof each otiier, in the latitude 40O 53' N. distant fl^in each other 16 lea^ue^. ■ Cwe Chap«aurouf;e Itas alrrady been described: From il^ to Sauker liead, (wbicb is a hi||^ hill, in the shape of a siigitr loa ,} the course is E. N. E. distaul Q miles ; i^tween ihem lie the iiarbours of Great and Little St. LKUteDce> which Muve also been descrlbt'd. From Sauker head to Small point, (which is the lowtest land hereabouts,) tlie •ourse is N. 63" E. 2 miles: AikI from Hmall point to Corbin head, (which is a very high bluflFhead,) is N. E. 2 J miles: Tliere sre many high head lands be- tween themt which tbnn several c^fes, the bi^>|;om of which may be seen in bailing along fihore. The coast is clear olT cpcks, aiicl' 30 fathoms close to the shore, but BO sheUv!r for any thine- From Corbiu head to Shalloway point* the cours»t is ST. N. E. \ E. \\ mtleti. Between them, atid nearl} on the wme eou'se, lie 2 very high round islands; called Corbiu and Little Burin. Corhin island has ve- ry much the nppeju'ance of Chupeaurouge, when coming in with' the tand^ and seen tlirough the fog. These islantis are high, and ^arejittle more than a cable's length from shorf! <• From Cor!)iii head to Cat island, the course is N. Et 4 miles nearly ; this is i^ high round island near the south end of Grent Burin inland. About a mile to the northw^ird of Corbin head, in a bight, lies Corbin haF>~ hour, which is very good for small vessels. The liest ancliovag|iF in tlif N arnv at about n ^ ofa fSjile within the entra^e. oppi>iMi|»4 cove on the stnrhoard side. A^ofa mile to the eastward of this harbour, aifel two cable's length' from the shore, is a sunken rock, on which the sea bfe»k« in bad weither. and has not depth sufficient atjow water for a boat to go over it. Vesselg boun ' for tliia harbour must avoid h fhoal nhich lie? a '| of a mile to the east of the sent!) (toitit of the entrance to thf hurbouv, on whi^h is oolf 2 ffif horns water. Retwo u the twu hijjh rouud i&lauds, aiiuemeotioBcd, «ad the main, there i& from 7 to 15 fatb> m. ■1 ^ •vl I masm Pf' ii /* •HIP 4-, ■■ 9 EBt ifm»i aad no damter but what . ni^^« imd ; .ti -mm- >M|NI •liauUI fill in closf; villi the land io th« fog, they may occasioDally anilitihia them, altlMu^h the IWiiage jg liule more than a cabkiVleagth wide. Great Barin island lies nearif N ami 8. it 2{inilea in leacth, and high laud : iiear the north eod it acMMher liisb itbmi, about I 'of a mile in leogtii, eaf led Fanly'ftJilaud. Oo iIm main, witbia these ititantH, He the harbours of Great siud Little Burin. Shalloway Islaod lies N. W. f Wi I mile from Cat island, aud JH. E. by N. ^ E. a I of a mile from LittIp Burin tslaod : the paasafce hito Burin harKutirs, ' liov the. aauth ward, iato the wettward of. Sfaalloway island, between that and the N(^|Mnut: take care to give Poor idand a birth on yout larboar < hand : After you ace witbiuf' Sballoway 4Kland, yob may anchor hi safety- between that «qii Great fhirin island, from 12 to 18 fathoms water. The best anchoraief in freat Burin harbour is Hi Ship cove. Th^ course up to it, alter you are WJithiit ^. point, is north ilboul %^ mile, an^i*. belter than a i of « mile wide { to 8»il i||^4«'ll, keep the weit shofe oo beard, in order to avoid a niuken rock on the eswtiern shore at about hiUf the way up, and about half a cable's len^h from the shore, 'directly 4fll*j& a l-eiiivkable hole in the rock on the same side, and a re- T^ark^jft ffully io t^ Iaii4|: Jroni thetop to the bottom, on the western shore. Thene^lfri^her i^ock, on^ich is only 2} fathoms water; it lies better than a cable's lei^^'to the southward of Harbour point, which is a round green point, «(• iiMderatc height, joined to Great Burin island by;« lo% narrow 8andy iieck^ ■, Afiyr pasRhig Lit^e Burin island, 1 diile north, you come into Burn bay, 'Wlucb4s a clear bay, about a mile br<>ad every way, and where shipi may occa- siboally anchor safely, being^almosit land-lockel||^ of several Cluslerk of rocks) till you bring the north point of Pa rdj|%l!4a»di>prem(«ijiioned winds thei^ is Commonly a great swell «et8 to the shore au the stavboard side gobg iu; therefore, iu case of little ffiud;>, (which odeu »*\' \-wiL. ■r - <*»• KT-T" 4-, ■ 9 txM M All in dote , altbou|b the lad hi^h laud : leosth, oaf led louM of Great \ N. E. by N. nna harl>ut:n, weeo I bat and arboar \ baud : f betweeu that it ■Dchorafi;f \a you are wUblii e wide ; to 8»ii >n rocic oil the len^b from the ide, and a re wentern sliore. ' 9 better than a'^ id green point, . w fcandj iiecli^- I'.n Buina bay« i{p<4 may occa- » this bay from hi^h. luitare ler wbtcb rune in iulet, on the [1 t6e entraoce,' KMd at I floodr to the west of rwide, is form* ' danger, giving ay, the course when past tlie , which is bet- rhere it is half appear abov^i? ray up the bai^: jde, ^oing u'p;| there is also od' Prom the top lo is, not to bring hoal, on wldcli^' S. S. W. from without a com-^ I iotd tWs pas- ' ip shore on the^ I you bring ihe* tlieo sail righ^ 1 steer for the*- st be obfcerved, ' ;ts to the shore , (which ofleu d Edit. ilont's American Cotit IPilot. 81 liappcos whca you are past Iron idaud,) endeavour to borrow on Pardy's istandk except the wind be from the N. E. At the bottom of Burin hay there b an Inlet, which mat Inland 5 miles ; thei'b is a small woody island just before the entrance ; ships may sail on either side ; the east side is the widest. A little within the east head that formsthecotniAce» and half a cable's length from the shore, there Is a sunken rock, whick is dry it low water; therefore, la sailiog into the iulet, keep the west shore close on bmrd, for about a mile up; it lies north, and is about 2 cable's length wide, then N. N. \V. for a mile, and is tliere half a mile wide with a sunken rock right in the mid- (lie ; to the westward of that rock there is good room and good anchorage, from 7 to 13 and 15 fathoms water in the entrance, and to the middle, 2 miles up, ik from 15 to 23 fathoms, and from thence up to the head is from 10 to 5 fathoms. Iron island is a small high island, lying N N. E. i E. 1 league from the S. E. point of Great Burin island, and S. H. W. \ W. 1 mile from Mortier west heatk and E. 1{ mile from the north part of Pardy's island. Vessels bound for the harbours of Burin n|ay pass on eitlier side of Iron island, the only danger passidg to the northward Is the Brandys^ which almost always break ; they lie near a quarter of a mile to the southward of a low rock above water, close under the laud of Mortier west head. If the wind should take you a-head after you are within Iran island, take care to keep Mortier west head open to the westward of Iron island, in order to avoid Grigory'a rock, on which is only 2 fathoms watesr. The mark (n carry you on Ibis rock is, to bring the flag-staflTon St. George's ist- aml (in the centre of the passage between Great Burin and Pardy's islat^ anil Mortier west bead) on with the west vide of Iron islauci; this rock almost always breaks : Vessels may pass with safety between this rock and Iron island, taking ciire to give Iron island a birth of one cable's length. On the main within Pardy's island, are two remarkable white marks in the rocks ; the northernmost of these mnrks brought on with the north part of Pardy's islanil and Iron island, N. by E. I E. will carry you on the Galloping Andrew, a sboal on which is 5 fathoms water. S. W. 1 mile from Iron island lies a sboal on which is 8 fathoms water, called the White Horse. Dtxldiog rock lies about a | of a mile from the easternmost part of Great Buria island. Mortier bank lies E. by S. 2 leagues from Iron island, and N. 25" E. 5 leaguea from Cape Jude : the sboal part of this bank is about 1 league over. On It you have not less than 7 fatlwms wafer, but, by the fii>herman's accotuit, there it not more than 4 fathoms on one part of it; in bad weather, the sea breaks very high on it. About 3 miles to the N. N. E. from Iron island is the opening of Mortier bay^ at the entrance of which is a round if land, called Mortier island lying a third of the distance from the west side. Ships may sail in on either side of it. It uboli too all round. Close to the first point beyond the island, on the latboard side going in, is anotht^r little island, scarcely perceptible, as it lies close under the land ; aid, two cable's length from it, in a direct line tovirards the oiner islAnd« Is a sunken ruck, on which the sea breaks in bad weather ; there is no other dan* gier in tliis bay. At the bottom of it, 1 1 mile from Mortier island, on the east side, there is a cove, called Fox cove, wherein is good anchorage, and room for 1 ship to moor in 9 fathoms, good holding groinid. They will lie two points open to the sea, that is from S, S. E. to S. E. A ground swell tumbles into the cove in bad weather, but no anchor was ever known to come home here. Fishing ships sometimes ride here ihe season. On the west xide of the bay is the barbouri which is small and naiTow, but a very good one for small vessels, where they lie moored to the sliorc. There is 7 and 8 fathoms through the entrance, and 2 fathoms when in the hxrbour- and sufficient room for 50 shallops at the head of it. Otr tiie starboard point going in, is a rock, which at Itigh water is alwayji. covered. M U I 8^ Blunt'a American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. '.1 C.ronty WnnH Hfi N. by E. iiparly 2 miles from Morticr eait |Joint. This \* % rouiiil i h\iid, u(ul lies close to tlio »liorf. TwomiicH iiiKJ n halt from Croiie-y isl >ii(!i in the entrance into Morlier bay; At the cnlranceu.i (he nrbt Hide Ih a small Imriiuur, cnlltd Uoloy ; in it is feel water at low writer The course into Morlier bay it nerth, lor nbuut 2 milts, «ii(l is I of ,1 niili; wide, in uhicli you have from 50 tu 70 fathoms water, the lanit ou each hIiIi; Ixliig lii<;li : it then iiiHs to the Hestuard idioui 2 miles, uud is near 2 ndles wide. In the ^. W corner of the bit) is a river, »hirh runs totlie S.W. about 7 miles. On Ihr east side, at abont 3 miles Irom the entrance, i» nn i:x- 'ce<-ding \i^»o>\ hnrliunr, called Spanish room, in which you may anchor from 4 to 6 ^aihiuns uiiic ,gooil t)Otiom. and lieseciin: from ail winds. There is not the least (iun<{cr in !>Hiliu» into this harbour, i;iviri«; the low rocks above water, at the fnir.1111 e w\ the lurbonrd hand, a birth of one cable's teiiffth. Two miles to theN. E of (he entr'ncc into Morlier bay lies Rock harbour, fit oul} tor boats, by reason of the infinite number of rocks in it, both above aud ■nder water. From Mortier east point to Johi the bay point, the course ih N. 25'* E. dis- tance 8 miles. Kctwecn John tlie buy point and Rock harbour, lie 2 Kunkea rocks, half a mile from the shorr. T o miles to the N. W. of John llie bay point lies John the bay, in which is tolerable good anchorage, in 'bout 8 fathoms water, with sandy bottom. The Saddle back is a smalt is^l-and Ijiog N. 47* £ 8 leagues from Corbiu "head, and N. 5i" bl. from Morlier west point, and N. 83" E. 3 leagues from John the bay polut. Between it and tiie main are a great number of rocks and islands, which ri nder this part of the coast very dangerous. There is a chain of rocks iyii«» \\ mile to the N. E. by N. of the Saddle back. Cape Jud); is ai island about 2^ miles in length, and 2 in breadth; h lies \\ mile to the N . N. W. of the SatMIe back ; on the south end of it is a remarkable louiid hill, whirli is cdled tlit- Cape. Between this island and the main are a cluster of island:* and low rocks, with a great number of sunken rocks abcui Micui, called the Flat islands, the innermost of which lies about 1 mile from the ■lain. Audea'n i>kind lies half a mile to the northward of Cape Jude island, on the west side of which is a lolerabli; gnott harbonr. Vessels bound for this harbour may p.iss between Cape Jude island and Audcarn island, atid between (.'row aud Yatriek's island, which are two small islands, lying off the S. W. point of Audearn hiand. About a cable's length from Andearn island, to the southward of the harLiour, is a sunken rock ; the mark for avoiding it in coming Irom the south- in. d. is, not to h.mi in for the iiarbour till you open a remarkable green point on ttie soulh side of the harbour. The best anchorage is on the north shore, just withi,) a smiil island. There is a spit of rocks gti-etches just off the Green point •u the souih shore, which ire covered at high wnter. Offlhe east iwrnt of Atidearu island is h ; mall island, calif d P'ord's island, on the west side of which is a sunken rock nliout o cable's length from the island. kud aiioJier on tbcea t sijfr^ which almost always t)rcak. ' Brand cove lies on the main, W. \ N. 5^ miles from Ford's i>land; in this cove is exceeding godd anchorage, in 8 or 9 fathoms water. Cross island lie 3 miles to the N. W. of Ford's island, is t ,;wt 1^ mile in length, nnd one mile in bnacUh; is high woody lan high land nt joint. This \t Morlier baj-; ; in it io fi-el about 2 milffl, watf-r, the Inncl '8, uud iH iH-ai' uwtothcS.W. aiicc, i» nn c-x- clioi- from 4 to icro is not the bove water, at Rock harbour, loth above aud i. 25" E. (lis- , lie 2 tiunkeo ny, in which is bottom. 58 from Corbiu 3 U:ague8 from iv of rocks and here is a chain idth; h lies H is a remarkable I the main arc a LCD rocks abcui mile from the e island, on the or this harbour ween (.'row uud oiiitof Audeani uibwarstasp into it :re i.^ snliitient iland, and nins le hrnd ; c!cfc runs in N. ?<". d* i;i Iiigh lan«l 9 Edit. *%kint*iAiner'^ Coast Pilot. ^a making in several pecks; the siuuh p4)int of it lirs N. 3/" E. 2 leagues from die ' Sa(MI<' back, and 1'^ by l5. 3 ndlcx from Ford's ii>lund. N W. 2 miles from the south |)oiiit of Lui.g islantt, and N. Lv by K. 1^ ndie from Ford's Island, lies a small (iriLU Ibland, which has a shoal all round ntar 1 cable's length. * From Green Island N. W. 2} miles, aiid N. IH" IC. :i ndirs from Ford's ibl- and lies Great gdliovis harbour ihlaiid, which is high land. V< srcl^ may p >i-b ou cither side of this island into great gallons harlMur, Mhi( h hes 1 niilc to IJie N. E. of the island. lu this harbour k exceeding got \xnui of the entrance. In the harbour, 1^ n ile within the entrance, on the H>xt Kide, lies a omall island; to the nortliwar«i nf it, htttveen that and the main, is very good Anchorage in 7 or 8 fathoms water; or you Qiay run farther up, and anchor ia € or 7 fatlioms. One mile and a ^ to the eastward of Cape llojjer !iarb9iht and Cape St. Mary's there is no shelter for ships or vesaeb. The land from PK-icentia road to Cape St. Mary's is of a moderate, and appears aenrly oj nn equal height all the way ; but over Placcntia, niid to- Che northward of it, the land i« very high and uneven, with many pecked hills. Bull and Cow racks nre a chister of rocks above water, lying S. £. by E. 2 leagues Trom Cape St. Mary's, alviut 1 mile from the main, and S. W. by W. from Point Lance, which is a low ragged point, and is the west point of (he en- trance into St. Mary's bay ; at about j. of the distance from the main to tlie Bull ^d Cow rocks is a sunken rock, which shews above water at | ebb. ' ,^ Frpm Cape St. Mary's to Pobt Breme the course is N. by W. ^ W. 8 mileir.' m 9 Edit. rock thai llcf Dtuj( ill. out 3 leagiic* I eithfr tide of rani of theisU the Little iile s of the main } 1, 00 ilie S. £. our ; the en* water. Tlie a { of a mile ifoni the north larbour; in it li ii a low rock thward of th^t I which lies £. nilea from tlie a ri-iuarl(able )D(ly harljour ; rater. There ilmost (tries at od anchorage, Inntl ami lies iiul about half ioutb end, is a water. Along anchorage* • I Plant, a liar- !, which lies 2 e about half a borage all the •ay, and lies iu I like Cape St. cnpe is n small ly winds. The S. by W. 7J t above water, h, «listance .li lielter fur ships of a moderate, icentia, niid to- y pecked hills, S. E. by E. 2 S. W. by W. oint of the cn- aia to tile Bail bb. J W. 8 mles.i 9 Edit. Hunt's American Coast Pilotr 85 10 From Point Dreme to h.x. . i^tn rocks, the course ia N. V E. distance miles; thi':e rocks sliow above ..ater, and lie about I mile from the main. Three IcajtUfs ai»ulh from Green point, aitd a leafue from the shore, lie the Virgin rocks, which arc a cluster of rock;* above water. A ItlUc to the south* ward of then- rocks there are some whitish clifTs io the laod, by which that part of the cnait may b« koowu, on coniinf in with it io thick weather. From Virxiu rocks to Point Verd, the course is N. 38* £. distance 5\ inilea. This is a low green poiut, aud ia the south poiul of the entrance Into the Hoad of Placentia. PInccntia road and h.irbour is situated on the east side of the great bay ef that name, at 1 1 leagues distance from Cape St. Mary's. To sail into the road^ and coming from the southward, you muiit keep a league from the shore to avoid the Gibraltar rock, which lies W. S. W. from' Poiut Verd, till you brioK the Castle-hill open to the northward of Green point. Tlie Castle hill is on the north side of the road on which stands the caslle, and is dis'lnguishable far out at SCR. Green point ia a low level point, which forms the south side of iba road. The Gibraltar rock has 16 feel water upon it. and lies W. f S. distant 21 miles from Green point, and 2 milrs from sirore. The m^rk afore-meiuioocd vill carry you ) of a mile without it, and when you have the said mark open, you may steer in for the Cas>le, keeping your lraoard side. Near the bottom of Placentia road, on the north shore, nt the top of n hill, stands a caf>tle ; when yuu have this castle open to the norihward nf Point Verd, you may haul in fur the road in safety, taking care to give Point Verd a birth of near 2 cable's length. The best anchorage in )hc road is under the Ciistle hill, iu about fathom«> wgter. The entrance into the harbour is very narrow ; In H you have 3| fathoma water ; after you are within the narrows it is about | of a mile broad, and about 1 i mile long } here you may anchor in perEect safety, io or 7 fathoms water. The coast is easily known iu clear weather, by the Chapeaurniige, and other remarkable head lands. The best directions that can be given in coming ia with it in thick weather, are, to observe, that between Burin and Laun, there are oo island:) except Ferryland head, which is very near the main, so as not to be dislinguislicd as au island till veiy close to the shore ; also that the islands about Buri[i are large and full as high as the main laud ; those about Laun are small, nnC scarce half the height of the main land, and the Lamelins are 2 low flat Islands. There are several small rocks just above water between Lann atid Lamelioe, and there are uone such any where eUe almrg the coast. The land from Mortier head up the bay, is high, rocky, and uneven, with several islands near the coast, which form many capes and ragged points. From Mortier head to Red it>land, the course is N. E. by E'distance 1 6 Icngues. This island is high, and may he seen in clear weather, 12 leagues from the decks. The south end of it bears from Placentia road N. W. distance 4) leagues. Red island is high barren land, about 5 miles long and 3 miles broad. The south point lies N. W. 11 miles from Placentia road. On the east side uear the north end is a small harbour, which is ooly fit for shallopH. Point Latinn lie* about 5 miles to the nortliward of Placentia road ; betweea these places the land is low and even near the sea, but just within it high and ragged ; tl)ere are several aBoken rocka lying aloa|» the shore about ^ a mile-oC 86 - Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. Point Koche lies more than a mile to t^e eastward of Point Latina; there is a slioali I'etches otr Point Roche more tlnn ^ of a mile. 6. v.. by S. I £• 1^ mile from Point ftociie is Uie entrance into the harbour of Liltls Placenlia, which runs up S. W. by. W. | VV. about 1^ mile, ai-d is near f a mile broad; there is exceeding ^ood auclioruge in this harbour, iu a cuv ' ou tiie north shore; this cove may \)e knowu by the west point being woody, and the land to the eastward being barren; oiTtlie east point of the cove lies u stioal for near f the distance over to the south side of the harbour ; in this cove is 7 and ^ fatiioms water. From Point Latina to Ship harbour, the course is E. N. £. distance 5i iniirs. This harbour runs up north 2| miles, and is about « of a mile broarl : (lit btst anchorage is in a co7e on the w£St bide in about 10 fathoms water, al about 1 mile f.;om the entrance. ^ Fox Edlnnd is a smnll round island, lying N. by E. f E. 3 miles from Point La- tina, and W. by X. 1 league from Ship harbour point, which is h low stony point, lying about l^ mile to the westward of Ship harbour; between Fox iblund and this point are a range of rocks, which in bad weather break, almost quite across. N. W. li miles from Fox inland, is a steep ro'ik above water, called Fisliinj rock; north ]^ miles from Fitihiog rock lies a sunken rock, which almost al. ways breaktt. Tlie Uam inlands are a clusttr of high iMands, lying about 3 miles to the N. N. E. i E. of Fox island. E. N. E.3 miles from the south point of Ram islands tb Mie entrance into Long hfbour ; there 's not the least danger in sailing into it ; the best anchorage is on the north side to the eastward of Plarbuur i8lan uear | our, iu a cuv^- on (ciiig woody, .iiid cove lies a biioul ia this cove is 7 distaure 5i uiilrs. broad: iht bust water, ai about I /■ es from Point La- low stouj point;, Fox it.land and nost quite across. :r, called Fibbing which qlmost al. 3 miles to the N. inl of Ram islands in sailing into it; ur island, bttwceu r 8 faihoms \vater< e« ; there are se- 3 thee iii uot the . Little liarbour atirely exposed to urse is N. by W. id, the sout!i point nd, about 1 league lour; the entrance ! arms in this har- ; tlie best anchor- Di;r may be kuowa , and by Harbour !. To sail into it est side, lies Mus- I Long island and , and about f of a tpposite the iiortli u' starboard iinnd, 2 miles long, and irbour; before the ur you must leare side of wliich is a e islands, is .i sun- ;enprally, brciiks: f a cablf's length bout \\ mile luog Little South hai- 9 EdU. Blum's American Coast Pifbt. bour : there is no danj^er in sailiog in to it ; near the head is very good anchor- age i:i 6 or 7 fathoms water. ' > O'le mile to the wstward of Great South harbour is Isle au Bourdenux, a high rou'd island near the main. The ciiirji'ire in Come-by-chance lies north ^ mile? from Isle an I3ourdeaux, and -uns up N. E. by JV. 3 miles ; in it is from 20 to 3 fathoms water, sandy bottom ; is entirely exposed to the S. W. wiuds, which heave in a ver}' great 8Wrl|. Nfter mentioned, are the true Bearings and Courses, and not by Compass. TIIF; entrance of St. Mary's Bay is formed by Cape Lance on the west, aii4 Capo Pine on the east side. The land from point Lance lies E. by N. t -N. 3 If^gues. to a high bluircapc, from which the land along the west side of the bay lie.. IV. E by N. and S. VV. by S. 10 leagues up to the hoad of the bay. Fiwn the afor'MmjMtioned bluff cape, to Cape English, on the east shore, the course w S. E 5 K. distance 5 leagues. Cape St. Mar) 's is a very high bluff point, makes, in all directions, much like Cape St. Vincent on the t oast of Portugal, and the land along shore from it, for a considerable distance, appears even, and nearly of equal height with the cape itself, which lies m e west, di^itanee between 17 or 18 leagues from Cape Cha- peaurouge, nnd is ii. the latitude 46° 52' N. A little to the northward of this cape is a small cove, where fishing shallops shelter with southerly and eastv.rly winds. From Cape St. Mary's S. E. by E. distance 5^ miles, lie the Bull and Cow rocks, wliicli are two flat rocks, and very near together, with several smaller i-ocks about them, all above water ; they may be seen 4 leagues from the deck when open from the laud, but when shut on with the land, they are not distin- guishable so far. They bear west, distant 3 miles from Point Lance, which is a low ragged point which forms the entrance on the west side of St. Mary's bay. The Bull and Cow lie 1 mile from the nearest part of the main land ; nt \ of the distance from them to the main, is a small rock that appears above water at half tiile; there is 10 fathoms between this rock and the main, and 15 fathoms be- tween it and the Bull and Cow. Ships may safely pass within the Bull and Cow orcasionally. St. Mary's rocks lie S. by W. distant 'i\ miles from Cape St. Mary's, and S. W. by W. from Point Lance, and S. W. i W. from the Bull and Cow. These are two rocks which appear just above water, upon which the ser. almost always breaks vtry high. They lie S. F. aud N. VV. from eich other, distance about 3 cable's length ; in the middle, between them, is a channel of a cable's length broad, in which is 15 fathoms water; there is also 15 falhorns at a cable's length all roimd them, except to the S. E. at two cable's Iccjiih ; distance is b fathoms. Between these rocks, and cape St. Mary's, is 2a and 30 fathoms water, and all about Cape St Mary's, at 2 and 3 leagues distance, is the sproe rtrpth of >> ater. Point Lauce is a I«w point war the sea, but tht laid withiu it is high, a.id \i if,-.'^' ,,..!'. ■"iVat^VIJ^RySW',*' 's American Coast filot. 9 EdiL the \ft6t poiut of Uie eatiaoce into the baj of St. Mary^s. It lies ia latitude of 40' 50' N. From Poiot Lance to the eaBtern head of Si. Shot'it (the cast point of the ca- truiice into St. Mary's bay) the course ia S. E. by £. i K. dUtant 2:2 milea. Tliit bay runs O; leagues to the N. £. with several very );ood harb a mile along shore, on which the sea breaks in bhd wer.luer. This-is the only dans^r in nil St. Mary's bay that will take a ship up. From Hoint le Haye to the south pnint of the entrance into St. Mary's har- bour (called Double ro>td point) the course is N. E. distance 1^ mile ; the land between these pttints is low and barren. From Point le H^ye to the low point on the starboard side going into St. Mary's harbour, called Ellis' Point, the course is N. £. by E. 2 miles, and from Point Lance to St. MBr>''8 liartHHir, is E. ^I N. distance leagues. The entrance to this hnrhour is abi>ve a mile wide Within the points that form the entrance, it divid<« into two brnnches, one to the E. S. E. the other to the N. E. When you are past Elli^' point, haul in to the southward, and anchor abreast of the fish- ing stages and hones, upon a flat, in 4 or 5 fatlioms. Here yo). wifl lie laud- locked. This flat runs off* about half a mile from the shore, ^riiiiout it is from 15 to 40 fathoms water over to the other siHe ; but the best anchorage in this lur- bour is about 2 miles above the town, whore it is above half a mile wide, oppo- site Brown's pond, which is on *^.e starboard side, and nay l>e seen over the low beach ; here you uill lie U.irt-locked in 12 fathoms, «nt!i excellent grounn all the way up to the bead of the harbour. One mile above the said point on the oppo- fiite shore, is it beach point, close to which is 4 fathoms, where ships may hovn down; and here is plenty of wood and water. The N. E. arm of St. Mary's harbour ruiw up 3 miles from 'lit- entrance; about half way up it is a mile broad, and above that it is half a mile broad, where ships may anchor, but Uiug upeu to the sea, this plac«! is not reMnrted to by sliipa. Two leaguaa above St. Mary's harbour, lie two islands, the largest of v bich is about 2 lenguifs long. There is a good passage for ships l)etween those islands, also between them und each shore. The passage on the vest side is 2t leai^uca vide. Above those isl&nds, are many good anchoring placps on each shore, vid at the head of the bay is a fresh water river, which is navigable 2 or 3 leMgws ap. Mall bay lies to the westward of North East point, and is about 1 mile broad and better than 2 miles deep. There is no good anchorage in this bay, being open to the sea, and generally a heavy swell setting into it : Vessels may occa- sionally anchor near the hoi'.d in 5 or 6 fathoms water good ground. From Cape English totlr souih part of Great Colioet Island, the coarie i!> N. I0« W. distance 3 leagues. Thia island is of a moderate height, about I league ivuig, und I mil(- broatl. (>> cither side of this island is a safe passage up tlio fi'ff' 9 m% \a latitude of liDt of the cn- tant 2-2 milea. xiurs iu it, ttie irse is N. 41» 1 alwui I miff is Pf. ao' Vf- nain \»i\d, and ihorc. ic^ 2 leagues ; rormiag a bay bay is a low Diag to the N. is poud makes sile. iagues. This nile to the sea, ,'uier. This'is t. Mary's har- nile ; the land going into St. nilcs, aud from The entrance n the entrance, N. E. When eastofthefish- : will lie laud- ut it is from 15 ige in this liar- ile wide, oppo- ;n over the low grounn all the It on the oppo- lips may hefit'c of St. Ma'-y's A a mile liroad, but U'iu{; opcu ;e8tnfiihich!s II those jslandii, c is 2i \ea|u<.'B :ach shore, vid 2 or 3 ievigui'S it 1 mile broad this bay, being nels may occa- he cooDe in N. about T, league passage up th» s jsm €o«i V-i : 9^ Ot a Utth of a 1^ ofs mile, there briag fcay, UWag c«w 1© giv« Skoil W several suakeD roclw lyiog **f this wnat. . « i- -. » i—j Sboal liw point Bet 1 mile «»t«Bt off the eart side^of Great Cobnet Island. ?. bank (or about 4 of a lie. on which 18 «^ ' *° " ^""^ *■*"' "^^^ ^^ ^XntfeiCoB' '.t Wand lies 1* mile from (Srtxt q>Hnct island, is abo|it 1 mUfe long, afld t a mite broad, «,I8^^'^ «L 1 n • *__-i The entrance into Great Saltooo river lies PffjPjE, dhCadCe 2 leagues froii tlienotib poiDt of Little Colinet island, ft about | of a mile broad, and runs t* the PT; E. 7 ot tf^toWes ; in it U very good ancliorage; the best Is about 3 ihiles from the entrance on the norflj sid^*ln a sandy cove, in 5 or 6,«a"«oin« water. North hartwur fles N. by W. | of a mile from the nor«h part of Little Coh- net island, is about a mile broad at the entratice, and runs to the northward about 3 miles; Id It fo - ery good anchorage, in about fl or 7 fathoms water, at about 2 iDJesfrom the entrance, whi*e it Is not rbove half n mile wide joryott maymnup the fiarrow, wWchat* formed bj two low sandy ppinte, «w«tt» cabled length amnder, taking care \6 kwp'm starboard p^t close on board, aud anchor olo«e nmtt the point, on the stnrtkwfd shore. J • eollnet ba^ Ues N. N. %* E. H miles from the north patt of |ltUe Colmet island ; in it Is vMy good mipliorage from 5 to 1 3 fpthftms w^r^ From the castaAjirad ofSt. Sh^s the land (p the eartwatd tOBfls away E. by 3*9. for aboijt 1 mile, then E.* S. 1 mUe to Cape F"*'"' I^.. «^'i.^j ^•roni Cape Ircelat6 Cape Pine, tlic cottiaei? E. N. E. if^fe. ^UoA about Cape Pine, to tbeeftstwaitf an*iresfward, io ifi«Klei«teW hlglK a#^ ^^ From Cape Pine to WistAkieo point, the fconrse Is E % N. d!8tanc«^4{«*gue«, BetW^^eu theap pointslies Trepassey bay, in which is 'ftetifmf «^t«"^. . The entrance dN^^passey h»rhi^r li** 8 i^ileB totheN. E. of aoePlne, fo about 4 of a mile 1^ ahd runs neafly the same l>readth foy aftottt 2| miles and is here little roorelian a^.qf a mite ijflde, but aftenranb toereases tojolja mile wide; here vssseU genJVjillv ride. The dangers In s^lHwt J^o this hartooot area sn|all rock that iffi^oW^e Mat ihore, «»»«* » "n'^ wSainthe entrance ana is about f of a'cabje's Jl^g* from "'« jW^We; and qH the west shore, within thft harbour, oflT^ stoafjf bfe^; to* a shcal, an^niB»J'»Be; shore, up the barboL", to q^low lieeo point.- tlack rock Ivi'ig clone off the cape, with several small low rocks to the northward of It. This cap?? lies in the latitude of JtP 42^ N FrofO Cnpg Race to Cape Ballard, the courseis N. E.by N i^'taiwe 3 leagues; nearly 1 mile to tlie southward of Cape Ballard, lies a higU blac^t head, aalled 12 'U •■■^■ ■^ -"^ift- .'M^ Kt>,>-ii F*". ^t^ Clinia core head. Betireen tbeae fwInU is « c6V«^ ud to the. westwarB of Chain cove head ties Chain cove, before which lies a blacli rocli above water. Due eut itom Cape Race, and S. by K^ i £. from Cafle Ballard, lies a fishiif iMok:, called New baokr, about 5 miles loiig, and nearly 2 miles broad ; on it w from 9 to 25 fathoms water. From Cape Ballard to Renowe's roclis, the course is X. 20° E. distance 2 Iea<(uex. These rorls are MMil> of a moderate height, and lie 1 mile'firom tiic main land, and are bold t||%'' Froin Renowe's rocks to w hari>our'of Renowe, the course is N. tnf W. i W, distaifliic 2i miles. This is but a sniall harbour, and hath not above t|or 1 6 I'e6t at lo\« Water; it is but hii iudiflercDt liarhoav, haviagseveral rocks in the eutrnncc, and the S. E. winds heave in a very great sea. To sail into it, you must Iceep Ih* nor>h shore on board. Fermoube harbour lies ahout 3| miles from Renowe's; between these harbours lies K«ar'» cove, oiT which lies a sunken rock, about a cal>le'8 leujith from shore. Fermoiifcc harbour is an exceeding good harbour, there being no danger in sail- ing into it. The entraoce is not more than a cable's length wide : just Within the entrance, Onlht! north shore, is a small rove iu which a |bhery is carried oo but no safe place for aachoring. Al>out a ^ of a mile farther io, on the same side, lies another cove, called Admiral's cove; in thi^ cove tlie merchant's ships generally ride, in .7 or 8 fnthoms water, land locked. Abouk 1 mile fartlierup tile harbour is a cove, called Vice- Admiral's cove. On the ftNith side is the best ancb(^gc for large ships, in 12 or 15 fathoms irater, muddj grdund ; here you willbelMudy for woodiiig and traic '^s. ^Farther up on the same side lies a cove, caned She^^'s bead cove. Oiieclly off this cove, near the middle of the passHge up the hartatour, lies a shoal, oo which is only 9 feet water. This if the duly 'danger in ihi« hnrbour. ^^, Balf t head^ies N. 30° E. 1 rode nearly from Fermouse )|ni}our. Froni Hald head to Black head, the course is N. by W. 1 mile. From Black head to the efltrahce i»tb the harbour of Aqua fort, tlie course is N.'W. by N. 1 mile nearly ; in the eniranee is a i^h rock above water. The pafsa^ inU> the harbour isNfo the northwant of th£i rock in which you have 15 fathomt! water. ■ This barbMir lies hi wM^bout Similes; at about 2^ miles from tlie eotr«Dce it i» very narrow, wherryou have 4 fathdtti? water ; but jt^ witldu the r.avnvws* on th|Aurth shore, is a Imall co««, in which you will have 7 fath- dms water; this is a good place for vesselsto heave (town, the shore being steep. To s;)il up througb-tbe nftrrows; itkke care to {|ive the stoay l)each on Ui|^ north shore, wUhoul the ^Ktifws, a birth, it beiq(a iImniI along that beach, eiiieptat the point of the barrows, #bich is holdHoo. Ferryiaftdhead ttes E. N. Er i E. dhtaot 2 miles from Aqua fort, and N. 30* £. distant 'd| miles from Fermouse. Ferryland bead is moderately high having i high ro^kjl above water I) ing <^bse off the head, called the Hare s ears. This head is not easily distinguished by reason of the piaialand within it being much higher. The cuirance hito Ferryland harbiiur lies to the northward o^Ferry- Jundhead, bi;twe|li it and Jhle Bois, and is littlfe more thafitt half a cable'slehgth vide ; iMit ai^ryou are within Isle Bois, it is better than a ^ of a mile wide, and tolerable frood anchorage, in 8 or 10 fathoms watery but the N. £. windK brave i'l a vrry greq|, sea over the low rocks that run from t^e Bois to the muiii. From fsif BoU to ftoose ibiand ^le coun-e is N.'4 ^ distant | a mile ; and from Qoose iblaii^ to gtnne island rae cours(> is N. 5° W. distant | a mile. Caplin bay n(fi»iu X. W. by W. distant 2| miles from Goose island, is a toler- able ^ood bay, with a^nfe passage into it oo either side of Goose tslaud. To the n<»rih\vard of Co'xe ishud. between it nod S'ohp i lands, thrreis not the least danorrr, the islnud^ eiog bold loo- Ifyou pass to the t-outhwnrd of Goose island, between it ntid T->Ie Bois, he suce to keep the point of Ferryland head open to t <; dtitward ot' IhI'> Bois, i(k. order to avoil a sunken rock, ea which is only 2 fr- thoms vmXct, uud lie^ hcai'iy niidwav between Ooo-e island, and CoM Ea^t point; afteryouarcwitliiu this rock, there b not the least danger in sailing up the bay. ■•i.#t -■ s*!i f Edit, ward of Cbaib water. i, lies a fiahins road ; oo it k E. d^twice 2 miI(>r''{iroin the el^or leieet a the euirancc, rou muat keep these harbours Itli from shore, idaogcr in sail- e: just ^itb'm Y is carried od ti, on the same erchaut'a ships mile fartlier up side is the besi ind ; here you ame side lies a ! middle of the . Thisia tbc ur. , ,;.,. le., rt, the course is re water. The li you have 15 1 2| miles from butJmfwithlB ill Lave 7 fath- ore being steep, ch ou tfajB north wach, ettiept at fort, and N. 30* ely high haviojE; •e*8 ears. This I it beiiu much iward orFeriy- a cable's lenjcth of a mile wide, he N. £. winds ois to tile muiii. I I a mile; and i a mile, slatid, is a (oler- isiaqd. To the ii* not the least of Goose island, wad open lot ^ ch is only 2 fr- oM Eaf't point; ing up the ba} . Cottt Ppoii 91 The beat anchorage is abrei^ of a cove on tb^ larboard band, about ) a mile wiili* iu Scofiiii's bead, in 16 or 17 fathoms water. From the Hare's ears off Ferrylayd head, to Cape Broyle, the course is N. { W. distant 2| miles. This cape is higli table land, and makes in a saddle, either coming from the oorthMard or southward. From the north part of (he cape, E. S. E. | of a mitey lies a small roek, tailed OI«t Hnrry, on which \t onlj 3 fathottn water } but betweea It and the main is upw-trds of 30 fathoms water. About I of a mile to the M. E. of tlie nnrth part -tf Cape Broy le lies a ledge of rocks, culled Horse rocks, oo which you have tttltft 7 to 14 fathoips water, fa bad weatljer the sea breaks vc high on thete rorka. The mark for these rocks is a white tibuse on'Ferrylamt s water, good gi^nd. Here you will be very handy for wooding and watering. Brigus bjr south is a small harbour, only fit for boata, aiid lies close to S% : -northward of Brigus head.. ' I Cape Nedlick lies N. 5 miles f-om Cape Broyle, ^d N. 2« W. distance 7| ' niles from the H*^ cars off Ferryland. T^is ca^ is table lapid* of a mod- . «rate height, and whep towards the sea. From Cape Neddlck to Baline head {the course is ff. 15* £■ distance 1| mile. Baline cove is about a ^ of a mile to the northward of Bftline head. This' is but « small cove, fit only for b(it|tE. From Cape Neddick to ttte outer point of Great island, the course is N. 40* E. distance 2t miles. This island ia about { a mile in length, and of a moder* ate he^Hit- From Baline head to Isle Spear, the course is N. f E. dtttance 1 ifnie. Near- ly within this island a filhery is carried on, but no safe anchorage, the bottom beiitg rocky. Toad's cove is a small cove, abflit 1 pile to the oprthtr^ira of Isle Spear, aod isoaly fit for boats. t^* About \i mile from Isle Spfar, lies the south poiut'of JUdntible'B bay ; fn/S this point to the north point of the said bay, being the south point of Wbitless bay, the course is N. E> by £. distaace l|'iDile. Momabte'a bay is tti open bay, i^teut one mile deep. *OAbb inland is a small round island, about | of a mile from the south poipt of Wnllless bay. From this point lies a ledge of rocks, about | of the dlstatiCe over to Green island. The south point ^ Gull Mand lies about | of a mile to the northward of Greea island, and la aboitt 1 mile long, and a | of a mile biWidl, and is pretty high land. ' t" Whitlessbay runs In about 2 miles frnn GuH Island. ^ it is a moderate depth of water, good groqad but open to the sea. About half way up on the north shore, lies a let^e of rocks; part of these rocks shew above water at about half tide. One mile and i half to the notthward of Gull island lies thewwth point of the entrance into the bay of Bulls: from this point to the north point nf »aid bay, called Bull head, the course Is N.. £. f E. distance 1 mile. The best anchor- age in this bay for lar^e vessels is aViout a ^ a mite frtm the head in aboiU 1 4 fath- oms water ; but small vessels may auchor higher tip, »od moor to die nctUi shore, M ^ toA wilt tbea lie hnd-locked. '^^iOy ^dgiri In thb hiirbntf uro, a ttaiall mk olfBraail au the From C«ffe Nortb/lo the idam! of Cspe Breton to Cape Bay, M "IfeWlouBdiMid, tl ecNimiiii^-N.£.ift'or2(>leaguei. * „ «, ^ . « r From t'«pirjNoiih to the lakMle of the xAmA of ft- Paul, the eoarpe U B. N. E. f N.ilis- taoM 4 tengue«» „ . . From hi. Pawl's i»hi« »" «. t7 or t8 leapiet. Fwm St, Paul's iitond to the filrd blaiiili the c»mr« Is N. W W. distance \H leaguei- FromC^lteytolllePttlitiluBdii, tbe«ourMrnW.'i6*N. digtauceaSleagaef- ¥tfm the AirdMiW^ m the north part of l«le Brion, ii W. | S. 3 or 6 leaguer- All the ^veoouneiiaMliycoikpafK .' t ■ »EMA«KB. ;^J.. ^ ' , The Bir^ islands arc but smaflrand not far asunder; tl^hasageifcetjreea la a luck} J«^. 'Ifiey arc ol^ moderatf , height, add whifa ir top, the northern^ niost being the fargest, firom the iCMt end 61 which runs a small ledge of rocks. tbb passage between Little bird island abd the ii^f Biloo, iiaboiit fr leaguesc ''aiVNDlllOS. Bo^ x>r the Iilaad Brian, S. and 8. ^ W. 4 lWigues,S5 fathjpfc irown MOd. N. end of ditto, S^ W. by S. S« falhoin», same gronnd. * N W: okd ot ditt^i S. 40 fathdma, rocky with «matl thalK f Body of ditto, 8, by E. 7 or S leaguei, isiathoa^, auwi Miaiitonef. . From Mand Brioni» a|0 Sofiere, the co«s|kii N. W. by W.39 Icsgne*. Wire the variation islV». " » > S »««-«»„ From ( ape Uui>iej^_to the N. W. end Of Anlicoiti the course it W.IIw W. 90, icaguei. Pare the variiktio0i8t#S0<; •- . \f, A • .';-lJ|tJIAMC*. ' .. ' The chanad betweAi Aoticofl^^dthemaln Wild sif Nova Scotia, Is ahout 14 or 15 leases, and in the piiddle is very deep water, ^etlrties bo ground with iW t«( 200 fattoms line. To tbe^irtstMard ol Antiffostiisi batik, the ^6»t of %idcb^Biinti!^')wn. '' ■ ' ' '^^ ""■" " -"^'U :■■''■■ ■■ . Gape NoAh, St.Faal'air Cape Kay, - ' jT ' Bird htead, • * ¥• . Kortl^^ofBribnilftHid. ' - |i7w.eaiofAntido«U, v^^. The iilands of tfiagan are 10 leagusi N. E. from Uie iilaod of Antieotti, la latitude M* IS'N. EEHAKXS. .J The harbour of MIngan is very secure for shippin all weathers; there «.go«d «Dcboragc aU withio the Farekett aad other islvida, aod great plenty trf cod fisli. ■m «'I|. 4T 14 k% 40 *r 5« . 4T 50 48 U 49 46 ,.:. lit. e.attaiallrvck rock oD which gir shore, te u N. N. E. ,t A 4 <>f >> "'''^* [)une|i N. bj Mr bij, which y is carried on. BeiftjN. N. E. mtjKte knovD nee. llrbMiBdlMpd, the wt. ai thaDiftaBOW §at$. G« 15) league*. leagnev- leaguer-All tba Mge^hetjreea It K, the northern- lice of rockt. bomtfrleagiiesf- # ■ ■ . kgnec. Vlln tha . W. 10, haguei. ■^ . " ■: , • tia,l*aBootti bfo groand wlm ,the«|H««tof ■.,.:#■ ; there iR.^d Dt^dfcodfisll' it^n tatit, 93 It ap|>e«n t« be tcff HoDVeMeM fwrthe cod, teal, and eatmoB fishery, and baa the additional advaotai;f« of > l^vel, good rail, andforofitabli- Inrtian trade. The tide floWH here full and chaiife. at 3 o'clock, and rises about lOeor 12 feet{ but much of the tidea deptnd on the weather. The bay of Seven ielands. is on the imfQi side of the fiVer St. T^wrence, lie- ing a very secure hartxHir for " number of ihtpa in any wind. It lies in latitude 50° 20' N. iaiKl !'->B N- from Mount Lewis, and W. N. W. 95 leafities from the N. W. end of Anticostl, b\ the compass. ^ V. B. Tbe tide floWi S. S. W. riiei 18 or 19 feet Spriog^^d 10 at Neap tides. Directions/or siuiing Up the ^\ytr Bt.tMwrence, From the N: W. ^d of AntieoiU to Cape . Cbat, the coune Is W'. S. ^. 96 or 98 leagues. llBllaKKSt ' '• From Cape Chat R Ift best nerer to Maod so fer opiri^war^ as Mid ChaniMl, particularly wh^n fbheast iif Manicouagan shoaf,.wf|ere at! some very strong •Ad irregular eddiM thdt %HI set j^ on that shoal. Several sail of men of war have been can^ln hi them in a frerii breeze of wind, when not a single ship could answer its helm ; some of them drove on hoard each other, and it was not ivitli- out much difficulty that very great snischief waa prelrenteH by ihefr runningjoul of dub otbel-, and tM danger ttf driving no the kboals of Manicotii«gaa. iProai CajM Chat to tbe island of St. Baraaby, the coune is ir.S.W. f W . disUa^ it loagues. :,{#"• aOonMNos. B. ffi. 6 leagues, and the Lady*s MouaUtai, S. W. by W. ( W' #. W. end Of AnUs iaSSfatlii^. N. W. end of Aiitlooitl, B. by 8. t ot^ leagues, U hIboBiS,, ;, „ ^. Moaatljamille, - - " i, " ■ ^•^[•yV''" Uppermort df the fjady's Moaatalw, % » v. f • % I »> Two liUle papt near the More, - - S. W. i w. At-dMtwol«ttuWrn>m|lesoiitb»ore,9Sftmud. - Mount Canilie, ■ .. - - - -. 6.W.JS. 1bt«terftiHos|£ily^ Maantaln, • - • « 90* E. ■fvB , ifo btfconis, soft nn^ i v'" . Thh being the nearest to the north shore, the carreat was so strong, |hat k was witli diificulty the ahipa were fc^t fronrrfri^ m bpsdoae ana^. About 1 leagues off4he south shore, Sflhfatbonis soft.biud. w. Sfciant Cample, ' ' - • - -, /? lkJH)» W. i weiiterv^ftMt 'Lady's Mountalo, ... IWo IfttW paps on the Moth shore, - ^ - Wearekl th,e north shore, 160 or 170 (ktboms,%ift 'blaek niud. tiudt Camille, - - - . ' -■ %- ire;- M^ebuaefin, ;,, - - '*- ii..-,.tf -",-, Mt polbt of ditto lowland; - -. ,.■ .:^% ;^ j , A strong current hare which sets towafda the uhrib abnrje, naA is a denonstm- tion that the sojutht^mis ibaat proper to keep on, aa U ifeii clear &ut^ and na Tialbleetirnmttber^;:^.,.^;.^,:,;.^,.^;w.-;^ -, ''^'S'\':. .■ ■..; About a hii^ JMb ilis saaih>iftbl^, ifm^ ' ' Mdotit GtipiHe, ... . . . S.E.IB. £aiitpartoftheiiiaor>St.Bamaby, ... S.HT^b/S. Father B6int, ,► - - .. . . 8. . S8 fathotH, BdiddlegroaRl.' In IT rathomsi moddy bottom, 4 or Ssniles from the shore, tha bank shoals gradually ta 10 fiUhoms, within Sf miles of tbe Aoiew faAerpdnt. • - - - - ' . 8 8.1). Ba8tpoiBtoftbaistaef6t.Baraal7, . . - S. W.{S. s |llaW«. *-••-•- ^ W.byS: .?*>, 8.5nB, 8.KPIIL F.byTf.lW. .'t ^iM'' ^i 4, S4ic» Tho higlMft of Bio hillt, ia a liw tHtt dm aniit pvt of Si. Btmaby** Uud, bMriac Ditto MouaUio on th« niddl* of the iiliMl abont | a nilo from *hora, < ratbonra. Tha oaterpait of Bio ii^ lanOint wilbout tiM idanii, 5 IhtiioaM, all mK m«Ml. Frpm Kt Barimby to (|m i»le of Bio, Um ijofma by compaM if W. ( S. diiUMa Slaagaatt ia DMMtplaaM 16(iitiMflM|Nra(ar. Aitdu>rw^ward of ^e Ilea a smatt tdaqd otlkd Bicqu^, frea the wcat •nd of ylkAl^ li« « ledfre of racks that may be aeeii at leaat 2 milem an<< perhapa tbey Hiu f^b«r under water. Off the east end of this iHand are lilcewbe rocka as there are to the westward of Bic ; to that th^rc can be no passage between these bbnds. cxc^for boats or very small crrift. From the ilNndfO/ Btie to Basque the course is W. S. W. 7 leaKues. Between Ihese islands {|fe 2 v<>ry small illands near the i*outb ehor&. called ttie Raaade islands; tliey are about 5 tei^|ues from Bic and 2 lea|eues$|pin BaiKlue. Paniog to tlie uuAwardof Bic, ste(|r W. by S. in 9, 10 to lH fathoraa, when almovt alKeast of the Razade iajauds, sfPer Vf. S. Vf . and you will hare from 20 to 22, 34 and 30 fathoms at hifi water, till abreapt of the Isle of Ba«)ue, dis- tance 4 mHea, all sandy bottom. A V. ■ ■ 'HimAKKa. .■ '-1 AUbough thecfturse ftom ^ to Basque is W. S. W. yet if you come tc the fQUthw|rd of JBIc* (espetjially in Ilttl| wind,) you will run on the nmin land by Ifefering that oairse : tKereferei yau tSUtniM df &nt steer W. by S. until you deep- «n to 48 and w fathoms, and then W. S. W. if yow are not as high as the Ra- zade islMds, for SpiftKm yon irifl thtia be too near the dwre. ■ /.;^ -'•'■* '-^ ' iwctflittaos. ' -^ Abnn* 4niilei4#Basiiiim idaDd, in 26 fothomt, (high water,) a sandy bottSn. BediiNmd. •. • - - ' - W.|S. Ea»t^tMftf6«eMiifland» • - • , S.TT.iW. • IfortH^pt^nt oFRHm iflandj - • • , • ' S.W.bV W. Midlile •'* ■ t^. High land of Bic,? - . - -^ i ^,. — ^.,. N. B. Basqne iMnnd, Apple ifland, an^ tla rockf between them, mlddleofOreen inland, aiid theonterraoft iand in big^t, (whoa oi Afpie ifiaad,) ai^ in a line W. S. W. and E. N, B.byeompan. IiaHAAKS.' The ebb tide itms here 4| knots, and much strbiuter near the bland, as in 17 fathoms water\ M^the same timalMmt 4 leagues from the wipt end Iorthea«temisoit Pilgrim iiland, . • • 8. S. W. \ W- Weitemmoit Filgrint idand, • . • 8.W. ;(S, The Pilgrims are high rocky islands, abreast the upper end of Hare bland and are near the seuth main land. Between Hare iklatid and the foulh shore is a long bank near the middle of the chaoneH which is now called the Middle bank. rbma/ks. The true extent of thb bank is not yet known ; there b in seme places more water than in others; in one place, at the east end of it, there b no more Aan 10 feet at low water. There is likewbe a bank or shoal off the S. W. end of Hare bland, which ex- tends almost to the middle bank and makes the passage very narrow, in which there b depth enough at low water f^r a ship of great draught Passing by Brand)^ pot islxnds, wfallch have 10 fathoms very near them, and keeping alo^g by Hare island, at about li miles di^taiKe &-oia it, b all aleng r«- W;1 I W" 9EdH. ^'f'.*' 1*^ gnlnr « the water nhnil" vfry murh, hu' ha^l un totheamilhwtrd, and yoli will dfrecdf e^'t r nway for the crcat hiand of Kaoionrawa.l^ic'i von wiH we ahmit 8 W. from voo; anri nil along Id 'Ms direclion i«A>r«piftr stuindlNsa. from 10 or 12 to 14 or 16 fatboms, till Mwr the greateatand N eaatemmoalKaniour»«ca;'wh«n||hrea! 7« e^etne Ihe flnnffr of the MiMk Bakk. »i. , ■ ■ ■> CoiBl%iiWay l^om Brandr pet island, (wbioll yo» may paw very near too,) ateer afonee by vfHre inland in mteh i maniwr that you ma* f«e While island open witWIh Brandy pot hdwide. hrtween tb^ »nd Hare hiland. Keep along in tbiapoRltioriWtf|t|iaf hear about S. Hy W | W. and with thU direction you may crofi (he hulk irllkiiofetTt 'hen ttper away for the Kamoiirasri l«lM>dK av More. N. B. It ii>iiot aafe to eraaa thia bank with a lArge ahip, till It ia half aabd: "^ jtneMM in 22faaum, high iMim v Tha Www PHlirf* Wurnh * • - :■ R. N. w. TIm liOtiKr KamnnriMa Man J - ^'> by N. Ca^Goopa -r . . ^ - W.byJ. Miil4l» of Coii4ni hlawL about 6 leaguei W. hy ^ eay«TonMnt - * '- - W. «. W 44lte)l»rtMV ttt MfaUumSt sMiandahw brtlanu PH^rimhUna . » • ,-«-.■ ^ Gaps Ooow . - - - liowar Kamourluea ... Cape rormant - - - - Mai bay river - • ^ M^le of Condre i«laii4 • r , . « Upfer KaBKNiraKa inland . . • . Anektnge in U fidktilm; Cap* C^M ... If . B. and of Condra island "^ . - . 8, IKT. ead ofdo. - . - • ^ Mai bay Blver • - ' i Harcidand - . • W. N. S. 19. K bylS, E.N. R-JN. N. 1?. \ \., w.aw. N.N.W. W. by S. B. byN, W.kw, VT. by S. w.s. w. IE. w.mw.is. S. liif.by W. K N. E. i y. Souhiiif^t inSQ/aihmu. When f afie Soote bfear^ • Hare inland • -4 - • • . • • When the land to the westward of &ipe Oopse ia junt open of it, and a httle vountain on the south shore, ne'tir the east point of the westernmost Karoourasca islands, you have 25 fathoms. When the laiid to tlte westward of CfipoOoiose is open about a sail's breadth •f Cape Goose, Cape S;i1mon is just open of Cape Eagle, and the hill and island ai| b>>foro, yuu have 25 fathome. W|«a the south mouaUiii is quite opii to the w^ward of the wetterumost if m ^^"^'■^ ' MM^^''^^f:mykhWM-, h 9r Hire UI- er all at once. I lead at faat at )f Hare lalaad ith almn!, it^ar N'K. PilKriro. la tlie ilKial off Hr jrour ship to theamithwtrd, mttiHicd white . Pil|rrv Itood hank lolding fsrouad* 'fry twar too,) White island Kpep nlong in 'Ctioii you may •indt-- af hefmre, t iahaIfio^• w. N. i. ». 8f ■ • 1* s. s. ,\ ■ it, aad a little Mt KaiDpurasca a sail's Iweadth ^ hill and island he weaterumost lean Cout Pilot 9T KaroouraKt itlaod, and the land to the oorth-eastwardjust open of Cape S»l> non you have 19 fHihonw, soft ground. Wlieti the wettt poiut of Mai Bav river is just openiuc of Capt Orowc, and the south part of the iile of Coudre bean S. W. by W. you will haw 41 fathoms. Wheu the north part of the island of Coudre bean W. by S. | S. about 2 miles off the isiunti, yuu will have 36 fal^'oms. When the south part of the iHlaud of Coudre bears W. by S. aud Cape OroM N. W. by W. you will have U fathoms. When Ca|)e Oro««e is N. W. by W. 4 or 5 miles, and Mai Bay river N. by E. i E. you will have 10 fathoms. Wheu the south part ol Coudre is W. by S. | S. and Cape Oroaw W. N. W. 2 or 3 miles, you will have 15 fathomti, the water tieepeuing to the uorthward* Wlieri the south part ol Coudre in 9. W. and the north part of it W. } S. nbout 2 or 3 miles from the cut part of the island, the great rock beariuf I4»N> E. i£. 17 fathoms. . . *. Amduragein2Sfttlhtm3r»ciy ffounJ. ' > » ^ R. W.byW. "*" W. 8. W. i& W. byS. ' N. ( £. it ' ~A^Y' Cape Torimnt South part of Coudre Korth part of Coatlre Cap« OroiM BBlRINOt BT COXPASB. fespe QroMe ani) Cape Salaioa fiouth part of i^oudra and Cape Torment V E. } N. and 8. W. 1 1 N. E { E. and S. .VI. \W. You may moor at Coudre in 1 7 fathoms, coarse sand. Cape Oro»af> just opet «f the land to the westward of it, beuring V.i by N. | N. a coiuiderHble faM of water on the north shore N. by W. i W. and the enxt end of Coudre E. { S. In this place the tide runs very strong, which causes the ship always to swing round with the sun. You may also moor at Coudre in 1 7 fathoms, at low water, sand and mud. Cape Grone • • •' Ciape Torment - - • Eaat Point of St. Paul't bay Water stream on the North shore • E.byN.iN. 8. W. I W, \f. by N. i N. N. Five fathoms water, half a mile from Coudre, till almost close to the shore, and then nf fathoms at low-water mark, all clear ground. The tides at Coudre, both ebb and flood, are very strong, yet at the Meadowi is good anchorage, but not ne»r the north shore. It is biyh-water at Coudre by tlie sliore, at half past 4, at the fidl and change of the moon, and it runs «ilf in the road an hour longer. There is a very long reef . 27» E. N. W. bluff point of the inland - - - S. ?2» W. The S. K. bluff of do. off which U n reef of rocks . E. <>• M. $. B. The part of thi« reef, which i* dry at low water, lies to the wentward , about f>. W. and N. E. and the eastward about east and west. Near the length of a sable, fartfasr out, is 5 fatbonis, at low water. The tide, both chb and flood, sets into St. Paul's bay, which is shoal and rocky some distance ofl'(rrom whence is ^ven to it the namp of the nhirlpool) so that passing either up or down this river, it Ir proper to go aa nigh the reof as you cany 18 ■^■ 0' W' • *. lunt'i !oiit 9 Edit. to kef |i out nf (he cmrmry current ; tnd for the |;r^iit«fit Rnfcty It b proper to buoy tlic diii of the leil^jc, in nhoul 5 fiithoiiM, at low wHtrr, mtd It ihoitU out ■fterwartlii pnlty itritihiitlly. If you pau it lu HtMuit tt laibuini (whirli \$ Tar enough n(r, with n hrcrzr of wind to cotiiinann llir kliiu) you will Im* much iirHr- cr lh«' ihland tl»iii the main Une, you will have 16 and 18 failinnit at h coiivrninnt distant e Iroin tlie itinnd. ThtTC iH a khnHl or liilgn of ro> ki ulTthe north ^horP. all the way from the wntt point of Pauritiiay, or Cape llnvrn, to Cnpc Hog, Mhirh it about a \t-tkfiie kbuvr rape Mdlltird. Tliii nhod lien nul a Knat way ofT, l>Ht fHrtlier in Mime plncen th >n dlhrn. In toniing away from Coudre, and iHilliift up tite river, it is pr tperio kt-i'i* Uirer cnpi*. which >ou will sec to (he wmtward, op«'n one of ..n- oth r. :ili the wny frnm Coiidie, till you comepaa the little river settlement, or to I'finx the rhurch of it to liear about N. W. by N. is a Tery rocky bottom, aud thou brgius gijod ground. Jnehmra^e in 1 6 fathotna, sand aud muil. t E. { B. Cnpo MaillanI, tIManca about 1} mite Knulh part nf C'oudre Pillar Mand N. W. Iiy K. N. R. \ Anchoragt about one mile from the North thort, in Jathonu, at Ion water , aand and mud. riilar iKland, in one with a *meky iainnil Capfi UroMW, alinnxt one with the H. E. part of Couilre Cape Torment, a little oprii with Burnt Cape • Th^ touth pHrt ofUrlean* ii^UtuI Cape Hace, junt open of Cape Mail lard North part of Coudre ... [4M)«errerf tht ItHwie htre to bf 4T. 04.1 * Bt^ringi takenjrom tht laid roeky iilatuL Cnpe OrnnKe, a imilS breadth open of the S. E. part of Coudre N. SO* E F.. 4» X. N. 4Ht E. 9. Ti* W. S. 6.-i» W. N. .10» B. N.SfeOE. .»».«>• North part of ('oiidre Cape Corlxmu.oi- Cape Raven ... Cape MBiilard ..... Cape Toraient ..... South part of Orleani, in siKht • • In ooe with the cast end of roeky ledge. Pillar i*land N. 40» E. N. S.'S* E. N. 2.0E. S. 65» W. E. !• N. This rocky isteod is about half a cable's length, dry at low water, and very craggy ; it is oever covered, although the sea may break all over it in bad weather. A white hou' o«it which li far 4* nmch iirHr« wlllhRve 16 wnjr rrom th* Uiut R Wufptt rtlier in Mtme the river, it it «•(! Ollf of ,.ll> Rcttlrniriit, or rockj boUom, at Ion tvaler. K. W. Vf. E. JO«E. w a. .1^" E. 2.0 K. 55» W. 1«N. rater, and very over it in bad sle of Madame u will have 11 near the north lout -j^ of a mile e Traverse. 1, liaul over for he poiiilif of the lecause in hazy ins very ftr 5n- le ICC ot^ wbich 9 Edit. Blunt** Amefldlh Const Pilot. df «ft< r > mi are p«*t Burnt ra|ie, and croatlnK in the Travme, muit alway* be kept to the Mi-«twardof the ratt end of Madame, or ttlheiwiM- you will criiainly be oil a MRhd fho t|, M liirh exiend« iuell fiom Biirni CHpc li'df c. '1 hib moiiutniii, lo clear *e»ihir, may hIwb) ■ be wen, and keeping: it a ihip'* Ir ii|{th tu tlir wehtward of lie caa end uf Madame, b the bent mnrk for thf Traverse; and ihii courie •huiilil be continued until two poinisoM the louth tide of Orlcnni are opened a food xMpV leuylh otTeurh otlier, that is, Si. Jolm's |M)iiit, with iIm point (or else you rony be on the ^Imal (hat reae|i«s from the east end of (kions) till yuu are Rlmoui abreast of rn|ie Tornieiit. or until it beBm N. Tlieie is mother mark to know wlien you are farenuuKh over from Burnt rape, anil ilial }ou muy bear up, observe on tiie south f>iioie a lillle roiuir.) when you hhve brmi^ht thi- lill e mounlaiii open to the westk. ard of ihe Twoliead ihinnd. jou niiiy »ieHr up foi OileHnH, A'e. As llie Tho lie^d islniid can:iot *w well diftiu^iisliHl by a stranger, from the otiur iHl'iudf. so it mity l>e snpiio^ed a stranger will not attemitt to pass the Traverse, wiltiout (irrt arqnainting him»^elf »iih it. Thir little mountHm. when open of the Tuo head islnnd, wilt bear S. 60' E. there \* no danger InMaiidinc farther lo the souiliward, at, lite cliannel U pretty wide; tiK hs there is a slinal between you arid Rot inland, on wliirh is l>nt feet at low water and uneven meks: to avoid this nhonl )mi sleuld oli»ei ve ifie point of Orlesmt- fur ni rks, as aforesitid. There is a m'trk to know wlien you are condoc on (^e edfre of thin shoal, wb'icli is, observe to ttie < iistwavd, on the south mnin land, a monnlain. widcli ajipears to hitve three points, of an equal distance; uiien thismmnitain is brnuffht on tlie east point of Canoe island, you are comiirg on llie cdjie of this shoal; there w likewise a little rocky island ofT Burnt rupe, which, wlien you are oa the end of tids shoal, will be about 2 nhip's lenjtih open of Cape Grnsse. Wliea you are on tlte slioal, tlie it-land will be nearly in a line with Cape Grosse, and the Thrxe^pointed mountain with Canoe island. To make use of the three moiintainM aforesaid. In coming up past Bnint «a|>e. when you have brought the west end of the wcsternniofit m'luntain on with the east end of Rot ihlimd, you may steer over with 'liem in otie I'me, un'il you open St. John's point, as aforesaid. Nor {■ there any danger in bringing t|)e efst end of the westernmost mountain on with the east end of Rot island, Itnl it bhtinid not be brought to 'he westward of it until you liave oi)en St. John's point. You might by this last mwk go ovfr near Rot islnnd. and go up to the southward of tlie middle shoal, wi'h St. .lohnV Church just open of the point ; in this <;hannel is »d at the verj- next east (heaving lh( lead fast) you may be on shore. J may be observed, that just as you have St. Jolu's point opening, there is no any more water any where iu the channel- between Orlenus shoal and the shod oflf Burnt cipe, than 5 fathoms, at low water ; but after you have here up for Or- leing, there u 6 and 7 fathoms at low water, wlihin a slup's length of (be sands that dry. SoutuKnga in the Traverse. Abreast of Burnt cape, a little round mountain to the westward, on with (he E. end of Ma(!ame, 5 fathoms. » The same moiintHin be.ween Bot island and Madame, 4 nnd 4f fathoms. The E. end of the first W, mountain on the W. end of GrosFe inland, nnd (he Uttlr one to the westward, a little to the wrsiward of the east end of Muditsne, 5^ fai horns. The W. end of '.he second mount--e juFt open nf Madame, and the hill a little to the westward of th<' E. end of Madame, nnd the F.. end of the third, and easternmost mountain on with the W. end of Grosse island, 6 fntboms. The W. end of the first moiintnin on the £. end of Rot island, St. John's point well open, 6| fathoms. (Steer by i(.) The middle of 'he first mountain on the E. end of Rot island, the Little moun- tain just to the westward of the E. end of Madame, St John's point well open, 4^ fathoms. N. B. Keep the Little mountain always to the westward of the E. end of Madame. ' The K. end of the first mountain on the E. end of Rot island, two white houses open bf Madame, the Liide mounlaio just opening to the E. end of Madame. .1^ fathoms, (never open the Little mountain.) The W. end o( the first mountain on (he Vista in Rot irland, St. .lohn's point well open, i fathoms. The E. end of the first mountain on the Vista, St. John's point well open, 5 la* boms. The second mountain on the Vis(a^ and another little hill near the other, on the W e f (he Three pointed mnuntntn on the E. point of Ca>!oe island ; St. John's point a gooA deal open of Dauphine. The E. poiat of Orleans, oo the Uttle Valley, at the W. ead of the Saddle *-r 9 Edit. erwn who is m-> srtaiD, the |i;reat< ape, to open St. going acroM the Me l^tween the ?re. to keep cleat Innii in themid- anri) alvars shut cape until B-init riie «oun(1in^6 at I have Ft fa' loms, !} shore. ] may there is no . any ind the sho-il off here up for Or- of the sands that ard, on with the 1^ fathoms. e ixland, "nd the i of M»dif Madame, and and easternmost the w.estwnrd of most mountain oa , St. John's point the Little moun- poiot well open, of the E. end of two white houses I of Madame, -1^ lie first mouDtain I. iot well open, 5 lar the other, on island shoal, and sin ; the W. part iand ; St. John's ad of the Saddle 9 Edit || Bearings on the Etut end ^ OrUane Lidgt, in A/aihom at Im teaitr. a. 6U« B. N. S E. S.flOW. 8. ISiE. S. U E. S. 69 E. N. ME. S. 404 W. s. S4i nr. 6 B. .524E. 'f^*-^4 Thv; liittle Rocky inland j^t^ .. * —.. ..^ *r C»p« Torment . » . . /- • » Weet «ml of Rot idland *, ,. ^, *.„ /. F.. end of Rot iHlaml. and R- end of the M»nd Movvtom ''■ •■■ AV. end ofOrosieiiilHnd . ..•,,.;; '. • W. end Of tu--« Two head i(>Vnil. and tlie Little MounUio, jurttotlw ^'"tward i.fit Vf. part of the Three pomV?d Mountain, on tie W. part of Goone inland St. Joho'd Point a good deal open W.eadof MadKOie. E. end of Madame . • - . ,. • K. end of the Fir5t Mountain, about one fifth the dittance of Rot itUnd, from the t. end . . . 8. CapeOrowe . , . . N. Bearings near the edge of the Midtik Ground. E. end of Orieang , • ■ . N. 63» W. A Buoy on a little shoal, near Orleans . , N. 54 W. St. .Tohn'n Point • • • .8. 5d{ W, St. Francin' Church . • - .8. 7i| V, Went end of Rut i>liuid • • • . 8. 6 E, Bearings taken from the u^ier end of the land (off' Orleans J dry at low water, Tho WendofRotiflBad • • "''••'' • ' E. end of Kct inland, with theW end of Orosse island '' '^' The Little inland » , . . Bearings from another station, near the east end of the said sand, dry about 1« mU N. 63" E fromthe lasL W.endofRotif'wl . • • . 8, !»<> W. E. end of Bot inland . ■ W. end of GroBse island - ' Little ifland • Burnt '"ape . < Cape Torpjont • E end of Orleans Point of Dfluphine's river. ; St. .ToHchira'd Farm The shoal to the Eastward 8. •■4 W. 8. 'a. B. ^. B. N. n{ w. N. 52 W. N, 71 tr. w. 60 E. 8.55} S. S6 N. 63 N. 39 N. U S. 64| W. 8. 54 W, N. 5Si v. N. 51| E. B. £. E. B. E. Bearings from the West end tf Rot island. Cape Tormient St. Joachim's Farm • E. part of Orleans 8. W. end of Orosse island Little Mountain • E- end of the third E. end of the second . Westward of the First Mountain Middle of Bflllchase island N, N. N. 8. 8 S. S 8. 8. IB* E. 89 E. E. ■^■^4, «7 18 7 19 E. E. B. W. Bearinrs from the EaM end of Rot island. St Thonws's ( hurcb W. end of the First Mountain E, end ditto E. end of the leeond ditto Bellchase Middle of Bellchase island The Mark Wln«imill 8t. ValierN Church N. B. part of Urosse Ithind K. R. part of Crane Island S. vr, part of the Two hwds IKtla jBlti4 • 6, 5S» E, S. 8 E. 7 E. Ui E. «7 W, 86* \r. 8. 43 S. 47 N.8S N.80 N.78 N.S8 W, E. E. B. 108 tliui^ 'American Coast Pilot. 9 ik. Honief below St. .ToMhim'i W. end of the Butt - E. end of >ailJle Hill Two pointx of Orleans St. Fraacii's C'burch - 8, N. 28)4 N. 51 N. 64 N. 75* 86| Bearings for the west end of Madame. St. JohD'i Church - - - - S. Port St. Lawrence - - - " 'f St. Velier*! ( hureh • ^ - - K. The Mark (hureh - , - - - 8- St. Tboma«'a Church - » - 8. Bellchate ( hureh - - " - 8. The Middle of Bellchaiie Inland - - h. £. end of the Pint West Muuntaia - - S. Dauphin Rl/wr _ _ _ - N. Little Mountain •• •■ - - B. South part of Crane i«land •• > - N. South part of Oroaie - - - - N. S. part of St. Mai^garet, on the Three pointed Mountains N. Cape Raven - - - - - N. 40| Cape Torment - - - - N. 99 E. point of Orleans - - - .• N. 19 St. Francis's Church » - - - N. 9 79 704 7S\ W. w. w. w. E. E. E. B. W. E. E. B. E. E. E. E. *,,. From Point St. John to Point St. Lawrence thnrt is no Han»er, and ntraut a ntle 'rom the shore of Orleans you will have 9, 7, 10, 13, 16, and 18 fathoms, roeltf ground. At Point St. Lawrence you must (in order to avoid the shoals of Beaumont) keep the stHrbonrd ithore till jou have pa^upd the failg of Bpaumout. which are OD the south shore, and then steer up in the middle of the stream, till near thb west end of Orleans, when, to avoid (he Morandas Rocks, keep nearest to the couth shore, and you roav anchor at Itlis of a mile from the south hliore, ia fathoms water. Point Levy bearioi; W. S. W. and the west poitit of Orleans N. N. E. rocky i^ound, or you may proceed with the tide directly for Quebec and anchor within 2 cable's len°;th of (he town, in 15 falhnmR, muddy ground, Caps Diamond bearings. W. i W.— N. end of the Birhet battery W. by N. TOR TIDK VLOWS P'.'T.L AND CUANOB. At Quebec, half an hour after 8. Isle Madmiie, at 8. ^ . ■ ^,. Cape Maillard, htT. ' . . /^ , .";; . '^'^. " Iple ofCnudre, at6. ■'^".. , '" . , The Kanioui-a«ca, at i past 5. '. r ■/ 'v .■ ' •' ' i-,' • . '- The Pilgrims and Hare Island, at 5. Bic, } past S, but not rcitular. H. B. From Cr udre to Quebec the \7iitf>r falls 4 feet before the tide makes down. At Ide of Coudre, in sprifig tides, the ebb runs nt (be rate of 9 knots. The npxl Ktrongeiit ebh is iietweeo Apple and Basque islandi^— the ebb of the river Saaguina uniting here, it runs fuH 7 knots in spring tides. JDirectiong for sailing from Quebec, down the River St. Law- rence. FROM Point Levy to Point St. Lawrence, the course is E. f N. ^^ From Point St. Lawrence to St. John's the courste is N. R. by E. ; From St. John's to St. ^''rancis, N. E< ^ N. keeping upon the bland side, all the way having from 10 to 16 fathoms. When abreast of Sr. Francis, steer N. N. E. until you brini; St. John's point • handspike length open with 0»upiiin pt)iot s with tint mark steer N. E. | F. at which time a mund ruck will be rieht ahead -if you t continue this course until • high lUll on the south shore will be just on with the east end of Rot Island, at which time the trees on the said blaod will be just abreast of you, and then Edit. 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coasi^ m i« IT. * W. W. I w. w. I w. - I ^• £. JB. , . E.' W. . E. I E. I B. E- E. E. ;er, and nbout a iiui 1 8 fathoms, I of Beaumont) lont. which aire Hi, till nenr thfc > nearest to the )uth hliore, ia it of Orleans N. for Quebec and y eirouiid, Caps ^ by N. M down. At Isle npxl Ktrnn^est ebb la unitiog here, it ver St. Law- y E. :; island side, all St. John's vtrN.E. point JE.at this roiirse iiutit 1 of Rot Island, f you, and then ■t«er N. by E. for C»pe Torment ; keep very near Burnt Cape, on accolut oF Burnt Cape ledge, thai lies opposite to it. Anrhoragt on tke ed^e of Burnt Cape Ledge, t» 4 fathoms. EH»»e ijIhiiH ... - g. IVeKteuilorthe hiiiii >IouiitHia, about a aail'i breadth to the East* f want of (iriMxe I'Ih'iiI -, \ Miildleof liinle l»laud - - -« *';% • E. S S. Burnt Cape - • ... N. M W. RFMAKKB. The Little Hummoc, or rising on the hijjh land of Condre, must never be open of (•ai>e Maillard, tland • - • " " Vi'Sl end of Madiime ...... \ou must then steer N. E. for Cape Maillard, keeping the north sbore on board, whieh it very bold. - From Cape Maillard to s;o clear of CouJre Spit, A'. E. bjf W. In sailiuv iVom Ciipe Maillard to Coudre with the tide of ebb, you must s,o a» near as p i^sihle to the point of tiie shoal which lies off the N. W. end i)f the island, till you route iu 8 fathoms water. Tlie fiist oi the tidr-s Rets directly on Cape Diable from this point; so that if yon have hut li (te wind you must anchor before you get within 2 miles of the pohit. At 4 chh the tide runs truer through the channel. The moment you get to th«! east wai-d of the point (if you intend to anchor) haul up for the mea- dowh, otherwise you will not he able to get in good ground. Thf course fn.in Coudre to the Kamoarascas and Filgrims is N. E. by E. From the middle of the Pilgrims to the Brandy pots, the course is N. £. j N. Fruiu the Brandy potato the Isle of Blc, is N. E. by E. ^ N. Directions for the South Channel from St. John's P oint o/* Of- leans, to the S. IV. end of Crane Island, opposite the South Hiver. TliEh k is a Iftlge of rocks lies olTthe S. W. end of Madame about S. 60" W. from it. a(id in a line for a point on the south shore; these rocks are very dan- gcrouR Hn(^dr}' nt low water. To know when you are at the end of it, and that the clmntiel is all clear, o^-aerve on the high land by the water side on the south shore, ' a windmill and 3 mountains, a ^reat tray back in the country (the >£ame three mtxinlMins taken notice of for the TraverHc;) when this windmill is brought in a line wi'h tlu »a»t end of the westernmost of the 3 mountains, you are just oflf and on of 4 t AWertctm Coast Pilot 9£dH. S. 850 W. St Frueis' phurch, N. N E. Bvllrliase iglands, £. lO" S. and the uortb part of Rot island about tw) ghips' length, optn ol tht; north part of Ma- dame : Therefore, to be quite cIchi- of the ledge, ihe wiiidmitl Aviuhi bear S. 30*> C. tbeo St. Valier*s Church (which h the next church to the wtvtward of it) will bear about S. 12" iL aud the middle of a liliie woud hy the waier side, ou Orleans, N. W. Being beluw the end of the ledge, going down, a part of Rot island should always be kept open to the bouthward of MHiiamc (as in the north channel Rot island should always be kept quite optu to the nvrlliward of Ma- dame, while yon are between the ledge and Orleans iKiaud;) and if }ou have a fair wind, you m ly steer away directly lor the South part of Cr ne island, the channel being clear and open until you briog St. Francis' rhurrh to hear N. 70" W. or the eiist end of Rot island, N. 38* W. for iu that direction brgins a shoal off the south shore, a little above a point cslled Quail point. I'hisKhoal is very vide, and eitends half the breadth of the channel of St. Tkiomas' rhurrh, niid the south river; and to krepclr-ar of this shoal, you bhould always nee a {lart of the Orosse islands open to (he northward of Crane isiaud. The channel is vpry near Crane island ; here is every where good anchorage, clay bottom and in the channel, in most places, 7 fathoms water. The south ^hore is every where else pretty bold too, and there is deep water very near Bellchase inlands. In lum- iog between St Margaret's islapd anil the shqal, you may stand to t he southward until the Orosse ixlandfn ace tlmo^tsbut in by the M. part of Crane island, and to (he N. until Mie Orosse islands are quite shut in (to the N.) by the south part of Moiac iManfl, or until Canoe island is almost all open to the northward of Moiae ishnd, but not ariy farther, nor even so far with a large ship. The island St Marjaret ii pretty bold, only a few rocks lie off it, and thone not far; the far- thest off Is a single rock off the S. W. end, and therefore it is not proper to exme too near the islnnd here. There are' likewise some few rocks off Grosi^e island, and not far off Rot i IsMd is a flat or sand bank, which lies above half a ndle int« the channel ; i» is likewise Khoal to the southward of Madame, but not far off} but aR it is bold towards the south shore, it is not proper to come too near these islands. Crane island is bold too, and the best of the channel If very near to it. On the V. W end of Crane island, (the Sou'h river falls, Si 4» K. St. Thomas* chorrh S. 22» W. Bellchsse church, S. eo» W. west end of Orosse island. S. S5» 30' W.) a bafse line of 1 mile was nu asnred to the south part of the if^land ca'!" ! Ln r.-m au P^in, or Bread Point, by which the breadth of the channel and the eTtent_of the shoal off the fouth river (00 the edge of which a sloop was ao- ehored) were determined as follows : From the west part of Crane island (o St. Thomas' church, 3 miles. '^ From ditto to the South river falls, 3f miles. From ditto to the edge of the shoal in a line with St. Thomas* chtirch ( » mile. N. B. For a preater certiinty of keeping in the ohMinel, yon may keep a hinh mountaia fat a pretty jcreat dirtance on the soiitli uliore) io a Hoe with the south part of Crane ioland •r Breed point. Thi» moiintaiii beari with the said point N. 7!«> E. and S. li" W. and then you will have all along atwut 7 fathomi witer and exceeding good holding ground, clay •ottom ; nor are the tides near io otrong as in th'i north channel. {CP ^» Hie Edilor hai ntm eompkted Direelumt rtltUing to Ihe LABRAPOH. he begi han to inform the jnibH$ he hM jwt pvbUilud a toi^lttt Chart qf thai j^il, on a large mU, vhidi for aeeuraey iurpasies any txlant. Directions Jhr sailing into Shelbume Harbour, (N. S.) ]J^ SMELBITRNE is a safe harbour against any wind, except a violent stowt from the S. S. W. At town the wind from S. by F. does uo harm, but from S. by W. to S. W. by S. if blowing hard for any considerable time, ii is ant to set tbe small vesiels adrift at the wharves; but In the streaot, with gorxl cables and anchors, uo wind can hurt you, Shelbume Ug^ht-housi is bailt on tbe south-eastern end of M'Kiiutt's island, 4ad forPM the woatcm aide of the eotrauca into the harbour. It exhibited lights, ™W^ ir 9 Edit. Blunt*s AmerkitiCaill^. lOJl 0» S. and the li part of Ma- lii'tiiM bear S. traiward of it) waipr Bide, ou a pHrt of Rot i8 in ttie uonh liward of Ma- if } ou iiave a nfe island, ihe tob«*arN. 70" beciii» a (thoal 8 Khoai is very rhurrb, and 'SMI' a jiarl of laiiiiel is verj om ami in the rj where else [ids. In turn- he southward island, an<1 to south part of ^ard of Moiae The island St. t far; the far- >roper to come GrosHe island, lalf a ndle into lit not far off} too n«ar those ery near »o it. K. St. Thomas* rosse island. S. t of the inland lie channel and I sloop was an* miles. lurch. 1 1 mile. > hifch mnuiitniii of Cranp Uland 1* W. and iheR ig ground, clay .4POR, he be/fi on a large mUt, ;n. s.) --^ violent titorm n, but from S. it is ant lo ^et rd cables and (liutt's island, liibited lights, for the first time, on the 7tli of Sept. 1 702. About half way from its base to t!io upper laQthoro is a small lanthorn, shewing a diftil^ishtng light. Gener illy. It is well attended to, and shews as well as any li^ht on the coast. The light may be approached with safety in the night, from any siiuatioo, when it bpnig fromN. N. E. to W. tV. W. There iti water enough for a first rate Man of war, within a cable's length of the point on whicii it stands. A vessel going in at n'srht, having got sight of the light and bringing it to hear an}' way between N. N. E. and W. N. W. ons;lit to run for it until pretty nenr to i(, so as (if it is not very dark) to see or hear the surf on the shore; then leave it on the larboard hand, •lid still keeping the larboard shore on board until they find by their lead, good anchorage, which will be 4 or 5 miles above ilie tislit- house. The bottom ii food from the light-hou.-'e to Sandy point, about 8 miles over, a depth of water From 1 2 to 5 fathoms; a Tessel may turn up without meeting any obslructioo whatever, except the shore on each side, taki:ix care to keep Ihe lead going, in order to discover the ithore soundings, when the wea*her is so d.irk us to hide the land oif be shore on both siiles. The passage is not more than \i mile wide from the middle head of the island (whieh is about 3 miles above ttie ligb' on the same side) over to the eastern shore. Comiuc; from the eastward, or keaward, there is a rock, which is seMom. if ever, rovtred with water, called the Bell, (by some it is called the Bull, and otliers the Cow.) which bears from the light, E. 20« N. 2\ m'les distant. It ts bol i too, on any side of it, and may he pasnad at a pistol s!|ot with safely ; and a run of 4 or 5 miles N. W. from it, wUI bring you up to some where about the Mi idle head, whence you proceed up cbannrl atHHit N. N. W. to Sandy point, off which runs a spit of sand, which must be avoided by keeping further to the westward. This is the only obstacle in the wholA passage, and you may anchor in the night below it, as it would not be pro- 'f^r, or even necessary, for a stranger to attempt it, finding such good anchorage biTore you come to it. After rounding Sandy point, the town appears, and you ir:-\y rbn up without diflliculty. [■^belbume i^orA an txeettml port of thelltr lo vault in ditlrett, of any kind, at a irnaU tupply of eoT(/age and duck can, almoit at t^ny lime, be had, Carpmleri cart be procured for repairing; pump, block, and tail makert alto. It affordi plenty of i/jari and provitiont iifan^ kind, in lolerailt plenty. Water it eatiiy provided, of an exeelltnt ipuUtly. — The port eharget for a vettel lehieh putt in for tuppliet only, it 4 pence per Ion, tinhl money, on foreign batlomt. If a teiHl tntert at the Cutlom-hoiue, Ihe eharget an high ; that, hovevtr, it teUUm ncer«Mry.] The followiwf bearings and diatanccs were taktn at the Light htmiie. ' From the Lighl-hnuN! to BerryVor Sunbridge Point, N. 40* B. 2 miles. From (trttrt to Straptiib rock, off the above, N. 45' B. 2 miles. From Hiito to tho Bell rock. N. 70" B. 2| allies From ditto to the south end of the ivesternrooiit Ragged islnnd, N. 84* E. 7 miles. Friim ditto to the easternmost Ragged island, N. 86" SO' E. tO| miles. From ditto to the 6. W breaker uf (he Ragged islands, $. 81* 34' B. 8 miles. From ditto t> Cape Negro, S. 89" W. 9 miles. From ditto to the Jig rock, (which almost always brcaki, and lies in shore of Uit trade into ghelburne,) S. S8« W. 1 4 mile. Latituiie of the l.lght-house, - - 43" 42' W N. .1 ' ^ ' liongitude from Ijondon, - - - 65* J/ W. ,..'.. . Variation of the Compasss, 13» Westerly. v i Directions to go to the eastward of the island of Campo-Bcllo, between the said island, and the Wolves' Islands. IF you are bound to the river of* Passamaquoddy, in a large vessel, your best way is to go to the eastward of Campo-bello, kieeping your course N. E. by E. * There are three rivers which fbll into Pasamaquoddy bay; the largest is called bji the modern ImliansthK ^ooilick.butby De mons and C'haniplaines. Ktchemins. Its main sourca is near Penobscot river. The mouth of the river hu 25 fothoou vratar, and the land is very bloir. 106 s^ i31tiht*PAihcrtcah Coast m. which will cuTf you to the •Wolves, dUltot about 3 \eAgatt from Cainpo>beltor, The Wolvefc lie about K. S. E. Irum i>ai«l UlHiid, aiut when the pabBage netwcea Canipo-beilo aad the White hone beafb W. N. W. }uu must ateer W. N. W. leaviHf; the While horbe oa your starboard baud and keep the island (Campo- belto; best uu board. The White horse is a lar{;e white rocli, which lies oflT the^'. £. end of Campo4H:llo. You will sec a fine harbour, called by the French, Harbour Delute, and will leave neveral islands on your starboard hand when you pass the White horse. As you pass here you will open a large bay I'o the W. S. W. which is suificient for 100 bail of the line to lie in. There is very deep va- ter bcti^eeu the W oIvke two islands; but when it bears east or weal, it appears in one ifland. Di*mii«ove islands lie to the W. by N. of it, «^hich are all bare of treev except the north fiai-t. The rocks, called Bantam ledge, lie 2 miles from D■^mi^eove, S. W. or W. S. W. V'hen you are 6 or 7 leagues oT at »ea, you will htve 70 or 80 fathoms water, with a S. W. current. In general, tetweeo D'HniiNrove and Manlieigin itdand, the flood tide parts and sets E. N. E. to the eastward, and W. S. W. to the westward as far as the i^lalKl of Segrune, and to the northward up to Broad bay, Sbeepecut and Kennebcck ri- ver-*, Hud the ebb sets the contrary way. t Seu'ui le island is remarkable when bearing east or west. Il lies 2 miles from Ian I. '>nt when it bertrs north, shuts in with it. It may be known by tiie high land of Cape sm-dl point, bearing N. \V. frrm It. You have deep water to the «astviard of S.guinc When you pass to the westward of Sepuine, ijie t'de of "The Ulp-uii-hMit IK ffniHrkahle laiiil, which makes with a large bay on each side of it* &nd the higliut part of the inland ie in the miilillp. _ t 'iumti u a lighi'houM on Ibis iklan '. ■-m BSttnt's AnHrican Coast .^lot. 107 Campo-belto. absage between teer W. N. W. island (Campo- , which lies oflT by the French, hand when you ty to the W. S. > very deep ra- rom 50 to 100 1 you T.ill have wiiidii. Your may anchor in United States h end of Moose e here 25 feet. ote island. with Grand Monnt Desert" la^fs of (liem, f floo tween Segulue aitd C^pe Elizabeth, ire various; at times you have 18 or 20 fiithnms, rocky bottom, and within a cables length you will iiud 30 or 35 fa- thoms, mitward. Richmond's ibiand ties 4 leagues !f. E. northerly of Wood island light, and 1 league VV. of Portland Direetiens fr^m Machias u Passamaquoddy. WHEN you leave Machais and are bound to Pnssamaquoddy, bring Grass isl- and to bear S. W. by W. and t-teer N. K. by E. distant 9 ieagiies to West I'as- samtqoddy light IniMe. fiat if the wind takes you to the eni'tward, theie is ft Sood hstrbour about two leagues to (he N. L. of Cross island. Thih harbour liears lue west from the middle of Grand Munau island, and is called the Little River, but you cannot see it e\cept you are near the north shpre. You must not ruu }t] for it. befoi-e it benrs N. W. or N. N. W. There is a bluff :ioiiit of rocks ou the htarboard hand as you go in, andan island in the ntiets N. N. W. over the bar, 2 hours b«;fore it rises one foot, and likewise sets S. S. E. two l;ouraVefere high water. When up as far as Allen's i<-laod, if you leave it wilh the tide of flt-od, steer N. N. E. 3 miles, when you will have the tide against you 4 hours ; and two hours before high water the tide sets S. S. W. till you come .Sown to the Collector's i>-l«nd, when it sets over the bar S, S. E. The tide rises here ?•» feet. There is a fi<« cove on the soutb end of Moose island, wltere a ship of 500 tons m»y lie, moored head and stern, snfe from all winds, but (he anchors are very much exposed, with the wind to (be eattward or E. N. E. If you are bonntl up Scooflick river from Moose island, as rod pass Bald bead, ^ve it a birth of half a mile as there is a large ledge of rtieks that He off from it. When yon have passed this point your course i* N. N. W. distant 8 or leagues to the Devil's head, or Oak point (to cdled) the Defil's head jrott ^ 'CoasTFllot #i pth of water, which is in general from 18 to 24 fnthoms* Th re is altto a good h .ibonr on your starboard band, ifoiug into Deer {slapd, whirh I es lo the ttouthwour : you must leHve them on your larboard hn^id, and go io the eastern pafjpage. In standing in for this place you will see a i>mHli island railed f Tetitmenan's islnnd, which you leRve on ymir starboard hand. North from Tetitmenan one eicbth of a m'\v diatitnt lies a ielge bai-e at halt' tide, which you keep within half a' cables Iftigih of, u hen going over the hnr. whicli you paws on your starlioard hund wheii bound rasiwar^l, at Hhit h as you pHw the bar, Scoodick Island will be a hand- •ptke* length open to the southward of Sroodick Point. When nenr the bar, •mi up with Te'i'menaii, keep E. S. E. one half a mile dirtant, which will clear ]^: a ledge having feet water at low water, that lies E. of tlie channel going over th< bnr, one fourth of a mile distant. There is a bar that runs from the shore to tht^ little itiand, whm Or-nd Muran nbont 2 lensnes 'iist:>nt and in thick weather if you make these ishind:, you may run for Afachias bringing: »aid islann to bear S. E. and then mn N. Vf foi the entranrr of .Vfachia' - or if von mitke the S. 'W. end of Grand 14an n. bring it to bear E. by S. and ftet r W. by N. for Machias 5 leagues dis- »' ■ » j ' I II. . ,, • Thsi* «!♦ fiv ■ tjght Noiine rrrct^il on it in the nimmer of 1817, on the A I*', part nt the 1«lan7' N. d Machais. >te«r ii.JH E. re remackabie N. E. about 4 arboard hnud* ir; you muBt In gtaoding islnnti, which le «ii!blh of a half a cabiei . jrdhnnd vhe9 . n]\ be a hand* - ) nexr the l)ar, liich will cleai^ ' lie] (ninic over . m the shore to ' bar has 3} fi^ ' )d to Marhoia E. divtaiit to < distance, yoi| to and »undrs 8 river, whicl ;ers to attempt ;d, in landing nd Manan isl< 1 you muM be 2 or 3 leaxues ns S. W. htm ou make these S. E. and then .end of Grand 5 fpagtirs di»> / mcr of 1817, on he lampt will tw I he of great im> d wentbar ; and •». Your couna ixtaiit. l:lovv water, as^ » E^ lAuoH Americtti Coaat Pilot. 109^ taat, and when jon have paned Cross island, which you leave on' jour starboard haitd, you may steer north. In fctecrioc this course yon will leave a large white rock on your larboani hand, and if ^ou do not want to go into Machais Imrbour, you may haul to ihc wi-blward. Alter you have passed this rock about hall a mile, bring a high round inland that is cohered with trees to bear n> rlh, when you may anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. This is called Jones' har- bour, but if y ou mean to (o up to Machias, you must keep your course oorih till you pass a round high ikland ouyo'ur larhoiiid hand, when you may shape your course W. S. W.or W. b> S. for a point that is covered with young birch trees, •ud a house on it, for on the starboard hand (here ii> nothing but (iHlsand slioals)' you may keep your larboard head after you pass this house until the river opens to the northward, when you may nni up to Cross river, where you may anchor lo four fHthumsi but if you are bound up to the B. W. mills, you niuitt haulaway to the westward. W hen you get up with Mr. Parker's house and barn, which are on the surboard band, > ou must leave the baru open to the south westward of the Pott head : This Poll bead is a large hill tliat you leave ou your star- board hand. * »:«»:«^. Direethnt Jhom Long Island to the south west Harbour of f ^ «« * V Mount Desert. Tour course is N. E. or N. E. by N. distant 5 leagues. You must lenve the two Duck islands on your starboard hand and three islands on your larboard hantf. It is not safe for a stranger to run here in the night, as tliere is a large ledge that is covered at high water, aad bare at half tide. You leave this le one mile from the harbour. There is a long ledge OB the larboard hand which runs oflT half a mile, but there is a good turning clttiiuel between tliem. The S. W. passage u not fit to enter with a large vessel at low water, but at high water you may enter with any vessel, keeping nearest the Kt;irboard hand as you go in, for there is a long point (hat lies about half a mile ofT from the larboard hand. OflT this point you will find 6 or 7 feet of water at low tide. When you pass the point on your larbeard hand you have the harbour open, and must bear up N* W. or VV. N. W. and anchor well up the harbour in 5 or 6 fathoms, muddy bottom, where you may lie safe from nil winds. If you are in a large vessel and make the Isle-au-haut, bring said island to bear W. S. W. and steer E. N. E. ]0 leagueo. which course and distance will carry you up the eastern passage going into Mount Desert : Tou must leave all the islands to the northward, and go to the northward of Mount Desert rock, which lies E.' S. E. from the isle-aubnnt S. E. by S. from Long- Island, and S. from the Duck islands. When you bring the harbour to bear W. N. W. you may steer directly in, for yoU may go aliout with a first rate man of War in this passage. You may steer in this channel with a fair wind, from W. N. W. to W. hy N. till you come to' Langley's inland, which lies about 1 league up theharbour and makes the starboard hand of the river that runs iirom the N. £. Be careful of this island, as there is a sunken ledge of rocks a-breast of it, oear half a mile off. The river above-mentioued has water enough for any ship to £.1 in, aud is a safe harbour. Directions fbr sailing through Fox island passage. When bound from the westward, and intend going through Fox island pas- sage, bring* Owl's head island to biear W. by S. and then steer E. by N. from * Owl's bead, a head land nn the wsst «id« of Penobaoot bay, in the District of Maine. It ban a g;ood barliour on the larboard hand a» you kg to the eactward. llie harbour nialce* with a deep cove, has 4 fathoms water, and a muddy bottom. It is open to the E. by N. and E. N. K. wind* : but in all other winds you may lie nfe. The tide of flood sets to the. aastward, and the tide of ebb, 8. W. through the Muscle Ridcss. %19 luf Lmeriean Coatt nlot. v.: Owl*i he»<. Il h on the northern Pox Iilnnd, and there in a long point of rock* near 1 Irnfue to thp S, \V of it. Toil pMsafe it not fit to rn'er in the nicht. iinleM joii nre well nrqMain*e<<. VVhen Tou fret ?n, hrinjf TrHb Tree point •« her»r W. by S. and ule' r E. hy S. about 3 leai:uet, which will bHng vou to Ynu^eV narrow. In iiteeririf thi* coune you will tn'ike 2 laree hare rork«, cnlled the micar lotve*, whVh ^ on m llow yotir d'rprf'na, you mnrt leare them on yonrtiar- board hand, and hIko be cnrefnl of a led(e thnt \'ff about north f o> a n>*le finpi Ihem. Theentr'^nce to Tniin?'« rwdnt !r narrow at low water. ofT whii h Het4l. ledre of rocks whirh nre covered Ht hivh w-itT. Ther.> if alRO a quaitii*) of miTiken rocks at the hrhoard hand, near a mile lo the W. N. W. which He ofTlhe Dumplioi. Th^se DumpHns are 3 {vionHs whirh you leave o-i vonr larboard hand. Your canrw In thi» na»a'«ire 's E. S. F. "nd W. N. W. kfeping your starboard hand on hoard. When tou p<«M this-point on voir aiarboard hind, jon must keep your iitarboard hand on ho^ird, and xteer E. S K. <«l>out 2 milei^ when you will make Deep Cove on your sfarho'^rd hnnd which H« s to the east- ward of ft very hish bluff of rorkn. If voti have ne»«hf r entiles nor anrliors, ^ou may tun Into said cove, or peciire your vew el with the miin or for*" sheet^ or •ome to aarhor in 7 fathomf" water off the said rove Tl'ere the flood nt'ets, one from the W. N. W. and the other fr^m the E. N. E. wh'ch makev an eddy ««'ainst this cove and hieh l«nd : here you may ride safe with nry w'nd. When you leave tlii* place, and are hound to the eastward, ^ on st'^er E. 9. E. and keep your starboard hand on t.->ard till you come up to a clear spo' of land where the trees have been cut off. As soon as paid spot bears W, R. W, you ■teer E. TJ". E- for the middle narrows. When you draw near the narrows yoii will see 2 l»nre wh'te rocVs in the m'd«ile of the pa^-sage. tinVf^s at ht|;h witer, at wliiclj lime they are covered about 1 hour, hut may be »een at all oih^r timri 6f tide. Tou may go on either side, but »he de*>ppst water is at the ooNthwtrd of them. Continue your ronrse E. "S. E. about 1 I macule, when you mn^t keep your st*" ■ oard hand on board as there are sever'>l runken rocVs and led^fp* on your larboard hnnd which nre covered at bi"h water. You wMI make 'he east- ern narrows on your starboard hand, and a* soon as you hring it to hear S. S. E. yon may run throu'h, where you will have a fiae har^^nur which is rafe to ride in with all winds except at E. N. E. hu» yon may remain in the wert pas- sare viththe wind at F. N. E, or anrhor at the northward of a bare Island, that yoii will see on your atnrVoard hnnd as von jyo b"rk »o th*> westwf'd. \Vhen you pass the eastern n-'S'^aje of Pot ifihnd. vou mi'st Pteer E. N E. about 4 miles, wh'ch course will carry vou Into a larjre bay that lies between Fox lsl»nd and the Isle-au hont. T1i?s hay lies N. and 8. and about 4 leafues E. and W. When you aret into tb's hay from the ahove-ment'o"ed nassase. snd are hound to the eastward of Isle-au-hant.you m»y Meer E. S. E. 6 lengues, which course will carry you to the routhwnrd of the Tsle-au-hant. . fN. B. When v«H hsrj; hot hriag the I«|p-Bn-hnnt to hi«r W. N. W. nml steer K. N. K. 7 lesfcnes to l>onz l»l«nct which yoii lesre on your ImrboarH hanil. If yon nre honnd to Bine hill hny or Union river, ai soon «s yoa past Tjoa); ishind yoo will onen a tarsre tonnit to thsi N. N. W. which course yon sre to steer 7 lenipiM, when vou will hn up with 'BoJiertson's island, leavinc the • Chip flnil BsriEC on your Inrhonrd hand. R'>hertson's i«la«d is the onlv islarid near that placo that has a house on it. The south part of the island is clear of trees, on which the bouse stands. When you come near the south part of the island, (rfve it a hirth of | of a mile, as there are several stinlcen racks of said point. When yoo bring this island to bear from * The Sliip is an island that has three trees on It, and appears likt a ship at a diilanee, and th« Barge it a dry rock which appeartlik* a barge. I nhlljcrd to |0 nr I'rom Crab >R^ hH( rnrkt northern Fox ' »fU. Thto ln'<*H. 1^ heo l)Y IV. about 3 lin coiinf you m »y fn on '•U I on }oiir fciafi >» a ni'le r»<« . rr whi( h HfT^l. ' fl qiiai)ii)i of Mrhli<>n(rthe voiir iRrhoard kfppinr your Hrhourl h-ind, i'>out 2 m\\ti»t i* ■ lo thf> rast- r flnrhnri, you for'' Rheet, or lip fooH m'etB, nakpv an nAi\r 5th HPT u«nd. •f^iT E. 9. E. ir «po» of Innd W. S. W. you le narrow* you high wnlrr, at I oth^-r tlm«'s df p «oNthwg on nake 'he past- t to hr)»r S. S. rhich n mfe. to n thp wwt pna. irp Wan<», that »wp'd. \Vhpn N^ E. about 4 Pen Fox inlsnd lies E. mid W. id are hound to itch course will «!|c!n •ml the <>ilii von bplwrpD tim honH hnml; hot one l«l«nit which ' Union rivrr, ai MT. which coil me '"vine the • Ship I n*Rr that pince which the hoiiii« ih of J of a mile, inci to Iwar from ip at a diitBjtce. Blunt's American Coast ritbt. ill f. W. to M . W. yoo may anchor In 6 or T rutlinna water, rouiMy bottom ; but if you ai-a bound u> Blue bill bay, you inav itMiiil lo lb« nortbwani tlirrei fur iIm Blue bill*, whi«:h )oa uMV «ee to or t.t leaguen olf. If you are bound for Union rivt-r, you ba«l bviur lake a f '.lot at ilobertion'i iitaud, (or il u aoi fit fur a itrtiiiger lo go witboui one. »4»« Directions Jor White Head. VESSELS louud fruiii the kwuihwani Hiid inlfcudiug to fidl in with Whitv Head light IwukP, (which lontaiiia a fixfii Hglu) ulimiid tindeavour lo take tiieir departure from the high liiiid of Cnp«-Coe U N. 1^. dia- tauL about 7 leagues, with a fair open lotiiid. Theie \» a tmati ledge lien about liair a mile from White Head light, hearing S. S. E. which is juht out of water at common tides; at low water vou para between this ledge and llie light to go in the Muscle ledge chaunel or into the harbour. You continue your couite N. E. by the light about { of a mile, when you will open the harbtHir on your lar- tmard hand betweeu a small ledgy island next the liglit, and a high white island with some spruce trees on it. When you open the harbour about N. W. by W. ?'0U will sail on till you pass all the ledges ou your lartoard hand, and anchor about 5 or 6 fathoms good holdiug ground. Vessels of 00 or 70 tuns may double close around the head of the light and anchor right abreast of the store. This U called Seal Uarhoiir. Vessels t.ik- en with calm and ebb tide, may anchor any where off the light in from 12 to 20 fathoms water. If the wind takes you at N. E. and ebb tide, that you cannot get into Seal Harbour, you may run iuto Tennant Hiing ihroMKh the Miitcle Ridffn. Your beat wnyjt to ^o bj * Two iluth UlHrMl, Which you niuitt leave on your kiarboard hand, keepiuc »our coune B. N E. orN. R. byR. "^ • ir jrou are in a larj^e rrwel, your best way it to go in (hit ^tuge, u it it the mntt Mftt. You mu' westward, your coiirae it N. IV. E. to Great 4pnice heid. which havin!; passed 7 lei)(n*-i>. your rout* ward of thit ittland, calind Long cove. I f you turn into either of therin>j: to Pentibtcnt, proceed at above^ and Iccep your larboard h in I on Hoard. Wlien yon pn^s thit inland for the Old Fort point, which had. you may make a good h»r>>our in the eitai river, which lies a> bout E. N. P. 'from OM P<»rt poiit about I league. This river lies to the aouth- westward of Orphan island, in wh?ch pface you will lie aafe from all wind*, and anchor in 6 or 7 fithomn, good holdins in'omid, Orphan island is a large ihlaud, which you arc to leave on your starboard hand, and sundry rocks on ymir lar- board hand, which are aboy>> water. Who you p^sa Orphan isiind you may anchor to the X. W. of if, on the ttarbojird hand, at you go throiigh; but if wind and tide wrf in your favotur, you may proceed up to Mfsrsh bay, keeping the larboard hand best on hoard. Marbh bay is about 2 leagues from Orpliau island. When yon past Marsh bay you may keep in the middle of the river, and you have neither rockt 'nor shoalt until you get up to the falls. You have uo particular ronrae in going up thit river, but may jmetlmes go to the west- ward of N. and tome'ime:' to the eattWa .1 of N. When you e'»»er Penobucot bav and are bound to tl* eastward of Long island, you must steer N, E. I)y N. leaving Long itlang wro iluth Ulnnd, courM B. N B. llMIIlt u it it the 3 ieaf^uM, net your courte cotine It N. IV. rou'te U N. B. u will leave UeU winuct hiu M good ir iRrhoartl hnud g iaiaiid, MD«I Hn- r to tliR westward aii'l to the mnia tjoiir to the Hc»t> ; these harbours, iliix inlantt, more rnceed M ahove^ ^laiid for the Old u come to it, ihftt whfch l8 cotrered cible's leiig'h of 1(1 when ihe-wiud h the title of ehb, ver. which lietn a« lies to the touth- im all windti, and Ik a lar^re ibiaud, icks on yniir lar- ishnd jrou may throiif!h; but if reh bay, keepiug lies Irom Orplmu die of the river, falls. You have i go to the wett- [t of Loiu[ island, lord baud, which > this haibour. hs sppi'ie ^be middle sf I a mile ; then ou m8}° anchor ia »n your starboard er north, lei»ving ; then follow the rh will rarrj- you twut 10 or 11 feet. larbour. . and steer E. N. eorire's river. Ia s but one ouau ob it •tcirlng Ibis courte you will pass New liaibeur ledges, ou which are 5 tent nt low water; tlinae ledges lie I league from Pennif:C|uid point, nudaic loft on your larboxrd hand. ContiiMitng ynir course will rarry you between eaM and west Kgg locks, lenving Frankliii'ii itiKnd light on yourntaiboaitl liaud ; but be care- ful not to go to the northward ol sa'd course, for there are several Mii>ken ledges to tlie went ward of the bgg rocks, which you lenve on your lai'ioard hand. Hut if it should be in the night, aud you are to llie eastward of Uaniihcuve islautts, briug Heguine light lo bear VV. \ N. and steer K. ^ H. and you will go clear of Uaatani ledge, which lies east !i{ leagues I'lom Srguiue: continue ibih course till you are 6 leagues from the iiglit,(ortili the light is nearly run «lowii,) llien haul up north tili you make I'enmoqiid p«int, from whence \ou may steer for Gforge's river, aslieforc directed. If you should meet with the wind a-head, you may au* chor oflTGay'scove, taking care lo avoid a sunken ledge, which lies £. from Uay^ cove, near the middle of the channel, and hw 4 IV^t water at low water. This letlge must be leltoti your larboard hand, keeping *rald\vell's ittland clo^e on board» Oay*8 cove lies on your larboard hand, itbout 3 miles to the E. N. £. of Frank- tin's island light. ITou may know this cove, as Gay's house aud barn lie lo the N. W. of it. But if you arc bound through Herring Gut, bring fCapt. HcndeVf ai's house lo bear N. N. W. and stcor 8. S. E. for Herrir.g gut. ThiH Herring \ htts a bar from side to side, but you may go over it at 2 hours Hood, keep- • your larboard hand best on board. As >ou come on the bar, you will gee a large rock on your starboard hand, and the deepest water is within a cable's Icjigth of the rock; your course over the bar in S. S. E. Tou may anchor to the N, W. of the bar, iu 4 or 5 fathoms, mud, atid when you bring said head to bear Sf. B. run for it, but when you pass the S. W. white - head, leave it ou your larboard hand, and be carclul of a siuiken rock that lies S. E. from the eastern While Head, about onf; cable's lengili distant. Your course through to the eastward is N. E. and to the westward S. W. keeping near the middle of the p.i8sac. Before you come up with Ash point, yx>u mit^t be careful ofasuuken rock, whicli lies off the point alwiit | of the passage, which has not more than 8 feet water at low water. But if you should go through this passage in the night, keep Potatoe island which is right against A^h island, about S. S. W. from it, and bare of tiees, which you leave on your starboard hand, best on board. When you pass Potatoe island, and arc bound into Owl's head, your course is N- N. E. about 3 miles, which will leave 2 islands on the star- board hantl. When you open the paswge to Owl's liead, and bound to Edgp- maroggflo reach, your course is N. E. by N. till you paftthe lAmA islands, which you leave on your larboard hand. Continue said c^ur^e till y ou make a large bare rock on your starlioard hand, and a little iGuiul island to the eastward, on the same hand, which is covered with trees. Coolinuc your course to thcN.E. and you will make n lara;e is|.oui' : continue your course N. E. till you pacs by alt the ir>lao yc^r starboard hand ; but th<:re is a irock about a cable's lenj^to to the northward nf the Barge. Coutiuue your course 1i. by S. for Bass harbour, dis- tance fmm Trum cap, 5 lesgues | but you must have seme regard to the tide of ebb, which sets very strong to the S. S. E. and the tide of flood to the N. N. W. If you are bound into Bass harbour, yon keep Rich's point within a cable's length which point yau leave on your larboard hand, for there is a large ledge of rocks that lie oiF about half a mile, which is bare at half tide, and l^arsS. K. from Rieh's bard, and S. by W. from the entrance of Bass harbour. Tou give the la*'bnard hand a good birth in going to Bass harbour, in entering which you must give both sides a birth, for at low wa'er it is »hoal. When you gf t into this harbour, anchor on the larboard hand, with a cove to the westward of you, in it, or 4 fathoms, muddv bottom. Directions Jrom Bass Harbour. WDRN you leave this harb ur, bound to the eastward, afeer out S. W. till you bring Bass harbour bar.lo bear S. S. E. then run 8. S. E. keeping the lar- board hand best o6 board. This bar has not water enough for a loaded vessel hefore half tide'; but « light vessel may go over at low water, keeping the lar* board hand best on board. When you get over this bar, youcteer E. i)y S. till you hrltig the S. W. entpaoce of Mount Desert to ijear N. E. then you may run N B. leaving Cranberry ^Und on your starboard hand. But this passage is ahoai at In^r water, and not ftt for loaded vessels to go throueh, but at full tide there h wnter enough, keeping the middle ol the passage. Continue your course to the N. E. till you pass Cranberry island; then you may steer E. 8. E. and jpni'hor between the two Craijb«-rry islands, where you will b«safe from easterly or S. W. winds. You may lie in from 4 to 7 fathoms good balding ground. When you leave this port, bound to the eastward, t«ii steer E. by S. till you get up with Baker's island, which lies 'o the eastward of the Cranberry islands; then you steer E. by N. 4 leagues to Schoodock island. Wh«n you pass snid ialand, and are Niuo'l to Goldsborough, you must steer N. E. about 5 leagues, •od keep that conrue till you bring Goldsborough harbour to bear N. N. W. theq ^ou must I'ave three islands on your larboard, and one on your starboard hand, iud nin ! ito the harbour, where you nay lie N^e from all winds, and anchor 19 *- rbMrd hand, that 1 hand, about half » into Buck's har- into this harbour, ind, covered with dwheo you get to . It to bear S. S.W* 'v 18 soft bottom. i, 70U steer S. IB, on your larboard is a sunken ledge - 00 joui- atarboard d island, near the ward, you will go o islands on yuur r course to the S. >- ir the course is S. ;, ween both blands, Trum cap, wlych iward ; but if you observe thechan- ater. !«rry you between Doard hand, which e rock, whirh you )le'8 Irngtn to the Bnss harbour, dis- card to the tide of '* rItotheN. N.W. in a Table's length irge led^ of rocks ^ars S. K. from ur. Tou give the ig which you must you gft into this _\ itward of you, in 3^ ' eer out S. W, tijl !!. keeping the lar- ir a Ipadf d vessel r, keeping the lar* cteer E. by S. till then you may ma iut this passage is h, but at full tide itinue your course epr E. 8. E. and safe from easterly tiding groond. E. by S. till you Vanbe rry islands ; hen you pass snid . about 5 leagues, far N. N.W. then ur starboard hand. Is, and anchor 19 * '.'■ M Brant's American Coasit Pilot. ^ 11# Directions for Dyer's Bay, &c« THTS haibonr lies a little to the oistward of C>oldsboroagh. Yflmi you make Tetitmenan, bound to Dyer's bay, t^^xve Tetltmenan on your starboard hand* •nd steer aorth for the eastern head. You leave a large dry dock on your lar- board hand, which, when yau pass, you will see a small It^land, covered with tre^a, which ymi leave on your starboard hand; then haul round said island, wbeM you will be safe from all windp. Direetions from Scoodock Island. WH£^ you come from the westward, and bound to Tetitmenan,Jiroli pass St^ dock island ; steer £. N. £. from Scoodock island, 5 leagues, to Tetltmeoia. Directions from Tetitmenan to Ladle Island. WHEN you pass Telitmpuan, hrin; it to bear S. W. and steer N. E. about 4} leagues, which course will carry you to Ladle i«le. This isle has a remarkable appearance, being formed exactly like a ladle, and has a large black rock toth6 S. W. a little dutance from the island. You may go any side of this island, bw the best channel is to the S. £. of it. Directions for Cape Splitt HaAcuf. WHEN you pass Tetitmeuan, bring it to bear 8. W. 4 S. and steer N. E. \ V. for Cape Splitt, distance 5 leagues, which Course will carry you safe into thf har- bour. In steering said course, you will make a black rock, which you Irave «i your starboard band, distance I itiile from C!ape Splitt This harbour is safe from all winds btit S. W. which blows right in ; but if vou anchor in a cove oa the starboard side, and moor N. W. and S. £. you will lie safe from all winds.' Directions for Pleasant I^ivei'. WHEN yoti coiiie from the westward, and bound to Pleasant River, in passing by Tetitmenan, bring it to bear S. W. by S.and steer N. E. by K- 5 leagues dis* tance. In steering said course, if it is clear weather, you will see Capt. Vf aase'a house open between the island aid main land ; but (his paosage will not do at low water. You must leave this island (and a high dry ledge of rocks that lie to the westward of the island) on your starboard hand ; when you pass the bare Irdge^ you will see a bare isle, which you leave on your starboard hand ; then you tMijr haul up for Capt. Wassa's house and anchor, and take • pilot for Pleasant river, as it is not safe going without one, except you are well sct^uaiRted. Narrow-guages is one mile to the westward of Pleasant river, too dtfiictdt \m be described, as there are sundry small islands at the mouth of the harbour or bay. The best way for a stranger is to go inio Cape SpUtt harbour, and get a pilot, as there is no difficulty in gwog Into Cape Splitt in the day time, keeping 0ie larboard hand best on beard. Directions for Moose Peck Heach. WHEN you come from the westward, and pass Ladle island on your larboard hand, steer N. £. by N. for Tibbet's island, which you leave on your larboard hand. When you come to the east end of said island, give it a goo!i«ing Penmequid point, stand to the northward of the western Egg rock, as th<;re are 2 sunken ledges, called New Harbour Icdgea* between the said point and rock, which yon must leave on your larboard hand. These ledges are never bare, but at low water; with the wind to the eastward,, the water breaks over them very high. . Ollur dirtctims fw sailinff into George's river arc. After you have passed Franklin island light, ititet E. N. E. at)out 2^ leagues, keeping in the middle of the river, which course and distance will carry you in sight of Capt. Hender" son's house and store (the house is white and the store is red) together with a small wharf on your larboard hand, close to the river. Afler you have passed this houae, you must keep the starboard shore best on Iward, as there is a ledge of rocks on yonr lartio-ird hand extending two-thirds across the river. You will ako Vie 2 small houses and 2 barns on your starboani hand, which you may run within a quarter of u mile of. la running up or down this river, you must not shut in Capt. Henderson's house with the north shore, until vou have passed the above mentioned lecu leave on teer £. S. £. '• ■'%' lost go to the A Ri Penmequid and when said iver. In steer* V tarboard hand. % rock, vhich your larboard ;g rock, which our E. N. E. which course d hand, about turn to wind- , rthward of the ' krbour ledges, irboard hand* ■ the eastward,.: 1 have passed the middle of apt. Hender' ;ethcr with a '' ' have passed '^\ ere is a ledge ;; ;r. You will V you may rua Henderson's ^.- ione in siglit of 3 e late Henry S. by N. and a Btraoger to each 8i«le can to N. E. by he eastern part N. B. When you go to the eastward 6f Damiscove Island, you bring S^ine light liome to bear W. S. W. and steer E. N. E. for George's river. /)irrcfio»* yroOT Townsend /o Manhcigin. WIIETT fibu tske your departare trom Squirrel island, you sieer E. S. E. for the itilaud ot Maoheit/^in, (on tiie aortli side of which are some smAii dry islands, and ledges, but good water between them and tlic other sides of the isl- and) keeping thHt course until the passage between George's islands and Man- heigiii hears :\. K. You may then steer N. E. about 7 Ie:igucs, through a fair o^tet^souiid, for White lie«d light, leaving George's islands ( hich are 3 in num* bcr) on yuur larboaut hand. The eastern island lias no trees on it. There are 2 dangerous rockt> hearing due south from the middle of the middle islnod, call- ed the Old Man nnd the Old Womnn, which are bare before low water. Tlicy lie about 1 mile from the shore, and at high water when the wind blows off they laud, they do not appear. If yon are bound to tlie eastward, and the wind should take you a-head, when you arc between Mauheigiii and George's islands, you bring the middle of Manheigin to l)enr S. and run iu N. which course will carry you between the eastern George'.^ island and the middle island. Yoa may run as near as you wish to the eastern island, but the middle island has a ledge 01 rocks th>it lie to the eastward of it, which are always dry, which you iarc to leave on your larboard hand. W hen you get to the northward pf this island, you must haul to the westward and run np between it nnd (he western island, so as to briog the body of the middle island to bear N. Ei of you. Here you moor your vt«sel if you stay any time. If you arc bouiicyp the eastward from this island you may go to the nortli- M'ard of the casternlsland, but you must be careful of a ledge that lies to the rastw.ird of siid island, Whicli you must leave on your starboard hand ; and when you bring Manheigin to hear S. W. yon may go N. E. If night should come on, or the wind a-hca Directions for Townsend Harbour. IF you come from thr westward and make Sfguine island, you taust Icuve it- on your larboard hand, give it a birth of about half a mile, aud steer N. E» nbout 2 leagues, which course wilt carry you to Squirrel island ; if it is day time you will see 2 large rocks (called the' Cuckolds) on your larboard band, to which you give a small l)e safe from all winds, wau if you lose your cable* and anchors, you mAy rua your veuel up to the head of the hHibem; .118 'KV Blunt's American C'ousi illnt. m. BH, ■ ',1!/ % If you fall iato the eMward and make the iiibad of Manbeifio, brinf; it to bear £. S. E. and mo Wi N. W. for Towoseod fi leaj^et diatant. Id ruoDing to this harbour from the eastward, vou leave all Dmmiscove tslandt on your lar- iMnnl haod. The harbour is bold, but you must be careful if you should go about, not to stand too near the starboard haud, which lies near Damoriscotti river. When yon pass Fisherman's island, you continue your course W. N. W. for the midfllc of Squirrel island, which you will make rif hi a*head, as there are several ledgos of sunken rock on your btarboard hand. When you pass Damorisootti river, you may go withiu a cjuartet of a mile of Squirrel islinds, but \vith a fah- wind ^re it a birth of halt a mile, and then steer M. W. (q^ the • harbour, and follow the directions you have for going into the harbour of Towot- •nd, where you may lie safe from all winds. Directions , for Ktnnebeck and Sheepscut Rivers. IF you come from the westward, bring Cape Elizabeth (on which is a pyra^* nid, as fujly described in page 120) to bear west, and otecr cast for Seguine isl- and, 10 leagues, if you are bound into Kennc-beck rivfir,* you must strer E..^ i N. and leave Seguine island on your starboard hand giving it a birth of about balf a mile, and as soon as you bring said island to bear sooth, yon steer due north, which course wilt carry you into Kennebeck river. You must have regard to the tide, for the tide of ebb sets out very strong due south, right on ' Seguine island, therefore if you have not a good breeze or wind yon cannot stem liie tide, as it sets 4 or 5 knots an hour. When you come into the entrance of Kennebeck river, your course is N. W. to the Sugar loaves, a quarter of a mile distant. Leave the Sugar loaves on your startoard ha|i^ from which your course is N. N. W. about 2 miles to Cock's head; this (^k's head is a very f high bluflfof rocks, which you leave on your larboard hand ; but be careful of a shoal flat that lies on your larboard hand, before you come to Cock's head. Keep nearest to the starboard shore. In case the wind and tide should be against you, you may anchor to the southward of Perkiu's island which lies gb the starboard hand, where you may lie safe after bringing the island to bear north of you ; but with a fair wind and title you may proceed to Parkef i flats, which lie a little above Cock's head. This river is uot to be attempted above Par- ker's flats, on account of the strength of the tide and crookedness of the channel, unless you are well acquainted, or have a pilot. If you ate bound to Sheepacut river, from the westward, and make the Islanct here with a N. E. or easterly wind, but must have the wind south or westerly: after you get into this harbour you must haul lip N. E. or N. E. by N. for there ara several sunken rocks on the starboard hand as you gb in, which you are to avoid. The best aachorage is agaiast Capt. Smith's wharf, where are 4 fatboma , muddy bottom : and you will lie safe from all winds. But if you are bound up ' Sheepscut riveHin a large vessel, and come from the westward, you must go tu; ,. the southward of Seguine island, steering about N. E. or N. E. by E. I league, '? and when the river bears north, or north a little westecly, you may run north, . and must keep the sUrboard hand best on baitd; there are many recks and Ied«Mi.someof them above, and some under water, which are all to the eastward , of Seguine. When you get up as high as Ebenicook you leave the two Mark hlaods on your larboard band, keeping your course norUi, a little easterly, but if *' ■■■■■-III *i ^1 iii» U »»i ^ W W ■■'I " '■ " *■■■ ■ »■»■■ — I I I . II ■■ — » lliii it one of th« principal riven in tlie iliatriet of Maioe. Thirty inilM from the Chops Swan lAanA, T mileii lone. Hivitles the water of the riv«r, «a both aide* of which it it m% i- gahle >mt the channel oa the eait side of it is mqst used.. i*\_ ■ ■ »'"'' *. eifio, bring it to nt. Id nioniDS ods on your lar- ' you should go ar Ttamoriacotti r courw W. N. a-head, n there When yovL pass k|uirrel islinds, ir N. W. ff» (he rbour of Tovrot- ivcrs, wliich is a p7ra<< : for Sefuine is!- Ml must Btrer £. a birth of about I, jott steer due Tou must have > south, rijE;ht on }roa cannot stem » the entrance of luarter of a mile om which your i head is a very tut be careful of to Cock^s head. 1 tide should be 3d which lies on nd to bear nortit :ef d flats, which iptsd above Par- ) of the channel make the island live it a birth of D bear S. W. 1^ nicook harbour, md, and one on It makes a large DU caouot get in ith or westerly : , by N. for there hich you are to re are 4 fathoms lu are bound up , you must go tu by E. 1 league, may run uortb, many rocks and 1 to the eastward re the two Mark e easterly, but if ilM from the Chops r which it is nav i- Itiit't Amerioan Coast Pilot. '#.„ 119 you only come here to make a harbour, when you get up to Capt. Hodgson's yon will see a bare ledge on your larboard hand, if it is low water, which b covered at high water; yoo may aoehor in 8 fathoms to the northward of it. If you want to go up to Wiacasset point, you mukt keep your stnrboard baud best aboard, north easterly, till you come to Crobs river, which you leave ou your Btarbonaid island dboiit 4 of a mile, you may hnul aw ly K. N. K. ti*l you shut in said island io the 8. £. tliea yon may anchor in 8 or fHthomc, muddy bottom. Hog isl» d to the S. W.— Basket island to the N. W.—Ore** Gabegtit^ island to the N. K.— and Smith's island to the S. E. Here you may moor 200 sail of ^hips, safe from all winds ; aad when wind and tide serves, you may be out to sea ia one hour. Directions for Portland Harbour. IN the summer of 1790, the harbour of Portland was |)aoyed out, whi<:h are Io be obseryed as follows :— In coming from the south-westward, when within half a mile of '^Cape Eliza- beth, the red buoy ou Broad cove rock may be seen; it bears N. N. E. from the Eitch of the cape, distance 1 1 mile, and lies io 24 feet water. When up with this uoy, leave it on the larboerd hand, lialf a cable's length distant, and steer ]^by E. i E. 1 mile, which will cirry you up with the white buoy on Trundy's fm, which lies in 10 feet water. Tiving it the same birth as the other, you may then run Pf. by W. \ W. for Portland f Ufhi'ttouse, 3 miles dislnnt. When up » A column or dintioKuiiibing land mnrk in the form cf a Pyramid, has (ntely been erect- - t^k 5** Eliatbelh, t-8 of a mile N. W. fnuntbe south tsrtern extremity of the Cape- it i« fcuia of itone, the lower liul,' painted white, the upper black— height 50 feet from the foandatioo, and 1*5 feet above ihe le-.el of the tea. Bearing, dkiAance, &e. of severed dangerous rocks near the entrance tf Portland Harbour. The column bear* from Portland light, S. i" W. di«Unt 4J miles. From the column to the outer part of Trundy Reef, N. 20» Is. di'Uat 24 miles. r»o. to Broad Cove Uock, - - . N. 25" E. li do, 1>a. to New Ledge, .. . n N.74'R. 6 Do. to AldenV Rock, . . •• S. dl" E. S: go.toTnylortreef.R. point, » . S. 41* E. 1 o. to do. do. W. point, . . - S. 44" E. t From S. E. poiat of tbe Cape to the outer part of Watt's ledge, 'which teuds oB* frr.m Rjchicond Island, is • • From Portland tight to New i^dge • • So, to Ahlen's Rock, • . . Do. tufrundyReef • . . Do. to Broad Cove Rock, • . . ^rh« abovo beurihgs are by Compass. The variatioa ascertained ai the B>me time to be 8* SO' west. 'Die following depths are calculated for low water Spring tides, Tmndy's Reef, extend^ Cwm the shore, the depth agreeable to the above bearing 15 feet. Broad C-.jve R«ck is nearly dry— There is a channel between it and the shore, with 4 fa- thoms water, sandy bottom, Alden'sRock, depth • feet. • New l*dee extends about E. N. E. and W. R. W. f of a mile. Depth 11 to 15 feet. Taylor's Ledge extends B. N. E. and W. S. V). near J of a mile ; on the eastern end, 5 fathoms, wectern do. 15 feet. There is also another small Rock, ? cable's length within the latter, depth 15 or 16 feet— letween tknm and the Cape there is a very good and safe channel, with 7, 8 and 9 fathoms, ^ or i of a mile from the raore. t ITie light-house i»on a point of land, called Portland bead, at the entrance of the har- hotir. It is a stone ediOce, 72 fett high, exclusive of tho laatlioni, and slaads ia lat. 4S» 39'N. long. 76» 15* If . S. 42° W. S. u70 E. 6* miles. S. 20" E. 6* do. S. 13" E. 2} do. Sf 9'' E. 3^ do. ^If: ■mim..^ 1^ N. N. £, then between v-epilne tr Btnrl)uar id slaads ia lat. 45* ■J;. '■ ^ PORTli AND > I SMttic tliUii S _J Naryi-rk Piihlithed hy Nilnm^ui .U. /Hunt. tfl6. ■ :■- ' ■ ■ .t^ ■ m %' ■WW % ^ m *««.'*" * • )» v.. .'.«„. ^' V»-:/ ' .- • i.- 4 . .•"i-'^'v •^f^i:i- ■'i» # : ' 1-^ • ,.iJ. fc,->i*^:i:5fei)^.6.ii. , jttj/.*-. ^ «4 m . ^ . .1^ . ■'A f^: \^At ;--7a^^v; ■%. if? 9 Edit. Blttiit^t American Coait Pilot 191 ffllh tlw bexl, 00 which the Uyhl houie ttandv, give it a tmall birth, and Rtecr N. by W. Icavbig Baogn' ibiaiid on lh«^ lurboard ban I, till you come to Houtb {■land, the S. W. point uf which bean N. from (he liebt houae, diMaat almost 2 miles. Before you are up with this inland, the black ouoy on Spring poinf lcd/(e may be aeeu { it bean N. W. by W. from tue S. W. part of House blnmi, ilifiiaitt half a mile, and lies in 14 feet water. [When up with thU buoy, you open ilie town. J Givius it a snail birth, yuu ma^ haul up N. W. fur the white biiov oo Stauford^B leOKc; this buoy lies also in 14 fvel water, nud 1 mile distant from Spring point \ti\^ ■ buoy. Giving the white buoy a Kroall birth, you may keep up midway the river and anchor opposite the town, where you plcnse, in safety* [ V. B. All Ihe before-meotioned buoys are to he left on the iarbonrd hand, in coming in, and the depth of water put down, is at low water; the coursef wnt by compass.] There are also 2 small buoys, on 2 ledges in Whitehead paua^e, nt the N. E. part of Bangs' island. This passage is uari^iW, and but seldom used with large Vesfcels. By keeping midway between the 9 buoys, (he rrd on the «tarbonRl|i and the white on the larboard hand, in comiug in, you will hiire not \m thaii 5 fathoms water. After passing the buoys, keep midway the pasragc, and run 1 mile distance, which will carry you into Ship chaauel, the '^ as if you had passed tlie light-house. .' Note. I/byacdde$U eilktr t^ (he muya iiiotdd be retm •, thcfoUtning tk^ rectimu/oraailing into Portland HarMnir nt'/i he found us^ut : WHIiLN you come from the south-wcslward, and inttod to go into Portland^ girc Ca|ic Elizabeth (oo which is a Pyramid as before described) a birth of half a mile, and Kteer N; N. E. until you bring Portland light hnnsr to brar N. N. W when you mubl h;iulupN. N* W. if the «rind will prnnit: but if you are in i large ship, and the wind at N. W. or W. N. W. your Fufcst way ia to continue your course N. V. E. which will carry you safe into HusscyV »ound, allowing It to be tide (^ flood, as Portland sound is nartow, but bold between the light- house and Bangs island, which is on your starbonni hand. Ifyousliuuld turn into Portland iu the nigiit, in standing to ilie soUlh-wcstuard you muH go a^-out af soon as the light bears N. N. W. and in standing to the caetu ard, you roust g» about as soon as the light bears W. N. W. for iliere is a ledge of rocks that be irti : S. by E. from Portland iight-hoiwe, and also n low island, calleJ Riim island, about east northerly I mile distant from the light.hou8c ; but if ymi halre a Ir^ iiig wind, } oil may go in without fear, keeping about middle oftliechaimnl wayi and when abreast of the light, steer about N. b; '«'. for House island, which you leave on your starboard hanri ; when you pass House island, bring it to bear S. E. by E. and steer N. W. by W. or W. N. W. with the tide of flood. In steer- ing the above course, you will see a round biisliy tree to tlic north of the town, and a house with a red roof and one chimney ; bring the tree to the weoard hand, near helf a mile in length. They lie to the S. W. of House lAland and are all bate at low water. If you are obliged to turn iti here, they are murh in the way, and when you are standing to the southward, he careful of thrni. The marks Ttiil do in the day time, but are of no service in the night. There fc a pilot who generally attends here. This harbour !» open to the wind at N. E.and E. N. E. If you should come in in a dark night, your best way is to t;o into Hog iitland road, wh'cli may be done by steerinc as follows : — When you pavs the lifht -house, steer N. by W. until you pass Bangs' island, which you will laave on your starboard band ; in steering this courg«, you will make House ist> 1« i ■,^iil 'if T'l ' ^. 125^ BIunt*8 American Coast Pilot. 9 Sdit. and, which you Mill leave on your larboftnl hand ; when you are between both of ihrte ittluiKlii, you iterr N. K. by E, till you conic* to ilie second itiaud on your itarlMiHrd hand. If it is iluy time, you will lee a large liouae ou taid bland, and nay »nclioi' ai soon at at)reu8t ul it, in lu ur 12ratliomH« nuiildv b«Htoni. li you Bhoull itiaud (u bear E. and steer W. whicti course you are to continue till you make Poriiand liglil to bear trom M. W. to W. N. \V. when you may run lor it wiihoui fewr. N. U. Von uuisl have some regard to the tide of flood, which seta very strong between the islaudu to the cubtuavd of Portland. [QCp Seethe PUUe.] Notice to Masttra of Vcaseli. THORE tnaitcni who Mil from Portland, or porta ail;ucrnt, are inrunncd, that Trom tbn OuKhiiv MOHk, on I'urt iiill. by iiieunn of (he releKCii|je placed there, venieti uppruaching the coakt iniiy tie (liM:uve~ t at t5 Irn^uea iliMance i ami thi-ir coloum or private Mgnalr can be ili!>ll"guiMit;il y IvagiivH, tflbe wcuthrr iih'iuhl bo clrar and the roloun huiited, or Mjnpend* ed ill iiiicb a iiiaiinrr ni> to |irctent them fair lo the Ubnervatory. should any need atfitX- unce, thry will tet iheli' b.MMjsnover their private Mgnalt; and may be UMired, if thry can be di<>cern lias proved fai^l to insniy «ho were unacquainted. Between Jrflfrex '- and the Lies of Shoals, you will have 70 and 75 fathmos wa- , • JeftreyV ledfie li. » euveen 42», 80', and 4S», J7', SO" North latitude, and between «i«l* ! auund, if thry con ' miles diatance; anA ; th(i above In range, andthebuildiosSS STeddoek^dbtante monument former< ;d near it ; one for and to Boon inland i Hill, Boon iahud om sea, and make : westward of Boon ly be lure you are WoodifshndIi|;ht- art of the land is in Iwayg white, occa- hey have tieeo geeB pe £liz»b«th. Tlie ottoni. \V ben you amenticus hills, and III, and the smallest ill's hills bearing W. :dge,* in 45 fathomB N. or W. N. VV. stward, not to go to Es they are well ac> Doa island ledge, as ) and 75 fathmos wa- latitude, and between -.^aHtv "r^'^wwft!?^*. ?.pj«(U(f!«» ->. »,.g(BU»,.M # ' rfT. .. ,5'* ■ /;.. /ii,./f.i I J^B' I r.i. . ni,vir.^ ■ '4 i 1 1 1 ! » / / «» i^ •| I «> 1 1^ • J f 9 I^lt. Blunfs American Const Pilot Ifin ^^^.m"- I l«r, xmMj bottom, and • rtronj; f urre nl ietllnst to the S. W. Yon m;jy irr the I>i)e« ot Slioal* 6 jr 6 Ifupie*, wlini ymi ure to the PuMwtrrf of ih. in, hut In ll»lck wmthrr you will we the mectii.n hoiiM! flrnl wh'ch in on one of tlie UIpihI*. ^ hrn yiiii (to tt the wei-twar«l »f the-e isliiiid*, «ii«l 'in' bound to PotlMiioiilh or N»w. bifyiwrt. rive thim 3 mW* illiitBiict , »• there U « Inr^'c lork. cHlleM lnn<*l«i' nrk, 2 ibIIm off, lNsarla{ 8. W. by S. from Stnr lilaml, wliiih bbait before low Direafions from Cape PoiTpoisc to Wood Island Light. Wood fSIi/VND,(on which R lip[lithou»e i» erected eoiitainiujj a repeatlnj li(ht) iithiKh woo priziiijr. The uext place to Wood Island in Richmond's iRlaiid.whlch lies about N. E. oorllurly, 4 lea|:iies; this place is only ft for i.niall vesbels, such as ctiaBtert-— but few vessels put In here, it beioir onl : iCHRue to the weniwart^of Portland, i'Uhich b at prcbenl one of the principal |)ort» iutlwenKtem country. • ' Id sailinp! by RichmoiKl's Uland }ou mutt be carefnl of a s»uk»'n ledpe, raHcd iVatch ledge, that lies off about S E. near half h mile from tlieN. E. end of the island; It «loe» uot show Itself, ex«ept the wind blows fiesh; but you need uot Ko so near the island unleu you lia^ e a scant winil, or turning to wiudwurd. .O" Directions to sail from Cape Neddock to Cape PoiT>oise. '' YOUR courte from Cape Neddock to Cape Poipoise is N. t. distant 4^ leagues. Cape Porpoise is a bad harbour, and not to be attempted unless you are well acquainted, or in distress. In ^oing in, you must leave 2 small Islands on your larboard hand, and 3 on your stiirlwBrd. It may be known by tlie liij;ii -bnd of Keunebunk, which lies to the N. W. of It. When the *harlHiiir bears V JK. VV. you must haul in, but be careful of tl»e point on your larboard band, and , {lot go too near It, as it is very rocky. As soon as^you arc in tiie harbour, niA dear of the point of rocks on your starboard hami, your course must be N. W. about 2 cables length, wlien you must come too, and moor N. IC. and S. W. A |res!-.el that draws 10 feet will be ngrouud at lou WHter. The htirbonr is so itnr- ^ row that a vessel cnnnot turn round — i within 100 yanls of the sea, and secure from ell wiodst whether you have anchors or uot. ji ; n . Directions for Portsmouth, (N. H.) - ' = . ' IF ymi fall Into the eastward, and makt' Cape Neddock. and are Imuiid to Foilsmoutii, when within half a mile of said cape, your Course ii S. S. W. -l '» leagues, which coarse you will continue till you bring Portsmouth f li<;ht-boi!fe • At the eautern »i«le of the harbour lips a leilf;e, on which it alwr.ys breaks. t The light-iouM lias but one liRhl iii it, and stamis on F(irt point. (New C'a»lii;ij|»n<|> at tl»e eutrance of the harbour. >". by W. and S, by E. moon makes biijh water at full and .dliange. mm fmfmmmmfi m Bkinfs American Cdbst Pilot.^ 9 Edin to bear N. and run wUliin one quarter of a mile of tbe ligbt, then stoer N. by E« or N. N. E. until you are abreast of the light, when you must steer N. W. until the light tears S. S. £. and anchor in 9 fathoms, at low water, good bottom. If, when coming fiom sea, you make the Isles of Shoals, and are to the eaat- ward of them, you must run for them till within one mile of the Eastern Lie, then steer W. N. W. until Portsmouth light-house bears N. then follow your directions as above. If you come to tlie westward of the Isles of Shoals, give it a good bir*b, and steer N. i W. which course will carry yi up with the light, a^ above diiccted. tf you have a head wind, and obliged to beat into the harlKNir, you must observe there is a sunken rock, at the east side of the entrance, called Kill's rock, which bar a buoy on it, and S. by W. one quarter of a mile from the light-bouse, lies a sunken rock, called Slillman's rock, which also bat» a biioy on it. Give the buoys a good birth, and there is no danger. When you come frofn tbe S. W. and make Cape Ann, and to the eastward of the Dry Sjlvagcs, brinj; them to bear S. by E. and steer N. by W. or N. ( W. In steerius this couri-e you will make the Isles of Shoals, from which you in»y take a new dcpariure— bring Star island to bear S. S. E. and run N. N. W* but it' the wind tihould come to the northward, and you are obliged to turo into said port, you must atand to the westward no farther than to bring the light to hear N. till you jU'pI witliiu Odiorne's point, and when standing to the east- weird, to go about m soon as the lightliouse l>ear8 N. N. W. until you get within Wood islaud. Be can-ful of Odiorne's point, coming from the south- westward, (vv it lies oflT more than half a mile, with sunken rocks, which do not show themselves when the wind is off the land; likewise in standing to the east, you must be careful of tbe Whale's back, which liesS. S. W. of Wood island, and is covered at lue Neddork, or tbe Nubbif , so called.) When you pass Boon island, liound to the eastward, and take the wind at N. N. E. you must take care of a ledge of rocks due N. from Boon island, one mile distant. [N. B. I have passed this place several limes, but never discovered the ledge till th? year 1 783, when being bound to the eastward, the wind took me from the westward, but the vessel having no more than steerage way, I hove over a line to catch a fish, and found I had 24 fathoms water, sandy bottom, and in a few minutes I had but 10 feet of water, and my vi sel drawing 9 ; all that saved ' me fro.;, olrikicig was, that the water being entirely smooth, the current set me to the eastward, aud I got into 24 fathoms within the length of the vessel from where I mounded, npd had but 10 feet.^ The worst led»e that I know on the eastern shore, is Boon island ledge, which benrs east from Boon island, distant 1 league ; aiid from Agamenticus hill, it beai-s S. E. 5 or Q leagues. It is not safe for strauKers to go very near this lkdze^ for several of the rocks are to be seen, long before low water. Wlif^n. you come in from sea, and make Agamenticus hill hearing N. W. by N. you are then to IhR westward cf Boon inland ledge; but when the said hill bcarh If, W. by W. you may be sure you are to the eastward of it.'?— [See tho fhle.] % 9 Editi> ben Bt'iev N. by E,* must steer K. W. \t low water, good nd are to the eaat> r the Eastern Ible, . then Tollow your t a good bir*h, and a? above divected. , you must observe Kitt's rock, which ! light-house, lies a on it. Give the od to the eastward N. by W. or N. ^ Is, from which you E. and run N. N. ire obliged to turn II to bring the li^ht./ landing to the east' . W. until you get ig from the south- rocks, which do not an ding to the eastf /. of Wood island, ard from thv port, iteer N. N. E. for smouth; but if the York ledge, which I sunken ledge that t always breaks at k ledge is bare at ^, louse, which lies S. f' hen you pass Boon . E. you must take listant. scovered the ledge /'^ ind took me from '> iray, 1 hove over a y bottom, and in a 1^ 9 ; all that saved ' B current set me to s vessel from where island ledge, which gameoticus hill, it go very near this water. hearing N. W. by when the said hill^ d of it.>.-[See tho M-' 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 125 Description of the Isles of Shoals. BT the benevolence of the Massachusetts Missionary Hociely aided by sub- scriptions of several gentlemen in Ncw'onr} port, and the neighbouring towns, a M«eliiig-houBe has l>een eri'cted on Star island vonc of the above ihlands) which, from its situation, cannot i'ail of being advantageous, as a land-mark to mari- ners. The following is the description and relative situation of the inlands : White island (the souUi-westernmost island) is a rocky island, three quarters of a mile in length, from 8. £.■ to N. W. and about one mile and three quarters distant from the Meeting-house. There is a reef thut extends about one third of a mile from the N W. end, which in passing you must give a good birth. The 8. E. eud bears from tlie Meeting-house 8. VV. f S. the N. W. end 8. W. by W. i W. |^pndoner*8 (or Loungii^ island) lies about If mile to the northward of White island, is about |ihs of a mile in length from S. to N. and is high at each eud ; in high tides the middle is sometimes covered; a number of rocks lie close about the island, in almost every direction, some of which are always bare. The t:Outh end bears VV. from the Meeting-house; the noith end W.N VV. f W. about half a mile distant. About half way between this island and Star island, lies a rock which is bare at low water i it bears from the Meeting-house N. W. by W. |- VV. one third of a mile distant. Star island (where the Meeting-house stands) is about three fourths oi a mile in length from S. E. to N. VV. and about hulf a mile in breadth; it i^ covered with buildings on the north sule. The Mee'iiig-hous«^ stands on an rminencc a little to the northward of the middle of the island : is 12 ficl hitzh mm llit foun- dation to the roof ; to the top of the steeple is 30 feet moic; (he wlioie height from the surface of the water is about 65/eet; it is p;iiiited uhite, aniJ the sleC' lie is pliccd in the middle of the building; it stands Iroiitina^ the west, and may seen at the distance of 8 or leagues, in almost any di'-ertion at sea; it bears . from Thatcher's island lights (Cape Ann) N. | E. 6t leagues distant ; f;'om Pi- geon hill N. by E. 6^ leagues distant ; from Newburyprt light-houses ?I. E. ' I B. & leagues distant; from Portsmouth light-house S. S. E. I E. 3{ leagues distant; from the western Agameriticus mountain S. i E. from the easteri do. S. ^ E. from Boon island light-house 8. VV. i 8. 4^ leagues distant ; from Boon island ledge (which lies one league E. from Boon island) S. W. by VV. 4^ leagu«« distant. Off the south end of this island about three quarters of a mile from shore, lies Anderson's rock, which is bare at half tide ; in passing, give it a good birth ; it lies from the Meeting-house S. 8. E. Cedar island is small, and about one third of a mile in length, from E. to W. eituated between Star and Smutty-nose islands. There is a channel between it and Smutty-nose island ; but it is crooked, and not fit to he attempted by stran- gers. The east eud bears from the Meeting-house E. \ N.and the west end E. N. E. i E. three eighths of a mile distant. A rock lies oflfthe S. E. end of this island half a mile distant, bare at half tide, bearing from the Meeti'jg-house E* byS. Smutty-nose island is about one mile in length from E. to W. and about half a mile in breadth, and may be known by a windmill on the north part of the isl- and; at the W. end is a fine harbour, called Haley's cove, where 15 or 20 small vessdhmay lie safe from all winds. There are several buildings near this harbour. There is a fine channel between this island and Hog island, where is water sufficient for any vessel, keeping near the middle of the pasi^age. The vest end of Smutty-nose island bears from the Meeting-hnuse N. by £. \ E. and the east end £. N. E. about five eighths of a mile di.stant. Hog island is a hfgh island, lying to the northward of Smutty-nose island ; is jrtMut cue mile in length from E. to Wt and five eighths of a mile from N. to S. 126 Bluitt's American Coast Pilot. 9 iBldit. The west end Het from the Meeting-house N. by W. ^ W. eait end of do. M. N. £. Beren eighths of a mile distant. Duck ibiand (the northernmost island) is a lortg low rocky i^laod ; some parts of it are covered at high water, with rocks projectinf in every direcliori, e^pe• cfaUy at the N. W. end, where a ledf;e ru(M off half a mile. It is thn most dnp- gerous of any of the Isles of Slioals, and ought carefully to be avoided ; it is about seven eifrliths of a mile in length from N. W. to S. E. the E. iixl bears from the Meeting-house N. N. £. | £. the west end N. by W. } W. about three aod a quarter miles dbtant. Directions foY Newburyport and Ipswich Bay. i WQEN you come round Cape Ann, and are t\TO miles to the northward of the dry Salvage rock, bring said rock to bear S. £. and steer N. VV. by W. 3| leagues, which course v.\A distanre will carry you up with Newburyport bar. In running for the bar from the eastward, strangers should not approach too near Hamilton harbour, as off the mouth of it ties several sunken rocks. Hamptou harbour lies about 5 miles N. from the southern extremity of Salisbury point, between which, and Hamptou harbour, N. by I- . f tl. from the li^ihtB on * Plumb * PIdmb ii>laa4, «> called, la idtuated betwesn the mouth of Merrimack river, on ibe Borth, and Iprwich Bay, on the »outh, and in leperated f'om the main land by a narrow sound. \U length i« al>out eight miles and a haif, and ita width, from the ten to the main, not more thai, jOO pacet. On the N. end of the iiiand are two light houtea, which are con- itantly lightef fantastic farms, and preserved in that shape by the succes- sive growth of grass and shrubs. On the back part of the island, where it is washed by the found, is an extent of salt marah, hounding its whole length. The products of Plumb island are scarcely worthy remark; l)ench grass is the principal, and is ustid only for manufaetu* ring i><-ooms. A s|)ecies of Plumb, from which the island deriv,!8 its name, grows here ia (oinraitle abundance. It is produced on low running shrubs, on the summit and sides of the •and hillocks, is pleasant to the taste, and, generally in its season, an article for the market. There is likewise the bench pea, of which little or uo use has ever been made ; and indetd it is not found in sufficient plenty to become much more than an article of curiosity. At the SOtttfaenimost end oftbeisluml there are SRveral bouses, with foniilies, and a considerable spot of land, in good culiivation. To the northward of this, there it a grove of pine treeb, of a mllo and an half in extent. 'the Marine Hnciety of Newburyport ci'e:!ted, some years since, at their own expenses several huts, jit proper distances from each other, and from the shore, and fupplicd thera with fire-works, fuel, straw, kc. — but owing to the strong winds, driving the sand from their foundatinns, oiid the inhuman conduct of people who visited the island in summer, these huts were in a few years totally destroyed. The misfortunes attending this generous and humane attempt in mvoMr of the shi|>-wrecked mariner, deterred the Marine fiociaty, as well ks other liodies and individuals, from a like benevolent attempt, uMil the eitablishment of the Merrimack Humane Society, in 1802. Conceiving it absolutely neeessar^ that some re- lief should be alfonled the unfortunate sufferer on so d^tsolate a spot, and in the most iacle- ment ivason of the year, the society voteil to build Uiree huts on the island, and have already carried their generous resolutions into fbll rfTrci. Ifae exertions of this ''. .,;volent Institu- tion will be, in future, to preserve these huts in repair, and in perfect supply of materials for fire, and other necessarien for the support and preser\-ation of life. Many, no doubt, i#ill ewe their lives in the humanity of this design, und with grateful feelings contribute thcra- lalvcB to the preservation of othcri. TheezpenK and trouble will be trivial in comparison 9 )EM. Alt end of do. N. N. T klaDd ; some parts irery direclion, c^p€- It is the muet dnp- to be avoided ; it is E. the E. iihI bears tV. i W. about three 'i^;i:^^r^^^^fTi-^>^i^'^^^^^-r^-^"''----^-''^f^-- 'r rich Bay. 3 totlie 'lorthward of' er N. W. by W. 8| th Newburvport bar. ot approHcri too near en rocks. Hampiou y of Salisbury point, he lights on •Plumb Merrimack river, / itM V^* ^,- •o * "■--♦. ',' *"• j;''4'-'^«?f5P*«vW|-^3j%. ^'■%»«.-■»« i i MM i m rm i ■ ■ 9 Edit. -*9 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. Ifi7 ibIrikI, 3 miles distant, lies aiiotlipr daitfierous rock, havinj; only Sf feet vater tm it It' you f>o no further to ilie westward than tor the lights oo Plumb isiniid to btfar S. \\ . I here k uo danger frum either of llic above-mentioned rocks, but tliat Gdurtit: to the bar would run you on (lie north breaker; tliercl'ore you irtust bring the lights to >)ear W. by S. and anchor in 1 1 or 12 fathoms water, if the tide will oo( permit } our coming in. No vessel in coming in, ought to go nearer the South breaker, than 7 fathoms \ra(cr, nor uenrar the north breaker, in coming from the eastwdrd. tli^n Ik hiim». There are several pilots belonging to this harhoor, «ho \tili, it |>o^^ible, be outside the bar, to take command of ever}' vessel want* ina; dieir assistant e. If they cannot, you must keep the lights in range, and ruo for titem (ill widnn a cables leustli of the eastern light, when yon must hiul to thi westward and an« hor between the two lights in 4 fathoms water.* If your ca- bleb :ind aochors are not good, you may bring the western light-bouse to bear S. E. by S. and ntn N. W. by N. for tSalisbnry |H>int; but as soon as you make wiih 'he iioi>l(> |lll^|)l)^r!•i il may Mn^\ver: nnil tlie {inpeof its answering theM purpeeea wilt bf nliiiip H Mitlicieiil rciniineralinn to tlie gcreruuH |ii'<)jector!i. Frciii ilif i-p|ioi't ol' a voiniiiitlee. appointed iiy tilt* wiuiety, we have tlie followiog detcrip- tioii ol' tliF liiitx, and direction!! li> llin mariner to tind llieiii: 'I lie lioiiM- fur Ihp kpeper of the lightH. erected by (lie United States, is about SO rods loutli from iliv liKht-faoiispK. ^^ At'oi't '-TitM) imrpD, or 1| mile soiitji from this liniise and tlie lights on the inside of (he ^tt iii!ui-,d, !< t>!s tir>t hut, to wliich the marinpr, in day li^ht, may he directed by a beacon, about JStyy |MCP!> til thi' I- . with h hiind pointing; (o the hut. '29iX} pnccH or alinut I j mile south from this, is the second hut, with a similar beacon about 40!) juice" '. E. pointing (n it. 17(M) piicps, or about one niile mutb from this, U a tliird, with a beacon, bearing E. 500 paces distant. MXX) paces, or about 3 miles ^. of this, is a house, occupied by Mr. !^pillcr and family, wliich is about t mile IVnni the S. end of the island, and itbout \V. 1 mile from the S. end of the island, are tW4i other houses, with fnmilies. These h'uts. together ivHh the other bouses mentioned, form a chain from one extremity of the island to the other t'h? unfortunate mariner, whose fate may wreck him on this shore, . can, liy noticing the goint of compass from wliicli the wind blows at the time of bis being wrecked, hp scivern^d in his course across the island, where he will iind himself under the lee of the higher iaiid, and protected in some measure from the violence of the tempest. By kreping along the nitir);in of the isluiid. where the travelling is good, and before coruiiig (juite to the ldur^h. either N. or S. hu will be certain of meeting with one of these huts or houses, where he may Iind temporary relief, 'i'o facilitate still further, the means of convey- Inic immediate nb of consiilerable extent, iii(ersec(ed by a variety of small rivulets and creeks, which render it impossible for a ship-wrecked mariner ft nasb the inhabited parts of Miibury. Here too the hapless seamen is sonetiiaci destined >'J ""^ •mm tmtt. 138 Slum's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. Mid point, yoti muit l»u! up N. \V. whicli cpune will cariy f ou ci<-ar of 'Pad- fict'u rockf, Blark rorkii. »:icl the Hump Hau(l»- Acrosg the chaun I from the Hump aandft to Black >-ock crcfk, lie 7 or 8 piera, on m liirli are frooi 7 to 3} feet water, at low w<n which were suik in (lie jew 1 776, RtiH have uot siice been remoTod; the mark to pau between th'^m is to briiiu the beacon, at ilie west rnd of the town of Vewbiirvport (which may tie fllstinrtly seen in clear weather) over the Mii'h rorai^r of the iiorih meetinji-hoube. The Hump 8andi> lie S. W. from Salisbury point, which mnkeB the chniiuel very narrow, imd itifBrult for straoseta. When vmi onus the Black rocks, you murt haul up W. by 8. j S. which will bring you In chainel way, and good aiic hor^ge. And if it be in tlie night, or dark weather, when you judge yuur>(-li about half a mile fiom Blxrk rock, you may cnme too wi'h safety. I would recommend to all mRsters, whe- ther they belong to Newburyport or not, to avoid going into (hat port in a gale of eaaterly wind, except tiiey are well acquainted, and have a goodprmpect of getting in, as every person Hrqiinintcrk, and to reach n nnnr« ; and in hin fniitlew wareh f'T them, mu>'t inevi a- Wy perifih. As tlie N. E- «torm» are Renernllv most fatal to vestiels on thi^ part ..f the coa«t, SsliDhiirv heach ifi not m often a place of Shipjvrecli a* Plomh inland Hut tu (cnard a^Hinsit a potnibility of accident, which mait tonietimeii happen to the nnskilfiil or inexperirni-ed na- vluHtor, the Marine Society erected a hut, nimilar to t'loM on Plomb island. Here tliey de- ported every thing nece»fary for the relief of Juch as mi«ht nee.1 it, and were hI tlie pains and expense frequently to Inipect it. and renew their generosity by repIeni>hiiiB it but tins has sibared the same fhU with those on Plumb island, not $o much, however, from tlie in- safSciency of its foundation, or the violence of the winds, but from the \vHnti>niiiss i .1 in I . i- duals and companies, who frequent this spot in the warm season, on partita ofytrasvrt. i he Men-imack Humane Society have extended their benevolent views to ilii«p«rt of tli« coast, and have erected a hut oboiit } of a mile north from Black rocks, so culled, and about IW paces from the sea shore. This hat will be mnintained in coininodion" r* piir, hihI provHed with every thing suitable for those who may he so iinfortnnnte w to need its shelter. Others on the same coast will be erei:teil as speedily ns the fund»; of tlie ^nciety, and llie cha- rilies of individuals will render it powible, and will be conv eniently fui inslieil and provided (br the same laudable purpose. * Badger'.s rocks bear N. W. \ N, from the liRhtliouses, distant h If a >nil • nnl a ••■ co- vered at two thirds flood, which you leave on your »tnrl>oRrd hand. Black rock^ t-eur W. yf. from the light-houses three quarters of a mile distant, are hIwhvsi .liy ivliioi' y'ji' "Ifo leave on your starboard hand. Half tide rocks ron whiih \* plHced a Pinr; l-eai- « I" •>. 4 S. from Black rocks, distant one mile and a half, are'hare at half li.le wliirli vou lea> . on your larboard hand. North rocks, (which also have a Pier on them) bem- W. i>y !■ Imm Black rocks, dirtantone mile end a half, and are seen only at very l"« liiles, whicJi }0B Mave on vour Harlmani band, ..^twetn which and Half tide rooks is the channel. w 9 £dit. Micifarof *Pad- ch&iiii' i from the ! rrom 7 to 2i feet veuot sii'ce beea )ii, at the west rnd II clear weathor) } 8and« lie S. W. , nnd ilUBrult for ip W. by 8. i S. Lud if it be in tiie mile from Black all masters, whe- lal port ID a p;ale good prmpect of that DO \)\\ol caa frou should make vagcs to bear S. . 10 leagues front 'ill make the Isles departure; when he meeting-houte DBlcr N. N.W. a very Rood har- iind to sontlerly, d h»iil^ to the S. ind, (which has a tr a first rate maa ibear N. N. W. . or N. hy E. till . r N. W. bv W. Jiere you will be S. E. with which >fi|Nta>ile shore, only vikliPtl for 1)1" • ct in inilerer on thf • oast^ (hem, iiHi't in»*vi a- hisjmrt.if th«coii«t, till to K)>t>i^ a^Hinst ir iiiexf>erlpniwhiiig it but tliis wever, from llie in* rHntnniifWi'f in I. 'f lies vf pleasure. < be lii'" "'•<> »i>-r! Iipal' W i>y "'. whirli voii li-in <■ on benr W. iiy !■ from « tides wliicll JOB chaonel. -I ■« "'^t- - ^1 ■*# *,> ■ ,,V .■* '^'. '*■ \^ ■-■ v)^.,.-''-Sf^ N fe*ffi i;'^^ I" ;-b ! /kr/V /!?.» , ?'S-.i#«- .#. ^ •. %)t ".^^«J' • • /V- /:'•» % '^ \ \ ■ V ■ ' ■ 9 Edib ^tiitt*sAi Cditt nioe: Vind J0H tmmBi vetUier aviy C«pc Aim. m<1 job are to the dorthwtnl nf tin Ides of 8hMb. jour oo^ ■Mini to Portaoioath, moA vmi wre cbliKtd to mo a^ fir to iht wmmtA m to brloK mM port to bear N. N. W. ond In ffoeral tlio wind al S. at MO hauly two or throe poiatt to the nerthvard, wbkh naket it a iKadWiiid. [SttOk^UU.] n ' SI05ALS FOB TBLSEL8, Whin la tiglH, MplioMii t» Im koMd for Ntwboryport, Mid th« iM li w taiie on Ik ikti Pllotf euRoi gat oat to tkalr MintuMC. Whaa a vaiaal aoMMtlotpIha bajr.and cannot OMteoTel' the bar at riob watbh, owing "■ " ■ ' 'nndar «b inniPelaH* of (ba tMa, a an* ••« asi ntn will M hoiated up •mi a ran da rt nnd ItflimlatMM ai Ihim dk/Uili if tmn ton tiw v«in1 in Um bajr, iba nuM Aaap of; « ttfy iMM otlMl^ port . ^ ^ WlMatbawHaiikaalt:lMr««M|tiai«lwptiip,tl» * * Iwuifagto wioiwart HOlH ilgaaia Kk nade for bar tlM to OMM dver tb« bar, f aao mvarb *lau «* I in. koaping tbn Hdtta la rnni Wkkt arfaitMaTiiWklad ball paa to tha awrtbirard. , Vhaii a atvi aoaoaii U boittad half i;||ta opaa t^.tba loothiNM. tba veiMl nMWt lay ot and on at tbe bar ir fa ooBM iai and whan it i« a nitable will ba boittad balf mart: iba Mf tlwa the vaiMl OMjr eome In, kaapfaig the ligfata d Httii the Teuel may Come ia, keeping the ligbti a Wbe'n a vioMl' ll MM iii tlO'b^i and doas not oooa in before night eomet on, 'la foiloir- tnglighuwillbei«aifo,vi.:. ^ For a venal to kied olR and not atti!fopt to come in orer tbe bar dnrfbg the night, a I. AifTBoMN irill be boMM to tbe top of tbe flag ttalT. When thaib i* a proper time for a vemel to eomo in over tbe ber daring tbe night, two lAtrrnoexeilrffl be boiited, one at tbe top of tbe flag «taff. and the oiber half ouut blab. Tbe veml' Mutt tibett laf off aad on at the bar until a light it made in tbe eattem llgbt- bouM, nt a window abc«^ eight ".ble rvefed Mils, she may run S, S. £. fi leagues, trhich euarae, if mada good, will lariy ber a little to the eastward tit Squam bar ; |nd if tbe weather is so clear as to tee half a mile wh«B fou make the land to the eatttrard of Squam, you n^y rao within a cabled length of the ahore i your counc is S. S- W. Squan ba# bears from Hsllowbont point (the S. E. point of Cape Ana) IAhb W. S. W. t4t S. W. dfttapt about 3 leagues. In rwmiug fr4im Italloivboat point, jrou must be Caretulof Plumb cove ledge, which ehetfs itneK till near high water, and bears ftom *Sqa \vA light H. N. E. a little northerly, distance five-eighths of a mile. When you havepaiaed tiltis Icdgf. you leave a deep core, called Hodg« liio's cove, and a Ideg paint or neck of land, called Davis* neck, on your iarhoardl ; fcabd When Up with this neck haul S VV< or S. W. by W. for Squam bar. tn sailing into thb harbour biiug the li^hi to bear "U^ S wh<r(«monih litcbt-bouia aboft 8. by If.. '>4btaat 19 or 11 lai^^Mi aad Cram Mtwburyport bar 8. S. £.# laagnah m »7 rv» ^4 '^ -w^' B ^ ISO Blunt'i Arhcticdn CiM'.i. Pilot. 9 Edh. for the Bar rock, Icavioe the light-hotue on your larbourd, tnd tlie bar, which rum Dearly N. £. aud S. W . (leavin*; llie r\vf>t about DO fatboma broad, oppoitile (he hgtit-hoUM) on your Ktarfoonrd hand. Id running; (hh coune you «ln leaTO the Lohater rocki (which lie S. by \i. from the lixiit'boiMe, dittaut 200 yarda, •nd are dry at lotv water) on your larboard haod. When up with the Bar rocka (which lie on the staiboard IihikI, and are dry till nearly nigh water) ileer S. by HI. I E. till you open the liuuucs, and you mny anchor In Troni 3| to 5 fathoma clear sandy bcttom ; or run your reawl on aiiore ou the (larboard baud, la case jou h*'iVe neither cables iioranihors. When a straoger is obliged to run forSquaih harbour, and is doubtful whether to eiJter on account of tbe depth of water, he had best anchor back of the bar, aiid he wlU immediately have aMtstancc from the liKht-house, if it is pouible for a boat to live; if the weather is so boisterous that a boat cannot come off, a flag will be hoisted on shore near the light-tiouse, as soon as there is water enough for H vosHcl on the bar, when iie may run in as above directed. If you are bound to Ipswich, your connc from Hallowboat point tn the mouth of the channel that leads into the hnrhour is W. { N. distant about 8 miles. There are two bcaconn erected a small distance to the southward of Castle hill, which may be run for, but as the bar is oftrn removed by storms, it it not safe to run into the hakbour unless acqunint^d. [txT Sec the PUUc] Directions to go into Cape Ann Harbour. WHEN vou come liom the eastward, and make *Cape Ann lights in the tiight bring them to bear S. W. and run direct for them, which course will carry you within the Londonor, and when you paiss th» said rocks, bring the two 'l?hts in one, at which time they will bear JS. by K. | E. and then steer S. S. "W. 1 \y. k(rrpiu«;8aid cuiirsc about ) mile, which will carry you clear of Milk island, which is very lev- aud cannot be seen in ndarkoifht. When you judge yourself to the westward of said island, yoii haul to the westward until you bring the liglits to bear E. jf. E. when you must steer W. S. W. about 5 miles, which eoiirse »vill carry you to EnKteru |)oiut. When you para said point, ke^'^your Course VV. S. VV. until you bring Norman's Woe, wfiich is the highei .ad on the norlij side of the harbour, to hear N. N. W. then ruu N. N. Vv. till you ahiit the light in, Uien N. N. E. will carry you safe in. If yoH want to go in^de the Salvages, keep close aboard Ilallottboat point, which lias a tree on the eastern p»'> t of it, aud oteer S. S. £• for Straight's mouth Island, but be careful to avoid Aver}''s rock, by keeping the lights on the dry poii' . of Straight's mouth io'taud, t' H y xi get up close aboard, then haul round the point, and S. S. E. will carry you'to Uie lii;kts. To avoid the Loi .doner, you ttuist keep the ligiits close aboard the ixidy of the island, oo which t|iey stand ; tiie Londoner lies half a mile off. hieaks at all times of tide, is quite dry at low water, aixl bears E. S. E. from llie middle of Tliatciier's island. . A long shoal tutu btr N. E. half a mile <]i8tant from the Londoner. Between the Londoner and Thatcher's island there are 3.^ fathoms, at low water. Fram the Salvages to Hallowboat point and Sandy bny, there lies a large spot of flat ground, which nt low water will talce up a small Vessel. Outside tite Salvages is very bold. Hallowbortl point bears from the SaN-ages W. N. W. 2^ miles distant, and the Salvages bear from the liglits N. y E. 3 mile* distant. If the wind be to the eastward you may Tinchor in a bay th::t mnkes between Ten pound bland and Eastern point, the latter bearing S. by E. and Ten pound island bearing N. Here you may anchor in 4 fathoms water, on muddy bottom. This is a good hartiour against easterly winds, but if the wind be 8. W. you are exposed to it in which case you may clear away Ten pound island, leaving said island on your starboard baud, and steer into tbe harbour, as above directed, and come tc« tiear Five pound islaud. * Cu)iu Ann l(glii-/iouM:b are buiii on 1 hatcher'» itland. which iiies about S miles E. of the S. K. point uf Cupe Aubtfu) wlicther ack of the bar, if it ia powible inot come off, a is water enough int tn the mouth about 8 miles. A of Castle hill, IS, it ia not safe n "^ ■ nn liKlits Id the ourse will narrj I, briog the two then stcrr S. S. lu clear of Milk When you judge I until you bring t 5 miles, which point, kp"'> your highei .udoii . N. Vv. tili you allow boat point, Straight's moutli igbts on the dry Q haul round the I Loi .doner, you iiich ijiey stand ; luite dry at low 1. . A long shoal en the Londoner om the Salvages It ground, which ges is very bold. distant, and the ie wind be to the lound island and iland bearing N. This is a good are exposed to it Id island on your d, and come tco ibout S miles E. of buietts bay, in lat. Edit. BlunCs American Coast Pilot. ISI NoTi. In lalllog from Cape Ann lights to Cape Ana harbour, tou will first «peo Braces Cove, before you come up Milhlhc harbour, wbitb will, wher. open, hear M. N. W. which you oust avoid. Cnpe Ann haitour lies one mile farther to (be westward, tod when open bears .N. N. E. *«n Directions for Solent Harbour. VESSELS inward bound, and falling in with Cape Ann, must observe the foU Jowii^ directions, viz.— When abreast of Cape Ana lights, bearing N. N. W. •bout two miles distant, steer W. S. W. about 3 leagues, which will carr> them up with the eastern point of Cape Ann, then steer W. by S. ) B. 7} miles, which ..will carry them up with the light nn U) Baker's island. Shiua tNxind to Salem falling in to the southward, must not run for the light till h bears N. W. b. W. whlcii will carry them to the eastward and clear of the .South Breaker of Baker's- island, which bears from the light S. £. by S. two miles distant, and is very dangerous. Vessels bound to Baleny having made llie light with a westerly wind, in bett- , log up, must not stand to the southward or westward, further than to bring the ' l^it to baar N. W. b. W. dii account of the South Breaker, nor to tlie north.- ward furtlier than to bring the light to bear W- b. S. \ S. on account of Oale'a let^e, which bears from the light N. K. b. E. 1| mile distant. fu going into Salem, by the common, or ship channel, between Baker's island and (A) Misery Island being up with Baker's island, you may pass wUbin 100 fathonis pf It, and steer W by N. for tlie (c) Htiste; this course will cvy you clear of (rf) Hardv's rocks, leaving them to the southward, vnd will leave (e) Bow- ditch*! ledfB tp the norUiward. If you arc in the middle of the passage betweeof . taker's island and the Misery, you may steer W- N. W. till you have passed , ^JBowditch's ledge, or till you b»ve (/) Cat island open to the westward of (^) Eagle island, then haul up W. for the Haste; any stranger may there sorhor in •afety, in about fi fathoms of water, good aixhorage ; but if yon choose toproceed lo Salem harbour, you must steer about W. for the Haste, which you leave oo ^ yMir larboard hand, about half a mile distant, then steer S. W. by \V. which will "' carry )ron Itttb Salem harbour ; l)Ut you mu^t observe that there is a ledge runs ■ ~ — ' » ' — ■ — J (a) Bakar'i island liei on the Miith tiiln'of the principal eqtrahoe of Salem harbonr, is .^boMt a tliinl of a m\* in length, rrom N. t<< S. hearing E. from (^ort Pickering, dltUPt H^jlt S oUa» aaiit from the town of Salrn. The light l^um, which «tandi on Ibif island, contsiai one fixea lig^it. The water \t deep near the island, but there iii no convenient lanfflng ^laeSi. 'tlie N. aiid E. sides are high and rocky. There is a smali channel between (he SC roflk* and tiiedry tpreakers, but Id safe onjy to those who are acquainted with it. (ft) MilM^y iidaad lies from Baker's island about 1 mile, is Joined by « bar loLittl* Misery, wbi«b makes the N. sido of (he channel opposite Baker's island— Minary \AuA or fireat Afisery is ITt rods in length Irr m N. to S, and 96 rod* in breadti). Littia Misery is '10 roilf in tei>gth, with its most western point projecting into the channel. («) nnUe Haste Rock Is a broken riMsk above water, ly'uix near the channel, bearing fiooi Bakar's iriamd tig^t boufe W. \ N. distant 2^ miles, and 1^ mile from f!aiem neck. (d) Hardy's rocks (on whlcli a Btiacon is erected) bear W. \ N. from Baker's iMand light, ' ^istart five-eightbt of a mile ; they ure covered at high water, opd iire dangerous. (e) Bim'ditcb's ledge hears from Bukec's island light-hou&c W. N. W. 1^ mile tJistant, and iias a Beacon on it. (/) Cat Island is situated abont 8. V. by W.from B^kpr's island, 3 miles distant, and about ' 1| mile from Marblehead neck, and ranges from Baker'nislaiul Just clear of MarMehead neck. Pp (ImM.^'W. end is a high beach, directly opposite the point of 9Iarblehead, called Peacli's jpoint. The shore is Irregular and rocky. Beyond and on a line with the island are twp other faeatls. of nearly the same projectH>n : and pn the southern side are three high roi^s, but not so large as the former. Two of them are connected wi(b the island by bars of sand, ' innt of water at the ebb; the other stands boldly up within, thew two, but piorv southerly. TjiiB Marbleliead Maripe f^iety haK erpcted on Cat inland rock, a Spar 40 feet high, to (ha (iop of which is annexed a Cask of about ISO gallons meaxure, which is seen at sea 20 or 39 feet above the land. (if) Eagle island is about 1} mile from Peacli's point, and bears from the ligbt-hotMe W by S. { 8. distant IJ mije ; a bar runs offfrom the western ^m% of thjj illaRd, fi> a W. flr»4' luctioi}. ( .''if' 1 ti U\ M'^'- :i_^i' Ui BKifH^ Araerican Colit POk. 9im» ftriNa tiM N. F.. cod of (ft) Wlaler bkiKl w\ ItuA Abboi*t i«ck lln abrfMt of |tt t» avoM which jnu nuit keep •bore ft quirtcr of • mile fra* the ■bovc. . , AMM(*k roek b fcand by briuclnn CmUc hill and bouM Into (be cmc N. cfFort n Pickering. in 7 feet at remmoo ebb. The mcao of coah PMM tl(le^ it 12 feet. In k«*pliig off •bore, to nvoid Abbot's roek» jou miiit not Rtoo fnr otC for (rcr of the Aqtim VltOB, which are tuukea rock*, lyhig E. 8. £. iro Fort PickerioK, diktvit ocarij half a mile. Ifheu cominf from the WNithward, if jrou are near Cat blaad, you may pai| to the eastward or wcttward of it< If you are to the eaalward, you muat i^lvc a Mrth of a quarter of a mlK end iteer N by W. f W. or N. N. W. leaving tho (i) Brlmbleaand Eagle i(|laod to the starboard, and (^) Codct island ledge to the larboard— tbft coui-tc will carry you clesr of Bagle island bar ; contloue upoa the sAmc eeurse (Ul you have {temed the Ilaste, and got into the common ship f hanccl, or you mnr cootiniie the same course till you get under the north sbore^ where tliere is good anchorage. ,|f you are to the westward of Cat island, you may pass in the middle chan< •d, between that island and (A) Marblehead rock, and steer ever N. for the f^ip chMMiel, IcBTlog (ti pray*! rock and Coney island to the westward. Aftea pasviif the il.mi'.% aua entering the chip chaaoel, you may proceed aa before dt- ncied. If Ib earning from the southward and eastward you should fod yeuiself near. Ilsif way rock, you may bring it to bear 8. B. and steer N. W, for the Haste. fMsdng near to (in) Sataiit or Bhck rock, leaving it on the larboard hand, and the tlrfanblfv and Esgle island on the starboard ) coatiope this course, end yot| wrill leive the Has'e oif the laitoard band, and enter (lie conuBon ship channel •nd proceed as above. ; There are several other '^nels for eote^ng Salem harbour, but they otigh^ not to lie attempted without a pilot. Directions Jbr Bcvefly and Mlhnchetitvr. Tp enter Beverly hsihour, folh>w the diiertiops Ihr 8aiem hmhouEt lill yeil YiriuK (he Haste to bear E. S £. and run W. N. W. about S miles, and ypu reach JBeverly bar, which la • spot of sand tunning nut from the southern or Sslem side pf the entrance, and has'comro^lv a bpHCOh upon the hradof It, above a <|uaN ter of a mf1« frotp (he fhere. i^ The bar hni| ycry shoal water o^ the ea»tem or putward iide near it, Int^ootf i^uchontge within. There is good water at llie Snd of the bac. Having paesed the bar there Is a nandy point from Beverly* oa e. noMiem side of the eniranre, and beyond tbia point are ibe Lobster roclifi, which hear from the head of the bar W. a little S end not half i prtle distant, •pd they nre ahayt water at hnlf tide. To iivoid thk point, aP«r baVtng well {ileared the bur, you s^lH *^tepr towards Ram horn rock, which ba^^ca£moo- y a b«KoPi Mid is to he Hern at half tide, hearing S. W. by 8. ttiam (he heed el .— ^.^..li.— — ^ — '' (Jk) Wiat^r il rnnning horth^^wtwardty from the town, about t mile.) It im a ftnni awl whxrf on the loutherq end, at the entrance of Cat Cove. On the e^rtera aoint vtandu Fn(:t Fii-VnHna. ' (t^ The Brimble* bear 6. o E. from Gaglfe falaqd Mt^rly half a mile dbtant— they are , sutkiNi rociti, bare at low water. .-„;.. Cf) Conev iriand !i a mMli ifland that lie* near the month of Mem harbour ; it faear^ fton Marblehead point N. 1. «♦ mile* diiUnt. (k) Marbleheail rock bean «. W from the we^Um part of Cat iriand, diiUnt three II; irthii of a mile : It it above water, and may be approached on either tide, ve^ near, with (^ Oray** roek hi n N. W. Ilraei Cat iiUnd, dixUnt three quarten of a mlic : it h above water, and may be a, .reached with lafcty. ^„. „. «. . (m) Satan, or Blaok rock, it above water, Keep too. and liearsS. W. by 8. from Bal^ar) I Um »brcMt of MM tbcalMWi. N. eCPort (of S.E. polat e mcBo of coBi ^ jou muil not lyii^ £. S. £. 70U majr ptn ou muit kIvo s W. leRving tiM nd ledge to the coQtiaut upoo comaion ihip the north sbor^ miiMIe than- «r K. ft>r the ntward. After i«d M heforo di- id jrounelfnear , for the UMt«, ward hand, and iourae, and you Ml ahlp channel, but thej otigh^ >«thoiVt liU foil I, and yoii reach m or Salem ef de !, above a quar- p the eavtera or lod water at the nom Beverly, oa I Loheter rocks, r i frrile diilRnt, Ker ha^nf well a^aiaocadmioo- rbm the head «f MMir, aboathaira point 0^ rocfc* on rn. about i niUe.) • On the eJirtem liftuit— (bey are larhour; it bran) tV inter itiand, E. Unt. ■tl, diitant tfarro , rtty near, with mito : It h above r8.(roB!>mi(tr^« f Edk. Blyfit*t Woe. #ii I. the bar, one eiahth of a mile diataot. There arc M>veral fathoom of water #llM|l ■ vrwiert lanfftfi of Rnni hum roek. Oivli« tbii n piomi birth, yva then cleuUw nnt^r (wlnt, and aleer for Ih4> Luhtter rock beacon, lienrtmr from Ram hornbft. cor. N. VV. by W. ilhtaot aboot I (|iiRrter of a mile, (iivinn Uiii a good bfrth^ you are (Ih^ii op|io^lte (o r|ji> wharvea, aud may auclioi iu licep water, and iu • very tale and exrrllfot hnrhour. To enter MMurbt«ter harbour you anuit briof >hc light to bear S. i £. an4 run V. 1 mile diataut, where ymi may anchor on good hottoo). N. n. Rimtf rn p the following l. Aflrr gettiiig the wogt lirlit to hear N. \ W. yon are to the.weat- ward of the leitgr ; then haul to the N. W. *(> bring the light* to bear N. B. by E. and Kteer S. W. by \V. for the enttern |miiit, which is nliout 7 mile* dbtant from TImtclier't iHlanid, Then your coune U W. by 8. distant 7^ mika, for Ihe light on Baker'a IiIkwI. Vetfela Iwiuid to Marbtcliead, and faMhig to the MMithward, and nmoliig for the light, muit not bring it to bear farther north ban N. W. by W. tn avoid Baker'a ftlaovl Breaker, which bears from tl>e light from H. K. ^ S. to S. E. by S. i S. distant 2 n)ii<». Having made the Ugitt with a westerly wind( and beating, when withia 2* miles of the llglit yoti must not stand to the southward anrl vealwartl, further tlian to bring the lifhllo begr N. W. by W. on account of the Sivith llrenkent, nor to the northward further than to bring the light o benr W. by !^. j S. oh account of Oale's ledge, which bears frojn the light N. R. bv E. )} ndles dUtaoi.-— Thiwlng near the light, take caie of a ledse called the Whale's back, which ' bears from tlie light h)f. by B. distant fonr-ftfilw of a mile. In going into Marblehead, and being up with tlie light, give ti.e north point of Baker'a Island a bhrtb of one quarter of .1 ruile or ksx ; when the light beara 8. E. \ E. yon are op with the point, and when it bars S, R. by E. you have paaaed the point, (feavlng the Misery island on your starbourd hand, which beara Iron the light N. W. \ N. four-fiftha of a mile, then steer S. W. by S. until you bring the liciit io bear IT. F: by E. ^ £. then steer M. W. by Vf. k ^. distant 3 nlta*i ior M«itlebead harbour. Ton will lef.ve TJardy's mrks. Eagle Island, aud Oray'a rock, on the stjirhonrd hunti; l'op«'s liead, Brimbles. ftnd Qorth point of Cat inland, on the larboaroin 20 to fiO fathoms from the shore, whrre you will have from 4 to 5 fathonw water. When up with the S, W. pobit steer W. B. W. wMbch will carry yi»u kctweieo tlie north Gooseberry ano Pope's head, leaving the former on your larboard hand, and l*ope's head 00 your starfooud band, between which you will have ft-om 3i to 5 fathoms of water. Aa aooo m^ you have paatied Pop4)% head, html to the nnrthward. until the aoulh light |)ean N. K. by E. i E. then steer ft. W. by W. { W. for Mtrhlchead harbour. Veaaela coming from the outward and runniag for Half way rock,* must not — '■ ^ " ■*■ I '' " '■' I"- " - ■ ■■■■- I — ■■ .— ■ I — .1. ■ I , I ■■ ■ ■ . '1 • Half way Rook li a hiab boM mak of aboat SO (kthoms di v. part of Haste rock, 2} mile S. part of Coney island, t{ mile Nagus head, on Marblehead shore If. part of Ony'sfOck • • 9f«, part of £asle island, 1) mile & part of MarMhead Neojc IS. Bart of Cat Island, S miles MiMIe of Pope's bead, disUnt f mile N. part of WeDtern Gooseberry lAitan, or Blaeli rock, 1} mile < Eastern Gooseberry, ^ mile Jijalf way rock, 2 miles ii. Breakers off Baku's island, 2 milSs B.byN.|N. N. B. by E. { E. N.N.E. N. byE; N.by W. }W. N. W. J N. W. N. W. W.^N. W. by N. W. iS. W. * 8. vr. 8. w. » w. W. by 8. 18, S.W.by\ir.iW. 8. W. by W. S. W. by W. 8.vr.*s. 8. W. byS. 8.8.W.*ir. 8.iE. ».£.byS, Memark$ on Cashews Ledge. (bT ah KkPEaiSMCED MATtftATOR.) I TOOK my departure from Thatcher's island, which lies 2 miles to the eastf ward of Cape Ann ; the islaud bore from me N. 3 miles distant : from the bear, ing I fleered E. > N. 65 miles, with a f»ir wind, and fell in with the.north part of the bank, where Casbe's ledge is, about 2 leagues to the northward of the shoal, in 60 fathoms, hard black clay. Thisban^ lies N. and S. 7 leagues, and, t On this Rock is erected a Monument painted white at the bottom and black at the topi heiuK«bout 8 feet In the base, and 15 in height. Strangers will obserre that the course frooi Halfway rock to Marbiehead fort is W. by N. f N. S miles distance, leaving the beacon which is placed^m Cat island rock on (he aUrboard hand, and the monument on the larboaf4 head ; iba noaoiiKnt bean from, the beacon W. by 8. 1 8.(tiitan6e ^ of a loils. ii':-- *•, .;«# J iJj. EdU ffi: -'"S ■' ^j^p'-'-T,^-*T" t^ ;^^ '+■:?*!& ^ '^i^«*'-«!'f^ the Bcuth breaker, !. Beiug up whli »bearE.bjrS 4S. ring Cat island on f. distant 1 J miles, out Half vTay roclc »ckj\. W. b. W. t and ivcs^ of each I lij^ht to bear S. t from earh other ;h other S. W. and en at quarter ebb, latter ebb. Oale'a off Baker's island T, and are seen at t island rock, Half ire laiie, and hij^ ' igle island is bold to Hardy's rocks, I tiu vieinity ^Sa<» N, { N. E- \y. i w. V!- . N, i. 8.18. .y W. i W. )y W. ifW. \S. iy«. r.fw. yS, "^ % 2 miles to the east* int : from the bear- with the.north part s northward of '^the d S. 7 leagu'>8, and I and black at the top< e that tb« cour«e from , leaving the beacon umeut on the larbo4f4 ofaiiiU«> i 11 '■*».' ^ ■^ ?i^^ »«»* -wn im.mr n 1 ^ ^ I- ■^[^ • >-'t'jf -•'/"".y '^I.>j.--V"^'';.y rrm /■ : J.i.yjr .:■ ,:*«, v^.HjV-" • , ^^' .„.J .......J rn. ,' SB ♦ vJ'V ' V ^ ^'' '''■ ^^., Ci'K. •? 1. 4i. ■^< h'u ■^ / „-f"" F §i 'N ■'"'.-.■■v- .... . w. Ithiiity Atnericflrt tloast Pilo6 "*. •: 'v y ** MM and wot 3 lMgaw»} add la the rentm ai the babk Is th« sHdalMt IfAJipnd^! Itii l«qg(h and breadth b one ^rtet of a mile. There are po it in mmiw pa;i| (0 fathoiM, in othen only 41, afl exceeding rocky. In the length of a boat yoil iriU have bum 10 to 4| bthonfi, and there are 1 7 fathoms within a cable's length ot the final, which gradually deepens as ybii stand from it, all over the bankr to 00 fathoms, at this 8oun«v/ion«ybr nn'/tng- Mfo Boston Hitfbour. ' Yf bound to Boston from the southward, cross George's bank in latitude 4^ lO* N. io which the shoalest water you have will be 36 fathoms, from which yon steer W. by TR. f K. 45 leagues, and if clear weather you will see Gape And oo 'i jfnux starboard band and *Cape Cod on your larboard baud. Take care not Ur > M> to tiie northward! of 42* 40', for fear of Casbe's l«ige, which lies E. j^ N. 23 ^agues from Gape Ann. From Cape Aon, when to the eastward of tbe-gravtB, 1^ Boston t light-house the course is S. W . i S. distance 8^ leagues. After iu^' : '' ' W. and ^eo run for it, till you come within two cables leo|^h of it If the Wa- ^kt tiier is biid, and you cannot get a pilot from the light-house, after rumdng abhast of it so as to bring it to bear N. by E. you may run W. by S. about l| m^e to ' ITatltaskft road, vhere you may anchor in from 7 to 5 fathoms in safety. ,!. „ i^o work Into Boston bay you may stand to the southward till you bring. -^e llriit to bear W. N. W. and to the northward till you bri^ it to bear W. 8. W. ' jM you come within 1 league of the light ; then you must not stand to the north- ed aoy further than to bring it to bear W. by N. and to the southward to 1^^ it to bear W. N. W. You may anchor in the bay ilritb safety if the wind if «m the shore. If you fell to the southward of Boston harbour, be care^il to i^oid Cohasset rorks, which lie above water some distance from the latK^ the dtiter part of which, called Miiiot's rock, has a black buoy mi it, that Hes in 5 fiithoms water, which you leive on your larboard band. Your course froni this liu<7 to the light-house is N. W. i fx. distant 3 leagues. In runniag the aJMive <)ourse-aird^wance, you will rasa a white buoy which lies io„4 fathoms i^ater, (bat if 00 the N. £. part of Harden's rocks, and bearS. £. i§. from the Hght- ^OUse, distent 1^ leagues, which rocks may be seen 2 hours before low wjatcsr, ^at you also leave on your larboard h <■ d. I'bere is another.buoy oo youif lar- board hand, wbieb is red, that lies in three fathoms water on Point Aldc^on. W^eo In the middle }f the light-house channel steer W. by N. I mile dtstiut to t^e beacon on the spit, which you may run within ooe quarter of a cable's Wogth flf, leaving It oo your starboard hand, opposite to which lies> black buuy in 2 I fatlioqis water, on George's blaqd rocks. Between the li|(ht-house and Geovge's bland lies a rock called the Centurion, in mid-channel, with 15 feet water pa it. ITour course from thb to Gfollop's island point, u N. W. by N. half a o^ di»< • »■ » ' I ' ' " I ' I ■ ■ > • Caps Cod it Inw Mmlyiand.' Cape Aon i* middling iiigfa, with muiy treeioa it. There i« a remarkable land called Pigeon hill, which appean like a boat bottom up. t- Boctoii Light*hoii«e itand* on aMMllidand oo the north entranca of the ehanneir (Point AUerton and Nanla$kd heiffilt being on the south,) and is about fi5 feet high, li Mntains a REVOLVINO flOHT, on Lewit* improved jilan, taf. -viil appear brilliant Csrty Kcondu, and be obtcured SO neconds, alternately. Two huti ire e^uted here witli noooBmodathMM for iibipwrs«lu4 MMsa«a. ▲ oaaaoa ii lodgsd and ■oaateil at (to Light- 9aais, te aa^war dcaais. 1 m ?rifWp - J _- m i '>k\ }■ f. M I <.>».• I !4* % 13d 61iit#^ Anierietti Cms^ At 9E(tftr tMit. Frott tliMce throush the naitoira by Nkk'» ifiitfi, your timthe h N. N. Wt miT • B. frequent it wlil follov the direic^ontiherel given: When up with the'OniTes which are a parcel Hf dry rocks ibst apot^ar '#MM, yott most leave throi oti your iarbnani hand, 1 cabteV length dlistKnt,lhea bring them to bfiar S. £. and run S. W. by W. 4 miles, when you will be up Irttk Long Maud ^ead. which is hi|^h and bltilT, with two remwikable trees on it, that you leave ou yitur larboard band. lo passioe iroto the Qraves to Laog isl« ^d bead, you wUl sile 2 buoys on your fatfbeard hand, one of which is on a reef Mltad the Dtifil's back^ is painted red, and lies la 4 futboffis wat^r ; tbe other on Itabfbead har, which is black, and lies in 15 feet wMer; you willnlso pass a white iMloy on your starboaid hand, which lies on the N. E. point of Faao'bar« in 9f Aitlioais, whrnyoil must follow the directions above for the town. A black buoy with a white vaoe has been placed near to the Barrel Rock; whkh Hea in the Broad sound channel, at the entrance of Boston Hsrbouf* The iMioy is mooren iiout 7 fathons IT. E. from the rock, in 3f fathoms aaier^ abftut i; mile W. by S. Trotnthe body of the Graves— one half mile N. W from the DeviPs tad'— W N. W. from the house on Green bilnnd— and N. £. | E. from -tlic tree on Long island bead. This rock is 10 or 1 2 feet long, and 5 or feet wMe, ranging N. N. W. and S. S. L. havfaig 4 or 5 feet of watef upon it at lq*^de, and 3t hlbdOis mnnd it->-vessels amy pass with safety ^ithef side of IJif buM^ giv!. 4 it a fiirth (if 12 or 15 fatbomsi XM! Lower midd!«) f round lying-in the way, the directions are as follow, tfiu Op the Lower midcile i^rouiid, which lies on tbe north sidr of the' channel, ja little above Spectaefe Itiland, (which is in part di^ at low water,) on the eastei#L part fif wMch is a iteltlimayi and on tbe western part a'black buoy, In 8 fatbon* watl^, which you muit leave on your starboard band. Puidiaing t^oiot, or Shirley gut entrance, is between Faiin bar and Wiosbip'k bar. Ton must brint^ it to bear 9. W< and iua for it, leaving Shirley point on the starboard and * Deer island oo tbe larboard band. Tbe channel from thia gut to Boston is so crooked and narrow, that m aevMU should attempt to go m with a large vessel, unless acquainted, without a pilot. Yesseli) outward bound, from Boston light^house, who would wish to fall ia with Cape Cad, (lie course is E. S. E. distant II leaguea, thence 3 |engut« to die ligl;t-house. When up with the light-house, and it bears 8. W. 2 leagues dis' taot,.ytm may then steer S. S. E. which will carry you out of the ^o(lth chaniiel. Yeseefc> in Boston bay, wlio would wish to put away for Cnpe Cod harbour, must endeavour to fell in with Race Point IJghl>Hoo»e, whiclt contains a re- volving lit;ht, [see pHge 1 40. j SlKHihl you first make Cape Cod Li^ht bring it to heat E. by N. and riio for it until you have souudhgs in 14 or 16 fathoms *»' tcr then steer N. £. notU the lig^t bears E. by 3. then run in N. W. for the harbour. When between Cape Ann and Ct^pe Cod you will have from 35 to 1 fathoms water, which titter sounding is within 2 leaguev-of Bot^tou lighl-houte; the quali- ty of the soundings is more to be depended ou than the depth of the water. Aa you will flod a^UTerence of 5 or 6 fethoms in running a cableMength, you will • In AOcourMoT the winter of IStO.II, Dser-Uan'l Point waslipd avay. «n ihut it ia pow cOT«K When abrenst tipper mMdte leave mi your yoribr%the (DtteerN.Wi !• not a propiMf^ ilireicf ipofe henf ks that appear th((iatant,lheB Fou will he up ibSe trees on ity es to lioog isl-i eh is 00 a reef '; the other OB 'illnlso pass a It of Faun bar, town. I Barrel 1l«cl#' «ton Harbour^ fathonw italer^ le N. W from iod N. £. I E. ng, and 5 or itei* upon it al her aide of thf aa follotr, viz; the'chaDnei, a I on tlie easteii( r, in 3 fathon* and Wiosbip"* lirlej point on lunei from tliia tempt to go B wish to fall ia c 3 leajiut-s la . 2 leafiiue* diiN outh chaniiel. Cod harboiig^ rontaina a r0- jtht briojt it ip b tatboms v«a< K. W. for the tolQfathomi u«e; tliequali* he trater. Aa >ngth,you will ray, io tbiit it h nandgni g oii( t. Taawliaiml 9 Edit. _.^,-''i "ll^mgy^^ --;.*t- Blunf s American Coast Pilot 137 observe tliAt the quality of soundings is rough on Cape Ann side, and sandy on Cape Cod. At full and change, it is high water off Race Point iit 10 o'cloclc and 45 mi* nutes. Vessels in leaving Csfie Cod, bound to Boston, should calculate the tide, as the flood sets »(rong to the S. VV. N. B. The upper buoys will be taken up during the winter season. [See the Plate.] ^ Directions from Boston Light-house /o Cape Elizabeth. From Boston light-house to Thatcher's island, which lies 2 miles from Cape Ann, the course is N. E. and the distance 8^ leagues ; but to clear the London- ^ cr, which you leave on your larboard hand when bound to Cape Elizabeth, tlio * course is N. £. by E. About half way, and near the north shore, is a hii(h bold rock, called Halfway rock, of about 30 fathoms diameter, and lies S. W. by W. distant 7^ miles, from the eastern point of Cape Ann. From Thatcher's island, E. S. E. one quarter ofa mile, lies a ledge of rocks, called the Londoner, which show themselves at half tide, and extend E. N. G. and W. S. W. distant 2 miles from the island. If you should be forced to the northward of Cape Ann, there is a very clear bay, called ip ^ich Bay, and N. E. from it lies the harbour of Portsmouth, the entrance to which is formed by Great island on Uie west, and Gerrish's island on the east ; on the former of which the town of New Castle is built. From Cape Ann to the Isles of Shoals the course is N. ^ E. distant 7 leagues. These isles are low and level, and near 2 miles in length. South from their west end, half a mile distant, lies a rock, which may be seen at half tide, and by giv- ing the west end of these islands a birth of half a mile, a N. by E. course will carry you to the entrance ol Portsmouth batfraur, 8 miles distant. Strangers should never attempt to go round the east end of these islands ; but if driven thereto give them a birth of half a mile, and steer N. IV. by N. which will carry you to Portsmouth. N. E. from the east end of these islands, 4 milet distant, lies York ledge, which is always to be seen, and extends N. £. and S. Vf. t miles. From York ledge to "Boon island the course is E. N. E. distant 9 miles. From Boon island to Boon island rock (on which the sea always breaks^ the course is E. and the distance S miles, t rom Boon island to Wood island light-house, the course is N. N. £. distant 12 leagues, and from thenca, to Cape Elizabeth the course is N. E. | E. and the distance 4 leagues. Directions for sailing in nndcmt of Boston Bay, /rom Cape God or Csipc Ann, to Boston Light-house. BOSTON light-house stands on a small island at the north entrance of tha channel, and is:«bout 65 feet high. It contains a REVOLVING LIGHT, on Lewis' improved plan, and will appear brilliant forty seconds and obscured, twenty seconds, alternately. To steer for it from Cape Cod your course is W. N. W. when within one league of the Cape. From the Race point ligl^t-housQ to Boston light-house is about 1 1 leagues. From Cape Ann to Boaton light-house the course isS. W. | S. distant 8| leagues. The next light-houses on the coast eastward, are those on Thatcher's island-^ an island which contains about 3U acres of land, secured by an iron bound shore, and is situated about 2 miles east of the main {and of Cape Ann; This island affords no harbour, nor is there any safe anchorage very near it ; there is a pas- sage between that and the main, through which small vessels may pass even at low tide ; but the water is shoal and the bottom covered by a collection of large round stones. The light-houses were erected there for the benefit of vessels coming in from sea, as well ai for those coasting around the shores. As soon aa * Boon island is very low land, about one quarter of a mile in ieng^i ar.d hM H lijj;h(«hof0X'"**'''IW"Wf Blunt'fl American Coast Pilot. 138 tbew light! art discovered they can know their real situation ; for being tw9 light*, they cannot be taken for the single revolving light at Boston Imrboar, or for the Plymouth lights, where there are also two, but the (list;>!ice between them is dniy 11 feet and 6 inches, while the distance between those on Thatch- tr's island is about one fourth of a mile, and can be bruUgbt to range one with the other when you are abreast of the island, and bear N. by £. and S. by W. from each other, and those on Plumb Island bear E. by N. and W. by S. from each other. But the Plymouth lights cannot be so drranged from the north nntil you are on the shore, and from the south only v/hen you are near in with the land. The lights on this island are of great use \o all vessels in their passage in or out, as they point out the situation of the Salvages on the north, and the Lon- doner on the south. Besides, from the different bearings of the lights, a safe departure may be taken for the different harbours in the bay. as well as for those bound northerly and to sea. For remarks more minute, you will find them in the directions for sailing to Boston light, to Baker's island, and to those on Plumb isl* and, at the mouth of Newburyport harbour. * Directions for Scituate Hdrbour. ■'* THE Light-House at the entrance of Scituate Harbour was erected more for the benefit of foreigners, who fall into the bay southward of Cohasset Rocks ; ' and as a guide to southern coasters to avoid Cedar point, which is flat, and projects into the bay beyond the Clifts, than for any advantages to be derived from the harbour, which is 'small, having only about 12 feet water on the bar tX high water, middling tides. There is one light which is fixed ; and therebj distinguishable from Boston light, on the north, which is a repeating light ; and Plymouth lights on the south, which show two lights ; (or Lanterns on the same building.) Scituate Lighthouse is erected on Cedar point, which makes the north chop of the harbour, the first clift (so called) making the south chop. There are four of these clilU extending towards the north main ; the south- ernmost of which is Uie highest. From the body of the Tight-house, the northerly part of Cedar point and a ledge called Long ledge, extends N. N. W. nearly one mile ; so that vessels falling in a little more than one mile northward of the light, may bring the light to bear south ; and if they make good their course north, they will clear the outer ledges of Cohasset rocks ; half a mile east of the body of the light will clear Cedar point, long ledge, and the first clift ledge. [Note — there are led^s extending from all the four clifts, but none between them, and half a oiile from the shore will clear all except from frigates and large vessels.] From the body of the light, runhing S. S. E. will clear Branche's point ; consequently, giving the light half a mile birth, there will be no danger in running 9. o. Jfi. There is a passage within Cohasset rocks, used by coasters, which is found by f iving the light half a mile birth, and running N. W. by N. to the southerly en- tering rock. There is a meeting house about two miles W. by N. from the light ; and a &rm hoyse near the northwest side of the harbour, with two large barns a little north. To go into the harbour, (the mouth of which is about one third of a mile wide,) bring the meeting house or farm house to bear about W. by N. from the Boiddle of the entrance of the harbour, and run in W. by N. for the farm house, until you have passed the bar, which is a hard bed of stones and gravel that does not shift ; and after passing the bar, and coming on sandy bottom, haul up and «ncfaor near tlic beach on tte south side of the harbour. I. Directionifor *Plymouth Harbour. THE high land of the Monument bears from the lights S. | W. S miles, and lUfm * This harbour b capai^ai, bat shallow, and ii formed by a long nnd narrow neck of land, Pallid Salt-bouso beae|^>«itKadipg soatiatrlffromMarsbfield, andteminatijig at theGur- r 9 Edit for being tw9 Boston Imrbonr, ist«!ice between )03(! on Thatch- range one with ■• and S. by W. W. by S. from 1 the north iintil ear in with the their passage in h, and the Lon- le lights, a safe well as for those find them in the ose on Plumb isl- erected more for /ohasset Rocks ; ' lich is flat, and ;es to be derived water on the bar id ; and therebj ating light ; and 'anlems on the nt, which makes ; the south chop, nain ; the soutfa- edar point and a ' ; so that vessels t, may bring the , they will clear lody of the light 1^fote — there are lem, and half a ! vessels.] Brancbe's point ; danger in running rhich is found by the southerly en- the light ; and a irge bams a little ne third of a mile '. by N. from the r the farm bouse, 1 gravel that does lom, haul up and W. S miles, and arrow neck of land, linatipg&ttheGur- ^ 9 Edit. Blunt^s AmericaB Coast Pilot. 190 'Monument point S. S. E. 3 leagues, and Brancbe's point N. ^ W. about 8 leagues, Saquash head W. ^ S. 3 miles, the easternmost part of Brown's islands or shoal that dries, S. S. W. 1| mile, and the Oumet rock from the body of the light-house E. by S. j S. one third part of a mile ; on this rock vou have but 3 feet at low water, at which time all the soundings were tsken. When you have shut in the Sandy hill with the Gurnet head, you are clear of the rock ; after which you must mind not to haul in too close to the head, as there are many sunken rocks some distance from the shore. When you bring Saquash he«d to bear W. by N. you may then steer up W. by S. and if you are bound for Ply- mouth, you roust keep that course for a lai^e red cliff on the main, which is a very good mark to carry you clear of Dick's flat ; then you must steer more southerly for Beach point, or run up until you are abreast of Saquash head, giv- ing it one quarter of a mile distance ; then steer W. by S. ^ S. which will clear you of Dick's flat, and carry you directly for Beach point, Keeping within 16 or 20 yards of the Sandy point, steering away for the southward, keeping that dis- tance until you have shut in the lights, where you may anchor in 3 and 4 fathoms, but the channel is very narrow, having nothing but a flat all the way to Ply- mouth, except this small channel, which runs close by this neck of land ; you will have 4 a.id 5 idthoms close to this point. If you are bound into the Cow- yard, you must steer as before directed, which will clear you of Dick's flat and the Muscle bank, observing to keep the house on the Gurnet head just open with Saquash head, until you have opened Xhp High Pines with Clerk's islands ; then you are clear of the Muscle bank, when you may steer N. W. until you have 3 fathoms at low water, not running into less. In coming from the northward, bound into Plymouth, you must not bring the lights more southerly than S. by W. to avoid High Pine Ledge, which lies north from the Gurnet head about 2^ or 3 miles. Wbien you are on the sboalest part of this ledge, some part of which appears at low ebbs, you will have the High Pines in range with Captain's hill, which will then bearW. by S. This ledge of rocks lies I^ mile from the shore, extending about N. N. E. ior neara mile, and close to this ledge you will have 4 and 5 iatboms, which deepens gradually as you run from it to the eastward ; within 1 mile y(W will have 10 and 12 fathoms. In coming from the southward, bound into Plymouth, you must not open the northern light to the westward, but keep them in one, which will carry you in 6 fathoms by the easternmost part of Brown's islands or shoal, keeping that course until you are within half a mile of Gurnet head, or nigber, where you will have but 4 fathoms ; then Saqua^ih head will bear W. by N. a little northerly, and th? S outermost trees on the bead in one ; then you may steer directly for them, until Sou bring the light-bouse to bear E. N. E., and the bouse on Saquash head to bear . W., just open with the first Sandy beach, where you may anchor in 4 fathoms ia Saquash road, good clear bottom ; but if you are bound for Plymouth, or the CowyarJS, you must steer as before directed, if in the night, it is best to anchor here, as it is difficult to make Beach point, if dark, or to go into the Cowyard. In turning into Plymouth, you must net stand to the northward into less than 3 fathoms, as it runs a flat a long way from the Gurnet bead to Saquash ; and from both the beads lies off a point of rocks a good way from the shore, many of them but just under water at low ebbs. And all the way from Sa<]ua8h to the Muscle bank, you have shoaf water ; so that you must not stand in less than before men- tioned. And in standing over for the sands to the southward, you must go about net head, and by a imaller l>each within, running in an oppc«ite direction, and cnniMcted with the main land near Eel river, nboat 3 miles ftvm the town. There are two light- liouBes OB the Gurnet, which are about 86 feet above the 'drface of (be tea, and cannot be brought into one to the northward, unless you are on the shore. Bnt to (tie MUthwaid yoa may bring; tbem io one, which is a very good mark to clear you of Brown*s island or Sand bank. On Salt-house beacb u placed one of the huti erected and maintained by the Hu- mane Society of Maisachuaetts, for the reception and lelief of shipwrecked mariners. There ■ is a breach b the inner beach, which expoiei the shipping, even at the wharves, during aa easterly storm. The Gurnet is an eminence at the aoatbem extremity of the beach. * Monument Bay (from which the piit h fathoms water from the easternmost part of Brnwn't island to the Gurnet head, an I not more than 7 or 8 until you are abreast of Dick's fl.ii, wlirre you tvill liate 13 or 14 fathoms in ? deep hole, and then flioaitin lo 5 futhomi^ abieust of Beach point. if you should fall into the southward of Brown's islands or shoal, Letween them and the Monument land, whore you have 20 fathoms in some placps you must not attempt to run for the lights, until ^ou have (hem shut in oi<^ witli the other, when they will bearN. N. W. ^ W. ; if you do, you may depend on being on Brown's islands or shoHl is th'^re is no passage for even a boat at low water. In coming in >tn the ' nvard in the night, you mu!«t not bring the light to bear more aouthr. i tt> by V^. to avoid High Pine Ledger, and keep that course until you ■ »'^ bear N. W. or N. W. by W. when you will be clear of the rov;k, » ■ ■.' f s ■ t-r up W. by S. until you have the lights to bear E. N. E. whecH yoi. ; • ■' thai «n 'lor in the night. Here the tide runs strong cbamiel course from tlie Gurne \e Race point of Cape Cod; the course is E. I N. about 6 leagues distance ; ai.d from the Gurnet to the point going into Cape Cod harbour, is E. by S. 7 leagues. Ifyou should make the lights in hard northerly, or N. W. winds, and cannot get into Plymouth, you may then run for Cape Cod harbour, bringing the lights to bear W. by N. and steer directly for the harbour, which you may do unless it is very dark, as it is bold too — and you may see the Sandy hills before you can get on shore. You may keep witbin ItX) yards of the shore until you arc up with the point that runs out to the eastward, which you must give a quarter of a mile distance, and then steer up N. W. if it should blow so hard that you cannot turn up the harbour, you may anchor off the point, clear bottom ; you have 8 and 9 fathoms very nigh the fbore, so that there is no danger of being on it, unless very dark. At the Gurnet and Plymouth tlie tides are much the same as at Boston ; that {s, a S. E. moon makes full s«b. Direction for Cape Cod Harbour. IF you wish to go into Cape Cod harbour, you may pass witbin one quarter of % mile of the light on *RaLce Point. After passing itj bring it to bear N. N. W. and S. S. E. ; run until the light on the Highland bears E. by N. when ym will be clear of Wood end Bar, then N. E. to bring the light on the Highland to bear E. 4 S. when haul up N. W. for the harbour, and anchor in four fathoms. Good anchorage may be found in a N. E. gale, by running for the light, giving it one third of a mile distance as you pass it ; as soon as it bears E. by N. haul up E. S. £. and anchor in from 10 to 4 fathoms. 1q passing Race point to the southward, you must give it a birth of 1 mile, ha there is a long flat of sand that lies to the southward of said point. You must not haul to the eastward till you come near Herring cove. Vessels inward bound, who fall in with the back of Cape Cod, may bring the tligbt to bear S. W. S leagues distant, and then steer W. N. W. for Boston light* bouse, which contains a Revolving Light. When up with Race point, you will find it very bold about 3 leagues to the westward of the light-house, and it may be known by a number of fish-houses on it. From I to 3 miles to the southward of Race point is what is called Her- • There is a light-home erected on the extreme point of Race point, HEVOLVING LIGHT, (on the same plan as Boston light,) to distinguii t, which contains a J distinguiih it from the one OQ Highland of Cape Cod, but it cannot be wen from veuels coming from sea until it bears 6. S. W. I S. when they run for it The liritt is 26 feet above the level of the sea, and )5$ feet mm high water mark. t The light-house it erected on land at the Clay ponndi, elevated about 150 feet, whicb( yj«> tha etevatjonof the lantbon, mkm tiw wbole hdgUaOO ftet abotehijh water atarlt^ It MPtMM* FIXED X4GiiT. ' ? "" Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 141 m^; 1 ' old too, and you !n^ falhonr.s water, where you will have good anchoring ; the light will then bear K. by S. 4 S. 5 or G miles distance. In running from Race point to Wood end, after you pass the Black land or Hummocks, you will come up with a low sandy beach which forms the harbour, extending between ? and 3 niles to Wood end, which is difficult to be dittin- guished in the night ; it is very bold, and you will have 25 fathoms water within naif a mile of the shore. In beating into Cape Cod harbour you must keep the eastern »hore aboard un- til you get into 5 fathoms water. Stand no further to the westward than to bring the light to bear E. by S. as there is a long spit of sand runs off from the weaterri shore, which beiii|; very bold, you will have 1 1 fathoms water within a stone's throw of the shore. If it blows so hard that you cannot beat into the harbour, you will have good anchoring without, from 10 to |5 fathoms water. Or if it blows hard at N. £. bring Kace point to bear N. W. by N. and steer S. E. by 8. 7 leagues, which course will carry you into Wellfleet, formerly called Biliengale. In steering this course you will make Harwich right a-head. When you open the bay you will bring an island on your larboard hand, when you may haul to the eastward, and ancuor safe from all winds. Description of the eastern coast of the county o/" Barnstable, from Cape Cod, o- Race point, «n lat 42o 6' N. to Cape Malcbarn;, or the Sandy Point of Cha'- liam, in lat. 41° 34' N. pointing out the spots on which lUe Trustees of the /' mane Society have erected Huts, and oilier places w/ierc sliipnorecked Seamt may look for shelter. THK curvature of the sliore, on the west siilc of Provincelon a, and soutli of Race Point, is called Herring Cove, which is three milek in length. TliKru i: good anchorin:^ ground here, and vessels may ride safely in four or live fathoms water, whui, the wind is from north-east to south-east. On llaoe Point stand about a dozen fishing huts, containing firo-placcs nnd other conve* nicnces. The distance from these huts to I'roviiicrtown, which lies on Cape Cod harbour, is three miles. Tlie passage is over a sandy bearh, without grass, or any other vegetable grow- ing on it, to the woods, through which is a winding road to the town. It would bn ditficuU, if not impossible, for a stranger to find his way ttiithcr in the dark ; and the woods are so full of ponds and entangling swamps, that if the road was misRed, destruction would proba- bly be the consequence of attempting to penetrate them in the night. Not far from Race Point commences a ridge, which extends to the head of Stout's Creek. With the face to the east, on the left hand of the ridge, is the sandy shore ;'.on the right is a narrow sandy valley ; l)eyond which is naked sand, reaching to the hills ami woods of Pro- vincetown. This ridge is well covered with beach grass, and appears to owe its existence to that vegetable. Beach grass, during the sprmg and summer, grows about two feet and a half. If sur- rounded by naked beach, the storms of autumn and winter heap up the sand on all $ides, and cause it to rise nearly to Uie top of the plant. In the ensuing spring, the grass sprouts anew ; is again covered with sand in the winter, and thus a hill or ridge continuiis to ascend, as long as there is a sufficient base to support it, or till the circumscribing sand, being also covered with beach grass, will no longer yield to .the force of the winds. On this ridge, half way between Race Point and ttie head of Stout's Creek, the Trustees of ttie Humane Society have erected a hut. It stands a mile from Peuked Hill, a land-mark well known to seamen, and is about 2| miles from Race Point. Seamen cast aWay on this part of the coast, will find a shelter here ; and in north-east storms, should th«y strike to the leeward of it, and be unable to turn their faces to the windward, by paising on to Race Point, they will soon come to the fishing huts before mentioned. At the head of Stout's Creek the Trustees have built a second hut. Stoat's Creek is a small branch of East Harbour in Truro. Many years ago there was a body of Salt Marsh •n it ; and : then deserved the name of a creek. But the marsh was long since destroyed ; and the crc '. now scarcely exists, appearing only like a small depression in the sand, being entirely dry, and now principally covered with beach grass. The creek runs from nortb- west to soatli-«ait, and is nearly paruUel with the shore on the ocean, fron which it is at oo "i'\ IS us Blunf s American CoMt Pilot. pe*t diitance. Not far from it tiie liilk of Provincetown terminate ( ud tbould not the BUl be Inunil, by walking round th« head of the creek, with the face to the wett, the billi on theach grass. To prevent any acci- dent from happouiog to it, or to the other hut near t'eeked Hill, the Trustees have secured the a tenlion of several gentlemen in the neighbourhood. Dr. 'I'liaddeus Brown, and Capt. Thomas ijmalley, of Provincetown, have engaged to inspect both huts, to see that tbey are •upplied with straw or hay in the autumn, that the doers and windows are kept shut, and that repairs are made when nrce!>sary. 'I'he ReT. Mr. Damon, of Traro, has also promised to visit the but at Stout's Cfv.-ek twice or thrice a year; and the Reii. Mr. Whitman, of Welllieet, distinguished through the country for bis activity and boM^lcoce, baa underta* ken, though remote from the iilace, the game charge. Krom the head of Stout's Chek to the termination of the salt manh, which lies on both •idos and at the henu of Eiut Harbour river, the distance is ibout {i\ miles. A narrow beach separates this river from the ocean. It is not so regular a ridge as that before descri- bed, as there are on it one or two hills which the neighbouring inbabitanta call isltuids. It may without much dilliculty be crossed everywhere, except over these elevations. By these bills, even during the night, the beach may be distinguished from those hereafter to be men- tioned. It lies from N. VV. to S. E. and is in most parts corered with beach grass. Thchilli bave a few shrubs on the declivities next the river. At the end of the marsh the beach sub- aides a little, and there in an eas^ ])e3s:ige into a valley in which are situated two or three dwelling houses. The first on the left hand, or south, is a few rods only from the ocean. The shore, which extends from this valley to Uace Point, is unquestionably the part of flie coast the most exposed to shipwrecks. A N. JC. storm, (he most violent, and fatal to •eamen, as it is frequently accompanied with snow, blows dirnrtly on the land ; r. strong cur- rent sets along the f'liorc; adrl to which, that ships, during the operation of such a storm, tedeavour to work to the nurlhwarcl, that they may get into the bay. Should they be un- able to weather Race Point, the wind drives Uiem on the shore, and a shipwreck is inevi- table. Accordingly, the strand Is everywhere covered with the fragments of vessels. Huts, therefore, placed within a mile of each other, have been thought necessary by many judicious persons. To this opioioo the Trustees are disposed to pay due respect ; and herealter, if the funds of the Society increase, new huts will be built here for the relief of the unfortunate. From tite valley above mentioned the laud rises, and lesstlian a mile from it tlie high land conin'ences. On the first elevated spot (the Clay Pounds) stands the Light-house, which contains a FIXED LIGHT, which every Navigator should impress on his mind. The shore here turns to the south ; and the high land extends to the table land of Eastiiam. This high laud approaches the ocean with steep and lolly banks which it is extremely difficult to climb, especially in a storm. In violent tempests, during very high tides, the sea breaks against the foot of them, rendering'it then unsafe to walk ou the strand, which lies betweea them and the ocean. Should the seaman succeed in his attempt to ascend them, he must for- bear to penetrate into the country, as houses arc generally so remote, that they would escape bis research during the night ; he must pass on to the valleys, by which the banks are inter- aectcd. 1'buse valley s,which the iuhabitants call Hollows, run at right angles with the shore ; and in the middle, or lowest part of them, a road leads from the dwelling-houses to the sea. The lirst of these valleys is Dyer's Hollow, 1{ mile south of the light-house. It is a wide opening, being 2(X) rods broad, from summit to summit. In it stands a dwelling-house, a quarter of a mile from the LK,ach. A mile and a half south of Dyer's Hollow, is a second valley, called Harding's Hollow. At the entrance of this valley the sand has gathered, so that at present a little climbing is necessary. Pa&sing over several fences, and taking heed not to enter the wood on the right hand, at the distance of three quarters of tv ;uile a bouse is to be found. This bouse stands on the south side of the road ; and not far from it, on the south, is Pamet river, which runs from east to west through a body of salt marsh. The third valley, half a mile south of Harding's Hollow, is Head of Pamet Hollow. It may with ease be distinguished from the other aollows mentioned, as It is a vride opening, and leads immediately over a beach to the salt marsh at the head of Pa..iet river. In tM midst of the hollow tlie saud has been raised by a brush fence, carried across it from north te south. This must be passed, and the shipwrecked mariner will soon come to a fence whicli separates what is called the road from the marsh. If be turns to the left hand, or south at the distance of a quarter cf a mile, he will discover a house. If he turns to the right hand at the distance of half a milei he will find the same house which is meotiooed in the forego* bg paragraph. Blunt's American Coa^t Pilot. ud ihould not the Im wett, the billi un A »n hour the thip- o about 30 miiiutei Stout's Cntek. But :ed on a upot whera ioD, and the weight t entirely demoliah- ftWky. fr it bad re- p would hnve been hut haditood. o pKT-'nt any arci- iitee* have secured • Brown, and Capt. to lee that tbey are are kept «but, and t, hai ano proini*ed !. Mr. Whitman, of koce, hai underta- wbkh lie* on both ' miles. A narrow i that before deicri- nta call islands. It levatioDs. By these lereafter to l>e uien- ach grass. Thehilli larih the beach sub> tuated two or three ly from the ocean, tionably the part of riolent, and fatal to land ; t. strong cur- ion of surb a storm, Should they be un- shipwreck is inevi- itsofvefKls. Huts, y by muny judicious and hereafter, if the of the unfortunate, rom it (lie high land Liglit-houfe, which on his miud. The dof Eastliam. This Ktremely difficult to ides, the sea breaks which lies between 1 them, he must for* t they would escape he banks are inter- gles with the shore ; i-bouses to the sea. house. It is a wide k dwelling-bouse, a Harding's Hollow. l a little climbing is e wood on the right This house stands it rirer, which runs Pamet Hollow. It is a wide opening, uiet river. In tha oss it from north to le to a fence whicli \ hand, or south at s to the right hand aoed io tiw forego* 143 The fourth opeoiag, three quarters of a mile south of Tfrad of Tamet, is Rrash Vf^ky. This hollow is narrow, anil climlmig is necessary. Kiiterini; it, and inclining to tlic ri;;bt, three quarter* of a mile will tiring seamvu tu the linuic, winch is •ituutcil at th«.la'H(l ol Famet. By proceeding *traigliun)r, callid New- comb's Hollow, vast of the head of Herring river in WollHcet. This v alley is u guurtor of a mile wide. On the north side ol it, nenr the shore, stands u ilsbing hut. Between the two last valleys the hank i* verv liif,h n.ul ed, that no imtaqce of a shipwreck on (liis par( nl Uic coust is recollerted by lOe oMcst inhabitants of Welllleet. Haifa mile south of Newcomb's Hollow, is the sixth vnlley, called Pearce'n Hollow, it b a small valley. A bouse stands at the distance of a little more than a quarter of a mile from Uie beach, W. by S. The seventh valley is Cohoon's Hollow, a half of a mile south of Penrrc's Hollow. It i« not very wide. West from the entrance, several houses may b« found at the distance of a Biile. This hollow lies E. by M. from Welllleet ineetii)g-hous<>. Two miles soutli of Cohoon's Hollow, the eighth valley is bnow's Hollow. It is smaller than the last. West trom the shore, at tlie distance of a quarter of a mile, is the county road, which goes round the head of Blackfish creek. Passing through this valley to the fence, which separates the road trnm the u|iland and marsh at the head of the creek, a bouse will immediately be found by turning to the right hand, or north. Tliere are houses also on the left, but more remote. The High land gradually subside* here, and 1} mile south terminate at the ninth vnlley, •ailed Fresh Brook Hollow, in which a bouse is to be found a mile from the shore, west. The tenth, ill »>■■<>* •<>*>*'' ''■^■n "^r^sli Brook Hollow, is Plumb Valley, about 3U0 yard* wide. West is u house, three quarters of a mile distant. ^ Between these two valleys is the Table Land. ' •' ' After this there is no hollow ci importance to Cape Malebarre. From Fresh Brook Hollow to the commencement of Nauset beach, the bank next tli« ocean is about 60 feet high. There arc houses scattered over the plain, open country ; but bone of them are nearer than a mile to tlie shore. In a storm of wind and rain tliey might be discerned by day light ; but in a snnw storm, which rages here with esceskive fury, it would be almost impossible to discover them either by night nr by day. Not far from this shore, south, the Trustees have erected a third hut, on Nauset beach. Kauset beach begins in latitude 41° &l', aud extends south to latitude 41" 41'. It is di- vided into two parts by a breach which the ocean has made through i'.. This breach is the nouth of Nauset or Stage harbour ; and from the opening, the beach extend* north si- mile*, till it joins the main land. It is about a furlong wide, and ''orms Nauset harbour. Which is of little value, its entrance being obstructed by a bar. This northern part of tiie beach may be distingui^'hed from the southern part by its being of a less regular form. Storms have made frequent irruptions through the ridge, on which beach grass grows. On an elevated part of the beach, stands the hut, about 1| mile N. of the mouth of Nauset har- bour. Eastham meeting-house lies from it W. S. W. distant 1 J mile. The meeting- houM is without a steeple; but it may be distinguished from the dwelling-houses near it by it* situation, which is between two small grove* of locusts, one on the south, and one on tlie north, that on the south being three times as long as the other. About 1| mile from tlie but, W. by N. appear the top and arms of a wind-mill. The Rev. Mr. Shaw, and Elisha Mayo, Esq. of Eastbam have engaged to inspect tliis building. The southern part of Nauset beach, most commonly called Chatham beach, and by a few persons Potaoumaqunt beach, begins at the mouth of Nuusct harbour, and extends 8 or 9 miles south to the mouth of Chauiam harbour. It is about 50 rods wide. A regular, well formed ridge, which, in the most elevated part of it is 40 feet high, runs the whole length of it; and, with the exception of a few spots, is covered with beach grass. This beach Ibrms tlie barrier of Chatham harbour, which, from Strong island, north, receives the name of Pleasant bay. A mile south of the entrance of Nuuset harbour, it joins the main land of Orleans, except in very high tides, when the sea flows from (be north-eastern arm of Plea- sant bay into the harbour of Nauset, completely iusulating the beach. By tlio<-i' who are acquainted with the shallow, it may be saiely forded at nuy time ; but strangers must not venture to pass it, when covered with water, as below, the channel is 7 feet deep. On this beach, about hall way between the entrances of Nauset and Chatham harbours, the Trustee* have erected a fourth hut. The spot selected is a narrow part of the beach. Oi) the west, the water adjoinmg it is called Bass Hole, Salt marsh is north and soiitli oi it next the beach, but ii here iaterruptfd. Orleans meetlug-bouse lies trom it $(. VS'. '1 be 144 filunt^H American Coast Pilot 9Kdit. it inM.-tia)(-houM U without a RtMpIt!, mid in not i«en ; Ixit it ii very noM K wind-mill placed cm :in eli'v.itcd ground, u <'i>ni<|)i('iiou> oliji'ct to inunien lomtog on the c<>n*l. It tuny hn nc- cttfiurjf to uild tliiil Ihuro am threv wiiid-inilU in Orluans fornilu); u trini-cirule, llml tli« mill rcfernd (u in un thu rtxlit hand, ur N. K. |>oii)t, nod that lh« aiill in i)\r iniddlu |Miiut (if tfie neini-tinju ttundi on still liii;hKr Kround. I'he meeting-houM- ul' Clmilinni m tiluuteil rroiii it H. W. Thii iiH!aling>hf) in alio without u atisepW, and h L'»nc«ult;d by lir«iit Hill, limited liind-aiiirk. 'I'Ik; hill a|i|N-an with two nuuiinils which itru u (|uurtcr of a nuk apart. 'I'he hut lii-K ciiat from KuiniMon'a itl'iud in I'leaaaut bujr. 'I'lmutliy iluicoin, of Orlfunn, \\M uiidcrtukcn Id inufN'i.t thin hut. l.r!il maiiif-n thould inixn tliiit liul, hy itrikinK to the le ifard of it, the Trunteen liuva pn.-rti'd anolhei un lli« •nnie U'uch. It itandu i mile north of tb« mouth of Chathiiiu har- bour, eait of the iniietiiiK-huuae, nnd op|)oiiite thu town. Another upol on the fiiiiae Iniueh would lie u projier tituation for a hut. It i« north of the fourth hut, niid euat uf the middle of I'nchet iainnd. Tlie higlxvtt part of the rid^^ ii near it, 8. A lireuk in the ridge, ov«r which the seu appean aometimea to have Mowed, dividua thii IiIkIi part from the northern |)ortion of the beuch. On the beach of Cii\m Makbarre, or the laadv |)oint of Chatham, the Truateea have built a aixth hut. Thia beach atrctchea frokfi Chatham 10 mik'a into the a«ii, towarda Nnn« tucket; and ia lyum a quarter tii three quar>"ra of a uik) in breadtli. It it continually gaining aOuth ; ahoVb three mite* luivu been i> lUed to it during the paat SO ycara. On the euat aide of the bench iii u curve in the ahure, culled Stewart'a llcud, where veaaola may an- chor with aufety, in 3 or 4 tttthoma of water, when the wind hlowa from N, to H. W, North of the bend there are aeveral barn and aliuala. A little below tlie middle of the hcach, on the weat aide, ia Wreak Ciiiinodated with a bench. The whole of the coast, from Cape Cod to Cape Malebarre, is sandy nnd free from rocks. Along the aliore, at the diatitiice of half a mile, is a bar, vhicli is culled tiie outer bar, because there are smaller bars within it, perpetually varying. I'his outer bar is separated into rauoy parts by guzzles, or small channels. It extends to Chatham : and as it proceed* southward, gradually approaches the shore, and growa more shallow. Its general depth, at high water, ia i fathoms, and 3 fathoms over the guzzles ; aod its least distance from tlie shore is about a furlong. Off the mouth of Chatham harbour there are bars \viiii:h reach three q^uarters nf n mile ; ami off the entrance of Nauset harbour the bars extend half a inik'. Large, heavy ships strike on tlic outer bar, even at high water, and their fragments only reach the bhoic. But smaller vessels pass over it at full sea ; and when they touch at Ion- water, they beat over it as the tide rises and soon come to land. If a vessel is cast a\\ ay at low water, it ought to be left with as much expedition as possible ; hccuuse the fury of tlic waves is then checked, in some measure, by the bar; and liecause the vessel ia ireiieraUy broken to pieces with the rising flood. Uut seamen, shipwrecked at full sea, ought to remain on board till near low water; for the vessel does not then break to pieces; and by attempting to reach the laad before the tide ebbs away, they are in great danger of being drowned. On this suliject there is one opinion only among judicious mariners. It ■nay be necesrary, however, to remind them of a trutli, of which thny have full conviction, but which, amidst the agitation and terror of a storm, they too frequently forget. [iN'uTK. — With all deierence to the opinion of those who regulate and provide for Light- Houses on the Coast, we recommend the absolute necessity, that the greatest notoriety be given when any change i.s made in the mode of exhibiting Lights, which guide th(^ iVIarmor, aud on which Uiii life olteu depend* : We aguta repeat," BOSTON LIGUT-tiOUS£ con- VT OKdit. M wind-mill placed mat. I( luuy tie nc- iiii-circle, timt tiie in \)\r iniiidlu (Miiiit ^Imllmni in tKuuted 'incDuli^il by (ireiil iiru II i|uurlcr of a 'rimutlijf iiuaconii the Truitettii lm»e h lit' Chatlmiii Itar- ut. It in north or art of the ridj^ ii Kti to have lluwed, tlie Truiteei have •«ii, towarda Nan- it ii continually 50 yean. On the ere vl-hoU way an- N. »<•». W. North e of the hcnch, on 'he hut dtitniln 300 I a utile. Ili'twecn e lx!iu:h. The dii- M ill terininulion 4. Jth end of Morri*' I. Uichard Seuri, Uio rorin of a wig> the ocean. Annu- reservation during iracucement of tiic koper situation for \ breaks over from fore dnscribed, not It i» not 10 well u tliu extreoiity, it tvr way be obtain- Chathum buachcp. all of one aize and li^h ; a alidinj; door t above the top of lay, and ia fartlter id free from rocka. ed tiie QUtor bar, T bar ia separated nud ati it prucccdi I gcmirulriupth, at distance from tlie burs Mliich reach lars extend half a id their fru^mcnts hen thoy touch at If a ve! care to make your course good lor Holmes' hole, 1 1 leagues distant. To go through the Ship channel, steer from Morris' island S. S. E. until you pass the Pollock rip in 3 or 4 fathoms water; if i weather be clear, you will make the light-house : continue your course S. S. E. ; S. by E. and S. until the light-house bears VV. from you ; then steer directly for it, until you are within 2 miles of it. You should then steer N. VV. until the light-house bears S. VV. by W. then steer VV. by N. till the light-house bears E. .S. E. and then steer VV. N. W. making your course gwid for Holmes' hole. If you wish to anchor near tlw lighthouse, yoii may, after bringing it to bear S. by E. steer E. S. E. till the light-house bears N. and there come to anchor in 6, 7, or 8 fathoms water. Z))our to which vessels resort during the winteC season, and aa every master should embrace th' first opportunity to advise his owner, we state there is a Fost-office, and a regular mail muJe up twice a week for Boston, kc. which is taken in a passage boat to Falmouth, on the N. E. part of tlie Vmeyard sound, 9 miles diatant, from thence by land carriage to Sandwich, &c. I'asscngers will find a speedy conveyance from Falmouth. •• t Chatham is situated on the exterior extremity of Cape Cod,' bounded E. by the oceall« 8. by Vineyard Sound, VV, by Harwich, and N. by Pleasant < y. Its situation is conve- nient for the fishery, in which they have usually about 40 vessels employed. Its harbour contains 20 feet water at low tide. The place is remarkable .or many shipwrecks on ii» tiiom, Lut. 4i« 48" N. Long. 69" 50' VV, from Greenwich. 19 ^, » ( ^ I' # 146 BluAt's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. (ill Brant point bears S; and steer close along by it : keep as much as a ca- ble's length from the shore at Brant point, until the light-house bears S. S. W. to avoid the Brant point, or Light-house shoal. As sotn as it bears S. S. W. haul for the point, to avoid the Coetue flats. S. by E. will just lay a good reach across th> harbour ; but you must steer S. to avoid the Pest-house shoal ; then you may stand far across the harbour, if the wind be westerly — if easterly, you may keep right for the wharves, as it could not bt expected that a stranger could take the advantage of the laps and swashes on the oar ; at middling tides he would have about 8 feet water — at neap tides not more than 7 to 7-J feet — at spring tides 9 to 9^ feet. When you are about half way from the bar to the light-house, it would be best to steer about S. by E. or S. until the light-house bears S. E. bj S. then run for it as above directed, as the straight course above will cross the corner of ths Black flat ; yet if the wind be easterly, there will be no danger ; if the wind is westerly, ^ou might get on the flat, as it lies on the east side of the channel, and the Clift shoal on the west side. A- 2d. Directions for going into Nantucket Harbour. ^: OBSERVE the small light-house on the end of Brant point, and for a v<;ssei that draws no more than 9 feet 3 inches, bring it to bear S. E. by S. when at the back of the bar, and run directly for it, which will carry you between the Clift shoal and Black flats ; continue your course until you just shut in the north shore that is to the westward of the clift ; then you are within the corner of the Black flats, when you may steer diiectly for the end of the point, and enter the harbour. Distance lietwcen the Light-house shoal and Flats - - ... 60 rods. between tlie Fiats and Clifv shoal ...... .70 between the Clift and Stub shoal ..»...- 78 between the Clii't shoal and Bar ..-..■. 110 Length of Clift shoal from shore 95 N. B. You will pass 6 buoys going into the harbour. ,,:..'' ■ 3c?. Directions for sailing into the harbour of Nantucket by the Buoys. Western Channel. THE first buoy you pass is a white one, which you leave on your starboard hand ; the next a black one, which you leave on your larboard, said buoy bearing S. S. E. ^ E. from the white buoy ; then steer E. by S. leaving the next buuy, which is a black one, on the larboard hand. The next a white one, which leave on the starboard. Then steer S. S. E. leaving a red buoy on the larboard hand ; then run as the shore lies, till you come near up with Brant point, on which a light-house is erected, which keep aboard all the way into the harbour. Eastern Channel. The first buoy you pass is a red one, which you leave on yo'T starboard hand ; the next is a black one, which leave on the starboard hand ; then steer £. S. £. till you come nea" a white buoy which leave on your starboard hand ; steer S. S. E. till you leave a red one on your larboard hand ; then keep Brant point abonni, as before mentioned. Vessels coming in the Eastern Channel, in the night, must bring the light on Brant point to bear S. E. by S. ^ S. and run directly for it till they get the shore soundings ; then leave Brant point shore aboard all the way into the harbour. Coursei and disiancesfrom Nantucket Light-house. Courses. Leaguei. From Light-house to the Handkerchief N. by E. 4| do. to the 3iiow Dpft N. N. E. 5 do. to the Stone Horse N. E. by M. 4 ■' ' ' do, 'j the Sandy point of Monomoy - - - • N. by E. | E. 6$ I 9 Edit. as use much as a ca- bears S. S. V7. it bears S. S. W. will just lay a good Pest-house shoal ; slerly — if easterly, ted that a stranger at middling tides han 7 to 7 J feet- house, it TTould be E. hy S. then run ss the corner of ths nger ; if the wind iide of the chanrel, larbour, it, and for a r<;ssel by S. when at the u between the Clift t shut in the north in the corner of the point, and enter e - 60 rods. • 70 - 78 -110 - 9a ■ Nantucket Ay ite one, which you you leave on your ' ; then steer E. by bo?rd hand. The S. S. £. leaving a till you come near ch keep aboard all , which you leave c on the starboard hich leave on your lur larboard hand ; bring the light on they get the shore nto the harbour. use. 'ourses. Leaguei. . l)y E. 4| . N. E. 5 . E. by V. 4 by£. |E. 5| 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 147 From L:^ht-houae io the TKnca. 9 Edit. the easternmost es in 40' 42' N. ;ket island, steer oceed along the bay, and choose two to the east- )en the water to Cod, on which in pige 140, d or New- York, latitude, until of which lies in ar to the nortli- e channel tu the bear N. N. W. fathoms, clear of atitude as Nan- lies at the south- tant. You may List take care to by N. 1^ mile antucket shoals, stream. As the n 41<>38'N. lat. this part of the the shoal ground shoals lies in lat. les as far to the tween these lati- 38° 22', and the iet in long. 69° the Gulf stream aware, Virginia, i'*- along the coast at oi Newfouadland, B the coast of Afri- pplies the place of towards the west, 75 miles from the northward. The mnoB rapidity is 3 apid, and drives it rulf Stream is sup- water to tlie west- tween Florida and This hypothesis ig CO is many yards is highly probable out of these bays, ihoal;, Cape Cod, rhich this stream •ope to New-Eng- about 40<* or 60" Gulf stream, and which they make 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 149 or other western ports ; for you will have the advantage of the eddy current, running contrary to the Gulf stream ; the latter would retard your progress at the rate of 60 or 70 miles a day. The Nantucket whalemen by their constant practice of whaling on the edge of the Gulf stream all the way from their is- land to the Bahamas, are well acquainted with its course, velocity, and extent. A stranger may know when he is in the Gulf stream, by the warmth of the water, whicli is much greater than that on either side of it. If, when you are crossing the Gulf stream, ^ ou are bound to t!'c westward, you should get out of it as soon as possible. * GAY HEAD is the westernmost point of Martha's Vineyard. ' The land of this head is high and of divers colours, namely, red, yellow, and white in streaks. In steering from Ti^lock island for Gay head, you must be careful to avoid the Sow and Pigs ; they make a ledge of locks, some of which are above and others under water. These rocks lie yj- miles S. W. by W. from the westernmost of Elizabeth isles, and N. W. by W. from Gay head 3^ leagues distant. The flrst' of the flood tide sets strong to the northward over the rocks into Buzzard's bay, which is very foul. Within Gay head there is a fair sandy biy, in which is very good anchoring with south and south-easterly winds. Your course along Eli- zabeth isles is £. N. E. in 15, 14, 12, 8, lH, 16, and 17 fathoms water; give the isles a birth of about three quarters of a miie. When coming from sea, you may run for Gay-head light, when it bears from N. N. E. to E. S, E. ,9;iving it a birth of 2 miles to clear the Devil's bridge, which bears from the light, N. W, by N, 1| mile distant. As measuring the distance in the night would be uncertain, you must keep your lead going, and if you should have 7 or 8 fathoms when the light bears b. E. by E. or S. E. haul up north till you have 10 or 12 fathoms ; then with flood, steer N. E. and with ebb, N. E. by E. 3 leagues ; then E. N. E. will be the course of the sound, which will c'>rry you to the northward of the middle ground, when you will see the |West Chop of Holmes' bole harbour (which appears like sand banks or clifls, with trees back of it) which you may run in for, but keep one mile distant from the shore till you open the East Chop one cable's length ; and with a flood tide steer direct for it, and with ebb keep it one point open, till you open a wind mill, on the west side of the harbour about one cable's length ; then run up in the itiiddle of the river, till you come to 4 or 3 fathoms, where ynu may anchor on good ground. The usual mark for anchoring is the West Cliop, bearing from N. N. W. to N. W. by N. but if you lie any time here, the best anchoring is well up the harbour, and close to the shore, mooring S. E. and N. W, in 6 or S fathoms water. In this h.irhnur, which is about two miles deep, you will lie secure from all winds except a northerly one. You must not keep further than 2 miles from the West Chop, as there is a shoal called the Hedge fence, which lies about 3^ miles northward from Holmes' hole, and extends W. N. W, and E, S. E, 6 miles, is about 1 mile broad, and has from 4 to 6 feet on it at low water: between this shoal and Holmes' hole, there are from 8 to 1.-2 fathoms water. If you make the chop in the night, when it bears S. E. you are clear of the Middle ground. Steer for the east side of it til! you strike in 4 or 3 lathoms, on the flat ground near the chop ; then steer S. E. by E. ob.serving not to go nearer the land than 3 fathoms. If in running S, E. by E, you fail into 6 or 7 fathoms haul up S. by W. or S. S. W. and ruti into 4 or 3 fathoms, as before directed. In cnming into the sound in the night, sith a stror.g north westerly '.vind, haul to the northward till you have smooth water under the Elizabeth islands, where you may anchor in 14 or 10 fathoms. Should you have the wind to the south- ward, it will be best to run down through the South channel or Vineyard side. When the light bears S. S. E. your course is N. E. by E. J E. or E. N. E. ob- * Wlien you como by Gay head with a southerly wind, the souih channel is best, t Block island is about 9 miles in le.ngth, extending N. by E. and S. by W. and 5 miles in breadth. ^ A Light will be erected on the West Chop of Holme«^ Hole during the suauoer of 18 17. %•- "^ i^i n-tiilM m Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 160 serving not to come nearer the land than into 7 fathoms water, till you are •breast of Lunibert^s cove, in which is good anchoring, with southerly or easter- ly winds, and may be known by a high sand bank, called Necunkey cliff, on the eaft side u( it and a ware-house standing by the water, ahu midway the cove, opposite which you may come to in 5 or 3 ("athoms, sandy bottom, where is the best anchoring. The Middle ground lies about U miles without the cove, an ! has 12 feet water on it. if you intend running down for Holmes' hole, your course, when opposite Necunkey point, iS E. by N. keeping near the land to clear (he Middle ground. You may track the shore by the land in from ": to 4 fathoms, till you come near the West chop ; but come bo nearer than 3 fathoms, and you may track the chop around the same as running down to the north- ward of the Middle ground. There is good anchoring along this shore, in G or 4 fathoms, after you are to the eastward of Necunkey point, till you come near the West chop. Your course from Gay-head light to Tarpaulin cove, is N. E. by N. and the distance 4 leagues. In this harbour you may anchor in from 4 to 2^ fathoms, and lie safe, with the wind from N. E. by E. to south. It will be best to anchor 'in 3 fathoms, as with that water you will be out of the tide, where the ground is good for holding. The tide flows at change and full days of the moon, at 9 o'clock, but in the channel between Elizabeth island and Martha's Vineyard the flood runs until 11 o'clock. In this channel there is a Middle ground, which is a narrow shoal of sand, the eastern end of which bears N. W. by N. from the West chop. There is not more than 3 or 4 feet water on the eastern end. N. W. froDi Necunkey cliff is 3 and 4 fathoms across the ground. Opposite Lumbert's cove is 12 feet, and to the vrestward of that is 3 and 4 fathoms. The shoal lies W. by S. and E. by N. i^i about 4 leagues in length, and has several swashes on it. When the East chop of Holmes' hole comes open ot the West chop, you are to the eastward of the Middle ground. Your course from Tarpaulin cove, to Holmes' hole is E. J N. distsHco 3^ leagues. In sttering this course, you must have regard to the tide, as^ the ebb aiay set you too far to the southward, and the flood too far to the norlhwari!, and stand in for the harbour, when you have opened the East chop as before directed. Froii Holmes' hole to Cape Poge Light-house the course is E. S. E. and Jh ;' distance about 3 leagues ; in the channel, between them there ar" ' lud ) >' fathoms water. In going through this channel, you must be care I lo keep your lead going, in order to avoid a dangerous sand which lies on the uor'U side of it, called the Horse shoe, dista; : from P > Poge 3 leagues. The chan- nel between this sand and Cape Poge, and fis* hsi, veen the former and Tuck« anuck shoal, is narrow; in it there are ftci V^ t'.- 4^ fathoms water. Some part of this channel is dry at lof water; in o'S. >• y- .tis there are narrow chan- nels, through which vessels may pass, f.-e easternmost part of it spreads with divers prongs, like Angers. When Tuckanuck island bears S. S. W. you arc to the eastward of (he Horse shoe. On the south side of the channel also, there are several spots of land, to avoid which, you must keep your lead going. There is a harbour between Martha's Vineyard and Cape Poge, in which you may anchor. In proceeding for this harb^ jr, pa&s within a mile of Cape Poge, and then steer south along the law sandy beach on the west side, in 5 fathoms, water, until you come to (he southernmost part of it, then sail more easterly about a mile, until you bring the town, which is in a bay to the westward fairly open, and then steer directly S. S. W. into the harbour, until you get within half a mileiof the town, where you may anchor in 4 or 3 fathoms water. This harlwur is a gut between Martha's Vineyard and Cape Poge, and is formed by a shoal which lies on the N. W. and W. side of the entrance, and the beach to the s >uthward. The tide runs strong in this harbour. Nor i-i Trom Gay-head light, distant 3 leagues, lies Quick's hole. This is the passage for New-Bedford. In running into the hole, you must keep in the r.i;-'\Me of the entrance, and nearer the west side after you have entered. On |||e Kial side there ij gqoel Jiachoring opposite a sandy cove, in 4 or 3 fathoms 9 Edit. ir, till you are herly or eaater- unkey cliff, on midway the bottom, where thout the cove, nes' hole, your ear the land to in from *; to 4 than 3 fathoms, n to the north- 3 shore, in G or you come near by N. and the to 2^ fathoms, E! best to anchor ere the ground the moon, at 9 's Vineyard the ground, which W. by N. from le eastern end. ind. Opposite tnd 4 fathoms, sngtb, and has les open ot the N. distsTico 3^ ide, aa the fibb the norlhivarit, chop as befbrc. • :. S. E. and ^h-^ ai" '• •liid .' ' care I lo keep !s on the nor'u les. The chan- mer and Tuck- water. Some e narrow chan- it spreads with S. W. you arc [inei also, there sad going. ;, in which you of Cape Poge, i, in 5 fathoms more easterly irestward fairly you get within 5 water. This is formed by a le beach to the hole. This is ist keep in the entered. On 4 or 3 fathoms M- 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 151 trster. About 3 leagues E. N. E. from the mouth of Quick's hole there is an opening, at the east end of the islands, called Wood's bole. When you leave Holmes' hole, keep the West chop open to the northward of the East chop, until you have passed Squash Meadow shoal, which you leave on your starboard hand, which is 2^ miles from the East chop, when your course will be E. by S. in 10 or 12 fathoms water, which course you mustcon- tinue till you pass Cape Poge. If it should be tide of flood you must steer E. bj S. ^ S. as the tide of flood sets very strong to the northward, between Cspe Poge and Tuckanuck island, and the tide of ebb to the southward, so that yoi must govern your course by the tide. In clear weather you may see Nantucket light-house 18 miles, which you must bring to bear E. by S. I S. which course you are to steer till you pass it one league, when you must bring it to bear west ^ and steer east, taking care to make this course good, which will carry you over the shoals in ship channel ; the ground is very uneven, and you will have from 4 to 8 tathoms water. vVhen you have passed over the shoals, you will have from 10 to 14 fathoms water, and then, by steering north, you will make Cape Cod light-house, (which contains a fixed light) distant 18 leagues. ^ To go to the northward of the Round shoal, you must proceed according to the foregoing directions, until you pass the light house, and bring it to bear S. W. ^ W. then, by making a N. E. ^ E. course good, you will go between the Great -nd Little round shoals, in 2|, 3, 4, and 5 fathoms water, until you have crossed the Pollock rip, where you will have about 3 or 4 fathoms water. TIki Little round shoal bears N. W. from the great one, distant about 3 miles. ' Con- tinue. your N. E. J E. course, until you deepen your water to 12 or 13 fathoms, and then steer north for Cape Cod light-house. Off the N. E. part of Nantucket island, there are three rips ; the first is call- ed the Bass rip, and is about 3 ir.iles from Sancoty Head ; on some parts cf (his rip there are only 9 feet water ; on other parts there are 2^ and 3 faihoms water. Off the S. E. part of Nantucket island lies a shoal called the Old Man, running 5 nftles to the westward, in the same direction with the island, which is 1{ mile from the shore, and has only 3 feet water on the western part, be- tween which and the shore is a good channel. The Great rip is about 4^ leagues from Sancoty head ; on this rip, about E. S. E. from Sancoty head, there are 4 feet water, and east from Squam there are 5, but on many other parts of it there are 2^, 3, and 4 fathoms watei. Fishing rip is about 11^ leagues from Sancoty head, ind has from 5 to 7 fa- thoms water on it. Between this and the Great rip, the ground is uneven ; there are 12, 22, and 15 fathoms water. These two rips stretch nearly north arid south, and are about 12 miles in length. Martha's Vineyard is situated between 40° 17' and 41° 29' N. latitude, and between 70° 22' and 70" 50' W. longitude ; about 21 ^miles long and 9 broad, and lies a little to the westward of Nantucket. Bearings and distances of sundry places from Gaj'-Head Light-House. .,. «... Noman's-land island, S. 8 miles distant. Old Man, S. by E. This is a ledge of rocks which lie two thirds of the di tance from the Vineyard to Noman's-land island, which has a passage on bo . sides, that \p but little used. Those who do go through must keep near No- man's-land island till the light bears N. You will not have more than 3^ fa- thoms svater in this passage. Sow and Pigs, N. W. by W. 3^ leagues. This is a ledge of rocks which is very dangerous, and bears S. W. by W. from the westernmost of the Elizabeth islands, (called Cutehunk J distant 2^ miles. N. E. from the light, 2^ leagues distant, is a spot of slioal ground, with 3^ fathoou water on it. , i^' m 152 Blunf d American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. Mananshaw-bite, 3* miles distant. In this harbour you will have good an- chorage in from 8 to 6 fathoms, the light bearing W, by S. or W. * S and lie sheltered with the wind from E. N, E. to W. S. W. :|, Blockisland.VV.S.W. distant 14 leagues. ... - ^ Rhode island light-house, W. N. W. distant 12 leagues. ^' •'■14 .* Ih Bearings and Distances from the Light on Cape Pogc, and depth of water 6f several most dangerous shoals in sight of '^Cape Poge light-house, and the bear- ing of the East chop of Holmes' hole. byW. J W. from aald light 74 miles distant. If Teet at low watei sl do. N. E. i N. E. N. E. W.byN. ? N. W. by W. W. N. W. I 9 6 7 7 drv - 12' - i 4 8 14 l^ 10 9 do. do. do. do. do. do. >4 i! i~ 3| East Chop - - - N. W. Squash Meadow Shoal - N. W.| Norton's shoal - - E. l-8th S, 9 - »v .* Moskeekett Long shoal - E, 1 S. Tuckernuck shoal - - E. t S. South end Horse Shoe Dry spots Horse shoe Swash of Horse shoe Tuckernuck shoal from ) Nantucket Light > TT.ujrii.^ » ^ ^ ,^ ^^^^. Horse shoe from do. ^ — — - - - Coast from Nantucket Light, ) bound westward J From Cape Poge to Skiff's island S. J W. ' dry Hawse's shoal, the shoalesl part S. £. | E. 6 In bad weathf. coming from the eastward, and you wish for a harbour, anct the wind admitting, you may bring Nantucket light to bear £. S. E, and run W. N. W. making your course good, until Cape roge light-house bears W. by S. if bound into Ldgarton harbour, then steer for the light until you get in 3 fathoms uater ; then run W. N. W. if it shoalens haul to the nortbward ; if sot, keep on until ihc light bears south, then run W. S. W. you will have 3 and 4 fathoms hard bottom. As soon as you get 5^ or 6 fathoms sucky bottom, theti run S. S. W. until the Hght bears N. E. i E. thi • you may anchor in about 5 oif 6 fathoms wat r with safety, in case your cables and anchors are seaworthy ; otherwise, if you wish to go into the harbour, when the light bears N. E. jj E-, you may run 3. W. by W. until you get 3j fathoms hard bottom, then run \V. about -J a mile, and you will be within the flats which you leave to your star- board hand coming in ; you will find it smooth, and ab<< i ■ ■"» ■ i ^-» 3{ for a harbour, and r E. S. E, and run liouse bears W. by until you get in 3 the northward ; if ou will liave 3 and sucky bottom, theii nchor in about 5 o^ rs are seaworthy ; It bears N. E. ^ Ei )ttoin, then run VV. eave to your star- and 4 fathoms wa- tackling is poor. , bring Cape Poge ou will run for the d hand ; get 3 fa- ou deepen to 7, 8, stead, in 4 fathoms ddle ground. :et Shoals. e very dangerous ; iided 2 or 3 leagues and a rapid tide, i\'ill have a strong it run southward; 1 up S. W. when it ! N. N. E.— N. E. ill get soundings in )u get soundings iir 3*^;. Krn- I'nifr l.ii '"n/v '/'V'vr I to 't a n I fey •5 IK H""o.V V'^Jul^ ■•Vt*.- ■ -,■*■ _jii___. # •■■-', h: ills JF V '>« •' . -^.-^f:^M''-m\ ■m ' M, \ , ,/•''' . \ ) t " . ^ V ■ ' % -' J ^H^l * ' ' * \ / ¥' • ■ * ", •'' ■ • > -. . ' oM % f .",•■ '^^1 ! « ..-A^- 9^H • • * i y ■ • 1 ■■■ " 4 r .i<. » « -^* ■■:->m.-'. * ^*- d Edit. Blunt's Americlin Coast Pilot. 153 the latitude of 40° 30', you may be certain you are to the eastwatc] of the shoal, when you must direct your course accordingly to clear it, when your first sound- ings will be in from 75 to (JO fathoms. When steering to the nurthward, you will Fihoalen your water gradually to 24 fathoms, when you will be in lat. 41° 20^, which depth of water yiiu will have 10 or l!i! leagues distant, either cast or west. From 40 to ^1 fathoms soundings you will ha\e tine white sand, mixed with black specks ; but the nearer the shoal, the coarser the sand. When you get into 15 falhoms, you will have very irregular soundings, sometimes deepenine, and at others shoaling 2 or 3 fathoms. If you are coming into the east channalt ^ and get lat. in 42**12', you will then be on Ihe N. E. part of the bank, aa lher« 'i!^ are no soundings on George's Elank to the northward of the above latitude. .^'^ When the .shoal of Qeorge's bears S. W. by W. 8 leagues distant, you will hav«> from SO to 22 fathoms, round stones as h\a as oggs, and largo muscle« ; 4 leagued to the eastward of this you will have 30 falhoms white moss ; and 3 leagues further cast you wfll have black moss; and from that to the N. E. part ot the bank, rocky bottom and plenty of halibut. If you strike soundings in latitude 42° 30', it must be on the S. W. part of ' Brown's bank, where you will have from 30 to 46 fathoms, safkdy bottom. On your first entrance on George's bank, from Block island channel, you will have oozy bottom, till you are as far to the eastward as the banft extemls. On the S. W. part of George's bank, you will have from 40 to 35 i thorn:, sand and ooze. From lat. 40° 30, to lat. 41°, long. 67" 30*, you wdl have from 40 to 30 fathoms, sometimes fine black and white sand, and at others coarM yellow sand, the shoal bearing N. W. by N. 10 leagues distant. Soundings from the westward of Geftrge's bank continues its course W. by S» until you are nearly abreast ol Long Island, then southward to Cape Hattcras^ Eight or 10 leagues S. E. from the south part of George's bank lies the Gulf Stream, where there is a strong E. N. E. current, and if you are bound to the westward, you had better go very near tbie bank, and often on soundings, till you are abreast of the .south shoal of Nantucket, where you have 30 leagues from bank to current, and iiy doing which you will probably shorten your passage. The south shoal ot Nantucket is almost dry ; the tide runs swift, but regulaij to tbe.N. E. and S. W. Nearly to the southward of this shoal, in 26 or 30 fa- lhoms, you will have fine black and wbite sand ; to the eastward, in'tbe same soundings you will 'tave coarse sand. When you are near the shoal, you will have very light coloured water, together with white and black «and and pieces of green shells. Nine or ten leagues to the westward of the above shoal, in 30 or 40 fathoms, you will have black mud of a shining smooth nature, when you will be in Tuckernuckchannel. To tne westward of the south sboal of Nantucket, you have no shoals, ripsi ^ nor tide to hurt you, until you comt: near the land, but clear sea, good naviga- tion, and regular soundings. To the eastward and northward of the south shoal you will have a rapid tide. Around the coast of Nantucket and the shoals, you will have sandy bottom^ and in moderate weather, had better anchor tha.i be driven about by the tide, which is very rapid. The course of t^ tides at and over Nantucket i^hoals, is nearly N. E. and S. W. and regular. The N. E. tide makes flood. S. S. E. moon makes high water. South moon makes full sea at Nantucket harbour. S. S. £. and W. N. W. moon makes high water on the shoals ; the tide of ■ flood sets N. E. by E. and ebb S. W. by VV. from 2 to 3 knots an hour. It ebbs and flov.s about 5 or 6 feet. When you come in from sea and fall into Block island channel, you will hav« from 54 to 70 fathoms soft muddy liotiom. You will have soundings in the lat. of 40'- N. In standing to the northward .you will shoal your water to 80 fa- thoms, and when in sight of Block island, you will have from 25 to 20fathomS| sandy bottom. When Block island bears N. distant 4 or 5 leagues, you can- not see any laud to the northward or eastward ; but as yoft approach the island you will see Montuck point to the westward. makinf|||i lontr low point to the eastward. In sailing VV. ^. W. you will majie oo remailtabie land ob Long i i ■I] W '-'1 4 PI ;i >4*' 151 Bluot'p Aineri fathoms, you will bare coarse sand like gravel stones ; jind S. S. W. from it in 28 or 30 fa- thoHM, coarse red sand ; S. S. K. from Block island, which «• in MIock island channel, in 40 or ' 60 fathoms, you will have oozy bottom, but as you tlioaf yuur water to 25 or 20 fulUoms,you will have coafse san(W bottom. ^ Directions frpm Gay-Head to New-Bedford. ( BRING OayUiead light-house, (which contains a Revolving Li^ht to distin- guish it bmn Cape Poge Light, which can be seen from sea over ^he land,) to bear S. and steer N. till you come to the passage through the is^lands called (pick's hole, which you must be careful in entering, as a spit runs off from the larboard hand. Enter as near the middle of the passage as possible, but if you do deviate keep the starboard hand best on board, when you will havft from 5 to 8 fathoms ; then steer N. j E. till you bring the light- housi; un *Clark's point to bear N. N. W. when you must run direct for it till within half a mile of the light ; then N. by W. from you will appear a small island just above water, wliicti you leave on your starboard hand, keeping nearer the island than tbe main land. Keeping on this course you will see a bluff point c*U«d Fort point, and an island opposite, called Parmer's island, which you must go between. The passage is narrow, and a flat extends from the star- board band, but you may safely keep in tbe middle of the passage, or larboard band best aboard. Af^r passing the before-mentioned island 1 cable's length, tbe town will appear open on your larboard hand, when you may run for the end of tbe north wharf. Directions for those who fall in with Block island, when they are hound for Rhode-Island Harbour. ,.^ From the S. E. part of Block-island to Rbode-Island light-house the course is N. by E. ^ E. and the distance 8 leagues ; about midway between them, there are 24 fathoms water. If you are on the wejst aide of Block-island, with the body of the island bearing; E. N. E. in 8 or H) fathoms water, your course t» Point Judith tLight is N. E. by £. about 6 leagues. Xbis point appears like a nag's bead, and is pretty bold ; between Block-island and tbe point there are from 80 to 6 fathoms water, except a small shoal ground, which in thick weather is often a good departure, say 4 to 5 fathoms. From Point Judith, (when not more than a quarter of a mile from the poial) to Rhode-island harbour, your course is N. E..and the distance is about 5 leagues. When in ISfatiioms wa- ter, Point Judith Light bearing W. or W. by N. the course to Rhode-Island • Clark's Point forms the West side of New-Bedford harbodr. t The Light-House on Point Judith is attone edifice, 40 feet high. The lamps are 60 feet above level of the sea, and contains a REVOLVING LIGHT., to distinguish it from JVew- ^ort Light, which is a fixed one. The distance from the Light-House to higli water marky 18 as follows : East from the Light-House to high watermark, 16 rods ; S. £. 14 rods ; .S. 18 rods ; S« S. W. 23 rods, which is the extreme part of the point, to which a good birth ■hould be given. The Light on Point Judith bean S. W. | S. 3 leagues diatant, from Naw- por«,(Rbodeg Lii^ht to ilistin< » over ^e land,) the islands cilled runs off from the I possible, but if ?n you will have hou9(! on *Clark's ill within half a a small island just eeping nearer the see a bluff point land, which you ids from the star- ssage, or larboardi 1 cable's length, lu may ruu for the nd, when they r. -house the course tween them , there k-island, with the er, your course to int appt:urs like a lie point there are I in thick weather Fudrtb, (when not lud harbour, your n 13 fathoms wa- to Rhode-island rhe lamps are 60 Teet inguiBh it from JVew- to high water mark, ; S. E. 14 rods ;.S. which a good birtk 9 distant, from N«W' I KmniiftiHT rtu .1m/h,tmt)i»Mt l't/<-t i'A»*/i» /■,"" H«rb<»ir ' » j 7 *■-'' liiitlH r o,> l.J.'^' HnJ-ip/^ y ii 'f^M ' (i llri-ittoiiyHrcf V I '. S/4ii;ili JliliV' ,\WY.rk i^iHijIiM bit /MlniwtU M.JUimi /8Jfi \, < f i ^ . :sii?nHfiM9iP3«!Hm fl"\ SSSjS^t S^^^i»*3..^ii:»4iKS 5-«gfes?i''n»i*-" IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 I.I •^ 1^ 1112.2 :^ lis IIIIIM 1.8 1-25 1.4 ||.6 ■« 6" ► V <^ /a °^i ^' Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 #> V ;V ■O^ ^\ '% V ^1^ r VT/f"^ =^'»^=v->Cj5;'--.:-.^ '^.S^^-,t--^"'":'t£^^>.:!V ^-SSfi5i=^i;.*i^-^r^r;- :.& CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques v..-..:-^ .— i , ^.-•■?F-;.-;t^.'»^ t - - 'V- ' *' ri >g l^^yi f^.^^J»,-: v -*f .". ''f^ :ii •3p(Sf(js, navigable all round, by keeping in the middle of the channel. * Narraganset bay lies between Conannicul island and the main. Your course in, is about north, taking care to avoid the whale rock : you may pass in en ei- ther side, and anchor where you please. From the light-bouse on Conannicut ' island to Gay-bead, in Martha's Vineyard island the course is E. S. £. and the distance 12 leagues. In little wind you must take care that the flood tide does not carry you into Buzzird's bay, or on the Sow and Pigs. Providence is situateii a'/out 30 miles N. by W. ^- W. from Newport, and 35 miles from the sea, being the head navigation of Narraganset bay. Ships that draw from 15 ''> 18 feet water, may sail up and down the channel, which is marked out by stakes, erected at points of shoals and beds lying in the river. [*^*See tlie Plate.] ' Brenton's Point, N. E. by E. Fort on G»at Island, E. N. E. { N. South easternmost Dumplin, N. E. f E. Kettle BoUoin, N. E. . * Newton's Rock, S. 200 yards. N. B. The anchoring place between the town of Rhods-Island and Co«ter*s harbour, N. E. by E. • Conannicut island lies about 3 miles west of Newport, the south end of which (called the Beaver's tail, on wlitcb the light-house stands) extejds about as far south as the South end of Rhode-Island. The eact shore forms the west part of Newport harbour. Tbs ground the Hfbt-house stands upon is about 12 feet above the surface of the sea at high water. From the ground to the top of the cornice is 60 feet, round which is a gallery, and within that stand* the laatem, which is about 11 feet high, and 8 feet in diameter. It cwUkini a fixed light. '' il '( 'i ■ gy;_' ■?«*.;¥■ #.-, m :#; -.* ■ . w^ ?56 B)unt*s Ameriean Coast Pilot. 9£dit PireetioHS fet sailing from Newport, through the Sound, to Hunt's Harbour, near Hell-Gate. THE 6rst course from Newport light-house is S. W. by S. distant 3 leagues^ ; to Point Judith Light : thence froio l\>int Judith Light, through the Race to the first Gull island, the course isW. b> S. 16 leagues distance, (leaving Fisher's isl* and on your starboard hnud, and the Little Gull Light on your larboard hand, which b^t«r from each other N. J E. and S. f AV. distance 9| miles,) or you may continue your W. by S. course till tlie Little Gull Light bears W. } N, 3 .niles ((^•tant, and then run N. VV. 2^ miles, when, with NewIiOndon Light bearing N. distant ^^ leagues, you steer W, 10 leagues, which Will bring you within 2 leagues of *Faulkland Island Light, bearing about W, by N. j^ N. from you, \vhen you piust steer W. S. \V. 12 leagues, which will carry you within 5^ leagues of Eaton's Neck Light'house, bearing from you >V. J S. when you must steer W. 9 leagues, then W. S. W. 4 leagues, after which S. \V. 4^ miles,„which will carry you up with Sands' Point Lighthouse on your larboard band, and the Execu- tion llocks on yeur starboard hand, which have a spear on them. In case of a ' ^ood tide and a southerly wind, when you come throiigh the Race, your course should be VV. until yi6u come up with Eaton's neck, taking cate to make proper allowance for the tide. If you are bound into New-London, after {[itling to the northward of the S. VV. pdirt of Fisher's island, keep New-London ight bearing from N. N, VV, to N. N. E. if you are beating to windward, but il . the wind is fair, bring the light to bear N. ivhen at the distance of 2 leagues, and 'pm directly fo^it; leave it on your larboard hand in running in ; when in, you may have good anchoring in 4 or 5 fathoms water, clayey bottom. In coming out .of New-London, when you have left the harbour, bring tbeligbt to bear N. N. E, and steer directly S. S, VV. till you come into 15 fathoms water, in order to clear ' a reef that lies on your starboard hand^ when the N. part of Fisher's island will bear E, distimt 2 leagues, if a ship could have a fair departure from the mid- file of the Race, and was compelled to run in a dark night, or thick weather, the .|}ust course would be west to Stratford point, and would afford the largest run of any one course. If bound up sound, steer VV. by S. 33 leagues, which will carry you up with Eaton's neck, (on which is a fLight-house.) On this course you will leave Faulkland islands on your starboard hand ; you may get as near |jQng-island shore as 2 or 3 miles, without any danger ; but if you happen to get pn theN. shore, take particular care to keep at the distance of 3 leagues, in or- der to avoid the reefs and shoals that ITe along the shore. About 7 leagues E. N. E. of Eaton's neck light-house lies a |shoaI or middle ground, called Stratford shoal, on which there are but 2 feet of water, at low wa- ter. You may steer on either side of the shoal you please ; on the N. are from ' 3 to 7 fathoms ; on the S. side from 12lo 17 fathoms water. From Eaton's neck to Lloydjs neck the course is.W. | N. 5 miles. Between Eaton's neck and Lloyd's neck lies a deep bay, called Hun'.ington's bay, where a ship of any size may anchor with safety, keeping the eastern shore aboard, jProm Lloyd's neck to Afatinecock point the course is VV. by S. distant lOhiiles, {wod soundings, borrowing on Long-island to 7 fathoms. The course from Ma- tinecock point to Sands' point light is VV. S. W. distant 2 leagues ; between these * There are tnro of these islands, on the largest of which a light-bouse has been erected— . 9. E, from the light, 4 miles distant, you will have 3 and 4 fathoms, and on the S. and E, ■idet it is very bold. The Lif ht-house contains a iiied light. :i t The light-house stands on an emioenre, about 73 feet high ; the height of the walls It 60 feet more. The whole height from high water mark to the light is 126 feet. It stands «buut 300 feet from high water mark, is a single fixed light, and is painted black and white \a stripes, from the top to the bottom. X Bearings of the Shoal— Stratford point N. N. W.— Mount Misery S. | W.— Grover'i .* Iiiil (near Black rock harbour) N. VV. The length of the shoal 1 league, running N. by G» and 5, by W, Light-house on Eaton^s neck W. by S. f S. The shallowest part is near the middle of the shoal, from wheqce the observations were taken, where there are 3 feet water in common tides. The centre of th§ (diOftl is WU tbeipiddie of the fQWd) perhapv ))f^i»le(k{i;ue|ieareitLoog-ii!«lKt*hi)re, ' , ■\._4 ...in,/ ..r-^mst-.n^-' m- ^# 9£dit he Sound, to istant 3 leagues, the Race to the ving Fisher's isl- r larboard hand, es,) or you may W. } x\. 3 .iiiles Light bearing N. g you within 2 from you, \vhen lin 5| leagues of lu must steer W. which will carry and the Execu- . In case of a the Race, your taking caie to iw-London, after lep New-London vindward, but ii )f 2 leagues, and 1 ; when in, you 1. In coming out to bear N. N. E. in order to clear sber's island will re from the mid- lick weather, the i the largest run gues, which will I On this course may get as near ou happen to get 3 leagues, in or- |shoal or middle ^ater, at low wa- tlie N. arc from miles. Between ton's bay, where rn shore aboard, distant lOtniles, course from Ma- between these has beeD erected — d on the S. and E, ight of the walls ii 26 feet. It standg ed black and white S. I W.— Grover'i 9, running \. bjr E% lowest part i* near re there are 3 feet tiw fhou8e. The northern rips lie N. E. # E. 3 miles from the light-house. [These rips, aMhongh they may appear to the mariner oaoteroiM, may be crossed with any draft, in 6, 7, 3 ai^ 9 fothoms.] Shagesagonuck reef, on which a spear is placed, hears N. W. ^ N. from the light house on Montague point, 4 miles distant ; the reef iluiges N. by E. and S. by W. about one quar- ter of amile in fen^. There is a good channel way between tbe reef and Long island, about two miles wide, in 3, 4, and 5 fathoms water. Frisbe's ledge is only a place of hard rocky bottom before you approach the light-house iff the westward, from 8 to 15 fathoms, and nowise dangerous to any vessel. You may keep the shore on board from theliigh-lands (say f of a mile,) and haul round Montague. The east end of Fisher's island tears N. by W. ftvm the light-house on Montague, 20 miles. Watch hill point light house, (which coctains a repeating light,) bears N. from Montague aoint light-house, distant W miles ; there is a reef extending fh>m Fisher's island to Watch nillpoint, leaving a passage betweeM the E. end of the reef and Watch point, half a mile. The RJace rocli, where there is an iron spear placed, bearing S. W. by W. three quarters of a mile from the W. point of Fisher's island, bears fVom Montague light-house N. W. 20 miles dutant. The Gull islands bear W.S. W. from tbe Race rock, 6 miles distant. The light-house standing on the west chop of Ne WrLondon harbour bears N. N. W. 9 miles from the spear oa tbe Raoe rock. Oa die Little Gull island there is a light-house, cpntaiafaq; a £xed light bearing W. 9. W. Ifoib the west pwat of Fishw's isload, 6 miles distant. 9 Edit. n with the north- N. end of Bull nt end of Plumb der to aroid this must be sure to >ng island, whilst the two trees, as ben viewed at a he Bedford rock, 80. E. by N. 1 Js to t!ie Bull isl- there are several 7 anchor in what ing. If you are h to take shelter Md a lai^e birth, d, you may haul dings are regular. e point. On the 1 he Long white jII islands W. N. ive of trees which s comb, touching V. |W. Willis' bay is very con- )od, and you may g Willis' point to ! about 7 fathoms id of fresh water. ins off about one > avoid. In this strong ; it flows ind the water ris- i/M an Montague irgus. Montague poiat, 30 them rips lie N. E. pear to the mariner m the light house on iV. about one quat- sf and Long island, oach the light-houte y vessel. You may round Montague. Be on Montague, 20 I N. from Montague nU island to Watch I point, hair a mile. J W. three quarters ^t.house N. W. 20 :. The light>ho«ise liles from ibe spear tawiq; a fixed light t. 9 Edit IShitl't^s Aifleneiin Coast Pilot Bartlef * reef, on which a buoy is placed, bean N. W. by W. | W. 8 miles distance IVom tlie Race rocks. Little Goshen reef, where a buoy is placed, bears N. E. by E. about 3 miles distant fraai the buoy on Bartlet's reef. The Tight-house at Nev«r.Ix>ndon harbour bears from the buoy on Little Goshen reef N. N. E. ^ K. about 2 miles distant, and contains a fixed light. The H. W. le^ge, wheie a buoy is placed!, bears N. by W. from the Race rick. 7{ mile* distant. The E. chop of New-London harbour bean N. by E. i E. from t^ia S. W. icdge, If mile distant. The light-hovse bean from the buoy on S. W. ledge N. W. by N. If mile dwtaat Description of ''^Long-Island. ' LONG-ISLAND, from Montague point to Red hook, eitends W. by S. about 108 miles, and is at the broadest part about 25 miles across. The land is gen- erally pretty low and level, excepting a few hills, which lie about 40 miles to tlic westward of Montague point. Along th« S. side of the island a flat extends about a mile frbm the shore ; in some places it runs out a mile and a half. Your course along this flat from Montague point to Sandy hook is S. W. by W. | W. 14 leagues; and then W. by S. 22 leagues. The E. end of the flat is sand, th« middle and west parts are sand and stones. About 4 leagues distant from the island there are from 15 to 18 fathoms water, and from that distance to SO leagues, the water deepens to 80 fathoms ; in the latter depth you will have oozy ground, and sand with blue specks on it. About 4 leagues off the E. end of the island, you will have coarse sand and shells ; and at the same distance from the middle and west end, there is small white sand. — From tbe S. W. end a shoal extends about 6 miles toward Sandy-h'ook. Directions from Gardner's Island to Shelter Island. IF you fall in with Gardner's island^ou must sail on the N. side of it till yon come up with a low sandy point at tbe W. end, which point puts off 2 miles from the high land. You may bring the island to bear east, and anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms water, as soon as within the low sandy point.. Directions from Gardner's Island to New-London. 4?">. YOUR course from Gardner's island to New-London is N. by E. 5 or6 - leagues. In steering this course, you will leave Plumb island and Gull islands on your larboard, and Fisher's island on your starlioard hanu. In this pass you will go through the Horse race, where you will have a strong tide. The flood lets W. N. W. and the ebb £. S. E. This place breaks when there is any wind, especially when it blows against the tide. Your soundings will some- times be 5 fathoms, at others 16 and SO. In passing the west end of Fisher's island, you must give it a birth of 3^ miles, as there are several rocks to tbe westward of it ; then your course to the flight-house is N. N. W. distant 2 leagues; but in going in here you must not makeJong hitches; you will leave a sunken ledge on your larboard, and one on your starboard hand. When within one mile of the light-house, you may stand on to the eastward till tbe light bears N. N. W. and then run up about N. N. EL Directions for vessels comity from sea, and bound to New- London. KEEP Gull island light to bear W. N. W. until you judge yourself withia * Long island sound i* a kind of inland sea, from 3 to 25 miles broad, and about 140 mile* long, extending the whole length of the island, and dividing it from Connecticut. It com- municates with the ocean at both ends of Long island, and affords a safe and convenient in- land navigatiop. t Tbe KgbMmuse stands oa the west side of the harbour, and prqjects coasiderablj ia<» ik% sound. , It cmUhu a fix^d Light. ,;«K • , II i« ;!' 'WR-. . ■ .^i- v^...M ia";..x-»'ii>ir'-. 160 Blunf 8 Americttoi Cbast Pilot. 9 Edit. %-\» ^ \ about S miles ef the light, your course then to New-LunJon light (after jrou pasB Race rock, which lies W, S. W. Iroin the point ol Fislier's island, distance | of a mile) is N. N, W. In coming in or going out uf New-Luniion (when opposite the Gull light) bring the Gull light to bear S. S. W. :in(i New- London , light N. N. E. leave the light on your larboard band in goini^ into the harbour ; Iftep well to the W. if it be winter season, and the wind at N. K. and stormy ; your course to break off a N. E. gale, in good nnchuragf is VV. N. W. from the (Jull, distance 5 miles, then haul up, if the wind be iN. E. ami fieer iH. W. until you get into 10 fathoms of water, muddy bottom. Anchor a.< soon ai possible ; you will be between Hatchet's reef and Black point ; tlii$ is tlie best place you £an ride in, if you-have^N. £. gale, and thick weather, and.cannot get into New-London. Haybrook lighl^will then bear VV. by N . or W. N. W* It is a fixed light at Say brook harbour. What makes me give these directions is because Sayhrook is no harbour for vessels either day or night, wHhout it bethosewho are well acquainted; it will be well to give Saybrook light a birth of 3 or 4 miles, ami steer W. by S. 22 miles. You will make Faulkland island light, which give a south birth of '2 miles (leave tl on the starboard hand ;) your Sound course then is VV. by S. 45 miles distant, which will carry you up to Eaton's neck, to the south Stratlord shoal. This shoal bears N.N. W. from Sataket ^Long-Island) and S. S. VV. from Stratlord point. In leaving Fi«ulklaiHi island light. 3 miles, steer VV. until you get into 6 or 7 fathoms water, distancezS miles to Stratford point, hard bottom, then your course is W. S. W. to Tina Cock point. From Faulkland island bound into New-Haven, give the island light a birth of 10 or 12 miles, then haul up.N. W. give New-Haven light a birth of two miles, on account of a ledge bearing S. VV. from the E. point of New- Haven ; bring Kew-Haven light to bear N. E. by E. If beating in your soundings will be from S to ? and 4 fathoms. Stand in no farther than 2 fathoms upon the VV. shore ; it will be hard bottom, and if you stand on upon the E. shore, you will have 3, 4, and 5 fathoms water, muddy bottom, chanqel way — bring the light to bear S. E. and anchor in muddy bottom, in i fathoms water near the E.shore, culled Morris' cove ; your course then up New-Haven harbour with a fair wind, is N. After you get into muddy bottom, it is be.«t to keep the lead a going often on account of bordering u])on the VV. shore, where you will have hard bottom and soon aground ;, be sure to keep in muddy bottom. Vour course N. will carry you tip to the Pier — give the Fort rock a small birth. *^*NOTE — E. S. E. from Faulkland island is a bard ridee on which the tide rips and you have bold water all round it. The light at New-Haven is a fixed light. .*•. lYn !> Directions for sailing by the Light-House on Fayenweather's Is- land^ Qt the entrance of Black Rock Harbour, on the north ihore of Long Inland Sound. THE harbour of Black Rock, although safe and easy of access, yet is so situ- ated that no direct course can be given to steer for the light, that will carry you direct into the harbour, as that depends wholly on the distance you are from the light at the time you make for it ; therefore judgment is to be used in varying the bearing of the light as you draw near in, which is easily done by observing the following rules. In coming from the westward, if you mean to harbour, to avoid the reef called the Cows, ybu may brin^ the light to bear N. and run directly fur it until within three quarters or half a mile distance, when if occasion re- quires, y(' may stretch into the westward in a fine beating channel, having UMQ 6 to ^ fathoms wafer, and good nound. As you approach the light, which stSndson the E. side of the hadwui'v tne water grows gradually shoaler to about two fathoms. The mouth of the harbour, although not very wide, yet is not 4i(Scult; the light bearing E. of you brings you completely into thjs.harbour. "iha Inland oi^ Wbich the light 8taa4Si wd the leef called the Gows on tin s««ti» L:-atii!'^«a@**".isa!B!»' »•»-»• "ewj.- r 9 Edit. idon ]ight (after fisher's island, I of New-London S. W. and New- in goini< into the rted at N. H. and agf is VV. N. VV. I iN. E. and i"ieet Anchor a- soon t ; this h tile best Uher, &nd .cannot N . or W. N. VV. is no harbour for quainted ; it will V. by S.iJ'i miles, of '2 nviles (leave 45 miles distant, lord shoal. This V. from Stratford til you get into 6 lottum, then your nd light a birth of irlh of two miles, w- Haven ; bring lings will be from in the VV. shore ; you will have 3, e light to bear S, £ E. shore, called a fair wind, is N. a going often on hard bottom and rse N. will carry NOTE— E. S. E. [id you have bold iweatlier's Is- , on the north ss, yet is so situ- at will carry you you are from the ed ill varying the by observing the liarbour, to avoid and run directly n if occasion re- cbannel, having I the light, which r shoaler to about wide, yet is nqt intc). tt^, harbour. 9§i on tiw seutji» 4&L ■y^fr^.^'ti va^W;:. i^m\ s-i .! I' I , ^dLj^dj:J-' .\,u ;;•»•/ h,l'hC TT H C IT T ■ / ■ VVr: ■ r I V >«;, T ■>,:,*• -^ / itltniKM-rd \j tllf / /?--* / •\--. ,. .M^ Thu Htit nmufttt*- ity H iO N /O ""'•"'"" '' .V,.,. H,mJ ^— *,'U ""4 1 S IL A ^ » St^imtt Milti .\.u )!il hihlish,,! by t.,tiiiiiii,l M Hlmit lil7. i. ' ■. ' .1,1 ■ ■■ ,r /.-. M. 9 Edit ■ A «Mft^lP 1% Blunt's ■ Amer^Mui Coast Pilot. ICl »Dd wept tide firom th« harbour of lilack rock. On (be eaitcrnmml rorl ■hti r(>efit4^aip!<^'.ni (he RoiKh point otiaid 'kIhikI, at low wnter. From (hb |)olii( |Niti off n %\nfi\r rock, 30< rml* dUtaiit, on whirl) ia 8 I'eet at high water, makiiif lu all about 74 roayM for anrhorage so tlie north ahore iu LoniK-Ibiand Sound, and aRbrds from 4 to 3 fatiioms wait-r th« liirhi then benripg west. Tn coming from the eni-tward, rrosbing Stratford Stioal clor-e ahonrii, your course to BUck Ilock Licht ix \V. by S. and you keep souod- iofH on the starhonrd liand, not |c>m than U fulhomii nor more thao 8. Black Ruck Light-House contains a fixed li^ht. Directions for sailing through the Sound Jrotn New-London to New- York. OOING out of New-LoudoD, bring the light to bear N. N. E. and tteerS. S. VV. upon the ei)b or flood ; thii)Coui>e made good will cnrry yun clear of Go- nlii«n and Bartlett's reeiii. When go'ng out of the liarlmnr of New-Londop, if it be day. keep your course S. S. W. until you o|)en the south Hummock, by the £. rnd of Fif^lier's island, and if it he nii;ht your coun^e is the snme until you get into 15 fallioms water ; your course is then VV. by S. (S3und course made goo 21 ' iTSi^ m ■|-«f 163 J Blunt*t American Clotak Tllot. you CO to the oorthward of the Mill rock, the ■tremm of the tide letting thaj way , aiHi forming eddin ia the flood nunge, which at that lime is rtudered uUafe. Thr Pot, on which there are iO feet at low water, shows distinctly by th^ whirl j^ls, as alfp the Pau wliicl^ is a pifti of the Hoghi QacL. , Directions for vessels bound to New- York. IF you fall ioto the southward, and malce Cape May, it would be pnident to keep about 3 If ngues oif, to avoid Herreftiot bar. wbtch lies from 4 to tf leagues from the ope, to the northward, and 8 milet from the iblc*. of that name. This inlet is irequeoted by the Delaware pilots, having no oilier harbour to the north* ward until thev reach Egg harbour. Afier |;assing Herrefoot bar, you may then haul up N. E. in fathoms water, which course continued will draw you in- fo 5 fathoms ; as you approach Egg harbour, vou will there have fine white and black sand intermLxed with small broken sbelu; by continuing the same course, you will deepen your water to 8 or 9 fathoms, and so continue till you draw near Bcmegat, which will alter yoiir soundings materially, as there is a channel runs kl a S. £. dirertion froc. Barnegat. The soundings off the shoal is mud, shells, and gravel, mixed together. The shoal olf Barqegat does not extend beyoodS miles from th» beach, and is very steep too ; you may turn this shoal in 6 fstlKMOS water, withiq pistol shot of the outward breaker. It would always be pruient iu uight time to keep in 9 or 10 fathoms water at least, in turning this ^h|>aI• The soundings are so much to he depended ou, that the moment ^ou loose 'the above soundings you are past the shoal, when you will have fine white sand and very hard bottom; you then mxy haul iu for the land N. In^ E. which course will bring you along ^hore, in from 15 to 17 fathoms water; but if the wind and weather iyould permit, I would recommend hauling in N. N. W. which will bring you in with the southernmost part of the Woodlands, which is very re- isiarkable, having no oilier such land in the distance fnMn Cape May uptoithj Highlands, and can be distinguished by its beins very near the beach, and ex* tends to Long branch. By passing Barnegat In the day thne it may i;isHy be knov-n, should ypu be so far oQ* as not to see the breakers, you will set a long grove of wood back in the country, apparently 3 or 4 miles long, knovn to the 0«>3sters by the name of the Little Swamp; and lies directly in the rear ol the inlet of Bamegnt, so that by sailing to the northward, your having the north end of this land directly abreas', you are certainly to the northward of Barnegat; there is also another grove directly in the rear of E^'g harbour, known by the name of the Great Swamp, which has the same references as respects Kgg liar- bour~"t)ut that the one may not be taken for the otiicr, it must be observed, ttm Great S^mmp of Kgg harbour will appear much higher, and in length 8 or 10 qUes; neither cin they be seen at the same time, as Barnegat and Egg har- bour are i5 miles apart. Barnefrat bears due S. by W. 45 miles from Sandy Honk. In hauling in for the Woodland before mentionei(;bteen inch' Meialic Reflector. The ftrBnilli of light In thin lantern in f^renter than any other on tk? coast, and if properly at- tended iJiay be sefin at the distance of 10 leai^uen. The light gradually iecrea^ as you sp' prbdch It^hat iV^ifiio^ totally eelipwd within SUia|;B«f. IT*" letting tha I way , rrudered ujsafe. :tly by thq \rhirl ark. ul»i be pnident to om 4 to leagues bat name. This bour io tbc norths It bar, you may will draw you in- fc fine white and the same course, ill you draw near is a channel runs oal is mud, shells, , extend beyood 3 shoal in 6 fstitoms I ways be prulent urninff this Kh| ent you loose tbe ne white sand and E. which course It if tbe wind and \y. which will rhich is veryre- ipe May up to *iho ie beach, and ex* it may v;iiHybe , »u will set a long ' mg, known to the io the rear ol the nae the north end ard of Barnegat; ur, known by the respects Kgg bar- must be observed, uid in length 8 or egat and Egg bar- roiles from Sandy I may, if the wind , until up with the t water, you may cedars 'hat stand alse Hook a birth, e * light-house to t-house open with h will carry you leaving it on the T. It ii lighted with tnlic Beflector. The , ami If properly at- 4screa^ as you ap' I \'»l ,.^->v ;;?»>'•■■■■-•...., » •• -T if iS/. ■■■■■■'•;. ». !. •^.♦--'u . ,11'" «.it vi „.-'^' ■*»»«„, '*•">■■ »-T< „««»««~"* „,.««—**"-■' ,«„,..%«''.-- • -^- /yi(, .VVrM — v.y. ''■'*i^iiit^mmg»»'i.«^-i^^ ■ J ^y ;':%■ III' 1' V n, \ ' % ij It- w 'it K^ >,- 1- ip«~. * ■'#> if'v''^ ..,'.;*♦'. ) w •V h^V; f # Mm'ft American Coast ri!ot. 165 TO GO CHANNEL WAT. Wke^yott cone up with the HigUuNb, keet> wout 4 miles from the slwre to fnid # Outwerd middle, steeriug to the northward uotil you briiiK the light' MMl .t4 beer W. thea steer hi for the iig ht>hoiue, m the flood outeide tett totbtiiMlMhwerd, but whea a little wsj in, it seU to the veitward. In steering ■• fMiibproach the licilt^house, you must not haul too ni|;b the shore, on ae« tMtLvi the False Hook— bjr keeping a mile from the bewh you trill avoid tbatJnai } when you hare get in so far a* the point of the Hook, where the bea> «M |U|fid8,-7ou must then hatil iu the bay W. S. W. but if you mean to aucher fa lie bay* haul in S. W. givbig (he point the dutnnce before mentieued, until Steing the light-house to bear E. by N. or £. N. E. where you may aochoi: bl^ 5 to 7 fathoms water, soft muddy bottom. But sbouid vou wbh to pro> !^ti New-Tork, when you have come in as before describeH, and get abreast of tW beacou, or the point of Sandy Hook, steer up W. by N- until you tfrioK t^i||f||ht*bonse to bear S. E. and Brown's hollow to bear S. \ E. you must theo ■ttitilp N. by S. i E. for the bluff of Staten island, which will at that time bear ejca^tiy flortli from you x and that you may not be deceived wiib respect to Itttinfit's hollow, it is the hollow which makes the termination of the high lands V^^ westward ; by steering then w before directed, you will tiim the S. W. jpt^AMntiniie steering N. by E. \ E. until you shoal your water, which you sow frill do if it is young flood, as it sets from two and a half to three knots, to tte IKEstWard } here you will observe, at the time you turn the spit belbre ram'- on the Jersey shore, Shove the Narrows, two hummockH of laud, each The easternmost of I as it were a saddle, tbiu : ih« i^ Is the mark for coming up the chautiei, so as ui avoid the Upper Middle, *^ia^|^i« it just open with the bluff of Staten island, which will be the case if \^ttL the spit as before directed; this will bring you up ehiuinel way, whea ^ have sailed 5 or 6 miles the course described, and with this mark open, theu f vast haul more to the eastward, until you open the other hummock, whicli llkNl the Westernmost hummock; by keeping both easterly and westerly ^ nmocks open to your view, you avoid the middle and west bank entirely^ ^^d come up channel way through the Narrows. When thus far, you must, t» Slis Fort Diamond, keep Staten island shoie aboard. The mark to pstsil «>rt Diamond is to keep Bcdlow's or Pesto island open with the point of Long- land ; for if you can see Bedlow's island in coming through the Narrows, there ll no dsiiger from the Narrows to come up to New- York { yed will aV»er tip for Bedlow's island to avoid the Mud flat, which you leave on your starboard hand; this flat is a kind ofoyster bed,orbank of mud and shells, and qas oot more than 1 1 feet on it at low water ; but to nvoidthis flat do not stand too far to the westwnrd, on account of Bobbin's reef, which to avoid, numln^ oa t|ie west side bf the channel, the mark is, to keep the point of land up the North river (on which Fort Lee stands) open with the east side of Bedlow's island, after which there is notbipg material to obstruct the navigation to New- York, it being Very steep near iIk point of Governor's island, and the rocks near the intterv do not exceeou may theu haul to the Mmthward, and round the Hook, aod come too, from one to two mile* dUtaut, the Hook bearing from E. to tN. E. in good holding grouwi, 5 lalhoow water. When you make Long itiatid, it is MeceMBry to keep somewhat iu tlie ofRug, on accoaut ol the enst bank, and obwrve the same marks ruoning in aa above. ItCf Su tilt tiaU.\ Tht follomng are the Bearifigs. tout sis and Distances ef Uu Suoys plaeed in the harbour of New- York. THE Black Buoy of the east Uuik, bearing K. by N. from the ligbi-houw, dittant H nilei. Tb* Wbita Bunv of the outer midille, bearing B. by S. | 3. frum the light-bouw Si milei Anfent. Bud »■ i w. I'ruin the black Buoy 1| iiiilei diii. i \V . Iroro tbe ligbt-buuM, 9^ milek diatant. Orders and Ixeovlations lor tbe Port of .NEW-YORK. ALL Tertele moored iu tbe ttreani of tbe KaH or Aorth river, are not to be within 150 flsthonifiaf any wharf. All vMaeh lying at tbe wharves of eitl^er river, or in tbe baiin* or «lipa, are to have (beir lower and lup tail yards topped, tbi-ir lore and ufi sparo rigged in, and to have tbe aachors taken up, and tbe crownii in upuu the furecn^lle. All veaMli) having on board (;un powder, or other combustible articles, are to discharge tbe same before they come tu the nbarr. AH veii^is having un board untlackcd lime, are not to entangle themselves with other Tcssels dr he where they will take the ground. No veMel wUatever, between this and Sandy Hook, to throw overboard stone baHast be- low Ipw n-at^ mark ; and in this hurbuur particularly, all ballast is to be fairly landed at bigb water mark : and at the time of dtschurging it, attention is tu be paid aot to drop-any in the water : ballast of any kind not to be unladen at liigbt. <>, No fire to be made or kept on board any vessel whatever, at any dock, wbnrf, pier or ffey, within the bounds of this city, at any other time, than from day-light iu the morning till eight o'clock at night. No pilch, tar, or other combustibles, to be heated on board any veusel lying at tbe wbarve* or In the basins or slips, but to be dune on stages or btials, renioveable in case of accident. All vessels liiat are not employed iu discharging or receiving cargoes, are to make roum for such others, us require to be more immediately accommodated with proper births for those purposes. All ves^e;6 at tbe end of any wharf, and in part or in whole covering tbe slips, must occa* tionally bi^u' either way to accoumodaie those going iu or oulof the docks or slips, or quit tbe birth. Ail masters of ships or other vessels aie to report in writing, and on oath, to tbe mayor of Ibe ciiy, tbe names and occupations ol every perMin who tihall be brought into this poH in his vessel, and lur every neglect a line of 50 ilullars will be demanded for each person and if any of them siiall be foreigners, the line will be 75 dollars for euch person, who is likely to become a tax on the city ; he w to carry him or ber back, or support them him.'etf. It is renimmended, tliat all vessels lying at tbe wharves, keep an anchor and cable in readiness, in cam of fire, tu bring up with in the stream, it necessary. (^NoTS. The re!titUnce of Hurbour-matltr, W ardtna v/ the tiorl, Le, may br obtamed on apjtltaUkn at the Q.U ADRANT, 202, H'aier-Street, cortur of tullonSirett, uhtre everif in- fvttmiion to Motlert, tie. in ihe power ufthe huilor, slmli be j^iten. OJ/ieert vf ttsteis majf de- poiilfur tttfe ket/iing, ikeir in>!rumenl$ and chart*, while in ^ort. All A'aulical Imtrumtnlt torrtellif rqtaired. Description qf the Coast to the Eastward and ffestward of Sandy -Hook. If you i-ome in ne»r Cape Hatteras, be very careful of its shoals, and make your way to the N. N. E. wliich will carry you on the souudiugB of tlie Jersey aliore. When you fi;e! 20 Tithoms water iu the lat. of 40^ 00' Dortli, thf^n haul in to mHke the land, by which you will avoid tbe diOicultieb of ike coast and the shoals nearer in shore j but if you cannot follow tliis direction see the following. When you nrc up with Chin<;oteaque shoals, in 15 fathoms water, it is near enough to approach them ; from this station, steer N. Ly IJ. which will bring you up nearly wub Great £gg harboar on the Jersey shore, but ^cu must uae 9 mm. Blttllt*t American Coast Pilot. 165 ance^Mi will bsTe iD which the beacon ard, and routid ihe ik bearing from E. I make Long Maud, the CHSt bauk, md t tiu Plate, j f the Hucys fliused ligbi-houw, cliitant 3{ e light-bouae Sj milef NgTi.W.JN. bouoe ttiAUiit Si milMt,; He, bearing .% . 4 W. ^ \ luitek duuat. / k'-TfORK. e not to be witbin 150 slip*, ere to bave (beir d to bave tbe aacfaora ticlei, are to discbarge themielveR witb otber rboard stone baHait be^ to be fairly landed at le paid :iol to drop any jcW, whnrf, pier or Ry, bt iu the morning till sel lying at tbe wbarvei ible ill case of accident. oes, are to' make room witb proper birtfaii for ng tbe slipi, mutt occa> docks or elipi, or quit on oatb, to tbe mayor 1 brougbi into this poH lied lor each person and b person, who is likely lort them bim.'elf. an anchor auu cable in &e. may bf obtained on iiStretl, wAere everi/ in- )Jjicer» of vessels maj/ de- Ul XautieallntlrumenU i JVesftvard of its shoals, and make ludiugs of tlie Jersej 00' nortli, tht« haul » of the coast ami the iou see the following, oms water, it is near ^. which will biiug re, but jcuiDuat use t V 1 jour lead ao apptoMhiug tMa there, and come no lyarer to It than 10 fathoms water; from Great Egg barbant to tbe lal. of 40* N. tbe Je»ey shore trends mar N. K. and from lat 40« t6 tbe Highlauda of Neveraiuk, the land trands mtuXy ooHb i fai all this rout, 10 f&thoma water must be kept, or near it. When you are full up with tbe Highlands of Neventink, if you see nothing of a pilot, you may stand ou, but keep 3 miles off the bare part of Saudy-Hook land, till you ara up with the southern cedar trees on the Hook, then near the Hook, till >ou get 3 fathoms water ou the Outer Middle Ground, at which time you will be 2 or 2i miles Irem the Hook. (Jn this bank you must edge off and ou, in 3 or 3^ fathoms, for the bauk lies rouodiug as the Hook does, and stops a little short of its north point; but long before }ou reach that, you will bring the light-house to bear VV. 4 S. or W. by S. when you must immediately steer in west ; this will bring the light house a little on tbe larboard bow, at)^ If you see the beacon liKht uenr the extreme point of the Hook, you must take it on tbe same bow also, but pass it about 2 cables Icu^lh, when you must edge awav to the W. S. W. about 2 miles, and anchor with the light bearing east of you. It you should fail in with the east cud of Long island, where there is now a light-house, which does not diflfer much io latitiiJe with Saudy.Hook light, (but diflers very considerable in soundings) and bound to the westward for tbe light* house, or the Highlands of Neversiuk, you must come no nearer to Long-island thah 15 fathoms water; in this rout, which is about 126 miles from MootaguR light to SaiKJy-Hook light (and tlie courses between W. by S. and W. S. W.) it is neeeseary to ase tbe lead after you run 80 miles, to know how you approach the Jersey sbore — 10 fathoms water is near enough at night. On a clear day, and so far distant from the Higl]lands as to discern them from the deck of a large vessel, bearing N. W. by W. you wi^l find soundings da a bank lately discover- ed by the Pilots, in 10 fathoms: As you approach the Highlands you will have from 1 6 to 18 fathoms. [N'ote. Masters and Pilots from Neni-York mill ohlisfe the Author of the Aitttrican Coast Pilot m giving the sotindtngs and exitnt qf this bank.'\ If y north latiiude, or 38° 30' or 39« 00' or 3 r 30' you will if possible, observe when you leave the Oulph Stream, from which advancing about 10 leagues, ^oumay begin to expect soundings, and a S. W. current as sooa as you get soundings : then the observation by lead and line is to aid the navigator. If you are ou soundings, and running in for (he land to the northward of both the Egg harbours, the northern one (which is ollen c:illed tbe buruiog hole) lies io lat. about 38" 40' north; being near the land, and steering the aLove.mcyition- ed course, and you find you have suddenly deepened your water from less to' 13 fathoms, heave about immediately, for many vessels have been deceived by a hole in these soundings, of the dimensions of about four acres of ground, and have been totally lost. If you are beating to windward, off the Hook, waiting for a pilot, or for a ' wind, (night or day,) in stHodinsy to the northward, when you suppose the liHrt- house of the Hook bears W. b. 8. it is near enough. When you a()proach liong- is^and, the soundings are fine white sand ; but on the Jersey shore the soundiD<^ are coarser and darker; there is what is called a hook channel in this channd ■ the soundings are miul and sand. W. S. W. and E. N. E. moon makes full sea at the Hook. Var. | point ^V, Description of New- York Bay. YORK BAY is g miles long, and 4 broad, and spreads to the southward be- fore New-York. It is formed by the confluence of East and Hudson's rivcnt, and embosoms several small islands of which Governor's island (on which are Castle Williams and Fort Columbus) 18 the principal. It communicates with the occau through the Narrows, between Staten and Long-it^lnnds, which are •carcely two miles lyide. The passage up to New-York, from Sandj-Hook, (tbf! poiot that extends furthest into the sea) is sale, and not above 20 miles in length. H Iffd Blunt*B AmeriolDi emttVltttt, VEdit. m Directions for saiiint' from Sandy>Heok Lif^ht-house to Cape May, or Light house on *i ape Henlopcn. WHEN eailiDK from SaaTr Hook il|iht-lioiKe, tiring it to bear W. V. W. and •leer E. S. E. 1 league, which will carry 7011 nuuide ilir Middle p'roiind ; lb«D atear 8. if night, lUlyou \m* Raraej;al| if day timr, wbrii |>an>iTi(t, you may f;o nigh the breaker, ray &i falhoini. In »aiiiux between Barnegat und Hif^blaoda In the day (ine, you may go within one quarter of a mHe of the short-, if the wind iaoir aliore. When you bsve patned thl« gatf. Ml«>el- S. W. by S. la or 14 leagnea, which will carry you u|i wiih Great Egg Hnrbour, which hnp a thoal bank one league from the ihore, (hnl has not more than feel water 00 it. This land nay be known by itti app<-arii)s iiki^ brolirCD ihlnmla, with the ffUgblaada of Neveniak to the westward of Sandy liook, widch liak a siugnlar appeaifftnce from any lawl on that coast In the day time you itaay go within two leagues of the shore, but iu the night it will be prudent to keep fcrtlier off. \Vheo you have passed Great E^g harbour, steer S. W. by W. 10 leagues, which will bring you up with Cnpe May. Between Barnegai and Cape May there are two itdets, one of which is fit at high water fpr vekseb drawirtg 15 feet, viz. Little Evg harbour. Great hgg haibour may be run for in time of dangevi and will give 12 feet at high water, the navigation is not so safe as other places. In running for Cape May, while steering your 9. W. by W. course, you wlH pass three inlets before you come up with the Cape, viz. (Boston's, Towns^nd's and Hereford, all of which have baia lyiog ofT their eotrHOces: when abreast of Hereford inlet, you may, if bound to Cape May, steer W by S. but if bound to Oipe Henlnpen. steer S. S. W. till the light-house bears west, when you may nin for it till with{iig, you may i;o legal oiiii Hfi^blanda f nf (he shore, if the . W.by S. 13 or 14 ■, which \mf a thoal i^t water oo it. •n ihlr.nds, with the wliich has a liaKiiIar : you rtiay fu witlita t to ke^]> fortlier ««fr. by W. 10 leagues, , one of whirh is fit Hriwur. Great ^gg 2 feet atltigh water, W. course, you wiH ^ostoo'H, Towns^nri's :e8 : when abreast of by S. but if bound to vest, when you may distance, lies a ahoal i there are never has m. ressels are prevented rest winds, ard oOea DSbible, this incortve- hich, with the direc- or 40 yards of Small ;radually haul round, Jeaclu wliPD ) ou are lien steer W. S. Vf. ke the PlaU.] May. ters of a mile of the the northward and es, which are iuhabil- eep the diore cI(h« on ible round the Cape, I, over which it con* lies from Sape May. Atlantic Ocean, to Ra* r arrive on the coart.— leagues off |See letter t, you batter hoist wme ^"^. r. 1 ^Frr-fw(ant 1 { mile which is hare nt low water. Af'cr you have douhled liie Ca|K; steer north till it heurs S E. \ S when you niunl steer N. W. till you deeixn into 7 ami 8 fa* f lionit. In ninuinpt (lie iiImivp coiirfe, you will have from 5 to 21 fathoms, liefore vou come into 8 fathoms, which is 3 Irnjtiies distant frofn the Cspe. After you nave fol !iilo 3 fathoms, you will imnieed thib swash, wheu you will slioid yuur (HNUidinfcs into 2i fathoms, and then deepen into 7 fathomf>, wliirh U tlie main ship channel, when you mnst steer N. W. till you have only 5 f tlioms. Mhirlt in outhe Four* teen feet bank, anti then alter your coune to N. N. W for the buoy of the Cross ledee. One league diktant from this ledge, lies • shoal called Joe Flog« ger, bearing W. S. W. from the buoy. Directions, for sailinjr in by *Cape Hfiilopen. BRING the light house to bear west and run for it till within 2 milea. U'heM abreast of it you will have 15 or 10 fathoms water. After }ou have passed it, •teer W. N. W. till you bring it to bear E. S. E. where you m ly anchor iu 3 or 4 tiithoms. If you intend running up the hay, hr'iig the ii»ht-hoii.e to bea^ south, and steer N. by K. with a flood ti le, and N. by W. uiiji an ebb. The flood sets W. S. \V. and the el)b E, N. E. iu steering Hie above course 1 1 or 12 mihs, you will make the Brown, which you leave on your iarboaid hand : It has a buoy on it Continue your course north (ill you bring Cape May to bcnrS. E. by E. when you will make the Brandy wine on your sta' board hand, which has a buoy on it ; then steer N. W. by N. or N. W. by N. J V and you will have 7 or 8 fatlioms wat' r. The channel between the Browu lod Bran- dy wine is not above one mile wide. S«u N. Jf. W. of it I i mile in l« ou If^nve on y<.iii- ttwp bovil hand, lo pntilnn iialuard till yoM bring tlie river to bear X. E. or IS'. K. by S. wli<>n )imi nmy itiinil up for New-Caille. Thit place In 40 inilcii from Philadelphia. M hrn you havo p:h( oil board I niny ■tiimlup for II youhav»'p;«Med . a fl^l tlioai near Millf of llin river. •:. to E, N E. Mf E. by K. t inilpi. . from it. on >oiir oard hand brut oa lei from IMiilndel* come up with this may go cloxe to. are abrenitt of it, (her op yoiir atar- Mcd between ihete N. E. by y. for !cp your Inrboard arry you oppoaltc i-^- i-jti^^TT ,);|||",|,ii||i "I, I'lft^ll"' "1,1 .-, '"•■ "Wr. '».■,:, V !-f W. N. W. V. N. W. B. S^ cj, .^ }. S. E. Henry. f, give it a birtli of 1 1 banli that lien S. epuxcn. It lies 5 1, be careful of the nc league distaot. lit 5 lea^^es, which lurHelf to the south- len^ues, which will latitude 37 «" 58' N. md 2 leagues from I Chincoteagu© liglit-housc. Thi» water. FinWick's which island parts li form the entrance of r^r--w-|-~ l l l jUW g Ul ' a^ WI I Mt lT^^ nrnm -'-'^-'f-'r ..^.. i^ 3 -1*. -a-^a ' ^ >■,,,. -/TV, / let- (III Jjnrri. .^n A^.i// I'U.t 'S 4Vh »^,t7-..*^.rA* I., i;-,/,,;. vbenyou must steer into the river W. S. \V. or S. W. by W. which will carry you safe, where you may lie land-locked from all winds. In running for this river you will make two bunches of trees on your larboard hand, which at a dis- tance appear like two islarHls, but as you approach them you will find they are pD the main land. In going into the river, you must keep your lead going, and Iceep in the middle, and go between two points of marsh, and you will have no more than 3 fathoms between New-PuintCuiofurt and Severn river, miidtiy bot-^ iPIPt You may go to sea from tliis river with the wind from S. W. to N. W. Directions for those bound to the Capes o/" Virginia. COURSES BY COMPASS. IN coming from sea and falling into the northward, you may make an island mailed Hog island, and also Machapungo island ; the latter is a small island. Hog island and Smith's island are about 7 or 8 leagues from eftch other, and a stranger may take the one for the other. H<^ island is longer than Smith's and the trees stand more open and are not so thick as on Smith's island, and in go- ing on to the southward from off Hog island, you will make Sand hills which lay between Hog island and Smith's island, beiqg a sure mark ycu have not pass- ed Smith's inland. Be careful not to come nearer than 7 fathoms when off the ^apd hills, at, nearer than 7 fathoins the ground is broken. Smith's island is M:;: first island after passing the Sand hills above mentioned ; on the northern end of it there are some straggling trees which appear like a erove, but which join on to the island. As you draw up with Smith's island, vQu may b9ul into 6 and 5 fathoms, till yo(i get near abreast of it. Smith's island is a good place to anchor under, with the winds from N. N. W. to W- N. W. aqd vessels often come to there if the wind is coming out from N. ^nd westward, |f you intend to anchor there, bring it to bear W. S. W. and run for it, and ypM iDpiy go in as near as your draft of water will admit, into 3 fattiomi or less, ff you phoose : y«u will have blue mud and sand. And when you get under way froRi tbenfse steer S. by W. till you cross the North Channel in 7^ fathoms ; keep pn until you raise your ground into 5 fathoms on the Middle Ground, then steer g. W, which will cross the middle in 4 fathoms, keep on S. W. until you deepen into 6 or 7 fathoms, ship channel ; tb. s t\ ilh a sirong breeze steer W. by N. whicb will ^r*y you across in deep water until you raise your ground on the Shoe. HYben 3t anchor under Smith's islapd. Cape Henry light bears about S. S. W. (n coming in from the southward, bound to Cape Henry, keep in 7 fathoms pptil ypu heKiii to draw up with False Cape which lies about? leagues from Cape ^epry t<>W»rds Currituck ; then 9 to 10 fathoms, is full near enough to go to IP'aUf Cape, After you have got to the northward of False Cape, you may theo k^f P 8|3in jn 7> S ^nd 9 iathvms, (ship cbaouel) tyi you jget up ni^ Chft n^oi^ 1 ■:M^'i-. --• r^'r^m^ 9 Edit. bear £. S. E. and to 5 fathoma as follow directions steer N. N. W. BW- Point Comfort. eSi and four rivers river, North river, 50 or 60 tons, and e wind from E. S. a into Severn river >r this port are to and steer W, by er bears W. S. W. which will carry In running for this nd, which at a dis- j will find they are )ur lead going, and cl you will have no river, mudyiy boti 3. W.loN. W. Virginia. bay make an island ; r is a small island. I eath other, and a er than Smith's and s island, and in go- i Sand hills which ycu have not pass- tboms when off the ; above mentioned ; bich appear like a ith Smith's island, of it. nds from N. N. W, coming out from N. ind run for it, and 9 fathom-) or less, you get under way I 7^ fathoms ; keep Ground, then steer 1^. until you deepen jer W. by N. which :)und OR the Shoe, s about S.S.W. keep in 7 fathoms ' leagues from Cape iar enough to go to ape, you may thta 9 Edit Blunt^s \inarican Coast Pilot. 174 From off Roanok^ the soundings along shore is hard sand all along until nearly up with Cape Henry, when it is sticky bottom, and you will be in channel way.- The shore between False Cape and Cape Henry makes in like a bay, some- tliing like Lynn-Haven bay, and in thick weather a stranger might mistake it for Lynn-Haven bay, and False Cape for Cape Henry, if it is so thick that the light-house on the latter cannot be seen ; but in round False Cape, it is all har^ bottom, and in Lynn-Haven bay it is soil or sticky bottom, and in some place* very tough bottom. The passage between Cape Charles and outer middle is little known, and not frequented by large vessels. It is only used by small vessels of 8 or 10 feet water. Directions for Hampton Roads. WHEN abreast of *Cape Henry light steer W, by N. or W. ^ N. till yoii get on the Horse Shoe in b fathoms sandy bottom. There are no soundings at 6 fa; thorns on those courses between Cape Henry and the Shoe. The first soundings on the Shoe on those courses, are 6 or 7 fathoms, a sticky or tough bottom, and the distance about 4 miles from Cape Henry light, but the 5 fathoms sandy is about a mile farther on the shore (say about 5 miles from Cape Henry light) where vessels can anchor. Then steer west until you get on the south side of the channel for an ebb tide ; but tide alluot*, steer W. ^ N. or W. by N. Those courses will carry you into 6 fathoms on the south side, then you may steer VL N. W. which will carry you into 6 or 7 fathoms, sticky bottom, until nearly up with Willoughby's Point ; then bring Old Point Comtbrt light to *"< - west, or W. by S. and run for it until nearly up with it, (say within half a ie) but take careand go no nearer to Hampton Bar on the north side, than tO fathoms, it be- ing steep too ; then haul up 8. W. by W. till you bring Old Point Comfort light to bear about N. W. then steer S. W. for the Roads, 6, 6, or 7 fathoms, good anchoring, but go no nearer to south shore than 9 fathoms lest the Bar off Sowell's point hooks you in. Should you, after passing Willoughby's point, fall in 14 or 16 fathoms, tOld Point Comfort light -house bearing W. N. W. steer up S. W. by W. but go no nearer to Hampton bar on the north side than 10 fathoms, it being steep too, until you passSowell's point, when Old Point Com-« fort bearing N. E you will fall into 7, i>, and 9 fathoms, good anchoring. Kemark. In steering W. N. W. as above, should you deepen your water to 9, 10 fathoms, or more, you may ktiow you have passed the bar off Willough- by's Point. If going along on the South side you shoalen your water from 5 fathoms, haul off to the northward and keep in about 6 or 7 fathoms till you judge yourself nearly up with Willoughby's point ; go no nearer to it than 7 fathoms. By hauling to the northward you will deepen your water. On the Horse Shoe side, the bottom is hard sand, and on the south side it is soi\ bottom until drawing on to Willoughby's point, where it is hard : Therefore being on the south side where the ground is soit, you may always know drawing up with Willoughby's as soon as you get hard sand bottom. Then haul «^ as before directed for Old Point Comfort light. Of the ThitiAU. It is a small lump on the Horse Shoe, with about 8 feet wa- ter on it. It is steep too, say 7 fathoms, but being small it is quickly passed^ It lies a little below Willoughby's point, on the opposite side, to avoid which is the reason why it is necessary to get soundings first on the Horse Shac. Th« Thimble is about 1^ or 2 miles off the shore. Black river point bearing N. N. W. you are abreast of the Thimble. 1 here is good anchoring alt over the Shoe, from 3 j to 4 joiles from land (q the tail or outer part of it, and nigher io shore for small vessels. As the sett ing of the tide varies much at different stages thereof, atteution * Cape Ueoiry light-bouse is situated oo the larboard h id goibg hi, is about 90 feet from the sorfaco of the water, and caimot be seen a great distance. There is a houM •i«cied near the light-boaie, for the accommodation of pilots. t Old Faint Comfort light-house lies on the utarboard band, and heart W. by N. frons Cape Hsvy Hgkt, 4 kagwes distant. t M-^" 172 Blunt^s American Coast Pilof. 9 Edit. should be paid as well to the bearing of the light as the soundings, when running up from the cape to Willoughby's point lest you cross the channel and run on a lujnp o( the Horse shoe, called the Thiinble, (as before described) which has onl^ 8 feet water on it, and is steep too (say 7 fathoms) — this lump lies a little below Willoughby's point on the opposite side — to avoid which is the reason why it is necessary to take the soundings, as the south side of the channel is in general sticky bottom, and on the horse shoe it is hard sand. From Hampton Road tu Norfolk the channel is too intricate for stranjers to approach without a pilot, and they must anchor 'i the road. Note. — For the benellt of strangers we add, that the |)resent regulations Tor PilotK arc : If you are bound into Hampton Roads, and are so far in as to bring Cape l-Ienry light to bear S. by C. before you receive a I'ilut, a ilamptnn Pilot cannot demand more than half pilotage, which is six dollars ; twelve dollars is full pilotaee for large or small vessels up to Uie Roadi ; after that there is another pilotage, at a certam rate, which is 88 cts. per foot . Directiotis for running from Cape Henry up the Bay lo Balti- more. WHEN you come in from sea and are bound up the bay, bring Cape Henry light to bear S. S. E. and steer N. N. W. about 4 leagues, which will carry you to the northward and westward of the Middle ground that lies between the two capes, and when you have Smith's island (off Cape Charles) to bear £. you will be to the northward of this shoal. If you have the wind ahead, and are obliged to turn to windward, you must not stand further to the eastward after the light- house (or the cape) bears S. S. E. as the western part of the middle ground is steep. In standing to the westward, you may go into 3^ and 4 fathoms without danger ; but in standing to the eastward, you must not go into less than 8 fathoms .18 you will be near the Middle ground. If you wish to anchor at New-Point Comfort, which bears from the Cape .about N. W. by N. distant 8 leagues, you must take care of the spit that runs off the point about S. E. 2 miles. Keep to the westward of this point of sand, and you may run in under the point and an- chor in 4or 5 fathoms water, fine bottom, wlwre you will be secure from northerly or N. £. winds. In running from York River, when you open ' Iron Point east of New Point Light, and bound up the bay, you will pass York spit, in 3 fa- thoms water. After you are clear of the Middle ground, as before directed, and have the cape to bear S. S. E. and a fair wind, you may steer up the bay north ; come not to the westward of north till you have Gwin's island to bear W. lo avoid a shoal called the Wolf trap, which lies N. N. E. 2| leagues from New- Point Comfort, and S. E. by E. 1^ league from Gwin's island, which is but small. [Gwin's island lies oflf Hill's bay, north from Point Con.fort, 3 leagues distant.] From the Wolf trap steer N. about 15 leagues, which will carry you to the mouth of the Potomack. When you have New-Point Comfort to bear west, you are within 10 leagues of Watts' island. In running the above course and distance you will have from 10 to 4 fathoms before you come up with the i3lands. If you should come into 3 fathoms as you app^-oach these islands, you ;^ay haul a little to the weaiwardf when you will deepen your water. 0£f Watts' and Tangier's i! less than 8 fathoms chor at New-Point tant 8 leagues, you 2 miles. Keep to er the point and an- »cure from northerly pen ' iron Point east York spit, in 3 fa- as before directed, ay steer up the bay I's island to bear W. \ leagues from New- , which is but small. , 3 leagues distant.] ry you to the mouth bear west, you are course and distance 1 the i9lands. If you ou !^ay haul a little kVatts' and Tangier's t into Rappahanock ward of New-Point :n it bears about N. rhere you will have ad of the river, keep ind not deepen your )ng spit of sand that whieh is very steep, iter, where you may winds. re it to bear about E. 1 12, muddy bottom. I ^Smith's point light (which 19 the southern head going into Potomack river) bears W. southerly, when you will be in 10 or tt fathoms water. If you deepen your water to 15 or 20 fathoms, you will be very near the bad spit or shoal that runs off from Smith's point into the bay 1^ league. Keep your soundings into 10 or 12 fathoms on the Tangier's side, as before directed ; you may then haul up N. W. by N. for Point Lookout, which is the northern poi.it of Potomack river, and come to with- in I mile of the point on the western side of the bay, and have 4 and 6 fathoms water, muddy bottom. When you are up with Potomack river, and would wish to harbour, having the wind down the Hay, you may nm in round Point Look- out, givring it a small birth, and anchor, where you will be sheltered from all northerly Winds. When you are up as far as Point Lookout, and have the wind ahead, you have a good channel to beat in, up as far as Patuxent river. You may stand on each tack to 4 or 6 fathoms ■, but in standing to the eastward, when you have 9 or 10 fathoms, it is best to lack, as the ground rises suddenly to 4 or 5 fathoms, and then lessens into 2, hard sand ; the western side is more regular. Your course from Point Lookout to Patuxent river, with a fair wind, is N. by W. ^ W. and the distance 6 leagues, in 7 and 10 fathoms water, which will carry you up with Cordar point, which is pretty bold, and makes the south point of Patuxent river. If the wind is to the northward, and you cannot get into Patuxent, (which is oilen the case,) you may run in under Cordar point, and anchor in 3 or 4 fathoms, good bottom, and secure from the ^ind down the bay. Patuxent is as remarkable a river as any in the bay, having very high land on the north side of the river with red banks or cliOs. If you go into this river, give Cordar point a small birth, and stand to the northward till you have the river open when you may run l.i for Drum point, which is on your starbpard hand. This is a sandy bold point, with some small bushes on it- Double this point, and come to in 2| and 3 fathoms water, where yon »*ill be secure from all winds. la beating into this place, you may stand to the north side for the high red clifts to '3 fathoms, and to the south side to 5 fathoms water, and in the channel you will have 7 fathoms water. When standing to the south side of the river, you will see some buildings oil (be north side of the river, above Drum point ; as soon as these buildings come on with Drum point you must tack, to avoid a spit that runs off from the south side of the mouth of the river. If you cannot get up the bay, you may anchor under the high cliffs^ and lie safe from northerly winds in 4 or 6 fathoms water. If you should harbour in Patuxent, when you come out, bound up the bay, give the high land on the northern side of the river something of a birth, and also give Cow point a good birth, as a large spit runs off some way, which is very bold. You will have 8 fathoms, and before the next cast of your lead you may be ashore. Run from Patuxent into the bay till you have 9 or 10 fathoms water, when you will be near mid-channel. Your course up the bay, when in the chan- nel, is N. by W. ^ W. to Poplar island,'distant 8 or 9 leagues. In running this course, you will have from 10 to 15 fathoms. When Sharp's island bears £. you may find 18 fathoms, ir uddy bottom. After leaving Patuxent river, if you intend to go into Great Choptank river, you must leave James' island (or point) on your starboard, and Sharp's island on your larboard hand, giving both a good birth, as there are long spits off from both these places. After you have passed James' point, steer away about N. N. £. in 7 and 8 fathoms, which will carry you iu under Sharp's island, where you may anchor within half a mile of the island, and lie secure from northerly and N. W. winds, and, if you wish it, take a pilot at this place. After you are up with Poplar island, and it bears E. you may then steer away about N. distant 5\ leagues, which will carry you up to An- napolis river. After leaving Poplar island, the next you come to is Kent island, between which makes Wye river. If the wind comes ahead when you are up as far as the southern pai t of Kent island, you may run in under it, opposite Poplar island, and anchor in 6 or 7 fathoms water, and Ije secure from all winds except S. W. The land on the weitcrn side of the bay, from Patuxent to Annapolis river, is J74 Bliint's American Coelst Pilot. 9 Edit. S •omething high, with leveral bays, such as Herring and West river bays, where the soundings are gradual en butb sides. You will have, in running from Pop- lar island lo Annapolis or Talley's point, (which is the southern puint of Anna- polis river,) from 7 to Id fathoms water. Give Thomas's and Talley's point a good birth as there are long spits off from both places. If you go into Annapolis river, give Talley's point a good birth, and haul into the westward for the inoutb of the river, taking your soundings off the soulh side in 3 and 4 fathoms water, and pass iu between Talley's and Green bush [Kiint, whidi you leave on your •itarbDanl band, giving said points a birth of an equal width, and nmjust above them, where you may anchor in 3 and 4 fathoms, and lie secure from all winds. After you are up with Annapolis, and bound to Baltimore, when in the mid- dle of the channel, your course is N. by C about 6 leagues, which will cany ou up to Baltimore river. Come not to the northward of N. by E. for fear of atlle Snake p«int and the Bodkin shoals, which yuu leave on your larboard, and bwan's point on your starboard h iiid ; this point is on the eastern side of the bay, to the northward of Kent i' nd. From Annapolis to the mouth of jitimore river, you will have frr .n 4 to 10 fathoms. Come no nearer the wer .vn side than 4^ or 5 fathoms, till you have the river open, at which time Swa.- 3 point bears about £. S. £. when you may haul iii for the river. The best ma,k is the north point a little open with a gap of woods on Sparrow's point, which will carry you in 3 fathoms water, which is the most you will iiave in this channel, soft bottom. Keep these marks till Bod- kil) point bears S. S. W. then steer W, or W. by N. into the river, giving North point a birth of about 1 mile. When abreast of North point, steer away for the White rocks, which you will see on the south side of the river, until you are abreast of them, when you must haul to the southward till you bring Leading point (which is high bluflTnrcods) within S sails' breadth of Hawkins' point, and keep it till you are almost abreast of the rocks, when you must again haul to the southward, till you bring the said poinib within a t>mall sail's breadth of each other, which must lead you up to Hawkins* poini, tu which give a birth of one quarter of a mile. There are several small shoals of about 2 fathoms, on each side of the channel, which are steep, and the channel between them not more than a quarter of a mile wide. When you come up with Hawkins' point, yna may steer away for the Narrows, (on which the fort stands,) about N. W. by N. which course has nothing to obstruct you ; you will have from 2^ tu 5 fathoms. When you are up with the Narrows, pasa between the S points, and give the lar- board side a good birth, to keep clear of a shoal just above the Narrows : then haul to the S. W. up for the wharves, on the point which is on the starboard band, and there anchor, or proceed to Baltimore. If you leave the point keep your larboard hand oo board, when you will find good bottom, from which you nay proceed to the wharves, or come to with safety. [*if* See Chart ofChesapeak.\ Ratet of Pilotage. American Vessels pay ^ 3 00 down, and ^ 4 00 up, per foot. Foreign do. do. 4 00 do. 4 33 up, do. Directiowt from New Point Comfort to ?otomack River. FROM this point a Spit extends S. E. 2 miles, which you will avoid by not going into less than 4 fathoms water. About 2^ leagues N. N. E. from New Point Comfort, and 2 leagues E. from Iron Point, lies the Wolf-trap rock, on which there are 12 feet at low water; between this rock and Point Comfort there are 8 and 9 fathoms. From the Spit, which runs off from New Point Com- fort, to the entrance of Rappahanock river, the course is N. by W. and the dis- tance 6 leagues. . You may keep in 5 or 6 fathoms water. Near to the Wolf- trap rock, were are 7 fathoms. From the entrance of Rappahanock to the flat which runs off from Smith's point (which is the south side of Potomack river,) the course is N. and the dis- titnce 6 leagues. You may run in 5, 6, or 7 fathooos i^ater. When you draw nmr tlteshoal which nins off from Smith's point you should mt -;;o into less -■»/-'^!* 9 Edit. st river bays, where ruiiiiin;; irom Pop- hern point of Anna- ind Tailey's point a u i|;u into Annnpolis (ward f«>r the inoutb id 1 riithomt water, you leave on your , and iim just ahove euro from all winds. s, when in the mid- >s, whicli will carry N. by E. for fear of e on your larboard, tite eastern side of II have frrn 4 to 10 thorns, till you have E. when you may Itle open with a gap oms water, which is hese marks till Bod- I river, giving North ;, steer away for the river, until you are I you bring Leading Hawkins' point, aoa lust again haul to the ail's breadth of each I give a birth of one It S fathoms, on each iween them not more Hawkins' point, yon ,) about N.W. byN. From 2^ to 6 fathoms, ints, and give the iar- re tbe Narrows : then I is on tbe starboard leave the point keep tom, from which you B Chiirt ofChesupeak.\ •W up, per foot, up, do. omack River. ^ou will avoid by not N. N. E. from New le Wolf-trap rock, on I and Point Comfort "rom New Point Com- r. by W. and the dis- . Near to the Wolf- runs off from Smith's irse is N. and the dis- jr. When you draw ould n«t -TO Into lie» s,.« 9 Edit. Blunt'a American Coast Pilot. s;''"'S'9»4'i: 175 than 7 fatbouM. This sboal eitands about S| miles E. S. E. from Smilh'a island ; on its eitremity tlicre are only two fathoms water, and very near to it, eastward, there are 10 or It fathoms. The mark fur the shoalest part of thii, sand, is a house with a white chimney, standing among the trees un the shore within Smith's island, open to the northward of the island, and bearing w<:st. When this house bears W. by N. you are to the southward of the extremity of tbe fhoal ; and when it bcari W. by S. you are to the northward of it. That which adds considerably to the danger of this shoal, in going either up or down tbe Chcsapeak. is the broken islands which lie on the east side of the channel, and the flats of sand which extend fium 5 to 8 miles to the westward from (hem. Tbe Tangier islands lie to the southward of Cooper's island, and the Tangier islands and Watts' island make the entrance of Pocomoke bay, which bay >ib\)n- ratei; Virginia from Maryland on the eastern shore. PotomHck river scp.irates Virginia from Maryland ; its entrance is formed by Smith's point on tiie soutb side, and Point Lookout on the north side ; the disi.ttice between these two points is about 3^ leagues. On Smith's point is a ligbtliouse. If you are bound to St. Mary's river, you roust give Point Lookout, ana also the shore about it, a good birth ; and when you approach St. George's island, you must keep nearer to tbe main than to the shoal, which extends from the island. Your course into the river is N. W. and as it is all open to your view, you may anchor where you please in 5 or C fathoms water. If you are bound to Wicocomack in Potomack river, your course from the cast end of St. George's island to Ragged point is N. W. ^ W, and the distance 4 leagues. On the south or larboard side, there are flats lying off from the shore, which in some places extend one mile ; come no nearer to them than 7 fathoms : In the middle of tbe channel, you will Jiavc 1 1, 10, 13, 10 and 8 fathom^. You must give Ragged point a good birth, to avoid the shoal, which extends from it nearly one mile, i rom Ragged point to Clement's island your course is W. * N. and the distance 2 leagues. In the middle of the channel you will have 6, 5, 4ji and 7 fathoms water. On the south side, a little below Clement's island, is No- mine bay. From abreast of Clement's island steer W. N. W. in G, 5, and 4 fa- thoms water, until you have Wicocomack river open ; tlien pass pretty near to tbe island, which is on the east side of the entrance, in order to avoid the shoal which runs olf from the point on the west side. Steer about north inio the river, and anchor on the south side of Newton's point, in 5 or 4^ fathoms water. Directions from Potomack River to Patuxent River. FROM Point Lookout a flat runs off a considerable way, which you must be careful to avoid, by not coming any nearer to it than 7 or 8 fathoms water. Op- posite this point, the flat of Tangier islands extends so far to the westward as to narrow tbe channel of the Chesapeak to about 4} miles. This part of tbe flat is steep, and has 13 fathoms close to it. About 2 leagues to the northward of Point Lookout is St. Jerome's point, ofl' which above 2 miicj, there lies a sboal. About 3 leagues to the northward of bi. Jerome's point, is Cordar point. Be- tween them, 7 or 8 fathoms is a good depth to keep in ; near to tbe flat un tbe east side, there are 10, 16, 9 and II fathoms. Cordar point is on the south side of the entrance of Patuxent river : the ground is low and sandy, and has some straggling trees standing on it. From this point a flat extends to the eastward, and also to the northward. On the north side of this river there are high hills, called Clifts, with trees on them ; and from this side also a flat extends, but tbe shoaling:^ on each side of the chaunel are gradual and the ground soft. In tbe middle of the channel there are 8 fathoms water. High- er up ia Rously's point on the south side, and Driim point on the north side ; the latter is a low sandy point. You may anchor without these points, or you may fo further up the river, always observing the followir^ general rule in all the deep bavs throughout Virginia and Maryland, namely — To every point, more especially where the land is low, give a good birth in passing, bteei^use spits or fkt» of ikiim) eitend frota then, and consflquently the water is aooat if^au^ places. ^-iiW-.-.^?g>T 17f Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit |:/- Dirtetiom for going from Cape Henry or Lynn Haven Bay, io York River. AS Cap* Henrj S. hj E. would lead yon tm the tail of (he Middle frround, •nd as the proceeding with it at S. E. would carry you on the tail and north edge of the Hone Shoe, your keeping the cape on any bearing between S. by E. and 8. E. will carry you through h«>tween the two sIimIs. On the tail, and along the north aide of the Hone Shoe, the nhoalings are gradual. With Cape Henry betrinjr S. S. E. or 8. E. by 8. steer N. N. W. or N. W. by N. until /ou bring Capo Charles to bear E. by N. you are then to the northward of the Horse Shoe, ind may steer N. W. or N. W. by W. according as you have the wind ami tide. As the ebb sets strong out of the Chesapeak over the Hone Shoe, yon must not, with a northerly wind and ebb tide, approach any neater to the fthoMl than 5 or 6 fathoms water. When you have brought New Point Comfort to bear 1 1, and Black river point to bear S. by W. you are (hen abreast of the tail of York spit, in 3 fathoms water. When you are a little above Long isle, you must not come any nearer to the shore than h fathoms, until you enter the fiver above the marsh ; then keep in 9 or lU fathoms, and run up and anchor between York and Gloucester, in what depth you please. With a contrary wind, stand towards the Horse Shoe in 4^ or 5 fathoms, and ftom it into 6^- or 7 fathoms, until you are abreast of the entrance of Pocasan, where there is a gut of 7 fathoms, which runs close to the entrance ; you should therefore be careful to avoid going too far in, and thereby getting on the tail that extends from Toes marsh. When you have got thus fkr up, you should go no nearer to the shore on this side, than 7 or 6^ fathoms all the way up to York 1 own. On the other side, you should not stand any nearer to the small isles on York Spit, than 10 or 11 fathoms: close to (he tail of this spit there are 7 fathoms: close'tothe middle of it there are 10 fathoms ; and close to it, abreast of the islands, you will have 13 fathoms, and before you can get another cast of the lead, you will be ashore. When you have entered the river, you must not come any nearer to -the flat than 8 or 9 fathoms water. This flat, extends from the aurth shore, almost one third over the rive;. *Cape Hatteras. THIS Cape lies about S. S. E. 37 leagues from Cape Henry ; between them lie the inlets of Currituck, which is shoal ; New Inlet, on which are 10 feet wa- ter; and Roanoke, on which are 8 feet water ; at Roanoke the tide rises 4 feet. About 6 leagues N. by E. from the Cape lies a bank on which are 4, 4^ and 5 fa- tboras,water, Ktending N. by W. and S. by E. about 3 leagues, and is about 3 miles wide. Tlie inner edge of this bank is about 3 miles from the Bltore, and the soundings between them 9, 10 and 7 fathoms. About 6 miles N. by W. from tlie north end of this bank, and 3 miles E. by S. from the north end of Hatte- ras island, there lie some small Knowls, on which are only 9 feet at low water. * On the pitch of this Cape (which ia low oandy land) a light-house was erected in t799 containing a Fixed Light, which is painted white, and bears iV. N. W. from Ca|ie Hatteras •lioal, 4 ieagues diatant ; there is a good channel 1^ miie from the light, keeping the land on Imrd : the light bes.n from the S. W. part of the outer ihoals, N. by W . | W . and from the N. E. part, N. W. by N. diatant 5 leagues — from the S. W. part of the middle shoals, within which veagels bound along the coast generally pass, the light bears N. N. W. and firom the N. E. part N. W. distant 3 leagues. At Shell Castle island the light bears from the bar W. N. W. distant nearly two leagues. This Light is of little importance. The light at Cape Hatteras, being 130 feet above the level of the sea, will be seen from a considerable distance without the outer shoals, and to a vessel steering in for Ocracock, W..by N.— W. N. W. or even N. W. by VV. the light on the Cape will first show, and will coa'tinue to be seen till after the light appears within the bar. The point of Cape Hatteras having made out into the sea since the light-house was built, the light now stands 3 miles back fVom the point of land tliat makes out ftvm it. Thov|^ the bearings of the Brown at SLell Castle Island from Ocracock bar, has been sta* ted, yet it is not expectied that any vessel will attempt to cross in the night ; it has been nientioQedvlenly tlwt the master, in coming up witik the bar in the night, may be enabled thereby tp take that situatiga wbicbiaay be most favourable for (eceivinf a pilot, aod 9 Edit n Haven Bay^ to i (he Middle ground, he tail and north edge l>etween S. by E. and the tail, nnd along the With Cap« Henry >y N. until /ou bring ird of the Horse Shoe, u have the wind ami the Hor«e Shoe, you ly neater to the fchoal ew Point Comfort to I then abreast of the ittle above Long isle, s, until you enter the id run up and anchor 4| or 5 fathoms, and entrance ofPocasan, entrance ; you should jetting on the tail that up, you should go nt> way up to York Town, le small isles on York there are 7 fathoms: le to it, abreast of thn et another cast of the er, you must not come flat extends from the ienry ; between them which are 10 feet wa- le the tide rises 4 feet. bichare4, 4|and5 fa- eagues, and is about 3 from the abore, and the miles N. by W. from :hc north end of Hatte- r 9 feet at low water. louse was erected in 1799 . W. from Cajw Hatteras he light, keeping the land ,N. byW.iW. andfrom part of the middle shoals, ^t bears N. N, W. and iland the light bears from if little importance, the sea, will be seen from steering in for Ocracock, [)e will first show, and will the light-houie was built, es out (torn it. Vracock bar, ha* beoi sta> ; in the night ; it has been the night, may be enabled for lecetTiDg » pilot, vai ■■'I' ' Wfl ' HilH I' ,""' ' " " H|■.S'I" ' ^"^" ' ' " ' " '^' " ' . T .. ' ";i i. TPffit«n>v>.-: -, -^W"^\-'i--m^r- '^ *'*. ■•J**n» -n. ...,...,wi^' ;«V" \ ,SH ■'"y \'i- \«^';v%^ m.f, ;;%. if. 'm :! ■'>|:/:i.l 1 :'l!> .:;ptU. '■"rP^f^r:.,, ;,,.,,. I I -r^.^gfi fii4.i,iin/ III i /Ac \minnin H'l""*' l'il<>l .)** ««-. • "> 4 71 i ; , Filot 1T7 Tv tfMMkMle^ wMMt ii fo mllea dlvuift from Ibe Iirfit-lKMM& and hn SSstty otf tite etpe, t^N>> » foo*fMi3fe for mM vmk. In rtodeiate #«J SerTor irhM the ijirtS^ 'i« hwrt- »«» *» *«»*<> >*« ■'*•!• lifciHo go nM The UalK-tiiwwe at Cape Hittent «biMU i fine light when In oHer;- and en fceToB* m^^dtf in 12 falhoiM water on the outer part of the iboab. wheo oiilr JO feet abc»ve the level of the aea ; but when on hoard a large Vfwd. it might be leeo io 20 or 95 fathoml. The wmndinifia from the Cape are 2, 3, 3, 2, 6 and 7 fathoma, and tlwa deepeaa to 13, oo (he S. S. li. part. It k hkh wate* at Caua Hatteraa ihoals, oa fiitt and change of the moon, at 3 o'clock and 4^ ainuto^ and the llitoflow* from 4 to 6 feet beiiig governed Iw the winda in tHe offing, aod in easterly gale* it runa aeverai ttf^i hiiiher. S. \\ . br W. i W. fnmi Cape Hallena, lea«M«» di»tant,i» (krocock inlrtt.on which are 15 feet water. S. W. by W- * W. from Ocracoek inlet, » hrngpiei dMaoW. lies Cedar iiikt, and S. W. from Cedar inlet leagues distapl, lies Cape L?ak Out. Shell Cartle Ughl stands oo Oyster Bank, in Walll^» Qiaooel 4 Bdles iBside Qcracock bar, aod ia as before ohMrvad, of Httle c«Mc^ite«4«. ' *Cape Look Out, CAFE LookOut Met in 34" 34' N^ lat. and 7«» 37' W. kng, and the eaps ^utods (wheiwif a lighlrhouse) Io lai. 34« 30' N. aod long. It" 30* W. Tb» shoals extend from the Cape 15 miles, to a 8. S. E. dkeetfoi^ «imI tba bnlte» groand m k» at lat. 84* 21 ' N. Ib that lat. there are 1 4 and 1 5 ittbons water, and fio« theneo to the Gulph Stream, the seawKiigs an gndnal, 05 Mmmm ^ . tractaare faUhftiilT laid down io the chMrt(piiblisbed by the suth«0 togHtber witl» 4lthe wMiadiop from the ottter fart oftie shoal to tb«; edge of tile OvApblMvealif. The outer part of Cape LoOfc-OHtshasde'lie S. W. J 8. 70 mHtes ftomCaM Hatteras,Mid «» miles S. Wi J W. iroml^ outer part of C^ HaMrisiMb Bctweeo tte etiUer part af the shoftia yiiMi trilll have aboHt 20 fathoms. Oa th* eaaten f»Kt «f Cape Lsok-out dtoak there ate five fathDma, aear tbea on th|» . ii«atem sifte aie from 5 to faHMoe. / ij*" Old Tupsaii lolet, er cntraace t« Beaufort, lies about 3 leM|;uee W. If. W.' fimn Capt iMofc'Oiit. Ilhw 3 fitthons watoir, hot the eastein side IMver, m ^«b you h»v« p foot nikter t S. W. hy W. 4 ieai;aer from Iifow4lkerll«» l|eW'V:ap»«tel«t.^oii •MehaielOiwtwaiei. S. W fc«m^llcw.ie«pNrtiIaiat Q IfMwrti llrffit' yw: flsakfr Deep Inlet, on wliidi are 10 fc# II^t S. 6* yfTf^ Dbep Inlet 5} leagues, lies New-Ial«t,«n adiiofa aie (^iit(i| water. -..,, — - . • I ; ■ i - — — ~ ' ' ' "'■ ' ■ • " ■ . ' ■ -■"■ " ■ " .* ■ ' * Cam UokiCtai li|M>bQa*s (tan's on>tte«a(ti««it]r of eB|wl fe«t «bov« tiM level «r the Mw : the tower k wood, {wiotad la ttrl|«« bo- y^iS2mmt»\fM;mAm\ii»0z M a 4iitaMl it |». tkhfpmSSii^l ^.bl^ oT war miAJbH MUMlaw«4 «!>. This tigl^ aay^ka tsMi ftwa ike omr nutef tJ^w ItQohKMl ihgals^b«tfMSsl»pa»in|4i«atbtnlhsrto«nM to the I sa4 , t bf s i «« s ss i i i gtito Ugbt. t^= 1 ft« IT8 ■»9« XBunfs 1lfnrHyi«iir#|-1 ■Ml 9 ftiriui itYiM >tC«^ fun tidt «rer the bar. It^Oow^ itMinMUk lo the ^♦•Mm4. It win wide gl. id «9tniM«, ■lAtaiuT^Hr r* ^ t< ^ It, end if mYlftiiiyb fei ierge Teawsb 21 mllea freop^ Ita moutii, euC 14 roilet , £reni W(iin{o|tM>, tii^ tbic|i to«ii veueli drewtet 10 or 12 ieet cm retch with. " If. toy rUk. 8. £. by S. S| leigoes from IbeNoir taH ^t ctrCyou into 7 Mtmm oq the S. E. port of the Fiyif^ Pan Sioali. Mod ai yoa deepeii in- to 12 fathoan, haul, up V. by W. for tiie l^t-hoow « Bald Head, if boitod iioto Cape Fear Riirer. «^Cape Fear Light Hmu»» BkU} ^etAi a mted bhiffet the mevlh ef^Cape Fear Rirer, lb at the 8. W. fMl of 8niih't lalaod, and, with Oak lalaod, which H tm| and qanrow, fmna tlie «mlb entrnee loto the river. Cape Fear I*'j|bt'fiottae i» tltaialed near Bald Head. The Iron lamp la 10 •Aetft faehea In dfaiaieter, aadMiettt 1& feet Q inches in hdght, fton tbeioor to ^vfii|^«f the loof. Fran the polot^ the ci^ the ];ilght'hjuN bean W. N. W. distaoee 4 mike , < an4 from th^exhKadty of the Fryiw-Fln Shoal, N. W. bj N. 8 ieaguei. « In itiSAaf firoin the eastward, bring the light to bear N. N. E. and then steer in ^f^. whieh will carry a vensel clear of the shoal, and bring her a short distance « -IM^ward of the bar. Observoi howerer, if it to night, not to go ic lesa than 7 atltoms water. It may be necessary to observe to stfa;t^i«, that. In passing the shoals, cspe* <^^ i» a darkidght, it is most pradent W steer west, hi hit. 33" 20' or 2»'at .yjjnsH uatU Ihey slMtei their wArr to Tor • fathoms; by dohigtUa, they may *A be awre of being toihe westward of the bar. "tmi eottise from (Tape Fear Bar, when hi 8 fathoms water, to dear Cape ^ Bomiiil ^Mal^» {» St W. and distance 90 miles. When sailiu^ towards these ^« ^ dpllti^ fi ittprudcot to keep nearly adepee to the southward of the latifnde of ' ^Iftoce fwa inleod to fnaka^ uuUI you reckon yoonelf on the edge of the Oulf S^«lHni IHtea you must he directed^y judgment, aceonttwto circumstances. . 'mm** Mptame (0 inreia It, saU to the MThihufd of 33* 20"; or AH^e hi^ 8\t-^f 2$' unni yea obttdu 10 fa^oiBa WMer. In thia depth you will be with> tte eaulfc or outer, ood of the Frylt^pm Shoal, wMeh lies in hidtude 33» ^tf^ In approaching the coast, in 33" 20' your irst soundings will be from 30 ■,eii 85 fetMnsj in tMs depth you will be very near to the ertge of the Oulpb ^ream ; you wMI have fine grey sand, with black spots, when you get Into C ia> ris* Jhere iftu^kMif! Hat in ihk depth of water. In ateering west you will, for ifst .6 ear 4 leagui*, sboeiieo'tte water very Httte. Wh«i you eome in 14 . Mljfffm you shoalou j^mmt water quiver, but gradually. Ton will see the land m0 le.falheiBs water, if the weuther beokwr,«nd may then beaUre that you . l^withb the Fgrtng-pan, from the outride of thk shosil. To the westwatU . f ' i^nrthwesti.uO'lHHl oan be seen, whon^riUtauttbe shoek. [Wederjine giving directions for sailkg into tfie ports of North Carolina aa . jil|k^4iai^oimf«elN»ied^liudalw^SHlii^ alters^oii by every gale. . . |Mrti«ri8# llK^>'^c4saM mils Aoai «i;te'i«"'- li^iM. itwiiir )^ iM^JinMtb lo tbft ouUi,M UidUm ^ c«n rj^wh 1r^ll<- Mf I vUtf you iota d ■« you deepep in< RMHcaiilf bcuad ■■ ^ Ttr, kattheS. W. ■nd qarrow, fonro Fhe iron hmp b 10 ht, tnm the floor to W.dhtaiiee4iBilei ' N. 8 leagues. tL and theo ateer in ler a short dbtance to go ic lea than 7 iog the sboalt, eape> It. 33" 20' or 2»' at biog tUa, they raaj rater, to clear Capo dliuj: toward! tbeae ■dofthelatttadeof :he edge of the dulf DC .to circanatancet. to"; oriAihehf^ pMiyouwHIbewith- lies to ladtude 33* lings will be from 30 e erige of the Guljpb tioyouget hito Cla- ng vest you will, for Ima you eome In 14 fott will lee tfie land lien heaiira that 7«tt To the westwatJ . f Bf Nwtli Caiolioa aa ratini by every Rale, i vMj a part of the lis that Bnwitbiii the Ida ai many liferent U diffieuU to cany a ssned oMMitly by the B snuth-weoterlyt and ukM JMralB tt1S,i» ItituidtaM mUsftOK UlkaJMfcMtbovatba ottthaUUtlMtwwatka 1) Edit filuDt^s AmeBRiPBHrPilot 17^ the eurrents then aet in the dlreethm of the coaat to the eastward, an^ when tho Houtherly winds eoaso Mowing, it changes suddenly to the contrary direction, which is a aure precuraor of a north-east wind. The land on Oar'ii Look-Oot is very low, and cannot be seen more than a league in the clearest weather from on board 9 small vessel. The North Bar of the New Inlet. TO enter, the marks are, to bring the west end of Baacard*s Bay point of sand on H. Kelly's large white house in Smilh-Ville, and the bearings will be 8. W. by W. keeping the point of Smith-Ville with these bearings until over the bar, then keep the Spit of Sand or Beach that makes off from Federal Point close on board, which will CHrry you unto the River Channel, where there is good anchorage all along (his sand, in three and four fathoms water. On this Bar there are feet at low, and 1 4 at high water. The Old Bar at New Inlet, or as now called, the Soulh Bar. In running in when the * Beacon bears W. or W. by B. you will make a thick and high hummock of woods, called Merryck's Wood Bluff, before you make the Beacon ; hut should the Beacon bear to (he north of west, you will make the Beacon and Bluff at the came time, the former of which may be seen in clear weather, about 15 miles from a ship's deck, in about 10 to II fathoms water, and when first discovered has the appearance of a distant sail. As you approach the Beacon, the water becoaics (;raiiually shoal. In 4 to 5 fa- thoms water one mile and a half from the Beacon bearing W. S. W. to W. there is good anchorage, soft bottom. In runnint; in, brin^ the Beacon on with the south end of the Barracks, which you will continue until over (he Bar, and near (he beach, and so along the beach, until you are in the river. On the Bar, at high water, 11 to 12 feet, at low tvaler six feet only. The depth of water and channel, however, are subject to variation, so (hat it is not adviseable for strangers, except in cases uf neces- sity, to run in without a pilot. The Main Bar 0/ Cape Fear River. Vessels running down from the westward should not keep nigher the Middle Ground, than the Cape to bear E. by N. until they bring the point of Baldhead IslantI to bear N. half W. which is the course over the Bar, or until they pass the Buoy on the Breaker head. Be sure to keep on hoard this Buoy, on pass- ing which immediately the course is N. W. or keep the Breaker on the larboard side close on board, which will direct you past Bald head. On this Bar, there are 13 feet at low, and 17 feet at high water. 7'he Western or Oak Island Channel, Is to bring the point of Oak Island to bear N. £. by E. keeping this course nntil you get close in with the Reach, thence along thf Beach until you |ta?B Uak Island. There are 7 feet at low, »nd 11 fvvt at lii^h water ou this Lur. Other directions for Oak Island Cliaiincl. VESSELS drawing not more than d feet water, running into Wilminglon through Oak Island cjiannel, may bring the easternniosl part of (he lump of (rees on (he east end of Oak Island (o bear N. E. by E. and run for it, which will carry (hem over in the best of the water, 7| feet at low water, and 1 1 feet high wa(er : As soon as you deepen your wa(er over the bar, steer for the end of the sandy point of Oak Island (ill close up with it, then steer £. S. E. for opening Cape Creek, till you deepen into 4 fathoms, then haul up N. or N. N. W. along the beach until you get up with Fort Johnson, where you may anchor. Directions for coming in from sea for the coast o/" North-Carolina. WHEN you are steering in lor this coast, you should endeavour to keep about n degree to the southward of the latitude of the place which you intend to make, nntil you reckon yourself upon the edge of the Gulph Stream, and then your own judgment will direct what course :s best, according as you find (he wind to blow. Do not, if t)ORsible to prevent it, go (o (he northward of 33° 20' N. lat. until you yet int., 10 fnthnms water; in this depth you w ill be within the • 'I'he beacon is forty icetliigh, andatandf oiTthe main laod, the nortii side of theentrance of cape Fear River. "AStlBi. j«:T«i»i*. '-J^ >;*?$- , 'M^itL^^ 180 BluiflMmpfflSn Coast Pilot 9E(titt -c?>(> f outer end of the F^Jfin^-pan aboal, which lies in laL 33*> SO' N. lo approaebing the coast in aS" 20* lat. your first soundings will be rrom 30 to 25 fathoms: in this depth you will be Teiy near to the inner edge of the Gulph Stream. When you get into 17 fathoms, you will have fine grey sand, with blaek spots; in this depth of water there is a long fiat. In steering W. you will, for the first 5 or 6 leagues, shoal the water very little ; when you come in- to 14 fathoms, you will shoal your water quicker, but gradually. In 10 fathoms water you will see the land, if the weather be clear ; and you may then be sure that you are within the Frying-pan. From the outside of this shoal you can sec no land bearing to the westward of N. W. Georgetown entrance is 18 liftgucs S. W. \ W, from Cape Fear; oetween lies a bank, on which there are & fathoms water. The north end of ibis bank lies about 5| leagues S. W. by W. from Cape Fear; it then?*) extends H. W. ^ S. 8^ league «. The inner or N. W. side of this bnnk is aftout 4 leagues flom the shore ; near to this edge, there are 10, 0, and eif^ht fathoms water ; i; ahoals gradublly, as you advance towards the shore ; this is called Long Bay. Near to the north end of this bank, there are 10 fathoms water ; along its 8. E. aide there are 8, 7, and 6 fathoms; to the southward of this bank, there are ■eTcral ahoals. • From Cape Fear to Georgetown. In sailing to Little River inlet, which divides North from South Carolina, you pass Lockwood's Folly Inlet, which lies W. from Cape Fear Light 3| leagues distant : The land appears broken, and contains no safe harbour. In continuing your course towards Georgetown, several other inlets may be discovered in clear weather, and at length you pass North Inlet, about 3 leagues from Georgetown light house ; this inlet is the northern boundary of North Island, on which island the light house is situated ; the entrance into this inlet is from the northward, the south breaker forming nearly a crescent, runs apparently across the mouth of the inlet : there is generally not less than six feet water on the bar at low water, but the depth varies with the direction and violence of the prevailing winds. The direction ot this channel has been ivithin a few years considerably, though gradually, cha:igcd by the elongation and curve of the south breaker throwing the channel more to the northward : in entering it in its present situation, Georgetown light bouse will bear about S. by W. distant 3 leagues ; a er;all but distinct sand' hill (the most northern on tbe north end of North Island) 8. W. | S. the most southern building on the south end of the opposite island W. by S. ; you may then run in between the heads of the two breakers, rounding alon^ the edge of the south breaker, and thus passing lietween the breakers into the harbour. The flood tide comes in from the S. E. and sets across the 3. breaker, towards the N. breaker. On the N. end of North Island, about 3 leagues from the light, there is a village of about 20 or 30 dwelling houses, (a summer residence,) which is distinctly seen from sea, and often mistaken for Sullivan's Island near Cliarleston ; there are several houses en the N. point u! the opposite island. To small vessels this inlet affords a safe harbour : there are two passages lead- ing from it up to Georgetown, but from the shoalness of the water they can- not be conveniently navigated except by boats ; in cases of necessity, how- ever, vessels of or 7 feet draught may be navigated with some delay through thti most southern, which is the deepest passage into the bay, or river, leading to the town. — — Directions for sailing into Georgetown harbour. The light house is situated in latitude* 33° 1 ii' and is erected on the south, ern point of North Island, on a low sandy spot ; this Island is on the northern and eastern side of the harbour : the light house is a lofty, -circular, white tower. In approaching it from the northward, the harbour is shut out from view by North Island, and the light house appears to be situated in a low wood. The light house bears N. N. E. from the outer shoal of Cape Romaci, distant about 6 leagues : in passing it either north wardly or southwardly, vessels w\U • The reader will pleato correct this error in the table of Latitude aud Loogitude, which |,»IfM down ifl kat. 38*' 14', metead of the before nentiooed. 9E(Mi tot»3O30'N. Iq ill be from 30 to 25 r edge of the Gulph \ae grey Mod, with In steering W. yoa when you come tn> lily. In 10 fathoms ou may then be lure tbii* thoalyoucan kpe Fear; between rtb end of ibis bank thence extends U. is afiout 4 leagues it fathoms water ; it is called Long Bay. iter ; along its S. £. bis bank, there are om South Carolina, ape Fear Light 3| > safe harbour, al other inlets may orth Inlet, about 3 northern boundary I ; the entranctt into ; nearly a crescent, lerally not less than iswith the direction is channel has been ;U by the elongation e to the northward : lit house will bear and' hill (the most , the most southern ; you may then run he edge of the south harbour. The flood ;er, towards the N. igues from the light, I summer residence,) iilliran's Island near ' the opposite island. B two passages lead- the water they can* of necessity, how- I some delay through ay, or river, leading iarbour, rected on the EOtith< td is on the northern »fty, -circu!ar, white >ur is shut out from jated in a low wood, ape Romau, distant wardly, vessels w\U e and Longitude, wbicli 9 Edit] filanfs AmeflnHPnPPilot. 181 find Ave fkthomt water, wHhin fire ihilM of the land. The eastern bank (which is the most eastern and outer sboal) lies one and a half miles to the A. E. of the range of thoals that are before the entrance cf the harbour, and within five miles of the land ; on this bank there are about 7| feet water at low water, and about 12 feet at high water; there are five fathoms all round it. The light house bears from the eastern point of this .bank N. W. about 2 leagues, and from the western N. N. W. at the same distance. The prin* eipal -entrance into the harbour lies to the southward ; vessels drawing from 7 to 8 feet water mny (if a pilot cannot tie procured) enter near high water, by bringing the light house to bear N. | W. and running directly for it till with* in a hundred fHthoms of the land ; they will then have deep water on both sides for several miles up the bay. Several buoys are anchored on the bar, to mark the best water; in sailing by these, the following directions must be oh* served ; the first buoy (the most southeru) is on the S. E. point of the south breaker — this, in entering the harbour, you keep on the larboard hand ; the se« oond buoy is on the N. W. point of the north breaker, you keep this in enter- ing, on the starbonrd hand, and continue your course to the third buoy, which is on the N. W. point of the Newcome shoal ; this buoy you must also keep on the starboard hand. The channel here trends to the eastward for about a quar* ter of a mile to the fourth buoy ; you then give this last a birth to the west- ward, or larboard, and steer about N. N. W. directly into the harbour. Vessels drawing eleven feet water may, with the aft<)i8tance of a pilot, pass securely through this channel without the aid of spring tides. There is also an entrance which lies to the northward, un'.er the southern point of North Island, near the light house ; through this, if a pilot be procured, vessels drawing & or feet wa* ter may be brought with safety. Ve8»el8 at sea will find deep water, and when the wind is to the southwanl and westward, convenient and safe anchorage near the land, about a mile and a half, or two miles, to the northward of the light- house. A common flood tide rises nearly four feet ; it is high water on the bar at the full and change of the moon, about 7 o'clock. Cape Roman. CAPE ROMAN is very low land ; it has neither tree nor bush, and appears, when seen at a distance, to be a sand left dry by the tide*. From the south entrance of Santee River, to about 2 miles S. W. of Cape Roman, there is a shoal which extends to a considerable distance from the land ; the S. £. point of it lies about 5 leagues 8. by E. from Georgetown light^house, and theS. W. point lies about 2^ leagues S. E. from Cape Roman. Close to this dangerous sand there are 4 and 3 fathoms ; the land is so low, that you cannot see it from the deck of a ship, at the extremity of the shoal. The outer shoal of Cape Roman lies about 5 leagues S.S.W. from Georgetown light-house; between them lies the enuunce of Santee river. The south en^ trance is 2\ leagues from the entrance of Georgetown river, and 3 leagues from Cape Roman. Ships that fall in with the shoals of Georgetown entrance, should not come into less than 4 fathoms water; you are then about 10 or12miles from the land, and although the muddiness of the water is ppt to frighten stran- gers, there is no real danger to be apprehended. The land here is low, and appears, when viewed at a distance, in hummocks, like the range of islands. By steering W. N. W. from the S. W. part of Cape Roman shoal, you will soon see the island called Racoon Keys; it is a long narrow island, and lies about W. by S. from Cape Roman. When you see Racoon Keys, steer W. S. W. or S. W. by W. in aboi;t 5 fathoms water. As there is a shoal runs oft' about 5 miles 3. E. by E. from the N. E. end of Bull's Island, you should take care to avoid it in passing. Senee Bay, or BulTs harbnur, lies between Ra- coon Keys and Bull's island. As there are shoals lying off the west end of Racoon Keys, you should anchor near to Bull's island, in 6 fathoms water. * A winii-mill has been erected oa the point of Cape Koinan, which at a distance, having the appearance of a li^ht-house, especially in hazy weather, will easily deceive strangers, who from want of exact latitude in approaching the coast, may mistake it for Cliarlestun Light- house. In falling in with tliis wind-mill, you must not come into lets than 7 fathoms water, briii^iog it to hear VV. N. W. Then you are abreast of the Cape Shoals, and Charleston Ijght-house will bear W, S. W^about 15 le«£'ie». M ;,..,i*ri ■ >fi|r^;;"^t^^^"-- 182 Blunt* boast Pilot 9 Edit. Fion lh« tlMMtloff the N. E. cadNf Ball's MmmI to CharlMtOB bar, the eoom to |0 elctr of the Rattle Snake, U S. W. by W. and the distance 7 lea|tu«t. There are Toar lilands between Sewes Bay and Charleston Bar, ris. Bull's,, CoaptrV Devies, and. Long Island. Flats extend from all the islands, slon^ which the soundings are regular. With Charleston churches to the Borthwaid of Sullivan's Island, you will be in 5^ fathoms water, on the edge of the Rattle Snake; and, when the churches are open to the southward of SalUran's Island, yoa are clear of that shoal. You should approaeh no nearer to this bank than in 5 htboms water. Directions fo, aaiUng into Charleston, (S. C.) < THE entrance of Charleston bar lies in lat. 32° 44' N. In running in for Charlestofi ^light house, which may be seen some distance at sea, you will have ^.dual soundings. When you come near the bar you may see the north and tsouth breakers, between which is the entrance over the bar. In running over the bar, you must have the light-house to bear W. by N. | N. and run in, which course will carry you clear of the north sand which lies within the bar. Continue thb course between the 2 breakers, when yon will find from 12 to 17 feet water, according as the tide may be. Follow the above course, taking care that the tide of floo«l does not set you on the north breakers, till you come within half a mile oFthe Ughtrhouse, when you may anchor in 3 fathoms wa- ter. Buoys are in general placed on the bar, in 12 feet water at low tide. The buoys are black. There is another ship channel to the southward of this, called Lawford's channel, where you will have from 10 to 12 feet, according as the tide may be. In going into this channel, the course is N. N. W. There is a buoy here also. This anchorage is called Five-fathom hole, but it has no more than 3^ fa- thoms. From thence your course is about N. by E. 3| miles, in 6 or 8 fathoms water, which will carry you abreast of Comming's |)oint ; when this point bears west, half a mile distant, steer N. N. W. for the 8. W. part of Sullivan's island; you will have from 7 to 10 fathoms water. You may go within a quarter of a mile of Sullivan's island, as it is Itold. Your course from thence to Charleston is about W. \ N. ami the distance 4^ or 5 miles. When you bring Hog Island to tiear N. and Fort Johnson to bear S. by W. you are up with 'he eastern end of the Middle ground, which you must not go nearer to than £i fathoms. You may then steer nearly W. keeping in 4 or 5 fathoms water, which will carry you between the Marsh or Shut's folly and the Middle ground. This channel is narrow, not being more than a quarter of a mile broad, as the flats lie offfrom Shut's folly one quarter of a mile. Continue your wert course till you come up to the town, where you may anchor in 5 or 6 fathoms water. In running up from Sullivan's island stand no nearer to the southward than till you come into 3 fallioms, for fear of the spit, (a Middle ground that lies olf to the N. E. and E. from Fort Johnson's point,) as far as Cummings'e point, nor to the north ivnrd nearer than 3 ur 4 fathoms. Alter sailing from Sullivan's island, as before directed, you must, if bound through the S. W. channel, or by Fort JobusoA's point, bring the point of land, on which Ihc fort is, to hear S. S. W. and run directly for it, where you will have fn>m 4 to fathoms. When abreast of this point, direct your course alMut N. W. by W. in 6 and 7 fathoms, about one mile, or Ull you bring a point of IMiodland to the northward of the town of Cooper's river to bear N. N. W. when you may run N. W. by N. about 1 mile, which will carry you op to the town, and anchor as above directed. You may see Charleston light-lioust?, in clear weather, in 10 fathoms water. The winds on Iho soiindini^s govern the current. — Variation off the bar, 4° 15' eastwanl. [See the Plate] NoTB- — As 8t. MicbaePs rhurrh steeple has been newly painted a very brilliant white, and can be seen 30 mil«!> at lea, mariners arc iuformed of the circiinwtance to prevent any mistake. We will also give a hint, to the owner of the wind-mill, on Cnpc Roman, which has de- • Cliarieaton Lirbt housA contains a REVOLVING LIGHT— at the distance of 8 or 9 lescues, the Ume of darknen will be twice to that of light ; as you approach it, tlie time cf dantnesa will decrease, and that of light increase until you g«t within three leagues, when ihe lijflfat will Dot wholly disappear, hat the greatest strength of light will be hs one to forty-four to the least. i The eoutb breaker hss a buoy da the o;\st ejid, in 13 foct irntcr. f ••^ ---.jr^ui 'i'-*!rf'**'*'*.»'«5-«tcn^W.riUCfi/J'«^"5»^'<^<' ' 9 Edit. hariMton bar, the ind the distance 7 iharleiton Bar, vis. rom All the islands, D churches to the water, on the edge } the southward of approaeh no nearef 3.C0 "' .-M ''i In running in for Be at sea, you will a may see the north he bar. In running N. I N. and run in, lies within the bar. will find from 12 to ibove course, taking takers, till you come }r in 3 fathoms wa- water at low tide. 8, called Lawford's I as the tide may be. e is a buoy here also. > more than 3^ fa> es, in 6 or 8 fathoms t; when this point iV^.partof SulliTan's )u may go within a r course from thence miles. When you . by W. you are up Hst not go nearer to ig in 4 or 5 fathoms folly and the Middle srter of a mile broad. Continue your weft lor in 5 or 6 fathoms rnrtothe southtvanl Middle ground that IS far^as Cummings'o , you must, if bound [, bring the point of ly for it, where you it, direct your course , or till you bring a er's river to bear N. hich will carry you n 10 fathoms wnter. on off the bar, 4° IS' .very brilliant white, and i to prevent any mistake. 6 R oman, yhich hat de- t the distance of 8 or 9 approach it, the time of n three leagues, when ihe II be lis one to forty-four a»t epd, in 12 ffict iralcr. .■■■U.--.Ci* ;*«*w*HflS«s; >. /•mrr l\>ff Ml tmmunl /5» *, Axutlmm titutJVff CHARLESTON HARBOUR •ft';-. aarl,jkn Okurju^ 4>,,mrui0 b ScMtrard tt JuOo-ant Tffcu tttar tht Ram> Jk^ v .-A .«.. Krl ruhUOud hi t-ii: 1£l'''*\^A:.lSiibtuJk ^ .:^.*lf« :*;:+*= >!.'V- •f'^ ^^'^fl? .* 4; . rt'^* ¥?!< • J^ , *'a!s?2ff^w*'wi««ww""w(« fJ', ^"X"i^:i^y%^.j!i.v JlSJjy i". '^> >!/>'- 'f 4; . .^^'g^4 -.j.^ 0Edh. % 1^1113^ Ameirk^ X88 iwiiiin (aiHl hof*) • AwUvMWwUtto hk who wilfully bolds Ml a^lia tNMon to tka Mii^ Mr wliM ayiMMdriBg tbe coM. Ord^ «k/ reifuiaticnt/or the port qf Charleston, (8. C) THIi barhonr Baiter of the port nball kaep aa olBca at »ome eanvmilant plaea, lo whUfe: all i»nma» baviftK bwlnaw wrtfc Urn, may at fmy Uiae repair, «*twfen the rlnlng and teiUng of&e («in.aadia rana conipJeiOTtai part of mU office li.- itaall »ffix the reguiatioai of tte karbour, ooplator whieh ha ihall oaine to be fuminbed lo eaiifa capwia or vofflma^or* vewel, inmediataly on bin arHval. ' _.. Ko ahip or venal ihall be allowed to bani into any doek ar to a wharf, upon any pntoM wfeatever, until her yardi aa top'd, jib and *panker booinn ri«||(»fl In, mrit mil yaf* fora and aft. and Micb anohom an are not in iiie, (in the forcoartf deck, or nieh other part oT the vewel Bi not to obitruit other vewel* pawing her »Ule«. . . ,_j Tbe harbour uMiter tball have fall power and HuiLi.rity, and he i» hereby re«|ulre|il to «^ der and dl««t the anehurina and nHxtrinK of all vemwln coming into port, a^alno to flx their nmper birtha, and upon appTlcation to order any vrMel in b.llant, ikbt, or taking in caruoaa at any of the wharva», to rlack their fau and gke an iniide birth lo a loaiM vew«l t pro* vida/that at tbe «!i»n of tha applioation there ihall be no other birtb vrnsunt. or a« nuttahi* at the wharf in <> i or at tK ai^lning wharve»--iuid that no luarlixl vewwl be allowal sore than ten •r. the ditcharm of her cargo. Ir.l* further eiijo .y,. on ttw harbonr matter to tak. .i that no voMel be permitted to remain at unvbitr in tbe river, wittua, '' the dtttaaee of lifiy DitbonM, from tha ouierrooit vetwsl lying ai uny of thf wbarvei. If any Captefai, oodtaaander, or owner of any vpshpI »hull lefune to aiiclior, moor or il«ek< . hblhiti aa aAtnaaid, when required m to do by Hip harbour maiter, it nhall be the duty of Om Mid harbow-aaiter imraeillately, and without delay, ti» procure tbe neeennary mdaaa MiUBBPf to MiMbor, moor, or »laok Uic faMt* wf aaid ves-oel, and tbe eitp«n«« thereby laoiir* (ad to cbat-M to the eapwin, oniimaiKler, or oWner tbereul, and if the Mine be -not pM witkin twenty four bourn after their being fnmbbed with the amount, rach charge (hat) hi rwwrerahle in the Inferior ' Ity Court, at ilw neat tomM^reafier,- with full coita. withoat the rlcht of imparlance. ^^ The dueki and channeli of tha harbour shall b# nniler.the direction of the harbonr matter, who in Itereby ivqiiired to prevent any balla»t<>r robbinh, being thrown therein, ayd to keep tbe name open and free from obftructi.ni and every penon or person* offending hi tbe pn*. miMsi* andhereby madeHabIa to be Rued in tbe win ««aster, for every MMh^na|tp or other sttve tft ■anired asaforasnia, and every oansteWa or constable* aidifig ami a»l»ung inl«a tekM: and securing so* oegio, shall be enUUa^ to reeeive fro- To prevent piMwirt awl others. Who ara Mkely to become a jshargftWdlppWi to m •ommnnity. frmn being breoiEbt into this e|ty from any of the United s«l« «r from wljr foreign otmntry i- thnt o«ry mnnter qfa vemel arriving at tho port of ChaJI«a^,jbali» aa ^ 4t^f 11 ■ iw r * !' 9 Edit :^.- twii^iiot Ibr^iiSypSBliMitaliiiwi lMi*iftfliK«»«MM to iwMti •rnrdtaM, lo b* nm^ te, to ar M« Ululy to bacooM ■ IwrUMn lo (hii city ; if Mek fW fc w Br ftmm AaU ivlMr to flM WMnty, to ladwuirjr ud lutp tiM city frat irav all clMrjf« fur llie ralicf anti w|^port « WMoh f— far or paupart, unlei* web panoii % orparwNii wraabefbre aailnhaMtHntw titia tn bin or bar during the paMaga ( and tba liarbour ail maHart of vaiw!^ eaiaring •^1*. or mn MNM iairmity hapMnod tn bin or bar during tl Mllfrofllwp(ut9fCbafiMtoaHkarabyt«i|HiradtoHy A* Intaadant, who »ball ulia tha lama oath of oi&oe m biBualf, akd be wbjMt for «^ PMapawltia4
mpifbaar 4 mIlea vest from anchorage, yon may get food water. Wbeayouaice c«ii|os from sea for Port Royal bart^ui:, yon riioald get iala tI|$1Wlaaie of St Mkbaera bead, whieh is 32* & N. then steer west for the I^K^ adt whae youaame witbia 15 leaaua of it» you will b^ve boat 20 to 2& iGMhons water, .^iinlaiwi year weat course uotfl you make the land, wbloh yeair xriiildl, IHha «eib«^ ba elear, at a dtsUac« af 0h!agae»hi~19 fcthoma water. :%iai|d kaiesiMtoU iftfaoecaily law, btiMbe Vees a*e b1|h. Nnt Rwal en: traoce ia ko^irinty a saiall grove of trees, wbicb stand on the north side of it». M#>lha alher tmst Hfee a bi|^«ra«Bcd hat ; baace tbia gim-e I t^rttnV Fort Royal. €aQtinuaiostee^ asbefara. keepiif«t ywir lead) cftAt cin^JouSBt iato8fiMtowwateT,wbeayou wHI beabavt 3 leagues froai Si:llMn# NA Tfn« wv^Mieo steer a pplut to the sou tbwaff! of west, until ; ' im t ni i n ll J l i i iii r i Hn' >i in- I »'i . . ' I ' »"l ' Ji " " '" ■ ' III I I '■ ^ « Vbrt»»nato«toMaea R«.i& fro* Tybaa U^ boute, atthaeatraM* af iavauf • p» abulww saADtaoi^taooataia thala rf nt fla t i»4ha wont*. :■:*?*« i 'Jf P Edit MMMMM, to b« fMMtV »f |MMimi|ani m> Wiiiigli l r y un i M liMrt) mAmr (o «oiiw bnand lor bin mv- il in whkh Mich permn dim, k«r, or Hmmi out or wnval, or olhrn? hw to >r Ills relief and w^port B •■! jlnlialiltiint oi tlut wtgt ( ud tba harbour iMiin of vo«*(* enwrlni dmutin, to be rpprov ueir, wkd he tubject fof jraL Uio inlet, the course t wiM carry 70U ekic rthuaDT lb«l«reia the MUth chaiwel of I, on which the iight- I ihe H|ht-liouK ouea S&UiMM'iraler; W II not h»To BMre (boo k«n, and coowqnent- !» where the ihoal hu hut it WW not much W. by W. i W. nod ar, and iberiioaHim, t very gradaal; tBe toit,lio off about 4 ear* 3 nod 4'fatlioim South Eddfalo ia 9« blaoda, wiUcb lie he- daoger. The ihoi^l- mh-atreaa of weather thin about 5 milea of he aoiith point of tl^ I aschor io 6 AthoiM l-water. , yon aiMNild get InM- en steer west for the I h af lanoT 4biiK0iii4 /■•', !,, ■ ^, Pi ' ., ^ I ■r;f: '■l-:li m t-m -^■•-...:^■;:;^■fippM- .fif!«iw ,.,/.;:.!(://fPfr(5f" liUMI "■M i 1 • ,;E/ni ,,/.,(( /, ; fl/urll'' l',;;-t /'./•/ /// y////A AV"' 1.'/. /■"'■//./i',i .».///. /-/ .lilr-.ty Xfr.mil! / i» I 9 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. ]8{} you get into o Hthoms water; thon steer more southerly, taking cnre not to brin;; St. Michael'a head to the northward of N. \V. by N. until you see tho great north bleaker, cajied Cole's Care, close to which there are 4 i'alhoms water ; this aboal must be left on the starboard side. As you approach this breaker, from the northward, you will see another breaker to the southward, called Martin's in- dustry ; between these two breakers lies the entrance of the channel into Port Kuyal harbour, which is about a mile wide. The mark to go clear of the north breaker is, a parcel of high trees which stand near the mouth of the river May, and appear like an island, kept just open of Elizabeth point. Your course through, between the two shoals, is W. ^ N. or W. by N. In this channel there are not less than 3^ or 4 fathoms, at low water. Continue to steer as aforesaid, butwecn the two breakers, until you bring Phillip's point to bear N. N. ly. then steer directly for it, and you will have, as you proceed, 9, 8, apd 7 fathoms water. When you are abreast of Phillip's point,give it a small birth, and steer up N. by W. ^ W. in G and 5 fathoms water; in the latter depth you may an- chor in a very safe harbour. There is also a channel between Martin's Industry and Gaskin bank, called 1% the South channel, in »vhich there are not less than 12 feet at low water. In order to go in through this channel, you must, when in 7 fathoms water, bring Hilton's head to bear N. W. by N. and then steer with an ebb tide N. W. and with a flood tide N. W. by N, until Phillfji's point bears N, by W. \ W. You may then steer for the foint, and proceed as before directed. About 3^ miles S. E. from Hiiton'5 head, and 4 miles S. by E. from Phillip's point, lies the east end of the Joiner's bank ; it thence extends W. N. VV. about 2^ miles, and has 3^ fathoms on it at low water. Hilton's head is on the south side of the harbour, and is a higher bluff poi:^* of land th in any thereabouts. Tybee inlet lies 5 leagues S. W. ^ W. I'rom the entrance of Port Royal south channel ; between them is Hilton's Head island ; it is large, fertile, and well in- habited. From this island the Gaskin bank extends about 8 miles on the broad- est part. You may proceed along Ibis bank in 5 fathoms water. Some, when bound to Port Royal, reckon it best to make the land about Ty- bee, because the light bouse makes that part of the coast distinguishable from any other part. Tybee inlet is the entrance of Savannah civer. Ships which draw 14 or 15 feet water, may go iu at Tybee, and proceed through land to Beaufort in Port Royal islands, and from Beaufort, vessels of 8 or 9 feet water may go through land to Charleston. From Charleston, vessels drawing 7 or 8 feet water, may go through land to the river Med way in Georgia, which lies 30 miles south of Savannah. On this coast it iu observed, that N. E. easterly, and S. E. winds cause highei tides than other winds, and also somewhat alter their course. At Port Royaf en- ]ce the tide flows on the change and full days of the moon, one quarter past a'clock. About 6 leagues from the land, in 12 fathoms water, the flood sets' Itrongly to the southward, and tbe-ebbto the northward ; further o£f from the shore there is no tide at all. Near to the entrance of the harbour there is a strong iudraught, during the flood tide, and an out-set with an ebb tide. From Cliarleston Bar to I'ybee. WHEN over the bar, in 8 fathoms water, the course is S. W. by S. dis- tance 22 leagues. As you come near the latitude of Port Royal entrance, which is S^" 8' N. be careful to avoid a very dangerous shoal, called Martin's Indus- try ; it lies four leagues from the south side of the entrance of Port Royal, which is thu north side of Hilton Head, tho highest land in bight ; come no nearer thao 7 fathoms, keeping your lead going ; and, in the night or thick weather, do not approach nearer than 10 fathoms ; the tide of flood sets boldly in. When you get to the southward of Hiltoa Head, you will see the light-house which !>tands on tlie island of *Tybee. •Tvbee iglaod lies at tlic mouth of Savannah river, to Uie southward of the bar. It m very pleasant, 'ith a beau'iful creek to the west o( it, where a ship cf an> tnirtheu may iie sale at anchor. A ligbt-houso stands on the island, 80 feet high, is IV mile* E. 8. E. i E firtifa Savannah, and 6 leagues S . W. J W. from Port Royal, Wassaw »oond is formed by the sq^thernend of this island. 'ii m i t86 Blunra American Coast Pilof. 9E(Iit. Ships entering Savimnali river must run till the beaCon erected on Tybee bears on the liglit-house, itiid then tlicy will cross the bar in the best water. [The beacon is a mast with a bluck cask on it.] On Savannah bar there are Itt or 19 fen t at low water. On the south breaker there are not more than 7 or (i I'cct water ; and, a mile and a quarter from the light it is bare at low tide. On fb^ north breaker there is not less than 12 feet for the distance of a mile. One and a quarter of a mile from the lit^ht you will begin to open the bea- con to the southward of the lie. jit, when running in. After getting into 4 fathoi iA water you will be over the bar, when you must haul up W. N. VV. until the light-house bears S. 8. W. then anclior. The point of shoal which runs down from Cockspur island, and separates that channel from the ship channel, bears N. \ W. from the light, and has not more than 5 feet on it at low tide. When to the northward of this point, the light bearing S. S. E. you may anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms. Vessels drawing not more than 8 or 9 feet may keep the light or island side on board, and run into Cockspur and anchor, as they cannot pass the up- per end of the island until half flood, there being only 7 or 8 feet at low tide. There are three bars, having from two to three fathoms, on the back of Tybee and Cabbage island ; but thfty are never to be attempted but in ab- solute necessity. Tybee creek has 1 1 feel through it at low vrater. Wassaw has 10 feet on the bar, but it is too intricate for strangers. \Sec tlie. Plate.] «3c» Directions for Hogoheehee River. Hosababar, at the mouth of ihe rlvpr Hogoheehee, has 18 feet water on it, to cross which, bring Green island to bear N. W. by VV. steer in W. by N. till you deepen your water, then haul up N. W. by N. and you will soon get in 8 or 9 fathoms, when your eye and lead will be your best directions ; at the ex- tremity of the channel you will keep Hosaba nearest on board until nearly up with the lower part of- Buzzard island, when the chaunel will be close under the starboard shor^. Green island (the seat of hospitality) is much higlier land, has taller timber than the surrounding forests, and containing several hundred acres, covered with pine, which generally has a greenish appearance. St. Catharine's Bar, WMfCH is difficult for strangers, lies one mile south of the- north point of the island, has but C^ feet at low tide ; channel not more than 200 yards wide, tf shoals generally dry each side of the bar. It is better for vessels bound | Kevrport, Sunbury, or up these streams to enter at Sappello or Hosaba, and j the inland passage, which is not difficult. ne Sappello Bar HAS 19 feet at low tide, three-fourths of a mile in width. Running for this bar yoo will have, at the distance of 7 miles from tlie land, about 4 fathpms, deepening to 5, uneven bottom, until you approach the bar. To cross it vou bring the south point of St. Catharine's to bear W. | S. and (Bluck Beard) or the N. E. point of Sappello to bear W. by S. | S. and run for it ; should it be Mrength of flood, bring Black Beard to bear W. by '6. and run for it ; you will soon hav^ 4 and 5 fathoms, close on board the breakers,- each side good hcMing ground. Wh :< mid channel between the islands, in 7 fathoms water, bring the high point oi Sappello on your larboard bow, and run up ; should you expect a gale from the N. E. hau' jp and anchor about a mile from the south end of St. Catharine's, nearest to the island. Between Sappello and Little St. Simon's lies Doboy bar, at the mouth of the Altamaha, baring 1 5 feet on the bar and sufficiently wide to beat iit ; the north breaker baa,6 feet water on tt> % ikdii. •ctet! on Tybee llie best water. On the soHtb e and a quarter there is not less o open the bea- when you must or. d, and separates ht, and has not af Ibis point, the It or island side ut pass the up- at at low tide, on the back of )led but in ab- angers. [Sec tlie. it water on it, to in W. by N. till ill soon get in 8 lions ; at the ez- d until nearly up 11 be close under has taller timber :re9, covered with north point of the [) yards wide, tl vessels bound r Hosaba, and nc 9' Huiining for this about 4 fatbpms, To cross it you [Black Beard) or 3r it ; should it be and run for it ; rsj'each side good 7 fathoms water, n up ; should you iiie from the south [ the mouth of the to beat i& ; the DEjt. BlunCs Amerifitt Coast Pilot To cross this bar, bring a small island close under Sappello un with Ihft ^lain island, and run in for a clump of bushes un the south side : they cannot be seen but in clear weather. Adet in 4 fathoms you vi'iW l)eover this bar, when you must haul up W. N. W. until the light-house bears S. 8. W. then anchor. Bring the ligbt-house to bear W. and run for it, keeping it on that bearing. If in the night, and you are to the northward of Tybcc, be careful of going nearer the Gaskin bank than 5 fathoms. !n fresh winds, you take a pilot a^ieast of the light-house — in moderate weather, without the bar. In clear weather you may sec the light-house at the distance of 12 miles. Near the Gaskin bank and Martin's Industry, the flood runs strong into }'urt Koyal, to which may be attributed the loss of so many vessels on these banks. NoTK. — Sailing into Savannah you will observe the foHowing markx and buoys, viz. a large buoy lies on the out) r ed^ of the l>ar in the deepest water, having all the leading Oiarka on the beacon and light-house in ont;, bearing W. { N. rlintant 4 milei. Another huoy lies in tlic same diroction, one mile within the bar ; a third buoy lies ooe mile farflier W. by N. from the second ; a fourth buoy lies N. W. by W. from the third ; after paaoing which there i« safe anchor.-igc for h large fleet, in 4 or & rathoms, at low water, the Jight- bouse bearing S. S. VV. The buoys lie and lead in tlic deepest water, having a channel half a mile to the north- ward, and one quarter of a mile to the southward of tliem (in the narrowest place) nearly the same depth of water, and there are SO feet on the bur at lowest tide* ( you may tail either side of the buoy.«. Forty miles south of Savannah lies Sunbury, a port of entry, at the bead of Si. Catharine's Sound, between Medway and Newport rivers, about 16 miles S. of Ogeeclie river. There is a bar here, but tbc harbour is capacious and safe, afxi has water sufficient fur sliips of great burthen. St. Helena Sound. THE entrance of this sound lies between South Eddisto island and the northernmost Hunting island ; it is about 2 leagues wide. This place is navi- gable by vessels of 7 or 8 feet water only ; it is full of sand banks, many of which are dry at low water. Six rivers empty themselves into this sound, viz. South Eddisto, Ashappo, Cumbahaw, Chehaw, Truc-Blue, and Corsaw. These rivet's are all navigable ; some of them come 200 miles down the country, but few of them can be navigated by vessels of (i feet water, for more than 38 or 40 miles from the sound. From the entrance of St. Helena Sound, along the Hunting islands, to (he entrance of Port Koyal, the course is S. W. ^ S. and the distance about 5^ leagues. The soundings are regular ; you will have 5 or 6 fathoms Tybee to St. Simons. BRING Tybee light bouse to bear N. W. iu 10 fathoms water, then steer S. by W. distance 14 leagues, to go clear of the shoal of St. Simons, which Heal off St. Simons E. S. E. 4 leagues. There are 4 and 5 fathoms close to this shoal ; to avoid which, come no nearer than 8 or 9 fathoms. The island of * St. Simons is on the north side of the sound or harbour of the same name, which lies in latitude 31° 01' N. and on the south side of that har- bour lies Jekyll island, on which are remarkable trees, appearing like um- lirellas, and thence called the Umbrella Trees. The bar at the entrance of St Simon's sound, lies nine miles from the Light. Bring the !i^ht to bear N. W. hv W. \ W. will carry you over the bar. The tide of flood sets S. S. W. and the ebb N. N. E. U flows at full and change, at St. Simon's bar, E. S. E. and W. N. W 7h. 30m. SAILING Directions for St. Mary's and Amelie Bar. iG into St. Mary's, the course by compass is N. W. ^ N. leaving a / * A Light house it erected on the S. Vf. end of St. Simon's island, containing a fixed Ig^t. It M a stone edifice 20 feet high, the taumw 00 feet above the kwl of Mw lea. .JM buQj, on which it placed a black and \rhite flag on either hand, it bein^ in. mid channel. On Cumberland Island is a white houae, which shows a long distance at sea. Vessels from the northward, aflcr passing Jekyll island, which lies in lat 31*, ought to keep in 7, 6, 6r 6 fathoms water, as weather and size K^f the vessel may admit. As you proceed townrds the southern part f^f Cumberland you will open Dungeness House, which is about 1| miles . distant from the south point of said island, and is the only conspicuous latffi building on tliis coast, and ,is hid by the trees when you are to the northward. Southward of this house there is a space of about two miles with no trees on it, which makes the south point of the island appear (at a distance) like an island of about two miles in length. Proceeding to the southward and eastward, in said soundings, you wiK* ob- serve near the beach and above the sand, a conspicuous white beacon with a pole sixty feet high, with a small flag and a cask on top. This l)eacon being brought in with t^-^ windmill,* which is painted white, and stands among the first high cluster of trees : From the north part of the island of Amelia, the North Breaker head is then in a direct line .between you and these objects, which will open and shut in, in half the length of a ship, be- ing^ nearly three miles apart ; and by bringing lb6 beacon open to the northward of the mill, and nearly on with a thick round clump of trees, which appear to be near to and north of the mill, will bring you on with the South Breaker head. The beacon bet\/een this clump and the mill, is thf leading mark to round the North Breaker head, or in the middle channel, the mill bearing by compass nearly W. ^ N. A white buoy is at present laid to the eastward of both breaker heads, about middle channel, which you may go either side of. The inner, or westernmost buoy, lies about a ship's length from the North Breaker bead. The instant you round the North Breaker head, a N. W. by N. ^ N. course by compass, and about three miles distance, will bring you up with the buoy~t)n the Spit of Amelia Ground, which you must leave on your larboard, when you will open the points of Amelia and Cumberland, bearing nearly W. by N. In, bearing in from the North Breaker bead, with a head wind, ^always observe the deepest water is close to the breakers. Full sea at St. Ma- ry's bar on full ftnd change at half past 7 o'clock — slack water at 8. Average tides 7 feet. St. Mary's io St. JohnV. The course is S. by E. distance 9 leagues to St. John's ; in making this place when bound into St. Augustine's, there is a round high bluff, at the south side of . .tiie river known by the name of the General's Mount ; the small craft runninj^t ID from Amelia to St. Augustine's generally make it, and take their departun^HP On the north side of the harbour is Talbot island, in length 5 miles ; it is low |Ad full of trees, lying north and south ■, there are 16 feet water on the bar at 1i%h water. The latitude is 30" 32' N. At full and change it flows S. E. by S, and K. W. by N. h. 45 min. St. John's to the Bay of St. Augustine. WHEN in 9 fathoms water, off the Bar of St. John's, the course is S. S. E. distance 1 1 leagues. The northernmost land of the bay is called Point Cartel. When you are as far to the southward as this point, you will see the island Anas- tatia, in length 18 miles, and on the south side of the bay ; the north side of which has a high white tower, like a light-house, where a look-but is kept. When a vessel appears in sight, a signal is made to the town of St, Augustine, by boisting their colours and firing a gun ; if the vessel appears to the northward of the bay, and is a three-mast vessel, they hoist an ensign, and hang out a pole ■ . . <• 1 " * The beacon and wiDdmill have both been takeo down, and a boute erected near t)te dteofttenill. ., ■* land, it beinj; in ;h shows a long which lies in weather and size te southern part about 1} miles nly conspicuous I you are to the it two miles with ar (at a distance) igs, you wilf ob- iiite beacon with p. This l)eacon vhite, and stands of the island of tctween you and ;th of a ship, be- con open to the lump of trees, ing you on with ) and the mill, is middle channel, h breaker heads, of. The inner, le North Breaker 1 N. VV. by N. I iring you up wito on your larboard, rearing nearly W. th a head wind, i'ull sea at St. Ma- er at 8. Average I making Ibis place it the south side of imall craft runnins^t le their departurCTr 6 miles ; it is low rater on the bar at e it flows S. E. by- He. course is S. S. £. tiled Point Cartel. ;e the island Anas- ; the north side of look-but is kept. f St, Augustine, by to the northward id hang out a pole nut erected near t)ie f in the form ofa triangle, with three b.-ills on the north side of the tower ; if to the south, the balls are hung -Mit on the south side of the tower ; if a twu-mast ves- sel, two balls and a Jack hoisted ; if a sloop one ball and a pendant ; for a fleet they fire five guns and an ensign hoisted. The bar of St. Augustine has no more llian 10 feet water on it at high water, spring tides, and at low water 5 feet. There is a swash to the northward of ttte bar, with 11 and 12 feet wa<«,^ ter ; but the sand shifting often, and the passage being so narrow and crooked, the pilots seldom attempt it. The latitude of this signal tower is 29" 58' K. It flows, at full and change S. E. by S. and N. W. by N. 9 h. 45 min. The variation was 4 deg. W. anno 177.3. To anchor in the Bay of St. Augustine. Observations on the Weather, and on the Guif Stream. BRING the signal tower to bear S. W. \ W. and the fort which stands to tbe northward of the tower W. \ N. the new barracks will then be open, of the northernmost part of Anastatia island ; then bring up and you will have 10 /athoms water, and good holding ground : the northernmost land in sight will bear N. W. by N. the southernmost land S. S. E. and you will be near the mid- dle of the bay, it being immaterial which way you cast your ship. Butshofild you be too far to the 'northward or southward, there would be dhnger in casting the wrong way, and more so on the tide of flood, which sets sttongly into the bay. If it should be likely to blow from the eastward, do not attempt to get under way whilst the tide uf.flood runs. From the Ist of November to the last of February, the hardest gales prevail ibat blow on this coast ; and in general from the N. N. E. to the S. S. E. tbe wind any way easterly comes on very suddenly to n gale during the season above mentioned ; and these galea give but very little warning. An experienced navigator says, " In the year 1777, I was at anchor in St. Augustine Bay, when it came on to blow at E. N. E. and in 15 minutes time 1 was obliged to slip, and had we not carried sail to the utmost, we sliould not have cleared the land to tbe southward. N.B. When the wind backs against the sun, with a small rain, you will perceive the sea to rise before the wind -comes ; then prepare for a gale, which in general will last 50 or 60 hours. If you should be obliged to cut or slip, carry all the sail you possibly can, to get an offing before it increases, 80 as to put you past carrying any sail, which is always the case ; and observe that the flood tide setting tQ the southward will beol no service to you farther out than 12 fathoms water, when you will be in ttie southern current until you get intone fathoms which is about 15 leagues from the land. Then you are in ., Uie Gulf Stream, issuineout of the Gulf of Florida, and which runs strongly all -. 9 Edit Ba/of New- York, bring Ihe lighthouse W. bv N. or W. tf.W. in 10 bthoou, and the sotithernniQst part of the highland of Nevertink S. W. by S. Note. — Along the southern coast of Ain.)rica, you will find no tide farther out from the shore than 10 or 12 fathom^ water, from that depth until the ed^ of soundings, you will have a current setting to the southward, at the raCft of one I mile |>erbuur; when out of soundings, you tvill have the Gulf Stream setting !o tbiiN.E. quarter, and the farther you get to the northvard, it sets more east- erly, but not so strong as lieiiore mentioned ; and when you get to the uortbward of 39° it sets about east. The ScUing of the Title alon^ shore, from New- York to St. Augustine. Flood. From the west mid of Lung Iiland to Cape Muy Froin Cu|>e Henlopen to Ca|)e Charles From Cape Charles to Cniie Hatterus • From Ca[)« Hattcrai to Cape Lookout From Cape Lookout to Ca|)e Fear From Ca|>e Fear to Cime Romou • • From Cape Roman to Cbarleston • - From Charleston to Tybee . , . . From Tjrbee to St. Simon's - - From St. SimonV to St. John's ... From SI. John's to the Bay of St. Aajrustine . "w. by dr 8. by W. 8. 8. W. B. W. by W, 8. W. by W, W. 8. W. W. 8. W. W. 8. W, 8. 8. W. 8. by W. South. Ebb. C. by N. N. by E. N. N. E. N. E. by E. N. E. by E. 'E. N. E. E. N. E. E.N.E. N. N. E. N. by E. North. Winck and weather on the coast of South-Carolina. WHEN the wind blows bard in the N. E. quarter, without rain, it commonly continaes to blow violent for some time, perhaps 3 or 4 days ; but if such winds are attended with rain, they generally shift to the E. — E. S. F. and S. E. S. E. winds blow right in on the coast, but they seldom blow dry, or continue long; in 6, 8, dr 10 Lours alter their commencement, the sky begins to look dirty which soon produces rain. When it comes to blow and rain yery hard, you may be sure that the wind will fly round to the N. W. quarter, and blow very hard for 20 or 30 hours, with a clear »ky. , N. W. winds are always attended with clear weather. They sometimes blow very hard, but seldom do so longer than 30 hours. The most lasting winds are those which blow from the S. S. W. and W. N. W. and from the N« to the E. N. E. When the wind is in any of these quar- ters, the weather is the most settled. Thunder gusts are very common on this coast in the summer time ; they al- ways coine Arum. the N. W. quarter, and are somtimes so heavy that nocanvas CM) withstand their fury; they come on so suddenly, that the greatest precau-,. tions are necessary to guard against the effects of their violence. : r From Tybee iniet to St. Simon's head, the course is S. by W. ^ W. and thd distance 16 leagues ; and from Tybee inlet to the bar at the entrance of St. Si^ mon the course is S. by W. and the distance 19 leagues. Between them are the following sounds : viz. Wassaw, Hosaba, St. Catharine's, Gapello, and Littl« Simon's. In proceeding from Tybee for St. Simon's sound, you will have from 4 to 7 fathoms water ; the shore of the several islands which lie between them is flat, and the shoalings as you approach are gradual. ' St. Simon's bar lies 9 or 10 miles from St. Simon's fort ; the fort is on the S. end of St. Siuron's island, and by its white appearance, makes this plate remark- able. , About a mile and a half to the southward of Ihe fort is the south end of Jekyll island, which is easily known by the trejs appearing as an umbrella, as before described. In order to sail over the bar, bring a latee round tree which stands to the westward of the sound, right on with the middle of the opening be- tween St. Simon's and Jekyll istatids. On the bar you will have, at Jhree quar- ters flood about 19 fleet water. The width of the bar is about three quarters of a mile ; the extremities of the sands, on each side, generally show tbemselvet by the breakers. The north break head and the south breUi head bear of each other S. £. by E. and N. W. by W, Come no nearer to the north broak iteod .'4< k. 9 Edit f.W. in lObthoiiM, W. by S. 6nd no tide farther Jeplh until the edj^e d, at the ratft of one ulf Stream setting to d, it lets more east- get to the uortbirard I St. Augustine. Hood. Ebb. '-Mt E. by }f: bjrW. . 8. W. N. br E. N, N. E. V. by W. N. E. by E, V. by W. N. E. by E. ^ s. w. -E. N. E. r. 8. w. E. N. E. '. 8. W. E.N.E. 5. 8. W. N. N. E. .by W. N. by E. South. North. arolina. Jt rain, it commonly 's; but if such winds F. and S. E. low dry, or continue i sky begins to look and rain very bard, ^ quarter, and blow r. They sometimes 5. S. W. and W. N. 1 any of these quar- imer time ; tbey al- fieavy that no canvas the greatest precaa- . snce. ..,, •yW.jW. and th**' e entrance of St. S^ etween them are the Gapello, and Little , you will have from b lie between them the fort is on the S. es this place remark- '. is the south end of ig as an umbrella, as ;e round tree which e of the opening be- have, at three quar- ut three quarters of ly show tbenvelves tic bead bear of each \t» nortb bi«ak bekd 9fi jd Simon's head, N. by W. »nd the round tree, which stands to the westward of die sound,, is on with tlie middle of the cnening between Jekyll island and that of St. Simon, you are on the middle of «< bar. When yoti come into 4| fathoms wator, you are within the bar, and hould then steer W. by N. ^ N. There is a middle ground in the fair way, but yoa need not fear it, because there are always 3 feet more water on it thnn on tho bar. Give the fort, in passing it, a birth of about a cable and a half's length, and anchor with the fort E. by S. in 3 fathoms water ; you will then be about three quarters of a mile from the fort. The tide flows on the change and full days of the moon, as follows, namely, in the sound, 9 o'clock ; on Che bar, half past 7 o'clock ; and in the offing, 3 quarters past C o'clock. Gettefal Instructtota for making the Bermuda Islands. Latitude, Longitadie. Sbuit George'8 Town, at the eastera end 32° S7 N. «4'' ^3' Wreck HilT, at the western end - - SSoiaN. Q4'> Nf Hisfa water, full and change, at St. Geor^e^s, half past 8. Common tidet rise about 4 feet { nut on the ipringt, or in jtalei of wind, frequently to 7 tkot. The floods in the offing set to the N. £. and ebbs to tlie S. W. ; but near the shore they run in various dircctioof . THESE islands being surrounded with innumerable shoals, much '_ -ecaution is necessary in approaching them. The principcl dangers lie to the jvestwtai aiid northward, and extend, from the land, betweeii three and five Icaeues, in a due west line, from their southwestern point (round northerly) to a N. N. E. one, from David's Head, their eastern extreme. The remainder of the coast, forming tbeir southern and ea em boundary, may be approached in every part within a mile^ and in several places to less tlian half that distance. On account of the prevalence of westerly winds in the Atlantic, it has be- come the general practice for all vessels bound to the Bermudas to make the land from tfae westward, by getting into their latitude about the 68tb degree of inngitude, and then steering an east course until they become visible. The latitude of SS" 8' N. being two miles to the southward of every danger, aeems beat adapted in fine clear weather for this purpose, and will bring you in sight of Wreck Hill, which being of a conic form, and having a volcanic ap-. pearance, is the more remarkable. The moment this hill becomes shut in with the other lands, or is no longer distinguishable, you will have passed the only danger lo be apprehended off the southern part of these islands, called the 3. W. breakers (which do not, however, lie more than 1^ mile from the land,) and liiay then immediately close with and steer along the south-eastern shore, within a mile, till you have got the length of Castle Harbour, or broi^bt David's Head to bear about N. by E. where you must wait to receive your pilot, taking care during that time not to be drifted to leeward, as the currents generally set to tfae eastward. Should you meet with a contrary wind, or the weather be extremely bazy, before you have got aighf of the land, it will be prudent in the night not tostand to the northward of 32*> 4' or ft'; and if the wind should be inclining to tfae southward, I would recommend not beyond 32°. If bound to the Bermudas from England, or from any part of Europe, I should recommend a direct course to be steered as long as the winds permitted ; but the moment they become contrary, to get to the southward into the Trades, and then run down the remaining longitude, taking care to haul to the northward in sufficient time to reach the latitude of 32" 8' about the 68° of longitude, and then proceed as above described : but should fail winds continue the whole passage, the land may be made with equal safety from the eastward, by steering for thorn in the latitude of 32<>18' N. which is two miles to the southward of David's Head, tbeir soutb-«astem extreme ; and off which head there is no dan- ii4j,. tm^ , «:j &->^ VM. h ^ k IM Blunt*8 Ami 9 Edit I !;«r lieyond half a mile, can; being taken not to come' to the northward of that atitude until you have brought the Head to bear W. S. W. oq which bearing it may -W approached with safety till within one mile thereof, or till you receive your pilot. iu lilt! course of making the land from the eastward, should the wind become contrary, ur the weather prove dark, hazy, and tempestuous, come not during the night to the northward of 32" or 32" C ; in which latitude, if you should be found to have run past the islands, you must proceed as before described, in waking them from the tves'ward. As tiic soundings Jo not extend more than two miles from the land on the southern side of the islands, a correct latitude and a good look-out, iogethcr with a strict attention to these instruction?, is absolutely necessary. Remarks on the Gulf Stream, and the means of ascertaining when in its vicinity. THE Gulf Stream passes close to the extreme S. E. point of Cape Hatleras Sluials, and 18 inilf:i from \k^ land ; the soundings arc from 12 fathoms on the guter part of the shoal, to 60 fatlioms close on the edge of the stream. The nature of that immense current, which continually sets from the Gulfs of Mexico and Florida, to the northward and north-eastward, along the greater part of the Navigation described in this work, is already well understood ; and, thouf;h we have noticed it, as to its effects, in several parts of the preceding di- rections, we yet deem that an unbroken view of it, in its whole course from the Gulf to the north-eastward, may still be acceptable ; and this we shall attempt in the prwent Edition. The Stream from latitude 26° to 28** generally sets nearly N. by E. ; from S8^ to about 31° it appears to run N. N. E. inclining a little in the direction of the coast, rather westerly : it thence suddenly turns to N. E. by E. or a little more easterly, to latitude 35", or about the parallel of Cape Hattcras. From off Cape Hatteras its direction is E. by N. or a little more northerly, to longitude 70", then east, rather southerly ; and thence, diminishing in strength, i| falls away to the E. S. E. It has been stated, generally, by writers of ability, from the information of American coasters, that the northern edge of the Stream extends.to the latitude of 41° 26f, or 41° 30', in the meridian of the Isle of Sable ; but this assertion has been controverted by others, who have averred, that its northern edge never ascends beyond the parallel of 40°, and that it does not always border on the shoals of Nuntucket. We think the former correct. It is, however, to be considered that a North, N. E. or East wind forces the stream towards the coast, contracts its breadth, and thus increases its rapidity. On the contrary, S. W, West, and N. W. winds force the stream farther into the ocean, and diminishes its strength. It is clear, then, that the stream fluctuates in its direction and force, according to circumstances ; and no absolute rule can be given for ascertainins; its more ordinary boundaries : it therefore follows, that a description of the indications, by wbicn it may be known, is of the more im- portance. These are the appearance and the temperature of the water. The stream in its lower latitudes and usual course in fair water, where it flows uninterruptedly, may be known by its smooth and dear blue surface ; for, without the line form- ed by a ripple on its ed^e, the water, in some places, appears like boiling water of a blue colour ; and^ in other places, it foams like the waters of a cataract, even in dead calms, and in places which are fathomless. On the outer edge of the stream, csnocially in fair weather, there are great riplings, which are very perceptible ; ai.,^, it has been observed that, within it, the water does not sparkle in the night. The appearance of the sea-weed, called gulf- weed, by day, is an indication of the edge of the stream. Besides the effect which different winds have upon the Florida Stream, it is subject to another cause that also directs it towards or from the coast ; and that is, the moon ; which, acctirdiug to her position, has different effects upon it, ,#." 9 Edit e northward of that 10 wrhicb bearing it , or till you receive (1 the wind become I, come not during le, if you should bo before described, in >m the land on the k-out, iugethcr with of ascerlaining it of Cape Hatleras I 12 fathoms on the le btream. its from tlie Gulfs of , along the greater 11 understood ; and, f the preceding di- lole course from the is we shall attempt ly N. by E. ; from e in the direction of E. by E. or a little Hattcras. ! more northerly, to inishing in strength, n the information of tends.to the latitude ; but this assertion [lorthern edge never Iways border on the Sast wind forces the creases its ra|)iJity. stream farther into the stream fluctuates 10 absolute rule can erefore follows, that , is of the more ini- ter. The stream in >ws uninterruptedly, ithout the line form- rslike boiling water vaters of a cataract. Iher, there are great rved that, within it, the sea -weed, called 'lorida Stroam, it is the coast ; and that !rent effects upon it. 9 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 193 not, however, in equal power with those of the wind ; hut the disposition oi the stream is increased to its extreme, if the effects both of the winds and moon ar4 combined ; for, at this time, ths ocean rising highest, thi^ regulnles the flood and ebb, and divides them in prf)portionale times ; consequently, it directs and in- creaiie.] them with the assistance of easterly moons and winds to the west, and with that of westerly moons and winds to the cast ; so that the west and east shores are at times deprived of, and at other times overflowed by tides, occa* sioned by these vicissitudes. The boisterous East, N. E. and North winds, which affect the Gulf Stream, generally begin in September, and continue while the sun is in the south until March ; when, if the moon happens just at the time to be on the full or change, they commonly end with a hurricane. From what has been said, it is clear that the eddies about the edges of the stream must vary according to the circumstances above explained. Along these edges, but more particularly along the outer edge, there is generally a current running in a contrary direction, which is accelerated by the wind in proportion to its strength, blowing contrary to the stream, and retarded, or perhaps alto- gether obstructed, by he wind blowing in the direction of the stream. In Uie latter case, the limits of the stream will be extended. In the winter, when the cold upon the land is most intense, which is generally between December and March, heavy and continued gales very frequently pre- vail, which commonly proceed from between the North and West across thit course of the Gulf Stream, from Cape Hatteras until past ^ orge's Bank, and bend its dircuon more to the f^stward ; being aided, at the same time, by the discbarge of the great bays and rivers, increased by the force of the wind blow- ing down them, and the constant supply of stream that passes along the coast of the Carolinas, the whole produces so strong a current to the eastward, as to ren- der it impossible for a ship to approach the coast until a change of wind com* mences. During the prevalence of a southerly ui easterly w hid, which is not so common here, it has been found that the current is forced close to, and in some parts upon, the edge of soundings ; from a scientific nautical gentleman, we received thA following, viz. while off Cape Lookout, 17 fathoms water, he had a strong cur- rent from the southward, otying entirely to the Gulf current. This proves the Gulf governed entirely by winds. Being thus pent in between the wind and the shoal grounds near the shore, the breadth is greatly diminished, and the velocity proportionably increased. Tiiis circumstance has been, in particular, observed from about the longitude of Block Island, along the edge of Nantucket shoals, thence beyond George's Bank ; and also, along the coast of Georgia, and 'part of South Carolina. In the first place, that the southerly winds forced the current to the edge of soundings, where it then ran from 1^ to 2 knots ; and, in the latter place, that the easterly wind forced the current upon soundings. With West and N. W. winds, the stream would be removed some leagues far- ther oflf. These remarks are sufficient to show the uncertainty of the bounda>iesor edges of the stream. These eddies, on the inner edge, are inconsiderable ; but, on the outer one, in fine weatbe^, they are strong, and of considerable extent. Anothtr indication of die Stream ja, the temperature ofiti water, which is con* siderably warmer than the water on either side of it. By ha ingenious work, en- titled, " Thermomctrical NAvroATioN," written by M*-. Jon. Williams, and published at Philadelphia, in 1799, we arc informed t'lat. Commodore Trvxton, has often ascertained the velocity of the Gulf Stream, lo the northward of Cape Hatteras, and found it to be seldom less than one knot, and never more than two knots, an hour. The temperature of the air and water without the Stream wa9 generally about the same ; that is, the difference seldom exceeded 2 or 3 de- grees ; the air being sometimes the warmest ; at other times the water. This gentleman has observed, " In the stream the water is much warmer than the air ; indeed I have known it 10 degrees warmer ; but, so soon as you get with- in the stream, (that is between it and the coast,) the water becomes colder than 4: ?94 niunl*H American Const Pilot. 9£(lit. i the air ; anii ihc mow as you gel on Hounding^ .indapprDacli the shore.* If mnri- pers, will) h:ivi> not tlif n|iporiiinity ot determining tiicir Inngitmie hy ccltitial oli- yervaticiH!', will only r«rri/ with ikrin a good ihermameler, and try Ihc tempera- * turc of the wattr. and compare it with that of tlio air every two honre , they niny always itnow »vh« ii they come into, or go out of, tiie (iulf Stream. Indeed I have always made a practice, when at sea, of comparing the lempcralurc of Ihn . • air and water daily, and often, very fri'ipienlly during the day throughout my ■w ■ voyage ; Hliercby I immediately discovered atiy thing of a current that way go- ing, and afterwards founti its strength and direction by ol)«ervations for the lati- tude and longitude. It is of the utmost conseipicnce, in making a passage to and from Europe, to be ac(i'jainted wilii this Gulf Stream ; as, by keeping in it, when bound eastward, you shorten your voyage ; and, by avoiding it, when returning to the westward, you lacilitate it inconceivably; so much so, that 1 have fr«- quently, when bound irom l:^iirope to America, spoke European ships, unacquaint- ed with the strength rnd extent of it, off the banks of Newfoundland, and been in port a very consiJi-rable lime betbre them, by keeping out of the stream, where- as, they lenglheneil their [lassage by keeping in it. The general course of the Gulf Strtim being marked on the chart, I would advise those who make the northcrti passage from Europe, never to come nearer the inner line of it, by choice, than 10 or 15 leagues : and then the probability will be, that their passage will Le assisted by the help of a counter current, which often runs within it. In com- ing off a voyage from the southward, be sure to stcei N. VV. when approaching ■m the stream, if the wind will permit you ; uud continue that course till you aro within it, which may be easily known by the temperature of the water, ns b» fore mentioned. 1 have always considered it of the utmost consequence, when — liound in, to cross the stream as speedily as possible, lest I should be visited by V' calms or adverse winds, and by those means drove far out of my way, which tvo.ukl prolong the voyage considerably, especially in the winter season. By the advantage of knowing how near to the coast a ship may venture, and how to distinguish the Gulf Stream from the water between it and the coast, wo can be sure of a favourable current either way, and a small vessel might make a short voyage from H- ax to Georgia, which is thought by sopne a longer ono than to Europe. — Si osc you h. d the wind a-heaii all^the way ; take yourde- 1)arture, and stand for the stream ; so soon as you fmd the water to increase in ieat, about half as much as you know it would when in the stream, heave about and stand for the coast ; you will infallibly discover the edge of soimdingsby the cooling of llie water; then stand oJajviin, and so on to the end of the voy- age ; when it is almost certain, that the distniice 'vould be run in a shorter time than if there were no stream ; for you would have a favourable inside or eddy current. On the return passage, take your departure, and run «>(T till you get into the warmest water, which will be the middle of the stream, and take the advantage of its current. The following fan may serve to illustrate the propriety of these directions. In June, 1798, the mail-packet, for Charleston, had 25 days passage in going, but returned in 7. The captain accounted for this by having calms, or very light airs, and a northerly current. This was the true cause. He was in the middle of the stream, where there generally are calms or ligU '"inds ; the edges, only which come in contract with colder regions, being tempestuous. After being in the lati- tude of Cape Hatteras, he found himself in that of Cape Henry, (37 leagues to the northward.) Tiie vessel, however, arrived at last ; and, on the return voy- age, the capta in steered the same course back again, and, with the same li ght airs, • By the journals of Capt. *V. billings, of Philadelphia, it appears tliat, iii June, 179), the water on the roast of America was at the temperature of 61", and in the Gulf-Stream at 77". — By those of Mr. J. Willlsnw it appears that, in November, 1789, the water on the coast wa? 47", and in the Gulf-Ptream at 70°, viz. 1791, June, Coast 61<» 1789, November, Coast 47 ' Difference between > Coast 14o Stream 7t Stream 70 June and Nov. ( Stream 7 __ - ' t Stream warmer 10 Stream wanner S3 The difference of heat is, therefore, greater ia wiattr thao in summer. See the concla- din^ observation hereafter. 9 SaVu, e shore.* Ifm^ri- u(1« by cclislial nl)- I try Ihc tpinpera- vo hoiirt, Ihey luny ^trrnm. Iiulcrd I temperature of llin lay throughout my iirn'iit that way go- vntions fui Ihu bli- 111^ a passage tu and keeping in it, when ; it, when returning so, that I have fr«i- I ships, unac()naint- n(lland,aR(J been in tlie stream, wliere- neral course of tho ose who make Ihc ineofit, by choice, t their passage will I within it. In cotn- when approaching course till you aro r the water, as b«»- conse({uence, when hoiild be visited by of my way, which nter season. ) may venture, and t and the coast, wo vessel iiiight make a sotne a longer ono ray ; take your de- ivater to increase in itream, heave about Ige of soundings by the end of the voy- im in a shorter time able inside or eddy run ofT till you get Iream, and take the these directions. In issage in going, but s, or very light airs, in the middle of the edges, only which ler being in the lati- nry, (37 leagues to , on the return voy- I the same light airs, rs tliat, iu June, 179^, I in the Gulf-Stream at 789, the water on Uie etween IV. \l Coast 14° Stream 7 ner. See ti)e coocla* d £dit. Blunt*8 Americnn Coast Pilot. ,M hf, pfrrfi>rm»>d the voyagn in seven days. I'.nl 'Kis captain known t!io \i*e of the Ihcimomctet, need lie to have bcf^n much longer in i;oirig than in coming ? It appears also, by the work abovq i|uoted, that the tliirmomctcr is not only useful lor ascortaining the cnrrcnt of the i>u\( SiriMni, lint liiat it is likewise ad- vantageous in discovering the approach to soiiii(liiii;s Iroin lUt-p water. A vessel on her voyage from Mi'lilrhoad to H.ivaniia, alter !;elling into lat. «3» 5(5* N. was set by the gulf so far as lat. 32" 60' N. and compelled to go into CbarUston. In June, 171)1, Captain W. Billings, of Pliilndolphia, in latitude 3f>deg. longi- tude 6(i deg. abreast of the banks of Newfoundland, loutul that the Mercury in the thermometer fell 10 deg. it was near the s«me pl.ice that a similar observa- tion was made by Dr. Franklin, in NDvembcr 177tj, .ind another by Mr. Wil- liams, in November, 17U9, who has observed, that, " By the coincidence of thestf three Journals at so great a diMtance of time, and witiiout any connexion with each other, this important fact seems io be established, .i jVavijiiiitor may dis' cover his approach Itrwnrdii ohjectn of daiiifcr, when he ii at inch u distance at to be. able eatily to avoid them, by attentively examinin<( the temperature itj the sea { the water over banks and shoals bcin;; colder than that of the deep ocean." At the edge of the gr.ind bank of Newfoundland, the water has been found & degrees colder than the deep ocean to the eastward. The highest part of tha bank is 10 deg. colder still, or 15 deg. colder than the ocean eastward. On llie coast of Ncw-Kiigland, near Cape Cod,* the water, out of soundings, is 8 deg. or 10 deg. w-nner than in soundings ; and in the stream it is about 9 deg. warmer still ; so that, in coming from the eastward, a fall of 8 deg. will in- dicate your leaving the stream, and a farther fall of 8 deg. will indicate your be* ing on soundings. On the coast, from Cape Henlopcn to Cape Henry, the water out of .sound- ings, is 5 deg. warmer tlinn in soundings ; and in the stream about 6 deg. warm- er still ; 80 that, incoming from the eastward, a fall of 5 deg. will indicate youf leaving the stream, and a farther fall of 6 deg. will give notice of soundings. Mr. Williams recommends to seamen to take three thermometers. " Let them," be says, " be kept in one place some days previous to your sailing, in order ta try their uniformity. The plate should be of ivory or metal, for wood will swell at sea, and, as the glass tube will not yield, it is from this reason very liable to break ; bell-metal is the best. Let the instrument be fixed in a square metal box, the bottom of which, a: high as tlie mark 30° should bo water tight, so that, in ex- amining the degree of heat, thn ball may be kept in the water ; the remainder of the length should be open in front, with only two or three cross-bars to ward off any accidental blow, like the thermometer used by brewers. Fix one instru- ment in some part of the ship, in the shade, and in open air, but as much out of the wind and in aa dry a place as possible. The after part of one of the after •tanchions, undurthe quarter rail, may answr, if no better place can be found. Let the second inttrumetit be neatly slung, with a sufficiency of line to alloTT it tow in the dead ^ater of the wake. Put the othier away safely, to be ready to supply the place of either of the others, in case of accident. REFLOWING CURRENTS, &c.— On each side of the Gulf Stream, a» before noticed, there is a counter current setting in a contrary direction. In the Gulf of Florida, between the stream and the coast, a smooth eddy commonly- takes its current south-westerly, in an o{)posite direction to that of the main stream ; and there is, even h its higher latitudes, a reflow on either side. It has been found that, when Cape Henry (the south point of the Chesapeak) bore N. W. 160 leagues distant, a current was setting to the southward at the rate of 10 or 12 miles per day, which so continued until Cape Henry bore W. N. W. 89 or 90 leagues ; the curi«nt was then found setting to the N. E. at the rate of 33 or 34 miles per day, which continued until within 3 2 o^ .30 leagues of • Tfje bank from Cape Cod extends almost as far as Cape Sable, wtiereU joins the hanks of Nova Scotia, deepening gradually from 20 to 50 or 55 fathoms, which depth thore is io lutiti/de 439. In crossing the bank iietween lat, 40S 41' and lat. 43^ tlie bottom is v^ry re- markable on the outside it is fine sand, shoaling gradually for several leagues ; on the mid- dle of the bank, it is coarse sand or shingle, with pebble stones ; on ti>e inside, itis muddy, with pieces of tb«ll>, mi deepeni luddeuly from 46 or 49 to IS^ vr 160 fathom*. r 1M Blttnt^s American Covst Pilot. 9 Edil. the land ; lh«n a current set to the southward and westward at the rate of 10 or th miles per day, tu within 13 or 15 miles of the land. 'l\t» current, which it considered as tlie eddy of the Gulf Stream, sets more or less to the S. W. ac- cording tu the fiu;ure of the coast, it has also been observed by others, that a southern and western current con- atantly sris in higli latitudes between Ih . GulfStream and roast ; more particular- ly in sounding!!, nt tiie rate ot'halt'a utile an hour, or more, according to the wind. An experienced officer of the navy, before i|uoted, has said that, " In all the ob- servations I made during 5 years cruising on the American coast, 1 never found this eastern current to the southward of latitude 36°, and oidy once (the above- mentioned time,) so far ; it generally prevailing between the latitiidf^N of 37' and 40", from the longitude of CO" to that of U0°. And I have often, about th* latitude of 3U" or 37°, and about the above lonq;ilud)!, found a strong cur- rent to the south and S. W. Therefore, ships from Europe, hound to America, should endeavour to make the passage either to the southward of latitude S7", or to the northward of latitude 40" ; that is to say, when as far, or to the west- ward of the Banks of Newfoundland, they should as much as possible avoid beating against the wind to the westward, between the latitudes of 37'' and 40^ Upon toundiitga, a\ong the coasts of Ueorgia, Carolina, Virginia, New-Jersey, arrd New-York, the current runs in general parallel to the shore ; and is in gen- eral, influenced by the wind, which mostly prevails from between iL ; south and vest, producing a slow current of about one or a half knot to the N. E. but when the N. and east winds prevail, the current along shore to the S. W. will frequently run two knots ; on which the pilots of this coast remark, that the ■oulb and S. W. currents, though they but seldom happen, yet they are always •tronger than those to the northward, which are more frequent. It is probable the tides rtiav have some influence on these currents, particularly near the entry of th« great bays and inlets. The flood on this coast comes from the N. E. In the months of April and May I have observed, on crossing the Gulf Stream, in the latitude of Cape Henry, that, when near the inside of the stream, the water begins to colour of a deeper green ; and thence to the edge of soundings, there is a strong current to the eastward. Tlie colour of the water, from green, turns to muddy, when on soundings, the current still continuing until within the influ- ence of the tide ; this eastern current is, no doubt, occasioned by the discharge of water out of the Chesapeak, by the floods from the snow melting in the country ; and it prevails, in soruc degree, throughout Uie year, but its effect is greatest at this time. It is probable that a similar current prevails off the mouth of the Delaware. I Round the east end of Long Island, and thence to the eastward round Nan* lucket shoals, across George's Bank, to Cape Sable, a strong tide runs ; the flood setting to the north and west, in order to fill up the bays^ rivers, and inlets, and the ebb the contrary. The tides that set across George's Bank into the bay of Fundy are very much influenced by the winds, particularly if, after a strong S. or S. E. wind, it should suddenly change to W. or N. W. (circumstances that often happen ;) ships will then find themselves drifted hy the outset 50 or 60 miles in the 24 hours, or more, to the S. E. The indraught is also great with S. or S. E. winds, which ought to be paid particular attention to. Upon the Nova Scotia coast the currents run parallel to the shore, but are more frequent from the eastward than from the westward, particularly in the ■{.ring } the southerly winds force them upon the shore by the water running in to 611 up the bays and inlets ; and the N. and N. W. winds have the same effect in forcing them off the shore. A regular tide here runs along shore ; the flood from E. N. E. We shall conclude this section with the observations on the Gulf Stream, &c. by Sir Charles Blagden, M. D. and F. R. S. extracted from the pbilo6o< phical transactions. " During a voyage t? .America, in the spring ofthe year 1776, 1 used frequent- ly to CAamiiM the heat of' sea-water newly drattn, in order to compare it with ttiKt ofthe air. We made our passage Gar to the southward. In this situation* the greatest heat of the water, which I observed, was such as raised the quick* silrer ia FareiOieit's theiinoiQeter« to 77 \ diegrees. This happened twic« } tbf 9 Edit. 9td\t Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. 197 the rale of 10 or current, which if to the S. W. ac- stcrn current con* ; mure particular- 6iUf^ tu the winii. It," Ittalltheob- St, I never found once (ihc above* latiluiles of 37* lave often, about inJ a strong cur- ountl to America, of latitude 87", ir, or to the west- as possible avoid !8 of 37<» and 40*^ nia, New-Jersejr, re ; and is in gen* een iL ; south and : tu the N. E. but to the S. W. will remark, that the they are always t. It is probable riy near the entry om the N. E. In the Gulf Stream, stream, the water loundings, there is from green, turns I within the itiflu- by the discharge w melting hi the r, but its effect is t prevails off the iward round Nan- le runs ; the flood rs, and inlets, and ik into the bay of f( after a strong S. ircumstances Uiat '■ outset GO or 6U also great with S. e shore, but are particularly in the water running in ve the same effect ; shore ; the flood the Gulf Stream, from the philoso- S, I used frequent- 3 compare it with Id this situation, raised the qukk,' )«aed tvlrice } lb* first time on the 10th of April, in latitude SI* KV N. and longiluJe, by our reckoning, 51' W. and the second time, three dayn afterwards, in latilado 89* 7', and longitude 55° : but in general the heat of the sea, near the tropic of Cancer, about the middle of April, was from 7(j to 77°. " The rendezvous appointed for the fleet being uff (Jape Fear, our course, on approaching the American coast, became north-westward. On the 23d* of April, the heal of the sea was 74° ; our latitude, at noun, 28' 7' N. Next day the heat was only 71* ; we were then in latitude 21)'^ 12' ; the heal of the water, therefore, was now lessening very fast, in pniportion to the change of latitude. The 36tb, our latitude was Jl<> 3'; but though we had thus gone almost 2° far- ther to the northward, the heat of the sea was this day increased, it being 72* in Ihe morning, and 72^° in the evening. Next day, the 26th of April, at half af- ter eight in the morning, I again plunged the thermometer into sea-water, and was greatly surprised to see the (|uicksilver rise to 7U°, higlier than I had ever observed it, even within the trouic. As the difference was ton great tu be impu- ted to any accidental variation, I immediately concc! . ed >hat we must have come into the Gulf Stream, the waterof which stdl retained great part of the heat that it had acquired in the torrid none. This idea was coiilirmed by ttie subsequent, regular and quick diminution of the heat : Ihe ship's run for a quarter of an Lour had lessened it 8° ; the thermometer, at three quarters aAer eight, being raised by Sb?-water fresh drawn, only to 7C* ; by nine the heat was reduced tu 13'; and, in a quarter of an hour more, to 7to nearly ; al! this time the wind blew fresh, and we were going seven knots an hour on a north-western course. The water now begun to luose the fine transparent blue colour of the ocean, and to assume something ufa greenish olive tinge, a well-known indication of sound- ings. Accordingly,'^bolween four and five iu Ihe afternoon, ground was struck with the lead, at the depth of eighty fathoms, the heat of the sea being then re- duced loG9°. In the course of the tullowiug night and next day, as we came in- to shallower '.vater and nearer the land, the temperature of the '^a gradually sank to 65", which was nearly that of the air at the time. JJn fortunately, bad weather on the 2(!th prevented us from taking an obser- vation of tliesun ; but on the 27tb, though it was then cloudy at noon, we cal- culated the latitude from two altitudes, and luund it to be 33*^ 26' N. The dif- ference of this latilu(.e from that which we bad observed on the Sdtb, being 2" t3' was so much greater than could be deduced from thr ship's run, Uia^ked in the log book, as to convince the seainuu that we bad beeu set many miles to tbe northward by the current. On tbe 85th, at noon, the longitude by our reckoning, was 74" VV, and I be- lieve the computation to have been pretty just; but the soundings, together with the latitude, will determine the spot where these observations were made, better than any reckoning from the eastward. The ship's run, on the 26th, from nine in the forenoon to lour in tbe afternoon, was about 10 leagues on a N. W, by N. course; soon afterwards we hove to in order to sound, and finding bottom, we went very slowly all night, till noon the next day. From these observations, I think it may be concluded that lite Gulf Strean, about the 33d degree of north latitude, and the 76th degree of longitude west of Greenwich, is, in the month pf April, at least six degrees hotter than the wa- ter of the sea through which it runs. As tbe beat of tbe sea-water evidently began to increase in tbe evening of the 25th, and as the observations show that we were getting out of the current when I first tried tbe heat in the morning of the 26th, it is most probable that the ship's run during the night is nearly the breadth of tbe stream, measured obliquely across ; that, as it blew a fresh breeze, could nt)t be less than twenty-five leagues in fiAeen hours, the distance of time between tbe two observations of the heat, and hence the breadth of the stream may be estimated at twenty leagues. The breadth of the Gulf of Florida, which evidently boundii the stream at its origin, appears by the charts to be two or three miles less than this, excluding the rocks and sand banks, which surround the Bahama Islands, and the shallow water that extends to a considerable distance from the coast of Florida ; and the correspondence of these measures is very * From tbe difiereoce betweea civil and astronomical time, it bucomt:s UfX.upry to ob- ien# that the forawf is alwajri meaat la this work. m l^ft MuhOs American Cosist Pifbt. imi remarkaMc, since tlie stream from well-knovrn principles of hydraulics, must gradually become wider as it gets to a greater distance from the chanuel by which it issues. If the heat of the GuKof Mexico were known, many curious calculations might be formed by co nparing it with that of the current. The mean heat of Hpanish Town usid Kingston in Jamaica, seems not to exceed 1!1" ;* tiiat of St. Doming", on the scu coast, may be estimateu at ti)c saaie, from Muns. Godin's observations ;t but as tiie coast of the continent, wliich bounds the gulf to the westward and southward, is probably warmer, perhaps a degree or tv/o may be allowed for the mean temperature of the cfirnate over the whole hay : let it be stated at 82 or C3 degrees. Now Ihefv seems to be great probability in the su[)- position, that the sea, at a certain comparatively small distance below its surface, iigrees in heat pretty nearly with the average temperature of the air, during the whole year i) that part ; and hence it may be conjectured that the greatest heat of the waf'.r as it issues out of the bay, to form the stream is about 82"! ihe small variation of temperature on the surface not being sufficient to all'ect materially that of the general ma«s. At the tropic of cancer, 1 found the heat !o be 77° the stream, therefore, in its whole course from the Gulf of Florida, may be sup- posed to have been constantly running through wafer fiom 4 to 6 degrees colder than itself, and yet it had lost only 4° of heat, though the surrounding water, where 1 observed it, was 10° below the suppossd original temperature of the water which forms the current, from this small 'diminution of the heat, in a distance probably of uOO miles, some idea may be acquired of the vast body of fluid, which sets out from the Gulf of Mexico, and of the great velocity of its motion. Numerous observations on the temperature of this stream, in every part of it, and at different seasons of the year, compared with the heat of the water in the surrounding seas, both within and without the tropic, would, I apprehend, be the best means of ascertaining its nature, and determining every material cir- cumstance of its movement, especially if the eftect of the current in pushing ships to the northward is carefully attended to, at the same time with the observations upon its heat." ■ ♦■ - On the 25tb of Septcml>er, 1777, as the ships which had transported Sir William Howe's army up ChesapeakBay were returning towards the Delaware with the sick and stores, they were overtaken, between Cape Charles and Cape Henlopen, by a violent gale of wind, which, after some variation, fixed ulti- mately at N. N. E. and continued five days without intermission. It blew so hard that we were constantly losing ground, and driving to the southward : we also purposely made some easting to keep clear of the dangerous shoals which lie off Cape Hatteras. On the 'iStb, at noon, our latitude was 36° 40* N. and the heat of the sea, all day, about 65". On the 29th, our latitude was 36" 2' ; we bad therefore, in tlie course of these 24 hours, been driven by the wind 38 nautical miles to the Southward ; the temperature of the sea continued nearly at 65". Next day, the 30th, our latitude at noon was 35° 44' only 18 miles farther to tlie south.' ward, though, in the opinion of the seamen aboard, as well as my own, it had blown .it least as hp.rd on this as on any of the preceding days, and we had not been able to carry more sail ; consequently it may be concluded that, some cur- * History of J aaiaica, Loniloii, T774, vol. iii. p. G65<, 6M. The dilleri;nt observuUuus of !itiiiued from the 24th of August to the 4th of September, and the average heat during tliat time was such as is indicated by 25» of M. dc Reaumer's' thermometer, (see Mem. Acad. Scienc. 1735, p. 5. 7.) according to M. de Luc's calculation (see Modifications do I'Atmosphere, vol. 1, p. 37!i,) tlie 25th degree of Reaumer's true thermometer answers to ai»')at the UHih of Fareoheit's ; but the average heat in Jamaica during the months of AU' gust and September, is also B5<> ; hence we may con<;lude that the mean heat for the whole year is nearly the laoie on the sea coasts of both islands. j: Tlie kiweat calculation of tlie mean temperature of the gulf is preferred on th's occa- sion because of the constant influx of new water from'the Atlantic Ocean, produced by tlie trade M'ind8,!which water, not having beec near any land, must, ! think, be sensibly cold- er than that wliich has remained some time enclosed in the bay. On this subject, the obfcr- vatioDs made bjF Alexander Dairymple, Esa. relatir'e to ttie he<>t of the sea near the coatt 01 Guinea, oup bt to be coi^iilt^. (See Phil. Tram. vol. 68, ^. 394, &c.) 9Ec(ii hydraulics, must ! channel by whicb iriotis calculations The mean heat of lil";* that of St. oin Mens. Godin'g Js the gulf to the ree or two may be ole bay : let it be jabiiiiy in the sup- 3 below its surface, the air, during the t the greatest heat »out 82°:]: the small allect materially the heat to be 77° irida, may be sup- o C degrees colder surrounding water, iratureofthe water heat, in a distance ast body of fluid, city of its motion. every part of if, of the water in the I, I apprehend, be svery material cir- nt in pushing ships th the observations- ad transported Sir ards the Delaware Charles and Cape riation, fixed ulti- ssion. It blew so he southward : we ;ruus shuals which leat of the sea, all had therefore, in utical miles to the 65°. Next day, ■Iher to tl)e souths s my own, it had s, and we had not led that, some cur- I ■ ii r urunl observatioDS of )I)ted here are taken e relit Grove. They average heat during momeler, (ooe Mem. [sec Modilications de aiometsr answers to ig the months orAu' lu Ileal for the whole Perredon th's occa- Dceaa, produced by ink, be sensibly cold« lis subject, the obter' le sea near the coatl &c.) 9 Edit. Hunt's American Coast Pilot. ilw rent had set the ship .?0 miles to the northward. To know whether this was the Gulf Stream, let us consult the thermometer. At half after nine in the fore- noon of this day, the heat of the water was 76°, no lc:-s than H" above the tem- perature of the sea before we came into the current. Towards evening the wind fell, and we stood N. W. by li. close hauled. As the sea still ran very hicji, and the ship scarcely went above 'I knots an ho^ir, we did not make less than. 3 points of leeway on this tack ; the course we made good, therefore, was W. N. W. which, on the distance run by noon next day, gave us about 16 miles of northing ; but that day, the 1st of October, our latitude was 36" 22' 38 miles farther to the north than we hid been the day before ; the dif- ference, 22 miles, must be attributed to the Gulf Stream. This, however, is only part of the effect which -the current would have produced upon the ship, if we had continued in it the whole four-and-tweiity hours ; for diough we were still in the stream at Tive in the afternoon of the 30th, as appeared by the heat of the water, being then above 75°, and at eight in the evening the heat being stiil 74", yet by seven the next morning we had certainly got clear of it, the beat of the sea being then reduced to its former standard of 65°. On this occasion, there- fuie, we did not cross the stream, but, having fallen in with it obliquely on the western side, we pushed out again on the same side, as soon as the gale abated. These observations having been made 3° to the north .vard of my former ones, it is curious to observe, that the her.t c^f the Gulf Stream was 2° less. The sea- sons of 4he year, indeed, were very diTerent ; but, perhaps, uniler such circum- stances, that their effects were nearly balanced, in the latter observations the meridian altitude of the sun was fess ; but tiicn a hot summer preceded them : whereas, in the former, though the sun's power was become very great, yet the winter had been past but a short time. Calculating upon this proportion, we may be led to suspect, that, about the 27th degieu of latitude, which is as soon BS the stream has got clear of the Gulfof rijrid3,it begins sensibly to lose its heat from 82", the suppos-^d temperature of the Gulf of Mexico, and continues to lose it at the rate of about 2° of Fahrenheit's scale to every 3° of latitude, with some variation, probably, r was considerably increased by it, as might be expected ; but whether to a de- gree or extent sufficient for producing any material changes in the atmosphere must be determined by future observations. Perhaps other currents may be found, which, issuing from places warmer or colder than the surrounding sea, differ from it in their temperature so mucii as to be discovered by the thermometer. Should there be many such, this instru- ment will come "o be ranked amongst the most valuable at sea ; as the difficulty- of ascertaining currents is well known to be one of the greatest defects in the present art of navigation. In the mean time, I hope, the observations which have been here reUtenl are Buftcient to prove Hiat, in crossing the Gulf Stream, very essential advantages may be deiived from the U3t of the thermometer ; for, if the pgiliter oi a ship, Blunt^s Ameiican Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. ^ bound to any of the soHthem provinces of North 'America, will be careful to try the heat of the sea frequently, he must discover very accurately his entrance into the Gulf Stream by the sudden increase of tbe heat; and a continuance of the same experiments will show him, with equal exactness, how long he remains in it. Hence he will always be able to make a proper allowance for the num- ber of miles that the ship is set to tbe northward, by multiplying the time into tbe velocity of the current. Th !gh this velocity is hitherto very im]jerfectly known from want of some method of determining how long the current acted upon the ship, yet all uncertainty arising frpm thence must soon cease, nu a few experiments upon the heat of tbe stream, compared with tbe *hip's run, checked ^ observations of the latitude, will ascertain its motion with sumciei^t precision. From differences in the wind, and perhaps other circumstances, it is probable that there may be some variations in the velocity of tbe current ; and it will be curious to observe whether these variations may not frequently be pointed out by a difference in its temperature ; as the quicker the current moves, the less heat is likely to be lost, anJ, consequently, the hotter will the water be. In this observa- tion, however, the reason of the year must always be considered ; partly, because H may, perhaps, in some degree, affect the original temperature of the water in the Gulf of Mexico ; but principally, because the actual heat of the stream must be greater or less in proportion as the tract of the sea, through which it has flown, was warmer or colder. In winter, I should suppose that the heat of the. stream itself would be rather less than in summer; but that the difference between it and the surrounding sea would be much greats ; and I conceive that, in the mid- dle of summer, though tbe stream had lost very little of its original heat, yet the •ea might, in some parts, acquire so nearly the same tetiipi.rature, as to render it scarcely possible to distinguish by the thermometer when a ship entered into the current. Besides the convenience of correcting a ship's course, by knowing bow to make • proper allowance for the distance she is set to the northward by the current, .. method of determining with certainty when she enters into the Gulf-Stream is aftei ded with the farther inestimable advantage of showing her place upon the oce;.n in the most critical situation ; for, as the current sets along the coast of Ainerica, at places on soundings, the mariner, when he finds this sudden increase if heat in the sea, will be warned of his approach to the coast, and will thus have timely notice to take tiie necessary precautions for the safety of his vessel. As the course of the Gulf Stream comes to be more accurately known, from re- peated observations of tbe heat and latitudes, this method of determining the ship's place will be proporlionably more applicable to use. And it derives ad- ditional importance from the peculiar circumstances of the American coast, which* from the mouth of the Delaware to the southernmost point of Florida, is every where low, and beset with frequent shoals, running but so far into tbe sea, that a vessel may be aground in many places where the shore is not to be distinguished even from the mast-head. Tbe Gulf Stream, therefore, which has hitherto served only to increase the perplexities of seamen, will now, if these observations are found to be just in practice, become one of tbe chief means of their preservation upon this dangerous coast. [The course and velocity of the GulfStreai^t are more fully laid down on a chart of the Western Ocean, published by the author of this work.] » Exlraelofa letter from Francis D. Vatotx, Etq. to Col. Jon, Wiliiamt, eommandant of the corps of Engineers,, and AtUhor of " Tkermometrieal Ji'avigation,^^ at JfewYork^ dated "Cliffton, (Eng.) 20 June, 1810. •• MY voyage fipom New- York to Halirns, in the British Packet Eliza, was so very tern- pettuoui and unfortunate (having carried away our foremast^) that I did not make any Thermometrical obaervationi ; but when we sailed from Halifax, on the 27th of April, I began them, md continued till I unfortunately broke both my Thermometers. However short tlie time was, you will perceive that my obserTations have been very important, and I herewith send the result of them. .You will perceive with what fideliW the tlwniKnnete'' indicated tbe banks and the approximation towards islands of Ice. The captain was so convinced of the ncefulness of the Thermometer, that he made regular remarks, anO iuert- ed them in hi* journal. 1 gave him one of your books, thinking it would be pleasing t> yon that I aboiild extend the koowiedge of a discovery so useful as yours, and I wish it were more -|eiwif|l|]^ known. After having miraculouRly escaped the iiilands of Ice and several seven giJM, ««.wriv«a »t FateMtb on tb« 8%d or May^ 1810. 1 9 Edit. I be careful to try itely bis entrance a continuance of V long he remains ince For the num- bing the time into very imfierfectly the current acted m cease, nu a fevr lip's run, checked imciei:l precision, es, it is probable It ; and it will be be pointed out by es, the less heat is !. In this obserra- 1 ; partly, because re of the water in f the stream must rhich it has flown, beat of the. stream erence between it e that, in the mid- 'inal heat, yet the ire, as to render it p entered into the wing bow to make by the current, ^^ he Gulf-Stream is ir place upon the ong the coast of is sudden increase ist, and will thus Fety of his vessel. y known, from re- f determining the \nd it derives ad- ican coast, which* Florida, is every into the sea, that a be distinguished las hitherto served e observations are their presenation ! Gulf Streaii< are bed by the author 4, amtmandant of Ihe at ^Tew YoHCf dattd I.) aO June, 1810. ea, was so very tern- 1 did not make any I the 27th of April, I ometers. However very important, and ity the thermometar The captain was sot remarks, anO-iusert- Id be pkasing to yon , and I wish it wei« is ".) Here no bottom could be Tound by the lead, •ad there was probably an island of ice obKured by (og. (Let it be remcinberud, that the (oMiMke of ke, condenoes the atmoHpherv, and of coarse the cons<*(]uence must be fog.) — PaMing this at 2 P. M. the thermometer roio to 54", but in one hour more it fell to 46" a^in, and an island of ice apiieared at (Hm distance o(>f ren mila. Let navigators reflect on this, and say that a sodden fnll of 6° in this part of the ocean, ought to induce them to haul to the ^v. '^vurd, and keep a gond look out. From May 1, at 1 1, A. M. tu the next morning, at 1 A. M. we see tltc gradual cimnges as tlie ship pasties tho ice and comes ngain hito ocean water ; (60*') but in two hours more, lliu ship is in the warm influence of the stream again, and the mercury rises 10 degrees (60.) She proceeds in a nearly regular de- gree of heat during 17 hours, till at 6 P. M. the water begins again to cool, falling to Sd" at midnight. Here was uo Irattoui in tlO fathoms. Miiy 3d. at 4 A.. M. the water was at 43" •till no Ixittom in 80 fathoms. Now, from past experience, we must say, hero is an island of ice in a. less distance than seven miles, because at that distance the water was 46°. When day appears, l)ebold an enoruiuus island of ice abreast 100 jrards, and tlie heat of the water reduced to 39" ! A question now occurs. — Had not tb<^ thermometer been thus used, bad it not been continuet about S. E. by E. and N. W. by W. 23 leagues ; il is rocky from one end tb ti)e odwr. m'- JHrwtiona for Vesseb bound from the Eastward over the Great Bahama Bank, towards the Island of Cuba., and from thence into the Gulf of Mexico. Pint make the fiole in the Wall, which lies in lat. 25° 64' N. and long. 77<> 16' W, ^at the south end uf Abaco) and from thence steer West 19^ leagues, which will carry you to (1) Stirrup Key, in lat. 25° 50' N. long. 78" 1 W. Ythe northernmost of the Berry islands) which you leave on your larboard band, from this steer W. S. W. 2| lea!;ues, which will bring you on the edge of the 'Bank, distant 2 leagues from the W end of Stirrup Key. From the north edge of the Bank steer S. by W. | W. 29^ leagues ; which course and distance will bring you up with (2) Orange Key, that you leave on your starboard hand ; at the poutb of which, you may, anchor if necessary, or go off the Bank by steering W- « N. In these courses you will not have less than 2J fathoms, and atten*. lioii mult be paid to the current while on the Bank. Another track acra«s the Bank is, after entering on the North edge as before Scribed, and run S, by W. | W. 3^ leagues, steer S. W. by S. 17 leagues, which will carry you off the Bank, leaving the (3) Riding Rocks on your star- board band. '3hould you go off the bank in the njght, steer W. S. W. if the wind is to the northward ; and if to the southward of S. £. steer higher tc avoid the current, which sets to the N. W. If you do not see the Double-headed Shut Keys in time, you must haul up more to see them. I would not advise you to go off the ^nk before 12 o'clock at night. ' OTHER DIRECTIONS. If you take your departure from the Bank in about lat. 24° 40' (which leaves Orange Key 1| league on your larboard hand) and steer S. W. by S. ^ S. about (1) To the westward of Stir* i jKey, is a tongue of ocean water, shooting into the (t) S. W. from Orange Key/' ar4||l!k| distant, is good anchorage in 20 fathoms water. When up with tliis bank a passt-fe is aecdfed tlirough the Gulf; for then you may make sail, either in the morning or at midnigttt, steering S. VV. 10 or 1 1 leagues, tliat will enable jroii to fall in with Key Sal Bank, wlich for U> leagues on the N. side stretches E. and W. 4tnd consequently, the current setu stronger «S you come to the westward. In coming over yotthave good soundings all along by it. There! is anchorage by spots all the way in, but the toundtnga are narrow at the Double-headect^hot, the N. W. point of which Ues in lat. a4« 00* N. • (3) The Riding Rocks are bare of bushes, and appear like wrecks ; the Spaniards call them los Membres. S, W. by S. about i miles distant from the southerdmost, is a shoal, oa whicharer^ rich Spanish galloon struck in 1765 ; her bottom now lies about C. orE. by S. 7 «r8 miles from the tboal in 17 f^twi^ter. 9 Edit. the shore in the there are i, 3, 4, the S. E. part of r E. and the ilis- Memory rock y Boutb, and the i;o, the coast runs ns S. by v.. and ik. Aa the flood ingly dangerous. ; this key lies island, stretch- cy from one end wer the Great d from thence N, And long. 77" '♦;st 19^ leagues, long. 78" 1 W. ur larboard band. 1 the edge of the the north edge of istance will bring rd band ; at the iank by steering ihuRis, and atten- th edge as before y S. 17 leagues, ;ks on your star- tbe wind is to the ivoid tlie current, Jed Shot Keys in you to go off the iO ' (which leaver . by S, I S. about r, shooting into the D 20 fathoms water, then you may make lies, tliat will enable tretches E. and W. d. in coming over all the way in, but of which lies in lat. ; the Spaniards call [imost, h a ghoal, on I about II. or £, by »..' 9 Edit. % Blunted Amdricah Coast Pilot. OOd so kagiMi, you will avoid most of the northwesterly current, nod make the N. EL Rang* on Key Sal, between which rocks and the Dog Keys to tlie westward, or Anguilla to the eastward, you may pass on Salt Key Bank and have from 7 to 10 fathoms ; when well on the Bank, steer S. W. by W. or W. S. W. for Key Sd : you will find regular soundings not less than 4J fathoms, nearly up with Kev Sal ; to the eastward of this Key is a dangerous breaker, about 6 or C miles off, and another bearing N. W. distant G miles ; on either side of whici^ preakers and key, you will find from 4^ to 10 lailioms water. When bound to Malanzes, Havanna, or to leeward, I would advise crossini; this Bank, as you can anchor in case of calm or head wind. Steer aboiil W. S. W. from Key Sal, and you will, after running 20 leagues, see the Cabaso*s (or I'aps ol Calimeliuca on the Island ofCubu) to the southwe.stwnrd of you. Keeping along shore you wilt next see the Pan of Matanzes : Be sure to give the Keys and sands of Point Yeacos a good birth. If bi)und to Matanzes bring the Ciil)asos Ijo bear between S. S. VV. and S. S. K. tlien steer i'or then) till you sue the N. E. point of Matanzes bay, which you may keep within half a mile of, steering for the southern shore, until you see a small fort callud Caninia, on the southeastern shore of the bay, which run for till you open the fort to llu- northward of the city, which will bear W, S. W. You should then run directly lor this castle till near- ly up with it; which you must give a birth of about 1^ cable's length, then run about I of a mile south-westerly to the anchoring place. In running by these directions, you have the Middle Ground to the southward, and theN. E. point of the bay to the northward. The Middle Ground is rocky, and said to have but 6 feet water on some parts of it. In clear weather you can see bottom along by the north shore, which will be a guide to you, as the coral bank lies off about a cable's length from the shore. [Note — Canima Fort bears about S. £•■ from the N. Ejioint of the bay, and the Pan of Matanzes bears about S. W. A W. from it. The best passage across Salt Key Bank is on the track laid in a Chart of the American Coast, extending from New-York to Havanna, publtsbed by the Author of this work. The entrance on the bank, by the above-named Cfhart, is about 3 miles from the north end of Anguilla, and the cpurse from thence about W. by N. 16 leagues, which will carry you up with the north end of' Key Sal, from which steer W. S. W, and go off the Bank.] If bound into Havanna, run close on board tite Moro, (which lies on the lar- board hand,) and stand up for the shipping, there being nothing to hurt you. Be sure not to let go your anchor till well in the harbour, as a reef lies on the star- board hand, a little within the harbour, which, is very dangerous. The set of the current between Havanna and Double-headed Shot Keys is N. £. by IT. and close to the Double-headed Shot Keys it sets N. E. N. 6. Should you sail for the before-mentioned Keys in the night,.by all means keep clear of them ; they are a nunibef of bare rocks, pe/haps a hun- dred or a hundred and twenty, about the size of a vessel, and some less ; but in general, there in water plenty between tliem, and about them. S. by £. about C or 7 leagues from the Double-headed Shot Keys, is Key Sal, so called because the S,')aniards make salt there, and about which arc several sunken rocks. The best way is to go S. W. from the Orange Keys, and not run the distance be- ^een the Orange Keys and Key Sal befdrc morning : If in the morning, yoti find yourself in ocean water, run S. W. by S. for Matanzes ; if not, keep down west till you be in ocean water ; then haul up for the coast of Cuba, and run dow'i it till you are abreast of (4) Babia Hondu, from whence you must steer over N. W. or thereabouts, which will carry you clear of every thing, into the Gulf of Mexico. (4) Bfthia Hondu lies about 10 miles N. E. from Looe Key, in lat. 24° 35' N. It has a large entrance and a fair channel of 4 or 5 fathoms, but when you are in the harbour it shoals to 3|, 3, 2| ami S| fathoms, and the bottom in general is rather hard, rough grounds It-may be eaF|j - knnwn by three small islands on the west side of tlie entrance, and a I'^rgo island on the ^ast side, a mile long, with a sandy beach, remarkable for a number of lai| palffletto-oUbbace trees, the &t»t of the kind you fall in with, coming from the westward. y.»' 2016 Bliiat^fl American Coast Pilot. • Edit. V«iwls drawing over 13 fttt water shouMI not attempt pauing the Bank ; Ibeir bett passage it, when up with the Hole in the Wall, iteer w! by N. 30 leagUM, which will carrj you to the west edge of the Bank, and about i\ league! from the Gnat Isaac, then shape your course through the Oulf, but be fctrefiil not to so on the west part of the Uan», as thera is a danger (called Moaalle Rock) bearing S. W. by S. from the Great Isaac, 10 miles distant. In sailing throufh the Gulf the Author recommends to the attention of every Kavigator, the following IMPORTANT REMARK— To communicate tome idea of the current in the Gulf or Florida, and irregolaritiei or its Mitliog, we copy the following, received froir. a geotlemao who was deceived in its effect, viz. *' We took our departure from the westward of Cat Key and steered S. S. W, 24 leanies; from theoce we steered 9. S. W. | S. 6^ iaacnet, when we altered our cours>9 to S. 8. W . } W. 6 leames, with tlie wind squally at M.W. going at the rate of 8 knots ; and while in the jict of reefing topsails, judging our- aelvei near the DoubU-htadtd Slut Kejfi, we struck on the Carryiford herf.'" fUt course steered by compass was 8, S. W. whereas the drift made her course W. 9. W. Toe much attention cannot be paid to setting of currentii and we recommend it with diflideDce, and yet forcil>iyi to the Navigator. [Nora. — Navigators should be cautious, while crossing tlie Bahama Dank, never to foN low vSHels, if they alter their course often ; u the New-Providenoe Wreckers have frequent- ly decoyed them for the purpose of plunder ; a crime which the most barbarous natioo would punisb with the greatest severity. This is not pubhshed to give offence to any one, but it applies to some of the Providence Navigators, and it is our duty to point out danger to Jnariners, ttota which the Editor will never deviate, or hide from investigation.^ Directionrfar vessels bound to the Eastward. THE set of the current between Anguilla Bank and Bahama Bank, being S« S. E. and N. N. W. you will take your departure from the Mora Castle, which lies in lat. SS" 9' N. long. 8S* 19* W. and steer E. 19 leagues, to the ?an of Matanzes, fron v/hence steer N. E. till you get in lat. 23** bV ; then N. N. E. 1 E. 40 milea, after which N. N. E. which will carry you clear of all rocks, reeu and shoals. Directions for sailing into Mobile Bay. MOBILE POINT is a low sandy point, on the east side of the Bay of Mo- bile. There is a shoal extending to the southward nearly six miles ; the depth of water in lyme places not exceeding 4 feet. If bound over the Bar into No- bile Bay, never attempt with a vessel with a large drau|^t of water to come into ahoaler water than 10 fathoms until you take the following bearings, viz. Mobile point N. by W. the N. E. end of Dolphin island, N. W. by N. the* Bin in N. N. W. until you bring Mobile point to bear N. by E> ; vou will then be on the pitch of the bar, in 3 and 3f fathoms ; then stand north for the point, which is bold at a cable's length. Between Mobile point and Dolphin Island, lies a shoal ; its distance from Mobile point, is about one mile. If bound to Mo- bile, steer N. N. W. until you are clear of Dolphin Island, and then noitb, which course will bring you opposite to a ted bluff on the east side of the bay; — Mo- 'Mle River will then bear N. W. from you. There are 7 fathoms at the point. Two Miles iirom Mobile Point you come to 14 feet water and carry it to the upper Bar. ^ , N.B. The above courses are by compass. Directions for sailing to and from the River Mississippi^ by S. B. Davis, HarMur Master of the Port of Aew-Orlemis, VESSELS IiQaad to the river Vissiasippi, if they come dowo the north side Edit Mwing the Bank ; «r W. by N. 36 ik, and about SI b tbe Gair, but be a danger (called oiilev diitant. itlenliun of every rrent in the Golf of id Aror. a (entleman I th« wMtward of H. S. W. I 8. 54 tlie wind i^ually at iptaili, judginir our* \tftird Rttf.** Tbe Mirte W. 8, W, Toe ul it with diffidencei Bank, never to fol. cken havr frequent- baroui nation woultf » to any one, but it point out danger to igatioo.^ ard. a Bank, being S, >ro Castle, which 8, to the Pan of thenN. N. E. A of all rocks, reeb h r the Bay of Mo. miies; the depth the Bar intcNo- ater tocoine into ings, viz. ;. W. by N. the* \'', Tou will then rtb for the point. Dolphin Island, If bound to Mo- ton north, which r the hmj\ — Mo- ns at the point. 1 carry it to the sissimn^ by S. f'-Orieans, Nra tbe north side 9 Edit. f Blunts American Coast P\)6t:> - " ''-,1 Vf ^^ of Cuba, should run to the westward as far u the table land of Marcel, or the bav of Hunda, take their departure from thence, and steer N. W. wiiich course will carry them clear of tbe *Tortugas, and as soon as they are clear of the Tor^u* gas, they should steer N. W. by N« until they get into the latitude of the river's mouth. If you come down the fouth side of Cuba, I would advise taking i- eparture from Cape Cruz, and by all means to make the Little Caym;«ns I would observe that in all charts that I have seen, there i.^ an error in Ih '!<■ ^oce from Cape Crui to tbe Little Caymans, of more than 30 miles. TIk 'u^rts make the distance only about 70 miles, whereas the real distance is 1(X). n leaving the Little Caynans you must steer W. ^ N. and on this course you may run with taiely in tbe nisht or bad weather, without getting embayed to tbe west> ward of (he Isle of Pines. On leaving Cape Antonio, you should steer N. N. W. or N. by W. ^ W. un- fil jou get into the latitude of the river. To prevent missing the river and falling to the westward. -" THE principal entrance of the riwr Mississippi is in lat. 29* 5' N. but ves< aels bound there, should always nr > '« 2 or 3 leagues to the northward ; for by so doing you will have good < -^nC s to guide you. When you have struck soundings, you may run H ihr aliel above directed into 18 or even 16 fatlioms, and you will then ' . ' ^hi . .. jk bouse, (or Balize,) bearing south- ireslerly ; the anchorage is g- ' ev rv where, and sliould it lall calm, a light kedge will prevent being unue'' ^ the current, which is sometimes pretty strong on the coast, but it is nucb iror-jer in tbe lat. of the river's moutb than elsewhere, and no soundings" 'ntil you are close in with the land. * The Dry Tortugaa coniist of ten suoall islands or keyi extending E. N. E. and W. 8. W. for 10 or 1 1 miles, at the diatance of about 30 leaguei; from tbe nearett part of the 'coast of Florida, 40 from Cuba, and 14 leagues from the westernmost of the Florida Keys. They are all very low, but some of them covered with mangrove bushes, and may be seen at 4 ieafue* distance. The south-westernmost key, which in goin;; from Pensacola, Mobile, or the Miuiuippi, is the comer to be turned, and coming from dape Antonio, the point to be avoided lies in U" 9S! N. lat. and about 83" W. long, from Greenwich. The variation of the compass, by a medium of several observations taken in the course of a - this liieaQS, if you should gA foul of any thing with your anchor, (which frer quently happens,) youwill get St again ; otherwise you will be obliged to cut ^ your cabto and los« your anchor. If you are obliged to let go anchor, let iti & •*■: landelcur islandi, but the depth uf )tn Ibis last d«ptli ut-hcad of a ship irnicd wher they ularly durin^r the he t're ^h wuier ol the ocean water, ind nlarmin^, for but leaving spots, Iky colour, while when ai)y varia- ir's mouth. It h of water rushing ()roduce different rom the original :urrent to set due ne lime, and the ent, and that be- rth of the river's per lat. before he isaary to say any , being it to bear •. If yea iiee no :hors ready to let }w hard from the nt to point, care- le distance, have lie d^ingar of hav- ter. As you are oast of the lead ; e leeward side of long side, with a 'un out to a tree, an anchor, for r anchors. ock lashed under ent to the crown enough to weigh anchor is let go, 1 on board, as by :hor, (which fre- be obliged to cut go anchor, let it, Edit KMI^ I *.m if possible, be ttapoiril,' of you will be Mott likely to find clear boHon. In the bends the boltom is always foul, bcfni full of sunken tree*, and there ars few instances where an ancbor need be let go In the b«nds, because you majr always run a fott to a tnc. Shook in the River. ABOUT three miles above the I|it. I'he Kvneral d«|ilh of wateriit fnmi 1 1 feet A inch** to 14 feet. ', Thr land at the entrance o( Iho Mimijinippi ri»er ia nolhiiiK otore than mud banki, con- '' tlnuallj ini-reaaiag, with reeda and ruahaa growing upon it, to tlie hetilit of 10 or IS tret abore the water. Tho Rluok Houau, or veaielt at anchor, ure generally the lirat yuu die* 's cover. The gonorul wirida arc from the N. E. and fou ahould avoid getting to (tie auuth* , ward, lo If*. ^, 10, N. you wHI itrike aoundingi in 45 or 60 Tatiioma, aiAall gray annd, , with Uaok ipeoke, tiie llalize hearing W, by 8. f H. 40 milra diatance. — When m 16 or It flktitOMI (aoli aticky mud) you will aeo the tiulizo bonrlng S. W. (if rlear weather.) Witiv^ the BaKn bearing 8. W. run not into leaa than 12 fathoma, on v'cuunt of aome aroall mud buika, acarcely diacemibie above the sarface, until the Balize beura VV. N.W. ami .\. N. W. -kt 10 fkthoma. The Haliza^iearing N. W. nnd ai^old auiiken brig'a matt bearing iV. ia good (lotend to anchor, nnd advnntaK«oui for getting under way to go over the Inr. In fognr Weather run no farther in for the land than 15 fathoma, uod it ia preferable anchoring m Unht breecea to being drifted about by the carrenli, which nro unoertain. From the bnr(or entrance of the Minaiaaippi river) to New-Orleuna, ia 120 uiilea. The nottth cud of tho Chandeleur blanda lies N. K. Uy N. B leagues dintant from the Uulize. I'o this detail it will not be improper to add the remarka of another experienced naviga* '' tor. CTapt. Biahop having worked from Cape Afitonlo, to N. N. W.diataiice6leaguea,had then 1&' fathoms ; by which he found that the lM|ih land of Ca|)e Buenaviata bore from him |ier account, £. i N . diatanre 22 leagues. He went up the mast head, beuf the maip-top- mllant maat of w ship of 400 to||M, and from thence aaw the topi of three imalt hilla, which bore ai before ; and specified Cipe Antonio, bearing H. S. E. five Icaguca at that time. As he waa coming home in the Heet of mercjhantmen, in 1768, he kept working off the wei!t end of the Colorado*, with the wind northerly ; when on the 10th of July, he was in so ea to b>ing the Little Ory Key, or Bktck Kock, to bear E. northerly, diatance 6 or 1 miles, being then io lat iS" 34'. As the wind was nortlierly, he stood to the westward, and made up the distance from the Coloradoa, 14 roilpi before be lowered the view of the aforeaaid hills of Cape Bucnavista, to the same resemblance they had when fie sawjiMm before. Thus he fiyund that the Coloradoa lleef was so far to the eastward of his first station, or Smiles E/ oTCape Antonio. Were I to conte round to Cape Antonio, says Captain B. I should not choose to come near the Coloradoa, because I look upon the current as a (-.J>! a way, or ai one of the points of the river Thames. If you presume to go cbse by (he lioint, it is a hun- 4nd to one if you are not catched in the eddy. Oa July 25, 1 just saw the high land of Cape Buenaviata from Ute mast-head bearing east ; tried the current, awl found it to set N. 1V. at the rate of a mile an hour ; and trying it 2 or 3 miles off (he Coloradoa, it went S. 8. yfr, at the rate of a mile and nn half ah hour ; so that in coming from Cape Antonio, I would not iteer north (allowing for the Reefs to the N. N.W. of it) till I was got into the lat. of ^0* and then to the eastward ; for were you to keep in shore, you woiild have the 8. W. current as far as the eastern point of tlie Coxcomb*s Land. [New-Orleans having become a place of deposit and great trade, and frequeetly resorted tK» by itranBen, ttie Editor of this work deuis it his duty to inseit the following account current. The original is deposited in the office of a Notary in New -York : comment is un- necessary, nnd those who have busineia to transact there may judgt for themselves. To chre some idea of the whole busittifis, the Edit it states, that the charge of Fifty dollars, i>r depotitien taken in Boston, was the busiuvss of one liour, and all travelling expentea van paid by him. Set tittfoUounng page.] ■-■•■ ,#. ' at the entrance of 14 feet. in mud banki, con- (ht ol' 10 or IS teet Ijr the lint you (lit* etting to (he aouth* la, amall ^rajr annd, — Wlien in 16 or 18 it woothfir.) WitJv^ olaome amall mud <.VV.an.l\,N. W. I bearing N. ia good the Itar. In foggjr arable anchoring in n. From the bnr(or Iw aouth fud of the ixperiencad naviga- tuiice 5 leoguea,had viata bore from him being the mair-top- e« amall hilla, which i«a at that time. Ax dog off the we A end ) he wai ill ao aa to ;e6or7milea, being rd, and made up the ;he aforaiaid hilla of m before. Thua he tbtion, or Omiloa E/ tain B. I should not 8 a t-.Jt! a wajr, oral Ihe'toiot, it iaahun- aw the highland of Ml found it to tet Pf . jradoa, it went S. 8. ipe Autonio, I would I got into the lat. of 9uld have the S. W. 1 frequ^Qtly resorted le following account ork : comment ii un- br themaelvea. To ge of Fifty dollan, I travelling expenN» .^12 Bluot^s Amerlisan Coaist Pil<>i. DineiioM for soiling hy Crooked Ishtnd 7o Exuma and Providence. you must steer from the north end of Crooked island towai-ds Rum k«7, which is foul and rocky all round, your course thither being N. N. W. about 14 leagues ; from thence yoo go towards Long Island, which lies wttt a little south- erly, 9 leagues ; a W. N. W. course carries you clear of it. Long island 'n ■ About 18 leagues in length, lyinz N. W. by N. and S. E. bj S, its N. W. enyou may proceed fo the north- westward along the islanid Eleutbera ; but the nearest cut is o^er the Great Ba- feamafaank fioiit Exuma. To go this way, your course Is W. N. W. or rather N. W. by W, about Jl6 leagues, which wil." bring you to the edge of the bank. From hettce you may pass over the bank in 2 or 2^, and in some holes 3 fathoms l^alutTt the distance over the bank being about 10 leagues. You must keep a Sid \wAi out for fear of sunken rocks, which in some places li« very thick ; y are easily seen before you come at them, the water being very clear ; and in anchoring there in the nH^t, choose a good sandy birth. DitwlioM for New-Providence and the Bahaiha Bawks. NEW-PROVIDENCE, whose town, called Nassau town, is in 25» 6' lat. 970 22* long. Is the chief of all thm Bahama islands, and lies E. and W. about 10 leagues and 4 broad. The harbour is 0:1 the north side (where there are seve- ral k(ey3)betw> n the isL'.^d ai^ Hog :siand. From Provi4ence to Frozen key, the south-eastemniostof the Berry islands, ^bc coivse is about N. TV. d;?ta:i':e 11 or 12 leagues. .From this key lo N. W. passage, or the entrance upon the bank, between the Blackwood bush and Jowlter keys, at the north end of Andrcss island is about d or 9 leagues; as the bank is bound wilh a reef here, you must pick your way through that ; and you may do it easUy, as there are several swashes, which though th^y are narrow, ltav« no less than li or 12 feet through. The watar being very clear in this part of the world, tbis picking one's ^ay through a shoal is attended with little or no difficulty. When you first come upon the bank, you will see some scattered heads'of rocks ^nd sponges ; but there being no danger except what is very visible, it is sufficient to tell yoa that by running W. S. W. about 12 or 13 leagues, you wHl come out a league and a half .^ the southward of the Riding Rocks on the W. part of the bank, from whence, by^e inspection of the chart, you may eati)]^ find your wiay either to Cuba or the Florida shore. K. B. In coming from the Florida shore this way, by the Riding Rocks, you ought to endeavour to the making of the south-easternmost Berrj'-island early in (he morning, which precaution will givd you a great benefu ^ ith regard to safety in your run to Providence. You need not be told how great tLe danger is in coming among shoals and broken land during night. There are several small harbour^ on the east part of the Berry islands, where water apcfother refreshments may be had ; but as they are seldom frequented but by the people of Providence, it may be Siuperfluous to say any thing about them. Sometbing might be, mid t^ilh regard to iiie passage by Bernini, but it being the sboalest, and |he bant'to 4lie eastward of Bernini making it very dangerous, no stranger oi(gbt to go there without a pilot. From Providence to the Hole in the wall (sometimes called the Hole in the rock) at the loirth end of Abaco, (be course. is N. about 15 leagues. In tb« fnssa^ Uov^ the Heie tn the wall, towards the Gulf of Florida, it h fietcisary tp |ivs JfjMK wost endtof the i^rand Bahama a good birth, not only ^1 f -■■C'. ■1/ \S "A:> 'f^.: ■': K, ?** 9 Edit.' lima and ds Rum k«7»*> W. about 14 *• amUesouth-*;^ Long island il if" N.W. en^lipji il to the Keys , agues. Exuma«-; land 6' lat. id W. about 10 here are seve- Berry islands, k, between thSi ■. iland is about fr*" tick ycur way iwai-hes, which I. The wat9r ■y&j through a Itered heads of ry visible, it is igues, you wHl )cks on the W. ou may easi)^' ing Rocks, you ■ry-islahd early H ith regard to reat tLc danger islands, where frequented but ing about them. ni, but it being ery dangerous, he Hole ID ^ gues. if Fkrida, it iff lirtb, not only T S'i. i 9 Edit Blwt^s American Coaui Pilot. 213 on acconni oCits .sbe(S)s, but Ibr feaf, if the wind should bang- south-westward, you should b< embayed. The Norto or Little Bahama bank is little frequented but by whalers ^«nd turtlfss ; attif on tccount of its iron bound neb, is not to be approached, cbiefly on tbt N. W. «ad called Maranilla reef ; the tide of flood sets an indraught on this end of the bsttik, from every point jff the .compass, which readers it dan- geruus to tiK tat c^et . . i DirtcHons for vetuU bound from the southward to Exuma Salt Pond, sttuaUd in the eastward of the Port and harbour of Exuma, /romwAtcA it it distant between 3 and 4 leagttes. FROM the BiM rock (the northern extremity of Crooked island) t,o the north end of Long islaAd the course is N. W. distance 26 leagues. Give this a good birth, say I or 2 miles, on account of two reefs (easily distinguished) which extend from the two points of the north end. From hence haul up S. W, by S. This course will Mngyou on soundings, when you will see Hog key and Little Exuma, on both of which are settlements. There are several rucks '>r smitll keys rangiltg. with the coast ; these may be kept clpse aboard. Wh->o you see the houses distinctly, hoist your colours, and a boat will be sent ou: ro bring the vessel to the anchorage at the Pond. The pond is to the east of tbei. Pigeon key. and Pigeon key bears from the north end of Long island due S. W, by W. d'jtaui 9 leagues. Stocking island, which forms the harbour of Exuma, is di8t'.jgui8bable by a beacon on the highest eminence, and this is about 5 or 6 mil'.s to the westward .of the eastern entrance of the harbour. The east side of Long island is a bold shore, and wlM>lly free from reefs ao4 suqken ropks. If you go round the north end of Loni^ island towards ev<^n)g, it may frequently be advisable to come to an anchor, to avoid the^ffeCt of currents during 6 large point of Cairouge bear from each other W. IS* N. and E. 18* S. 17 fences. Being about 3 leagues north of Casrouge you se« a low point projecting out^f the westward, which is remarkable by its having the appearance of being detached from the coast like an island ; It- is Isabellica or Isabella point, the northernmost of the island of St. Domingo, it bears with tte iMige Casrouge W. 1" N. and E. T S. and is distant from it 7 leagues. Between these two points is a deep bight called Port Cavaille ; then comes hnbella point, tvhich forms a bight to the eastward, where is anchorage for ves- sels drawing 12 or 13 fee^ water, end sheltered by the reefs ; the entrance is easily known when you have run to it along the reefs. On the west side of Isabella point is a pretty extensive anchorage, and more •anr to gain than that oflhe east, but the ground in many places is foul ; there is 'from 5 td 7 fathoms water. From Isabella point to the Grange is 10 leagues ; they bear from each other V^. 10*S.andE. ICN. Being within 4 leagues N. £. | E. of Isabella point, if you would pass with- out the shoal which Ties oS,,^ Grange (called Haut fond de la Qrange) you iitust steer a few degrees to ^la northward of west 12 leagties, and then this riioal will bear about south, distant 2 leagues. But should you choose to go in the mid channel, between it and thetSrange, you must steer W. by S. ^ S. and after you have run 12 leagues it-lirill remain to the northward of you about a league. The course beti««en is botdered with reefs, among which the entrances are narrow and dangerous. West of Isabella Point is Point la Roche, or rocky point, to the westward of which is an anchorage fm' large vessels, which being very bad ought only to be used in case of necessity. . To gain this anchora(^ you must haul veiy close to Point la Roche, and an- cbor as soon as you are in 1 2 fathoms, white bottom. This bnchorage which is sheltered by the reeta that are N.ff.W. of Point la Roche, lies 3 leagues from Isabella point. The Grange point is known by toe mountain of that name, and is seen at a great distance, before you nerceive the seacoast. This mountain which is insu- lated, and stands ofpon a loir pe&insuia, has very ipuch the appearance of the Francois, tbe Old eastward, and three niich resembling it, W. S'-N. andE. itb trees remarka- I inland, wb' :b ia rk to point out tbe es, and forms a baj to ?be W. and ri- y, wbich bears W. bold ; it serves as distant from Port S and bears from it , vbicb appears in- 'the anchorage is s, which you range lin these islots, you a hup cape, very wn by its size. ^ is bordered with chorage. each other W. 18* b of Casrouge you rkable by its having nd ; it-is Isabellica singo, it bears vith 1 it 7 leagues. '^ iVaUle; then comes' s anchorage for vti' fs ; the entrance is ncborage, and more laces is foul ; there ii^r from each other u would pass with- de la Orange) you gues, and then this )rou choose to go in W. by S. JS. and trd of you about a ;b the entrances are to the westward of id ought only to be t la Roche, and an- . N. W. of Point la e, and is seen at a ntain wbich is insu- appearaiice of tbe 9 Edit. BlimtV Aflieriean Coeiitrilot 215 roof of a bam, from vi^icb it takes its name, Grange. The N. W. part of it is bold, and you may approach it within a quarter of a league, or even less. On the.N. N. E. partof it lies the Haut fond, 2 leagues off; it is a white shoal of not more than S cables' length each way ; tb«>r'- is a small spot ob tbe sboai with only S6 feet water, on which the Ville de Paris struck in 1781. Close to it is6 fathoms, then fOand 15, and suddeuly no ground. The while ground has generally scattwed rocks, so that it cannot be ascer- tained whether there mky nut be some spots on it even with less than 2d'feet* When you are on this shoal, the Grange bears true S. 20" W. you will then have the islots of Monte Christ open of each other, tbe westernmost of them bearing true S. 30* W. There is an anchorage under the Grange ; to take it you must rang'* along tlte islot of Monte Christ, and let go your anchor as soon as you have 6 fathoms, but under tbe south side of tiie westernmost islot you may anchor farther in 4 fathoms. From (he Grai^e you see the mountains above Cape Francois. To avoid the shoals off the Sandy islot, which is one of the Seven brothers, when you are two le&guea to the northward of the Grange, steer W. or W. by S. 3 or<4 leagues ; then yoo may haul up half a point mure to the southward, tilt you see Morne (hummock) Picolet, towards whiebyoc must sail as soon as you can perceive it. Tbe Grange and the Hummock lie from each other £. 15<^ if. and W. 16° S. To the westward of tbe Grange arfe the Seven brothers, wbich are low islots, and most of them covered with mangroves. There is a channel between them and tbe coast of St. Domingo, which vessels sometimes use going toMancbineel bay, but it is very sboal and narrow; there are also channels between these islots, but in white grounds, which are always uneven and dangerous. If you go into Manchineel bay, you must, at one league to the northward of tbe Grange, steer W. 7° S. and as soon as you have doubled the westernmost islot, which has a white shoal running off half a- league from its W. N. W. part, you will see Point Icagua, a low point covered with trees, and wbich forms the entrance of Manchineel bay. You run close to tbe shoal off the Sandy isIot> already mentioned, wbich has not less than 6 fathoms water near its edge; then you must haul up, and run about half a league from the iaiot for Icagua point, so as to pass pretty clofre to it, when you come toanchor, as far within as you>cbooee» from 8 to 10 fathoms : the ground in th^ bay being good and clean. From Manchineel bay to Fort Dauphin bay, is 2 leagues S. W. j- W. The coast is clear, and you see the white ground very plam. From Fort Dauphin to the Cape the coast is surrounded by teefs, on the edge of which is a great depth of water. These reefs have some passages to admit ships, through the white grounds, to- come in and anchor before the main land; but there are so many rocks and sboali that it is almost impossible to enter without a pilot well acquainted. Caracol passage is the least difficult ; the channel is wide, and the losing the wbite ground shows it plain enough ; but no vessels drawing more than 14 feet water ought to attempt it. If you go in you must anchor as soon as you are within tlie reef^ as tbe water shoals very quick in shore. There is a lime-kila that serves as a mlirk. The town of Cape Francois is under Picolet Mount ; there is no danger run- ning in for Picolet point, if you keep it bearing from S. S. W. to S. S. E. Should you not have time to wait for a pilot you must range along Picolet point, hav- ing it about S. or &. S. W. at the distance of a short musket shot ; you will then perceive a white flag placed ou the north part of a reef, and must steer S> E.. oc S. E. ^ £. so as to leave tbe white flag on your larboard hand ; taking care to have sufficient quantity of sail out, as you will be forced to haul up to weather a red flag which is left on tbe starboard hand, nbout half a cable distant ; when you may pnsb on for the middle of the town, and anchor where you please. From Picolet point to Honorat point, which forms the entrance of Port FnuB- cois, 1^ league to the westward, there is no place of shelter. A small reef rum from this latter point to the west 100 fathoms out, close to vliicb is 3 fathom* ; *-'. ■m 216 jBhrn^B American CUbast Pfiofc diklik jfMi range along this point, then steer & S. E. tili '▼ou liave nio two cables' length, and then anchor io 8 or tO fathoms, 0027 sand ; the ibrt is bearing £. 8. £. true north, and you will be ciistant from the shore a eable and a half. This harbour .^ very small, having not more than 400 fatboau from the nor^h to the south point ; the bottom is good, and you are free from the breezes ; be- sides it is a convenient place, ^uld ,a gale of wind prevent your getting into Cope Francois ; and a good slinier lor frigates, should a superior force make it necessary. There are reefs off the south point that evtend as far as the Bay of Accil, with- out tearing any practicable passage. Thit' bay is very extensive, and covered on the N. and,N. N. £. parts by Hat island, a sandy islot, which t.^rminates the reeb (Extending from Pott Francois. The N. N. W. part of the bay is shelter- . , ed by breakers, and several shoals, through which there are channels, but diflt- 1^, eult and very narrow. Rat island lies 5 mMes W. from Port Francois, so that the entrance of Accul bay is 10 riles from Morne Picolct. Ih leaving Port Francois to go to the Bay of Accul, you must get to the north- ward, to double a whito shoal, on which there are in some place°. but 4 fathoms. Conning from the northward, ot^he eastward, you must stand in for Rat island, or Siindy islot, steermg about S. S. "F When you get within a league of the San^f i;lot, you will plainly see the point of the Three Mary's and soon after, in the inside of the bay, a low point with a large tiiTt of trees on it, called Point Abely. You must ktep the islot of the Three Mary's which are near the large point of thM name, in one with thp titfc of tr<>es. ^taiidiiqi in 10 fathoms ooze, and sleeriog a little to the sforboard or larboard as the water shoals on either side, you are then in the middi^'of tlio ' '.innel, wbich is not more than a cable's length in width : You have on ^scfi siJ ^,' it s, white shoal, where you will not find I«s?than four fatkoms, exc^vpf^rki,) mn too f&r on which you must avoid. Hanring run twocable:?^ length in this channel, it widens ; and when you have brought the Sandy islot, tvb'ch is left on the larboard hand, E. by S. true north, you may range along tbt; wetti! rn reef, close to which is 16 fathoms. You continue to run cu fo' *h is:' lorth ; as you approach it you will see the point of the Three Mary's which )>wii must open to the westward of Rat island ; making use of the lead ail the while, and never coming on a lesser depth than nine fa^oms. When you are a quarter of a league from Raf i;iland, steer S. E. to pass, at a cable'3 length, two reefe on your larboard side, which ought to be ranged as close as possible, to avoid that which lies off the cast end of Rat island, and which you must leave on the starboard hand. Having run S. E. two cables' length, you are within, whea you may steer for Three Mary's point. - If you want to get out by this passage, you must as soon as you have doubled tbcj reef of .^at island, and are in the channel, steer between Point Limbe and die iaiaiid of Torloga, till you have brought Rat island open its own length to the E. of the Three Mary's ; then steer N. W. and you will not have less than 9 A^kam*, and often 15 or 1^6. This passage is Sorter and better than the first ; msides, if you should be token a-back, you may anchor immediately , the'ground being hard mud and .^ifntA bold, and the water very smooth. Tm third panage, or Limbe passage, is the best of all, being so broad that ibips may tarn up it j it lies bettt^enthe m&in land of St. Domingo and the brtnken to the W. of Rat island, which extends to within half a league of Point league. To f«rter by this passage, you run for the island of Lithbe till you hrit^ leagut fohii to bear 8. ; it is known k}ritift sleep rocks wbieti fonoiit, »pd -IP*'.'- -J^ dEdifc |ve run tiro cables' )rt is bearing £. 8. Ma half. from tha nar^.h the breeces ; be- kt your getting into srior force make it tajof Acc-il, with- fnsive, and covered lich tv^rminates the the bajr is sbelter- I channels, but diffi- entrance of Accul at get to the north- ice^, but 4 fathoms, n for Rat island, or eague of the San<^ 1 soon after, in tbft > tailed Point Abely. r the large point of fathoms ooze, and Mils on eiUier side, lan a cable's length you will not find lUst avoid, nd when you have by S. true north, ^atboms. till you bring Rat W. when you may fithin show them* of the sandy islof, water close to the war S. or S. bv E. hree Mary's which Dfthe lead all the When you are a cable'3 length, two ose as possible, to ch you must leave I, you are within, you have doubled Point Limbe and its own length to lot have less than 9 tter than the first ; liately.the'ground eing so broad that Domingo and the Fa league of Point if Liihbe till you which form it, igid Bluni's American Codst Pilot. ait ■<; the only high point seen from the Limbe. Steering south, true north, in com- ing from the eastward, you see a shoal, wbirh is called Coqucciveill, at tbe loot of which is 5 fathoms ; steer S. £. in tbe mid-channel, betwct-n it and Point league, and ycu will have from 10 to 16 fathoms water ; should you want to stop to the westward uf the Three Mary's you stetr for the iMurne Rouge, or Red hummock, and mny anchor in from 12 to 13 fathoms. If you are turning through this passage be not afraid of coming near the rocks on the shoal side : you mny go within a cable's length of any thing yoM see, the water being very deep. Oflf the, low point of the Great Boucan are some breakers, which always show, and have B or 10 fathoms close to them^ when you get that point to bear S. S. \V. by compass, you are within, and may anchor any where. If you should wi«h to go farther up the bay, after you are past the Three Mary's you steer for the Morne Rouge, ami range it within half a ca- ble's length, as a shoal is lying between it and Poi Abcly, which is opposit« to it. As soon as you have passed IVIorne Rouge yo. will see Lombard bay, in which you may anchor as near thu shore as you please in 7 fathoms, ooze. In following this tract you will tind all over the bay frorii 10 to 15 fathoms ooz/ ground. There is a shoal half a mile S. S. W. of 'he Thiee Mary's rocks, so small as to render it difficult to be found; but is easily a/oiJed if you are on that side of the bay, by standing over towards Abely into the middle of the road- stead, and then steer lor Morne Rouge. This bay is an excellent ish<^!tf!r in time of war for frigrtes, and even for line of battle ships. The water is ^omi, and very cledr near the Lime kiln, on th« N. side of the Morne Rouge ; the watering is now very difticuU, but it might, without much trouble, be made very convemcMt. You must uot go higher up the bay than Lombard point, which is to tiie southward of Morno Rouge, as there are several dangerous shoals very steep too. From the bay of Aci ul tlie coast runs W. N. W. to the island of Limbe ; then a little farther to Uic island Margot, which is of? round ft.rm, and pointy out Anse Chouchoux bay, 3 miles to the westward of it 4 leagues from Moine au Diable, or the Devil's hummock, at the cutrancs of . ort Francois, and 6 leagues W. 8* N. true north, of Picolet. The bottom is good all oiei, and Irom G to 7 fathoms. To enter it you must press very cii.se to tbe L. ip^'tit, wiiera you have 6 fathoms close to the shore. As soon as you ■div, wiiiiii.. you drop your anchor, for you are almost taken a-back by the ictcrn of the wind, and by the < Im which prevails in this bay, however strong the sr ■ 1 reeze may be with- out. A frigate might anchor in 5 fathoms ivaler tu the westw-.; J oi ivo small houses, which you will see in doubling the E. p'^int ; you -"^y, isj« p-? idcnt of Margot round islot, know Chouchoux bay at s distance , >>7 y. ^iijje i --te streak which runs down a bill half a mile W. of the enli.incc West of Chouchoux bay is a very small bay called ^ 'k rivjr, but ii can only be used by small craft. - — - - - pg \y^ 2B( N. one !>- '>,uc, wh*ii you coiu« ■f the Grange, which is io tlv -jastwird o£ II of rocks that^extend near u iuague^ almost bay is small, and the groumt vory good, with nut so well sheltered as ClKniT'ioux. Tuen- From Chouchoux bay the coa> to another bay called the botli Point Palmist and known by a to the huge point of league. T C fathoms near the shore, but i '• ard, and anchor iu 7 I'alhuuis. in the mjddle of iv is league point, which is round and formed by u t not come near the land t'j the eastward of this ter, you keep the £. point on the bay, oozy sand. At a short league from th< several other points. Yoi point, on account of tbe ro< t^s already mentioned ; some of which are entirel/ under water, and run out into the sea half a league. From Point Palmist the coast runs W. | N. to the Carenage point of Port Paix, which is tbe northernmost headland of this j^dit of the coast. It is diatant from Palmist 4 leagues, and is often, at a distance, Vakeu lor it; the coa^t bt- tween the two points is very clear and safe. , The channel uf Tortugas island begins at Point Palmist, and terminate! ^T and S. nearly abreast of Moustique bay ; being narrowest at U)e Carenage poijtit. 28 Iff, (fvrj 1218 BJunt*8 American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit It is very safe, and ships may turn up within. And in general, K is a great ad- vantage when the current runs up, to pass through this channel when you in- tend tn go to the windward of the island. The island is of a moderate height, it is 6 leagues long, and one broad ; all the north side is iron bound and steep (00. South of the west p(^int is a sandy bay, where there is good anchorage ; the south side is almost every where bordered with shoals surrounded by reefs. There is an anchorage opposite to some huts in the middle of the island, call- ed La Valee. The only good anchorage, which must be for ships dr.wing from 14 to 16 feet water, is that of Basse Terre, within the reef 1> league from the east point ; the passage is narrow, but easy to fetch. You muit keep the weather reefs on board, leaving them on the starboard hand ; and steer N. N. W. and N. to double the reefs you leave on the larboard hand ; do not be afraid of coming near the land, and anchor in good ground as soon as you have brought the lee reef to bear S. W. Large ships may come to an anchor outside the reef upon white grociid, a mile to leeward of Basse Terre. To the eastv/ard of Basse Terre, towards Portugal point, there are several bays or coves, in which boats or schooners may anchor, but nothing of a larger size. ^ The channel between this sland and St. Domingo is at the E. end, 2^ leagues broad. Opposite Carenage point it is but 2 leagues, and a little farther it widens to 2} or 3 leagues. Ships turning up should stand as close as possible to both shores, as the wind and current always favour them most in shore. You may stand safely within a mile, all the dangers leing visible. As there are several bays on each side, the setting of the current is neither uniform nor in the same direction ; you will sometimes see it run a hundred different ways, and some- timea in the middle of the channel it will run contrary to the current in shore. Should there be a westerly current, which is seldom the case, and never but in the summer time, it is then so strong that it would be folly to attempt the pas- sage. Ships should then stand 6 or 7 leagues to the northward of Tortugas, and tScy will work up very easily. Two miles from Point Carenage is the fort of Port Paix, off which is a shoal t>r a cable's length with 13 fathoms close to it. The anchorage of Port Paix is of great depth ; though the bay is very small, you may anchor off the north part of the town, in IS or 13 fathoms oozy sand, about a cable and a half's length from the shore. From I'ort Paix the coast runs nearly in a right line to Af oustique bay, which is 4 leagui s to the westward ; it is an iron-bound shore and very safe. Moustiqie bay, though very small, may shelter a ship in distress; there is a battery on the east point, which you leave on the larboard hand, and as soon as you have doubled it, let go your anchor in 12 or 15 fathoms, a cable and a half from the shore. In some parts of the bay the ground is uneven and rocLy ; in other parts it is very good. Be ';areful not to let go your anchor till you hav* scunded, as at the entrance of the bay there is no ground at 40 fathoms ; you must at least bring the battery to bear N. N. £. Off the west point is a shoal, which runs in the bay a cable's length. Port-a-L'Ecu is 1 * league to the westward of Moustique, and the shore be- tween them is rocky, with deep water close to it. The ancbora4''e is better here, but not so easy for large ships to come at as at Moustique bay, jn account of a reef and a shoal, with only 3 fathoms water, which runs off the east point for two cables' length, and which rounds the point to the inside of the bay. To come to this anchorage you give the shoal on the east point a small birth on the lar- board hand ; then you must haul your wind, ranging along the eastern reef, and anchor towards the middle of the bay in from 8 to 10 fathoms, oozy bottom, the house bearing S. S. W. true north. You may go in towards the house in the cod of the bay, as nenr as 4 fathoms. The S. W. coast is steep too and safe, and you may stand close into the white ground, which is very near the shore. From the Port-a-I.'Ecu the coast rur : W. 6o N. 2^ leagues to the point of Pe- tit Jean Kabel ; and .^ miles more to the eastward is Jean Rabel jfoiat, wbicU 1 9 Edit. K is a great ad- 1 when you in- noderate height, ]Ound and steep ood anchorage ; surrounded hj the island, call- r ships dn.wing r Ij league from u muit keep the id steer N. N.W. not be afraid of ou have brought ' outside the reef tiere are several tthing of a larger . end, 2| leagues farther it widens > possible to both here. You may there are several nor in the same irays, and some- current in shore, and never but in . attempt the pas- of Tortugas, and which is a shoal age of Port Paix lior off the north nd a half's length itique bay, whick . iry safe. istress ; there is a id, and as soon as a cable and a half •D and rocky ; in chor till you hav* 40 fathoms ; you it point is a shoal, and the shore be- a^-'e is better here. , on account of a the east point for ;he bay. To come birth on the Jar- eastern reef, and oozy bottom, the ! bouse in the cod and safe, and you e shore. the point of Pe- tb«l fovaX, vrbick 9 Edit. Blunfii American Coast Pilot. 119 forms the anchorage of that name. It is good, safe, and very easy to fetch, but you must not be afraid of going near the eastern reef, at the foot uf which you have 10 fathoms. The anchorage for large ships is two cables' length from the eastern breakers, care being taken not to shut in the two points on that side. You will anchor in 15 fathoms. You may go further in, (as far as 8 fathoms) but it is not safe, as the water shoals suddenly, and the ground is not so clean inside. The debarcadaire, or landing place, is a very good one, even if there should be a swell ; it is under the fort, which is exceedingly well placed, and makes it a very good rtitreat from an enemy. The ground holds well, and the only winds to fear here are the N. or N. W. If you are to the N W. of Jean Rabel, at a short league distance from the land, and have half the island of Tortuga open with the point, you will find GO fathoms water oozy ground, and a little farther out 80 fathoms. From Jean Rabel, the coast forms a great bight to the southward as far as the peninsula, which lies 13 miles W. S. W. of it. All the shore between is rocky, .ind docs not offer any shelter. At all times the currents here are very percei- vable near the shore, and generally set on it ; at two leagues in the offing they are less so, and run to the N. E. ; in approaching the peninsula they become much stronger, and commonly set towards the north. The west point of this peninsula fornts the north part of the entrance of St Nicholas Mole. The bay is large and spacious at its entrance, but grows uar- i-ow towards the town, which you descry as aoon as you have doubled the cape. You may stand very close to both shores ; but it is advisable to allow on the south side more room for wearing than on the north side, as there is no anchor- ing ground, which you have on the north side, though very near the shore. You anchor before the town, and under the barracks, in 15 or 18 fathoms, sandy bot- tom. In going in you must be prepared against the puffs or squalls which come down from the land, with such violence as to endanger the masts. In going out of MoIp St. Nicholas you see to the sol vard the point of the mole, which forms its entrance, and i miles to the south of it is Le Cap-a-foux, or Fool's cape ; it lies at the western extremity of a large point, which rounds into the S. S. E. 7 miles, and as far as Pearl point. Fool's cape is easily known by a small rock which fies at its pitch ; the shore is steep without any shelter, but it is generally a calm here. The currents in shore set to the northward, and 2 leagues in the offing to the W. and W. S. W. From Pearl point the coast runs S. E. one league, and then E. S. E. to the point of the Platform, which is 3^ leagues farther. This point is easily distin- guished as well by its flat form, as by its being the southernmost of this part of the island. The anchorage is before a small sandy cove, at the bottom of which some houses are seen. You anchor near the shore in 8 or 10 fathoms weedy bottom. From the point of the Platform to Point la Pierre, which is at the west en- trance of the Gonaives, or Gouaheeves, the coast trenches in 2 leagues to. the north, and goes rounding to Port a Pimeno, Pimento harbour, from whence it runs to the south, to join Point a Pierre, This point is high and steep, and bears with the Platform point £. 18" S. and W. 18" N. true north, distant 10^ leagues. All this coast is safe, and may be ranged very near ; there is anchorage, even for large ships, at Hene bay, and at Port Piment, but it ought to be used only in case of necessity. In the winter months there are gales of wind almost every night coming from the S. E. some of which are violent ; and without you have business on this part of the coast, it is best to stand off 2 or 3 leagues, 30 that you may, with any wind, keep to the westward. Th^ bay of Gonabeeves, as the French pronounce it, is rery large and due, the anchorage excellent, and the entrance very easy. You range along the shore lialf a league, or i miles distance, steering a few degrees to the northward of east, and let go your anchor in 6 or 10 fathoms^ oozy. You will find from the en- trance under Gonaheeve point, which is low, and one mile east of Point Pierre, 15 and 12 fktboms ; the water decreases as you get into the bay. When you Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit, arc a good Iialf league from fhc land, and 2 miles from the debarcadaire, (or iandins placi;) you will liaveG falhoms. After you have doubled (Jonaliceve f)oint, leaving it on your larboard hand, you will see Fort CaMries on a point of and which you niu^t noi approach too near, as there is a key that lies about a mile south of the puiiit. From Point la rierrc to Cape St. Marc is 8 leagues. They bear from each other S. by W. and N. by E. true north, which is likewise the direction of the coast. One le.i(;ue to the north of St. Marc bay, is a low point, which appe.dins you will have u or 8 tatboms water, corallj' ground ; at the «ame distance from ibr. St. Domingo shore, the like depth, but with a mud- fly IjtUttOU). 9 Edit, debarcadairc. (or lubleil (ionaliceve tries on a point of that lies about a Y bear from each e direcliun of the hich appnnr.s at a westward of the e, oi the Devil's which fall.i into loragc the whole a great distance seaside. >e, it extends one Ships anchor in tcr ; small vessels shore. Platform tlarc to the E. and lif of Gonaheeves, point of Gonaive St of Pearl point, eer for St. Marc's leagues you will /^our course S. E. after having ran 4 etween the Arca- 3 leagues in this vhich is on the S. ) avoid til shoals f Point Lamcntin. I, after you have 18 fathoms water, lUst not go so near that may be ap- ° out from them a m the edge of the )rally ground : in violent storms, will be to lay to the force of the he gale, it will be lahie point, or on ve soundings from ngo ; the channel i than 10 fathoms. coast side. One irally ground ; at but with a mud> ?) Edit. Bhint^s American Coast Pilot. 221 The greatest length of Gonave island is lOJ leagues E. S. F.. and N. N. W. its breadth, which is very regular, is 2 leagues from N. to S. The N. E. point is low ; there is a reef which runs out to the eastward of it half a league, and then extends along shore to the southward of the same distance Iron) the land. The east [loint is steep and high, without any white grounds, but you fall in soon after with the white grounds of the Little (Jonave, which come within a quarter of a league of the point. These do not extend much to the noitliward of the east point of the Little Gonave, but they project a league to' the eastward. S. E. of the Little Gonave is another white shoal, separate from the other about half a mile; its outward extremity lies '2 leagues trom the island, and there is po danger; for although the bottom appears ve.ry white, you will have cm it trom 7 to 12 fathoms. A large ship ought not to go within l| league of the Little (Jonave. From the Little Gonave to the W. point of the Great Gonave, .he coast is clear and safe. The noith side of this island is also safe and clear, having only our white ground, which extends half a league from Point Bahama, situated nearly in the middle of the island. Leaving I'ort au Prince, and bound to the Petit Goavc, you range along the .south co.i.«t, at tiie di tancc of 1 or I;;' miles ; all this shore is bold and .safe, as far as Point Leoganc. From point Lamentin to Leogane point there is no anchorage ; but you find a good bottom for anchoring between the latter point and the anchorage off the town of Leogane. After you have passed Leogane you must steer -for the Tapion or Hummock of Petit Guave ; and come in the bay, leaving on your larboard hand a little i.s- land that lies off the coast N. of the town, and to the VV. S. W. of which you may anchor. Petit Goave is P leagues from Port au Prince, but as you are forced to double Point Leogane, your run is near 12 leagues. From the Hummock of Petit Guove to the Hummock of Miragoane, the coast runs W. by N. 5° N. 8 miles, then VV. by S. 1^ league to the careening island of Miragoane bay. Two leagues and three quarters N. of this islot, is the eastern extremity of the white ground or shoal, which joins the reef called Hochelois. To anchor at Miragoane, you come within a mile of the Careening island, when you perceive a small town at the foot of a mountain, and some mangrove islands to the westward. You keep the mid-channel between the first islot and the shore, where the village is situated, and come loan anchor, within from 8 to 18 fathoms, sandy bottom. This anchorage ought not be taken without a pilot ; the channel is not more than a cable's length in width, and you must anchor as soon as you arc within. From Miragoane careening island the coast bends in, and forms the bay of that name. It isi shut in on the N. by Frigate island, off which runs a white shoal half a league to the eastward, and nearly N. to the anchorage at Mira- goane, which obliges you, in coming in or going out, to keep the island shore very close aboard. From this place the coast runs VV. as far as the village of Ruchelois, which is situated at the footof alarge hummock. North 3° east of this village, 3 leagues, lies the reef of Rochelois, which is not of very great extent ; some of the rocks are out of water, and you may go pret- ty near them on the N. and S. sides. On the VV. side is a white shoal, which runs oif 2 miles ; on the edge of that shoal is 4 or 5 fathoms. One league east of these b'^cakers is a rocky bottom, but hardly visible, hav- ing from 6 to 8 fathoms watv - ; so that there is nothing to fear but the rocks themselves, whose extent is only a cable's length; they lie 9 miles from the S. shore, and 10 miles from the Gonave. The channel on the N. side being as bold as that on the S. side, and the south coast being also very clear, it is easy tp avoid those rocks. I ' 222 Blunt's American Coast Pilot 9 Edit. From tlic village ol' llochelois to the entrance of the Bay of RaraJaires, the cofjst niiH W. by N. 6 leagues. BaradaircH b.-- is formed towardn th«; east by Roi(< l>n^ point, and towards the weit by the eatt «xlreme of the Bee du Mor- iHHiiii. or lh»; Por[i >isi' snout ; these points bear from each other N. N. W. and S. S. i V I J le;ti;ue. I'o anchor in this bay you keep one third nearer fiie For|)oi(e snout thrni you do the other point, ranging along the peninsula of the Snout, and into trom U to 10 fathoms ; you have a great depth of water in the middle of the hu choose. You may also proceed to Flamand's bay, near the penin- sul.i, ranging along the peninsula side, and anchor opposite a sandy beach wiiat depth you plci^e. The bay of Caymitts presents several very fine anchorages, very easy to come at, with tile as.sistance of the lead alone, but there is not a good passage between the Grand Caymite and the shore : and you will not find more than 13 feet water upon the white shoals of the Little Caymite, or of Foucaua Islot ; and then there are several coral rorks which rise within 2 or 3 feet of the surface of the water, so ihat no vessel, but very small ones, ever attempt it without a pilot. These while .«lioals extend 3 leagues W. S. VV. off the Grand Caymite. From the north part of the Grand Caymite to Salt river point, which is 1^ league VV, N. VV. cf point Jereniie, is 9^ leagues; this Salt river point is the iiorthernmost of all from Port au Prince ; under point Jeremie is the village of that name, whose anchorage is vrry small and not proper for large ships ; schoo- ners and small vessels may anetiur within the reef, but no ship which draws up- wards of 1 2 or 14 feet should ever anchor here, except in case of necessity ; there is no shelter for hei ; in short it is a bad anchorage, and which you must avoid during the north winds. From Salt river point to Cape Dame Maria, or Donna Maria, the coast runs W. by S. 6" S 4\ leagues. All this shore is safe and bold within | league ; it does not present any shel- ter, though, in case of necessity, you might anchor in Clair bay, which is 1^ league frouo Salt river. This bay, or rather cove, is so very small, that 2 ships, JOG feet long, would be puzzled to swing clear of each other ; it can only serve as a shelter to very small vessels, and is easily discovered by keeping along shore. As soon as you descry Cape Dame Maria by the false cape of that name, and are ^ league distant from it, you will strike soundings from 13 to 18 fathoms, and you may range along this cape at j league distance, in from 8 to 12 fathoms, weedy bottom. Should you want to anchor in Dame Maria bay, you must keep the shore on board, steering about S. E. the winds being generally against, and with your lead you come to an anchor VV. N. VV. off a large white tapion, or hillock, on which stands a battery, and uiiltin a musket shot of which you will lind 5 fathoms. There is bottom all over this hay ; a mile from the shore you will have from 4 to 6 fathoms, and at 2 miles from 6 to 10. You are sheltered from the winds bet.cnthe N. and S. passing by the E. notwithstanding tvhich, ships th«t lie iu 8 or 10 fathoms will swell, if there is a fresh breeze without. From Cape Dame Maria the coast runs S. by VV. J VV. 6 leagues to Point des Irois, and forms, at that distance, several bays and coves, where vessels may anchor. There are no shoals, and the ground increases to the shore. To the S. S. W. of Cupi' Dame Maria, 2^ leagues distance, and about halfa league off MioUtei's point, are some rocks, called La Balciue, or the Whale ; 9 fidit. )r RaraJaires, the wards the east by f the Bee (lu Mor- srN.N.W. andS. sarer Hie Fc>r|)oite I of the Snout, and ater in the middle edy shoals, wiiich (juainted. ifUfand Caymite gues. e south, and forms L W. lU leajjues, orm a large bay, or all sorts of ves- thc island, in what y, near the penin- a sandy bcac)- very easy to come I passage between :han 13 feet water 3t ; and then there rface of the water, It a pilot. Thciie ite. )oint, which is 1^ river point is the e is the village of irge ships ; schoo- ) which draws up- of necessity ; there ch you must avoid ria, the coast rum present any shel- bay, which is 1| imall, that i ships, ; it can only serve by keeping along of that name, and 15 to 18 fathoms, m 8 to 12 fathoms, keep the shore on iiid with your lead hillock, on which II lind 6 fathoms. I will have from 4 d from the winds ich, ships thirt lie It. agues to Point des vhere vessels may B shore. , and about half a ie, or tlie Whale ; 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 223 these rocki are above water, and surrounded with a white »hoal which dl Mrliich in very rciiiirkiiM) it h «liMtat)Cf ; then alter li iviiiir lorincd a bijjiii ol liall u lf;ii;ue il m>«)s S. S. K tij l>:t^iifs to a point (ailed rmnt ;i (iiiivoio lormiiig in that <'p,icu tcwril liltic covuN, wliici) cannot 1)0 i-onsiilcrt'il ninncliorauf.t. 'i'lie only oni; ol loluruble tizf in Fori S.iltit, tvliicli ix a xliort li'at(UL> N. N. W. ol I'oint n (iravoi.s. Point a (ii.'ivoin is low and dilHcult tu di^lingin^li, propU- often cuuloiinJiiii; it Willi liiil ol I'ort Saint. Froni it Hie coast ix not very hi^li, and ruiix K. '2'^ \. .') leagues tu I'uinl Ahacoit, which i.s low at il.s c.vtrrMnity, though it rises a litlie ni Hhort! ; lhi.>i is lormed by two points ot' reels, strel< liinf^ | ol' a leajjue into the sea. Yoii may pass withoiit learnt liuifn league distance, and will I ive no j^^round at 10 l°allioin«. At this point begins the Hay ol' the Cayns. '1 he coast, after having doubled Aliacou, runs to the N. N. \V. then to the N. W. and atler- wards rminds towards the K. till you come to the town ol* the (Jaycs, whicli bears from Abacoii N. by 11 'S' K. 3^ leagues. The S. W. point of the Isle a V ache, or (\>w island, forms the east side or the entrance ol this great bay, it bears 1;'. by N. Ironi I'oint Abacou 7 miles. In the mid-channel between Aharon, and the west side oi' Isle a N'achc, vi>ii will have iff fathoms, which depth decreases as you approach the island. Oit lh and 7 I'athoni.s. When yuu briii;; Diamond point to bear E. you will have soundings all the way across. There is good anchorage to the westward I' Dia< mond point, or farther to the northward of it, opposite a .sandy cove, from (i to 7 fathoms muddy sand. To go into the Cayes, you range along the \. W . point of Isle a V'ache, in fi fathoms water; and you steer nearly N. by K. to make on your starlumd hand the white hummock-i of (/'availlon. \ou will then leave on the larboard hand a large reef, surrounded w ith a while '^lioal, which takes up almost all tlie middle of the bay. When you have brought the town to !ear N. W. ^ V7, you nuat haul up two points to windward of tlic town, standing towards the Company's i.s- lot, where you may anchor if you do not mean to go into the road ; it yin ilo, you shorten sail a mile from the slioi(!, and wait for a pilot. The channcd is * of a cable iu breadth. Ships drawing more than 13 feel water caiUKJt go in ; Ihose of 15 and 17 feel water always anchor at C'haleaudin, J a league to the ucstward, and which is separated by shoals from the port. To anchor in the KoadofChaleaudin (coming from the mooring of the Isle A \'achc) W. or W. N. W. off Diamond point, in tJ or 1 1 fathoms, you must steer directly for Torb(!C, which is a small town very easily dijtiiiL'uished in the cod of the bay ; this track will be about N. VV. When you are within about i ^o miles of the shore, you will discover a little while llag. which is on a shoal ; you dou- ble it to the westward at about half a cable's length, leaving it on the sl;irlioard l»and, when you have brought it to bear south, you steer along the coa.«t for the road of Chateaudin, and anchor in or 7 fithoms, mud. In all this pa.ssage, if you keep the proper channel, you cannot have less than from 7 to 9 iathouis, and often 12 and IG, muddy ground. The Isle a Vache is 3 leagues in the greatest length, and its breadth not more than one; it is hilly, and at the distance, of 6 or 7 leagues, appears like a heap of small islands. Froiiithe N. W. point, in going to that of the fj. W. the coast i.s safe, the water shoaling gradually as you come near the land. Off the .S. W. end is the white shoal already mentioned, to which ships coming from the cast- ward must give a birth. The south side is iuold : and alont; a whole If-nglh, a leef runs at a cable's length distance, to the east point of which is a white shoal extending to another reef, laying off the Point of la Folle, to the northward. From the Point of La Folle., to the N. VV. point on the north side of the island there is a chain of shoals and islands, amongst which are some narrow passage?. ■ On the north side of the island is the bay of Feret, where there ia a very good anchorage ; but yoit must be exceedingly well acquainted before you can 5) Ktiif. , S. I!. 4 iiiiI'M lo reiiiMrkalili' M h nous s. s. K, »;! ICC si'»cr.il Itltle one ol loiurabie (iravoi.s. Itcn cuiilouiulin^ nd runs K. 'i' N. I it list's a little ill iii;ue into the sea. I ! ,»ve no ground 'Hie coast, .iftfir . VV. iinii iit'tcr- lyci, wliicli bears e past side or the II 7 miles. In tlic lie, }i>n will have J. Ort the S. VV. havi; I'roin b to 7 I l)i:in|o>iJ point, le holtoiii is nood K. ymi will have westward 'f Dia* r cove, from 6 ti< Isle a Vache, in fi jr starlio.iid hand llie larl/oard hand ust alt the middle J. ^ V7. you mjst the Company's is- roa'd ; ii'yiu do, 'i'he channtl is * er cannot i^o in ; ,} a league to the )ring of the Isle A s, you must steer shed ill the cod of I about i'vo miles I .shoal ; you dou- t on the starboard ; the coast ("or the II all this passage, m 7 to li ialliouis, breadth not more ipears like a heap le ii. VV. the coast (I. Offthe S. W. ling from the cast- a whole if;nglli, a h is a white shoal Lhe northward. I side of tlie island i narrow passages, re there is a very ed before you can IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^ V.A 1.0 I.I 1.25 u Ifti - lis IIIIIIO ll™ 111^ Wa ^ /a / o^ ' :> v^' ' c\ \ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ^9) .V 4t- ^ ^ ;\ % '3 ' 4^ ■ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductlons historiques % '^ty .A'^ji^s^ '^-*jfsr-'r y=g*^--^!^gtf^g^fge^f?^^-^mj«@^'?f^ !^yij!«^ ' '- ^ ' ' - ' ^ ' ;iyx^ - ' ' -^ -"^*^^s''' ?^^/^' 'g !^-.^' -^^^^ ^g^ !' ^^ ' ■ ' * -'- ' 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 225. attempt it, as you will in many places find only 2 anil 3 fathon.s, if you are not in the channel. • The northcinmost of these islands, Caye de PEau, or Water key, is easily known by a large tuft of large trees, Jne of which is considwably hijjhwr than the rest ; this island is hold. At some distance from it, on the north side, there is a good anchorage from 15 to .30 fathom.". . From the Cayes, the coast runs a league E. N. E. as far as the Tapion, or hummock of Cavaillon, which forms the entrance of the hay ot that name; hall* way between is the Company's island, where you anchor il you do not choose to go into the harbour of the Cayes. You must not go tofj close to the 8. E. pai>t of the Tapions of Cavaillon, as there is a shoal with only six feet water on it, called La .^louton, the ^heep ; it lies S. E. from the east point of the Tapion, about ^ a mile; and there is 8 fa- thorns between it and the shore. Cavaillon bay is pretty spacious, though the anchorage is of very little extent ; the coast on the; west is too steep, and the bottom full of rocks. You mu.st come to an anchor on the east side of the bay, opposite a coast covered with man- groves ; approach it without fear, the bottom being clear : and you have five fiilhoms close to the shore. In this bay you are sheltered from the sea breezes, by the east point of an islcind, which leaves a passage between the mangroves in- to the Bay dcs Flainands. The Bay des Flamands, or Flemish hay, which lies ^ league from Cavaillon bay, runs into the land toward the N. E. Its entrance and shores are clear and bold, aud it is the place where shi[)s tie up in the hurricane months ; there is » good careening place, aud you may anchor any where in the bay. From this bay the coast runs E. by N. 2 miles, as far as the Great Bay of Messe, where the anchorage is good all over, but you are no way sheltered from the southerly wind, as the entrance open'^ to the southward, and is very broad. The coast continues its direction to i',.e K. by N. as far as Point Pascal ; half way towards it is the Little bay of Messe, in which you may likewise anchor, hut are not even sheltered "-mn the sea breeze. Olf the groat bay of Messe, is a shoal tiiat lies like a bar across the bay, and extenik opposite the point which is to the westward of the Little bay of Messe. This .shoal in some places has nof more thin from 15 to 18 feet winter ; it is very narrow, and leaves a passage of I of a league between it and the coast ; it does not extend to the southward more than j^ a league from the shore. If you want to go into the Great bay, and your ship draws more than li» feet, you must keep close to the shore on the west side of the bay, ranging by Point Paulin, which forms the west entrance of the bay ; the beginning of the bank is north and south of Point St. Reini, at the distance of about a mile. Point Pascal is steep, and of a white colour ; it forms, with a little island that lies to the eastward about half a league, the principal entrance of St. Louis bay. This island is called Orange key. You see it from tiie entrance of the Cayes, which is b leagues distant ; it is then nearly in a line with the shore S. of the bay of Mes.se. From Point Pascal the coast runs N. N. E. one mile, as far as Point V'igie, from whence you discover the whole bay of St. Louis, which is shut in, id the east, by Cajie Honite, that bears from point Vigie N B. ^ E. 2 miles. To anchor in St. Louis bay, you range along Point Pascal, then Point Vigie, and along the west coast in 8 or lU fathoms ; the anchorage is west of the Old fort, about -J mile from the shore, in .such a situation that you can see the town between the Old fort and the shore in the lx)ttom of the bay. The Old fort is built upon an islot of rocks, from which there is a passage towards the shore in 6 fathoms, to the anchorage before the town, where the greatest depth of water is 5 fathoms. South by east of the Old fort, | of a league, and west of Cape Bonite, the same distance, is the shoal called La Mouton, and there is a good Eassage between it and the shore, or the Old fort ; the depth is less considera- le, however, than on (be west i^ide of the bay. You may go between Orange 29 226 Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. key and that .'•hore, in deep water, and then you will meet with a small island, called Rat key, between whicii and Orange key you may pass, or between tiie shore and both ,' but those jjassages are not large. There are shoals off the shore, which makes it necessary to keep closer to the two islands than the shore. One league and a li.ilf distant E. by N. of Orange key, is Moustique key ; this island is clear oi' shoals except very close; you may pass without it or with- in ; on the N. side of it, one eighth of a league from the shore, you will have 10 fathoms. If you ^^uil within shore, you must not keep loo close to the St. Do- mingo coast, as there is an island between Cape Bonite and Cape St. George. You will find no other shoal till you meet the Trompeuse, which lies 4 miles E. N. E. of Cape St. George, oS which is a shoal called La I'eigneuse, and running out from it about a mile. North of Mouslique key is Cape St. George, which you may approach ; and N. of a key called Caye a Kamiers, or Wood Pigeon's key, which bears E. by N. 2 miles from Moustii|ue key. It is known by a white hummock, rather steep, and seen at some distance ; there is a deep passage between it and Moustique key, by which you go into the Greai bay of Aquin. S. of Caye a Ramiers lies a shoal, which extends half a league, and has only 3 fatlioms in the middle. E. of the same key is a small 'sland, called L'Anguille, (the Eel) and to the N. E. is another called La Regale ; the three form an equilateral triangle, whose sides are nearly half a league. To the E. N. E. | of a league from Caye a Ramiers, is the Great key of Aquin, which is an island of a tolerable height, upon which are two white hum- mocks, very remarkable. This island runs to the E. by N. being f of a league long, and | league broad, and bold on the S. side. You must take care of the white shoals of the Eel, which is S. of the W. point, so that it does not leave a passage between Caye a Ramiers, and the Great key of Aquin, for vessels that draw more than 12 or 15'feet water. East of the Isle of Aquin is a white insulated rock, at a short * league dis- tance, which is called the Diamond. East of it, at two cables' length on the St. Domingo shore, is the point of Morne Roujje, or Red hummock ; so that the E. point of Aquin, Diamond rock, and the point of Morne Rouge, form the two passages into the bay. All these shores and islands are bold ; you will find in the Morne Rouge passages, 5 and 6 fathoms, and between the Great key of Aquin, and the Diamond, 6, 7, and 8. The bay is very extensive, and trenches a great way inland, though the water is very shallow ; anchoring in 3 fathoms, you will be a long way from the land. Another passage into the bay is between Caye a Ramiers and the Moustique key ; you then steer E. N. E. to come into the mid-channel between the shore and the islot ; when you have doubled Caye a Ramiers you will see La Regale, which is a very low sandy islot, and leave it on the starboard hand, keeping in the mid-channel between it and the shore ; then you haul up for the Great key of Aquin as much as the wind will let yuu, and anchor to the N. of the Great key, in 6 or 7 lathoms : but you may, if you choose, go farther in. The point of Morne Rougo is very easily I:nown at a distance, by three white hummocks, which are very 'iiigh ; they are called the Tapions of Aquin, and Ibrm together a huge cape, under which is an anchorage in 10 or 12 fathoms, at a good distance from the land. This bottom continues as far as the little bay Des Flamands, or Little Flamingo bay. which is VV. N. \V. 3 degrees W, one and a quarter league from the Tapions of Aquin. You must observe that from Point Pascal all the capes are cut out, as it were, and steep, and front the S. and S. E. and as on all this shore, the land is white, you see a great many white hummocks ; Aquin key has two, but the highest and easternmost are those of the Morne Rouge, and, with a little attention, it will be impossible to mistake them. From the point of Morne Rouge, or the hummocks of A(|uin, the coast, after having trenched in a little to the north- ward, to form the small bay Des Fiaioatids, runs 10 leagues E. by S. as far as the Cape of Bayenettc. All the shore is bold and free from danger, but does not offer any bay or anchorage, ^hich would nheiter you from the commaa t- M.' 9 Edit. ith a small island, iS, or between the loals off the shore, an the shore. Mousti(|ue key ; tvilhout it orivith- >ou will have 10 ose to the St. Do- Cape St. George, which lies 4 miles I'eii^neuse, and Cape St. George, iainiers, or Wood icy. It is known there is a deep the Greai bay of half a league, and nail 'sland, called Hegale ; the three ue. the Great key of re two white hum- oing £ of a league t take care of the t does not leave a in, for vessels that hort f league dis- s' length on the St. ck ; so that the E. uge, form the two I ; you will find in I the Great key of isive, and trenches ring in 3 fathoms, nd the Moustique ' between the shore vill see La Regale, hand, keeping in for the Great key le N. of the Great er in. ce, by three white jns of Aquin, and Oor 12 fathoms, at r as the little bay 3 degrees W, one ut out, as it were, the land is white, o, but the highest little attention, it ne Rouge, or the ittle to the north' E. by S. as far as I danger, but does from the comraon 9 Edit. Blunt^s American Coast Pilot. \ breeze. Two leagues and a half before you come to Cape Bayenclte, there is a considerable depth of water off the shore, which is iron bound. Cape Bayenelte is known by the white hummocks which are at its extremity, and forms the entrance of a large bay of the same name, that faces the S. E. It is supposed to take this name, Bayenette, (i. c. (^lear bay,) from the great depth of water found all over it, and its being entirely clear of shoals ; you are here very little, if at all sheltered, and must anchor on the N. side of it, pretty close to the shore. This bay trenches in a league to the northward, after which the shore again runs to the E. by S. 5 leagues, as far as Cape Jacquemcl, which is high and steep, and makes the W. entrance of Jacquemel bay. From this cape tlie coast runs W. N. W. as far as Redoubt point, which is well in the bay ; in all this extent no ground is to be found : the other entrance is Cape Marechaux. When you are between these two points, and nearly in the middle of the bay, you will see at the bottom of it a reef which you must double to the N. N. VV. leaving it on the starboard side, you anchor between it and the shore, which you must keep pretty close to, otherwise you will have a groat depth of water. The anchorage for large ships is E. of a white hummock, in the bottom of the bay, and W. of the great reef. Cape Marechaux bears >J. N. E. a small league from Cape Jacquemel. From Cape Marechaux the land trenches in a little to the northward, and rounds out again to Cape Morne Rouge, which is seen at a distance, and is known by white hummocks. It bears E. 10° N. 29 miles from Jacquemel. The coast in all this space forms several little coves, where small vessels may anchor, but in none of them will they be sheltered any »vay. One league and a half E. of Morne Rouge, is Saletrou. or Foul bole, where you find a good anchorage for ships which do not draw more than IG feet ; lar- ger vessels may likewise anchor there, but they must lie farther out, where the ground is not so good. From Morne Rouge the coast trenches in a little to the northward, then out rgain, running to the E. S. E. as far as the Anses a Pitres, or Pitres coves, which is the last French settlement on the S. of St. Domingo. All this part of the coast is very safe, and you may approach without fear. There is good anchorage at the Anses a Pitres, which is very easy to come at : you must not be afraid of running in, as at two miles distance from the shore the water is very deep. All this shore appears white, and the coast is chalky. You may anchor either before the plain of Anses a Pitres, or south of a small cape, which is before the mouth of a river, and considerable enough to be easily distinguished ; the water is smooth, and you are well sheltered in 6 or 8 fathoms, good ground, or in 4 fathoms farther in shore. From this anchorage the coast begins to run to the southward, trenching in to the eastward one league, to form a cove, called Sans Fond, or bottomless cove. It runs afterwards S. by W. as far as the False cape, (Cape Lopez,) which bears 9 leagues S. E. | E. of Morne Rouge, and 17 j leagues E. by S. from Jacquemel. From Cape Lopez the coast runs E. S. E. 3^ leagues, as far as Cape Mongon, and then N. E. \ N. and N. N. E. to form the Great bay of Neyba. South of the False cape 1^ league, is an islot called the Frailes, which is bold and safe. To the S. S. E. at the same distance is another islot, called Altavella, equally safe and bold too. One league to the eastward of it, and south of Cape Mongon, is Beata island, whose length is one league north and south, and its breadth east and west 2 miles. There is a breaker off the N. by E. part of it, that runs to- wards Cape Mongon, at whose extremity is a while shoal, which very much nar- rows the passage between Beata and the shore ; you have but three fathoms water in the passage with a tolerable anchorage to the westward of Beata, between it and the shore in 8 or 10 fathoms grassy ground. You may generally see the bottom, near all these islands ; but the water is very deep near the shore of St. Domingo. This part of the coast, which projects towards the south from the seashore to Cape Mongon, as far as three leagues N. and as far as the sea towards the £. and W. is a flat of white and hard rocks, in •m Ji^ ~-Mi^'' Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 9 Edit. which you see large holes and !)rf;aking.s, and which is about 40 feet high ; no- thing grows there hut some prickly shrubs. When you come from tiie soulhHard or eastward, and are bound to tlie N. side of St. Domingo, you must make li)e islands of Mona and 3Ionica, which are two small islands situated in the passage between Portorico and the island of St. Domingo ; they are both clear and safe, and you may go within two miles of either of them ; and there is even an anchorage to the leeward of Mona, lialf a league from it, in 7 or 8 fathoms sand and weeds ; having then the N. W, point of Mona N. by K. 2 miles, the S. VV. point, (off which is- a small reef,) S. E. J E. and Monica N. by VV. Yo'. pass to the westward of Mona, and wlirn you have brought it to bear E. S. E. 3 or 4 leagues, you will perceive the coa^t of St. Do- mingo. All this S. E. part is very low, and in tlic channel the current which sets to the northward, is very perceivable. The point of St. Domingo nearest Mona is cape Espada, a low point encom- passed with a reef and a white ground ; it bears from Mona, nearly W. N. W. 10 or 1 1 leagues. From Cape Espada the coast runs N. by E. 4 or 6 leagues, as far as Cape del Elganno ; this is a small flat point, off which stretches a reef to the N. E. 3 miles. When yuu are abreast of it, you lose sight of the islands of Mona and Monica. Frofn Cape del Enganno the coast runs N. W. i N. 12 leagues; it is low to within 3 leagues S. of Cape Raphael, where it begins to rise a little, till you come to Cape Raphael itself, which is of a middling height, and appears at a distance like an island ; it is easily known by a round mountain seen inland, and not un- like a sugar loaf. From Cape Raphael the coast runs W. by N. and then W. to form the Great bay of Samana, which is shut to the N. W. by Point a Grapins, or Grapeis pointy which is 2 leagues S. 5° W. of Cape Samana. Cape Samana is about 7 leagues N. W. J W. of Cape Raphael. You may an- chor in the north part of Samana bay, ranging along Point a Grapins, at \ league distance ; you leave on your larboard hand 3 keys covered with wood, and when the westernmost is brought to bear S. S. W. you drop the anchor in 15 fathoms water, good ground, a short | league from the shore ; then Bannister key ought to be W. by N. one mile. The south anchorage of the bay is very diffipult, the passage to it being very narrow ; the middle of the bay is shut in by shoals ; and in ranging along the entrance of the bay the bottom is seen in 7 and 10 fathoms. ' In coming to the southward of Cape Espado, you will see the small island Saona, which is covered with trees, and surrounded with a white shoal, project- ing about 'i miles. Between it and the coast of St. Domingo, which runs W. 8' Nr the passage is very slioal and narrow. The coast of St. Domingo trenches a little to the northward towards St. Catha- rine's island, distant from Saona 8 leagues. The coast continues to run towards the west some degrees north, to the river of Santo Domingo, which lies 13 leagues from the island of St. Catharine, 27 leagues from Cape Espada, and 20 leagues from the point of Soana island. — You may anchor before the river of Santo Domingo, pretty close to the shore, and vessels not drawing more than 14 feet water may go into the river. This place, which is the metropolis of the Spanish part of St. Domingo, is known by a great fort, built on the right hand bank of the river Ozama, upon which the city is situated. You will likewise perceive to the westward of the fort, a large Savanna, forming an amphitheatre, which ailbrds a delightful pros- pect. ' From Santo Domingo the coast runs W." S. W. 14 leagues, as far as the Point des Salines, or Salt Pans- point ; then it trenches in to the north^vard to form the great bay of >feyba, which takes its name from a large river, whose mouth is in the bottom of the bay. From this river the coast runs south, to form Cape Bea- ^, which IsS. W. \ W. of Santo Domingo, and 24 leagues distant. in sailing from ^aaXo Domingo to Cape Beata, ^ou must guard against |h* ■-■"* 4I* '^-f'"]^ 9 Edit. 40 feet high ; no- ^ l)oiincl to thp N. Monica, which are 111 the island of St. ithin two miios of rd of Mona, half a n the N. W. point dl reef,) S. E. < E. nd wIH"') you have he coa>t of St. Do- the current which low point encom- arlyW. N.W. 10 4 or 6 leagues, as stretches a reef to bt of the islands of igucs ; it is low to ittle, till you come pears at a distance inland, and not un- to form the Great , or Grapeis point, ael. You may an- rapins, at \ league til wood, and when chor in 1 6 fathoms annister key ought ge to it being very I ranging along the ^e the small island liile shoal, project- , which runs W. 8' towards St. Catha- ■ north, to the river ' St. Catharine, 27 f Soana island. — close to the shore, the river. )fSt. Domingo, is river Ozama, upon le westward of the a delightful pros- as far as the Point thward to form the whose mouth is in form Cape Bea- itant. guard against {h* . 9 Edit. Blunt's American Coast PiloL 229 currents which run to the eastward, along I'm coast, and in the entrance of Neyba bay are .setting weakly to the northward. r' ' . J- , ■- Observations en the navigation round the Gonavc Islands, and in the Southern Channel. THE most dangerous reefs are those which seem to be joined with the land of the Little Gonave, and are stretched above a Ipajjue in the orting ; however, they lie at about a mile from the shore, and you might [)ass, in an urgent case, between them .nnd the Little Cionave, even with a ship ; but the attempt would be imprudent, if you are not forced to do it, and have not the wind well set in, as the currents are very strong and irregular, though they run more generally to N, N. E. in this part, and between the twoGonaivos. Small vessels drawing 8 or 9 feet water, may find a good anchorage to the west of the Little Gonave ; to come to it the south channel is far preferable to that o." the north. The N. E. point of the Gonave, called Galot point, is low and bordered with a reef which stretches along the east coast, coming from the South, and ex- tends a little mure than 1^ mile opposite the place called Trou a I'Eau, or Water h«le ; within is a white ground, where you find from 1 to 6 fathoms water. To sail near this reef, which every vessel can do, that draws 9 or 10 feet, you must, in coming from the east, take a channel which is opposite a fisherman's but. There are several other channels, which are easily known by the non- appearance of white ground ; about 88 fathoms within the reef you may range along the coast as far as Galct cove, in case the wind should fail, there is an- chorage every where ; but the places to be preferred are Piron cove, Constan- line's hole, and especially Galet cove, which is very convenient, the hold is good and the reefs shelter you from the swell of the sea. The several anchorages on the N. coast for boats or schooners are L'Islet a Marc, Grand Lagoon, and Bahama channel, where you are ecjually sheltered ; the remainder of the coast is likewise bordered with reefs, but they arc very near the shore, and you find there no anchorage. The Wi part is an iron-bound coast, along which you may range pretty near, but it is not so from the S. W. point to Point-a-Retures, where you find a num- ber of small reefs asunder, and almost even with the water. Several small ves- sels may anchor in that part, on the spot named Les Balcines, or the Whales ; bu^you cannot do it without a pilot well acquainted. The only place where two or three great ships, such as frigates, could anchor, is La Baie du Pare, Park bay, which lies to the N. W. of Point Fantaque ; but coming into it is dangerous, on account of several reefs asunder, which are ne- ver seen. The reef called Rochelois has been fatal to many ships, and was still much feared by navigators ; it lies in the channel which separates the S. coast o. he Gonavc from that of St. Domingo ; its breadth is near 2| miles, in a direction N. and S. nearly, and its length about 4 miles from E. to W. The extent of the rocks which are toward the middle of this reef, is about 1 10 fathoms, they are quite uncovered at low tide, but three heads only are per- ceived at high water. There are two other shoals of very small extent, wjiicli are dangerous, having only i fathoms water. They lie to the N. W. of the rocks in the middle, one at GOO fathoms distance, and the other at 260. There may be some dangers on the llochelois, and prudence requires that, with a great ship, you should avoid it entirely ; there is more room for tacking to the N. of that reef than to the southward of it. You are only to keep at the distance of one mile at least from the Gonave, if you pass by the north ; whereas, in pass- ing by the south, you may range along the St. Domingo coast, which is safe and clear in this part. The latitude of the jniddle of the Rochelois, is IG" 37' 20" N. S30 Blunt*8 American Coast Pilot » Edit. Instructions for sailine along the Coasts, and into the Harbours of Jamaica, rort Royal, and its Channels. ., , BEING off Morant Point, or the east end of Jamaica, and bound to Port Roy- al, you are to steer down 3 or 4 miles ufT shore, until past Morant bay ; as the coast from the ca^t end to the southward of Kocky point, is lined with a reef that stretches 2 miles at sea, and part of which reef generally breaks. From Kocky point to the westward, the coast continues rocky, about one mile from the shore, as far as Morant b.->y ; then it is clear till you come to the while clifis, called the White Horses, of which there are some rocks about half a mile from the shore. From the White Horses to Yallah's Point, the distance is about 1.'3 miles; in running it down, when the former bears north, and Yallah's point west, you will have soundings, and frequently see the bottom in 7^,8, 9, and 10 fathoms; and as you approach Yallah's point, the water deepens till you lose soundings. From Yallah's Point to Cow Bay Point, there is no danger; this point is low, but bold too, as well as all the coast to the westward as far as Plunil) Point. The course between the two points is W. by N. 8 miles ; but if you are 3 or 4 miles from Cow Bay Point, you must steer more to the northward. Plumb Point is the S. E. point of the Pallissadoes ; you may run in boldly fer it, and approach its extremity within half a cable's length, having nothing to fear till you are abreast of it, and off the Middle Ground. Between this and Plumb Point is the entrance of the eastern channel into Port Iloji.'. When you bring Ruck Fort N. by £. or N. N. E. you will come over a cross ledge, just as you are out, and in with the leading mark, which is the magazine on the highest part of Salt pond Hill, or on the Nab and flag staff on the fort at Port Royal W. by N. or the north part of the Twelve Apostles battery, and the ma- gazine of Fort Charles in a line. The cross ledge is rocky ground ; in going over with the above marks, you have 7j, 10, 10^, 11, 11^, 13 and 15 fathoms water. You sail down with those marks which lead you near mid-channel, till you are abreast of Lime key ; then a little to the southward toward Rackham key, giving Lime key a good birth, till you open Port Royal between Gun key and Rackham key , Thence go between these two keys, in mid-channel, and im- mediately after they are passed, steer directly for Port Royal point, till you bring the fall of Yallah's hill on the centre of Gun key, which will bring you between the Knowl and Port Royal point ; you may approach the point within half a cable's length, and by sailing close to it, you will also pass between it and the Harbour knowl, which lies to the westward, about the length of a cable and a half, with 19 feet on it. Having passed the point, steer to the northward, till the Admiral's Penn comes to the north of Gallows point. This mark leads you clear of Old Port Royal, where you may anchor abreast of the dock yard, or even before you come to it. With a land or N. wind the channel between Gun key and Port Royal is to be t)referred ; tlien the Twelve Apostles battery on the S. angle of Fort Charles eads you clear of Gun key reef. Strangers, in case of necessity, might pilot their ship down to the anchorage, in the clianncl even when the marks are not to be seen, as nothing is to be fear- ed on the side of the Pallissadoes, which is low and bushy. They must only keep within ^ or } of a mile of Plumb point, and steer down by the Pallissadoes, till they bring Lime key to bear S. S. E. or S. E. by S. then they anchor in 15, 16, or 17 fathoms, near the middle of the channel. The most remarkable shoal in the E. channel, is the Middle Ground, or east- em Middle Ground, which lies 1 J mile S. S. W. from Plumb point ; it consists of two patches, rorky bottom; the E. patch having 12 feet, and W. patch (about 70 fathoms i>. the W. N. W. of the other only) having 9 feet ; they are divided by a narrow swatch 10 fathoms deep, and both break with strong sea breezes. You may sail within the Middle Ground, or without it to the s»utb- ward, as necessity requires, but to the northward i^ the beat and safest channel. 9 Edit. he Harbours of els. )Ound to Port Roy- orant bay ; as the lined with a reef breaks, ky, about one mile come to the white about half a mile about 13 miles ; 's point west, you and 10 fathoms; ou lose soundings. this point is low, Plum!. Point. The lu are 3 or 4 miles y run in boldly f©r having nothing to Between this and )rt Roj.'. When over a cross ledge, le magazine on the on the fort at Port ittery, and the ma- ground ; in going 13 and 15 fathons ll-channel, till you ird Rackham key, reen Gun key and J-channel, and im- point, till you bring bring you between loint within half a )etween it and the b of a cable and a miral's Penn comes f Old Port Royal, ore you come to it. 'drt Royal is to be ie of Fort CharleS ) to the anchorage, ithing is to be fear- They must only >y the Pallissadoes, ■ they anchor in 15, e Ground, or east- I point ; it consists 5et, and W. patch ? 9 feet ; they are ak with strong sea ]ut it to the s»ulb- tnd safest chanoel. 1 9 Edit Blunt's American Coast Pilot. 231 The soundings in that channsl are uneven, from 7 to 19 or 20 fathoms ; but when you arc past the Middle Ground, they are regular, from 1!> to 13 fathom? between Rackham and Gun keys. Tlie first key you meet with, steering from liie Middle Ground towards Port Royal, is liime key, from the N. end of which a reef stretclus about a^cablp'i I»^ngth ; your eye is the best mark for it, ar, it is genc;rally seen ; to the westward of the key lies another shoal, with 8 or 10 fent upon it. The Knowl of Port Royal point, is the third shoal ; it is a small hard coral bank to the southw.ird of the point, with only IG feet water upon it. If your ship draws 12 or 13 feet water, you must be careful to keep clour of it. 1. To go within the Knowl, the leading mark is to bring the highest bush on Gun key (which is near the middle of it) in one with Vallah's point ; you have then 10 fathoms water and the channel is 70 fathoms wide. The mark to tilrike the Knowl, is, the S. point of Gun key, on the hij-h hill of Yallah's, or a ship's lengtii open of Yallah's point ; the breast mark i^ the church on the 7th or Utii embrazurc of the fort Sandy key just open with Lime key, and you will have 16 or 17 feet water. , 2. To go between the Knowh and the Middle Ground, whicii lies about 300 fathoms to the south-westward of it, the leading mark is True Land's huniniuck, within Yallah's on the southernmost part of Gun key, or Yallah's point well open to the northward of the N. point of Rackham's key. This channel which is the widest, and has 12 fathoms water, is mostly used when taken with the land wind. When the church is on the second embrazure, counting from the westward, this Middle Ground is called the Western ground. The ancKorage is good all over Port Royal harbour ; but the best anchoring for ships that are bound to sea, is in 9 fathoms, with a notch on the E. side of a high mountain, called the Leading notch, a little open to the eastward of Fort Augusta and Rackham key, in one with Port Royal point. To go to sea from Port Royal, you make use of the south or the new channel ; tbe small craft generally go through the east channel, but it is to be avoi''"'' by large vessels, except they are prime sailers, and have a strong land b.. .-a or north, with an appearance of its lasting long enough to carry them through. When you are bound through the south channel, you should get under weigh with the lagd wind, as soon in the morning as you can see the marks, observing that the current then sets most commonly to the westward. The great leading nark is the Leading notch, in one with the magazine at Fort Augusta, which is the easternmost building of the fort. This carries you clear through in 16 or 17 feet water. To keep well to the westward of the Middle Ground, be careful not to bring the church steeple upon the corner of the wall with embrazures, until Yallah's hill is brought in one with Lime key. In case you should not see Yallah's hill point, took for a hummock on Hcllshirc, and when it is open of Salt Pan Hill, you are to the southward of the Middle Ground, which, as we heretofore observed, is here called the Western Ground. The Middle Ground is a large coral bank, which often breaks with only 3 feet on it in the middle ; the north and west sides arc almost steep. On its N. W. edge lies a buoy, whose marks are Port Royal tower, on the Uh embrazurc of Fort Charles, counting from the westward, and HelUliirc hummock on the flag staff of Fort Small. When you have opened Hellshire hummock, with Fort S'liail, you steer out with tbe Leading notch a little to the eastward of tbc magazine, which carrie.s you between the Drunken Man's Key, the Turtle heads, and the South Knowl, or to avoid these heads, you are to haul up so as to bring the church steeple to the easternmost part of the fort, and continue to keep that m.'?rk until the South Key is bruughton with Yallah's point. Then you may haul to the westwarti, if the wind will permit. But if you should nut keep up the leading mark, and the church steeple should come near the corner of the fori, you must then come to, or tack and stand in. The mark, when ashore on the Turtle heads, and three fathom bank, h tbe church steeple on tbe magazine of tbe fort and Spanish town land just open. ^ ; ' iit^ Blunt^B Amciicon Coast Pilot. When Mniilcn Ki-y is oprn a sliip's length to the southward of Drunken Man's Key. you me then to the southward of South Knuwis, and shuidd hriiig thnel lies to the eastward of the South channel, and almost pa- rallel to it, and was surveyed, buoyed, and first used by order of Admiral Aflleck while he commanded on the Jamaica station; it is certainly preferable, on many accounts, to the South channel ; it has smooth water till you come to South Key, with good anchoring ground, easy riding, and a facility of going to sea to the southward with the sea breeze, as far as S. E. &c. The leading mark to enter this channel is a remarkable flat hummock on the mountain to the N. N< W. of Port Royal; when the middle of this hummock is in a direct line with the While house, standing to the N. W. of Fort Augusta it leads you to the westward of the harbour and Point Knowles,.as well as be- tvwiyi the east edge of the South channel, Middle Ground, and the west end of Rackhani's key shoal. You steer with these marks on till a remarkable round hillock to the tvcstward of Stony hill barracks, comes open to the eastward oi' Gun key. Af:er you have^peiir or 7 1 1 feet water on til Kriiiwl^ to (lie asuiiilcr, with '23 isli reel, which al- nk U a h>rt;e loral )reezen. A small water; it is call- iig lost her rudder ?. is the southcrn- grent swell. ;l, and alniribt pa- )(" Admiral Aftletk \y pretcrahlc, on r'ou come to South of going to sea to t hummock on the o( this hummock k'. of Fort Augusta les,.as well as he- ld the west end of remarkable rouwd to the eastward of : southward, keep- les in a line with re or west edge of s on the cast side if the (ireat Portu- y liien ba^ul to the f which '.here is a nd a floating bea« less than 24 Cect ght may sail over •e two shoaJs ; tho teop, and a small s shoal almost aU vcen this and the narks for the west tward of the Cap- :t Small in one. 9 Edit. tunfa American Coait Pildt ^ Half a mile to the sotithward of these breakers is the Eighteen feet reof, rt* markabic by the great swell upon it. To the westward of that reef lies the Great Portuguese, which is the southernmost shoal on the west side of the chan- nel. When you come from Port Royal to Portland, be>ng clear of the SoMth or New channels, the course is S. W. distance lU leagues ; but you must keep farther to avoid Kock reef and the key. There are soundings so far out as to bring the easternmost land of Hcllshire to bear N. by E. and Rocky point, ot the southernmost land of Portland N. W. by N. ||Vt the same bearings sound- ings have been found from 1 7 to 23 fathoms, and the next cast no ground with 8U fathoms line, though not a ship's length between the first and the last. Upon this flat are several keys, two of which bear from Portland E. distance two or three miles, and Negro bead rock, with the other keys, lie in N. £. by which if the going into Old harbour ; right o(E from Portland you have gradual sound- ings lor 8 or 9 miles. From Portland S. distance 13 or 14 leagues, lies Portland rock, which is i single key, and little higher than Drunken Man's Key, off Port Royal, with small bushes on it ; a mile from this rock are knvwls of 14 and 16 fathomt water. To sail into Carlisle bay, or Withy wood road, you must keep toftbe west- ward, till you bring a litiie round hill in the bay to bear N. or N. by W. (taking care in coming from the eastward to keep off snore, so as to avoid Rocky pointi to which you must give a good birth of 3 or 4 miles.) Keep the same bearing as you run in sight of the Old Fort ; then between you and the hill, in 10, 8, 7^ 6, 5, 4, 3| fathoms water, when you will be within a mile and a half from thei shore. The fot N. E. or N. N. E. is the host place to anchor in for loading because your boats can sail both ashore and aboard with the sea winds, and then Rocky point will be on the southernmost point of Portland, bearing E. S. E. Withy wood lies about 5 leagues from Portland point ; it is an open road only sheltcied from easterly and northerly winds, and open to S. W. and south- erly. Thcrd is little danger coming in ; only bring the town to bear N. or N. N. E. from you, and then run in and come to an anchor in 3, 4, or 6 fath- oms, muddy ground ; it is a flat a long way off, so that you lay a great distance from the shore. In going out you may get under sail when you please ; there is little or no danger but what you may see. No tides here, but a strong wester- ly current generally runs in the offing. Variation 6" 60' east. If you want to anchor off Milk river, a little more to the westward you must do as for Carlisle bay. Between this and Pedro bluff is Alligator pond^ adr/ key, 2 or 3 miles long, having a sandy leef round it even with the water, and there is 3 fathoms water within, and good soundings,. 3]^ and 4 fathoms for a long way without it. From Portland point to Pedro bluff or Point, is near 16 leagues W. by N": Off this bluff there are soundings for 5 or C miles, the edge of which runs £. 9< E. and W. N. W. From Pedro bluff S. 7" E. distance M or 15 leagues, are the Pedro Keys. towards the east end of Pedro shoals ; to anchor there in 9 fathoms water, hara ground, you may bring the easternmost key E. | S. distant 4 of 6 miles ) the Middle key S. F. J S. and the Western, or Savannah key, S. by E. J E. There are soundings for 3 or 4 leagues to the westward, in lb* following deptbii 9^ to 7, and then to 10, fathoms hard ground. From Pedro keys, S, W. | W. about 24 leagues, is Baxo Nuevo, a bank called by the English, the New Boar, being about S. 32 leagues from the W< end of Jamaica. Observe, th^nt in running through Pedro shoals^ you will see several spots and breaches S. W. about 6 leagues from the keys •, and round breaches S. W. by W. two leagues from them. The breaches are about a cable's length ; when you come abreast of them, you will see, from the mast head, a Tery large tract of breakers, bearing about S. W. by W. and W. S. W. 5 leagues from yuo } and # leagues from those, a round spot, which breaks pretty high, and if the wester^' ,K 1 'j 234 Blunfs American Coast moat brfsch of the slionN. Hcing come to tlie wcstwani of (he round iipot. nbnut 5 leagui-8, you may haul );r»(Jually over, in !), 1(1, or 1 1 fathoms, nnU some- times overl'iills where you have no f^rounJ. In nmning down before the \ifind, you mu<*t ^ivc tlicie hrcnken* a ii(oud birth, and corni> no nearer (ban 9 fathumt at most, tiie bankt being very steep all alon^ ; in hauling a little (o the south- ward, you have very deep wntrr. Home pilots pre lend, lliit tvliere you do not sen it break, you may run over the ^itioah any where, and not fuid le>>s than 3 or 4 fathoms ; but no stranger ought tu make the trinl. Baio Nuevo ban a key, wliicli is about 2 cables* length long, and one third broad; stretching K. by N. and W. by S. Toaoclior ntiiaxo Nuevo, bring the ea^ternmoHt point of the reef to bear K. N?l!. distance (> or 7 miles, and the small anndy key P.. S. K. distance 3 or 4 militf the westernniuHt breakers in siglU tVuni the deck of a VOgun ship, hear- ings. S. \V. then you will have hard sandy ground. Observed at anchor and found the latitude 16* 67' N. and sounded from the *iiip S. by W. 2 cables' length, and had 10 ; at 3 lengUis 0, at a mile 7 j fatlioms, nil coarse sandy ground. In my sounding full in with a ruck, tvilh 7 feet wat(;r upon it. The ship bore from the rock N. by VV. ^ W. disf.incc 'J' niilt;.s; and the key K. N. E. 8| miles S. by R. | Iv from tlu: ruck at Knowl ; nt the distance of one fourth of a mile, there is another Knowl with I feet water- both of lliem arc steep too, and not bigger than a boat ; I sounded from the K'^y to the iihip, -^ of the way 5 fa- thoms, \ way 7i, and J of the way 8j lathonis. From Pedro Bluff to HIark river, the dis-l.ince is about (> leagues N. K. If you should wnnt to go into this last place, you must kee|i Pedro blulf open of Par- xete point, till you bring tlm church in witli a gap on the iiigh land, or to bear N. K. easterly ; then slier right in (ur the church, which will carry you into the best of the channel. It i-) ful! ol heads of coral rocks. The soundings becoino narrow at blucfield's point (Crab pond point) but you may sail down by tiiein. If you steer in for Bluefiidd's bay, you will have 7, 6, 6J, 6|, and 4| fathoms water ; and within that depth 7 and fatlioms. The bay through is foul ground, and you mii.st seek for the best sandy spot, for your an- chorage. To come to an anchor there, you tniist keep the land to the eastward insiglit, open of the point, until you bring the leading mark (which is the over- Mer's bouse, on the VV. side of the bay, standing upon a small round hill) in one with the Tavern, by the water and river side, they bearing when in one, N. E. by £. Then steer in for them, till you can bring the easternmost point of the bay to bear S. E. by E. or S. E. by S. when you will have four and a half and quarter less 5 fathoms water, and the best anchoring ground. The watering ftlace is to the northward of the bluD', in the lee side of the bay ; you may water ikewise at a stream of niuefiehTs river, near the Tavern. N. B. The mountain called Dolphin's head, is far tu the westward of Bluc- fields, and bears due north from Savannah la Mar. Savannah la Mar bears from Bluefield's point \V. by N. J N. distance 8 or 9 miles. The entrance is very narrow, between the Middle Ground, a small rock, with only 4 feet water, and a reef which has 8 feet ; a general leading mark is to bring the fort north, and keep it so all along the channel ; but the best and surest way is to bring the large gap at the N. end of Dolphin's head, in oiie with the large tree on the low land to the northward of Savannah la Mar, bearing N. | VV. This carries you close to the Middle Ground, which you will perceive, and as soon as it is passed, you haul to the eastward, and anchor in 17, 16, or 15 feet water. But strangers should not attempt to enter without a pilot. From Pedro bluff to Negril by South, which lies in lat. 18" 17' N. the course is W. N. W. or N. W. by V. about 20 leagues. From Negril by S. to Negril byN. the course is N. J E. miles and all round this W. end of Jamaica, it is flat off, with good soundings for a long way. Between Negril by Nortb and Lucea harbour, or St. Lucy, are several places, ,^ 9 CJit. 9 Edit. Bluirt*s American Coatt Pilot. 39S Ihe round ipoi, ioni», and som*!- )*for«? the >*ind, ' than f) lathunit tie tu the south- >u may run over but no str.'ingrr g, and one third the reef to bear K. distance 3 ur gun ship, bear- d Rt nnciiur and by W. 2 cahltV M sandy gwumi. The ship bore ly K. N. E. «JJ f oiip fourth of a re steep too, and j of the way 5fa- VCtirs N. K. If ulfopcn (if I'ar- laiul, or to bear arry you into the ur point) but you )u will have 7, 6, lioms. The bay ipol. for your an- I to the eastward rhich is the ovcr- ■ound hill) in one en in one, N. E. most point of the ur and a half and The watering ; you may water istward of Bluc- N. distance 8 or Ground, a small ) general leading nel ; but the best >lphin's head, in javannah la Mar, )und, which you ivard, and anchor : to enter without 17' N. the course miles and all s for a long way. « several places. at Orange bay, Qrrm inland, and Davjn's covr, wliich are seldom used but by IhoM who go thither on purpose to l.tml, :inl of the lurt. Von may burrow as viose to the E. ftide of the harbour as you |>iease ; hut on the W. side you must not come too near, for there lirMt stony bank (about a musket shot N. from the |K>int on which the fort staniN) to whi( ii you n ust give a good birth. On the E. side you will have 7, fi, 5j, :ind 4 fathoms water, very good an- choring ground, till you come to the anchorage in the harbour, in 5|, 6, and 4j| fathoms. In the middle of the harbour theri! is a small ruck, which is titecp all round. ^ Mosquito cove is an excellent harbour, t give the point a good birth of 5 or 6 miles, as you come down (on account of the reef which runs off, and may be seen) till you open the town, and bring the Gun tavern to bear S, E. Then stand in for it, which will carry you clear of the reef to the westward, and thus run in till you shut in the point to tlie northward of the fort, when you will come in upon soundings in the bay. In sailing along the reef, you have 10, 12. 14, I.'j, 20, and soon to 30 fathoms water in the bay, it being a shelving bank. If you come to an anchor in 20 or 30 fathoms, your anchor will not hold ; if in deeper water, you arc in danger of driving off the bank. To come to the best anchoring ground, which is in 9, 10, 11, or 12 fathoms water, you bring the fort to bear N. by E. and the Gun ta- vern E. by S. but with small vessels you may go up the bay to anchor in 7, 6, A, and 4 fathoms. Jn working from hence to windward, when it is clear weather, you may dis- cern the copper hills, the highest on the island of Cuba. They tear ftom Moo- tego point N. £. by N. distant about 34 leagues; and from St. Ann's bay N. and N. N. E. about 30 leagues. From ifivitego point, 7 leagues E. lies Martha T a, or Br.-ie, where vessels load ; though the place is frequented only by those who go there on purpose. There is a bar with 16 or 17 feet in goiug in, and the passage in coming out, between the I'riangle rocks, is not more than (JO feet wide, with Cjor 7 fathomi water. About 14 miles to the eastward of this place, you come to Rio Bueno, where a ship may lie, bringing (be point N. N. W. in or 9 fathoms water. The bank is steep. From Rio Bueno, 4 or 6 miles r.istward, is Dry harbour, a good place for small vessels, but the channel is narrow, and has but 16 feet water. Fifteen miles further from Dry harbour is St. Ann's bay : the usual method of going in there, between the two reefs at the entrance, as the water is clear, is to sail close to the westernmost reef, leaving it on the starboard side ; but there is always a pilot at this place. You anchor in 6^ ur 7 fathoms, good ground. About 10 miles to the westward of St. Ann's bay is Ocho rio (or Ochee recs) bay, to anchor in which, you n.ay sail by Ihe reef to the westward. This reef spits off from the E. side of Ihe bay ; so you must haul up, and bring its west- ernmost part N. N. W. or N. W. in 7 fathoms water. There is another reef to the southward of you, but as the water is very clear, your eye may be your pilot. From Ocho rio bay to Ora Cabeca bay, an open anchorage to N. and N. W. winds, the distance is 12 miles E. Galina point is about 5 miles £. of this last bay : and Port Maria another open anchorage, 4 n)iles to the southward of Ga^ Una pojnt. rJ^L. "0 ikv m Blunt*8 An^rican Coabi Filof. Edit. To sail into Port Maria, from the eastward, you wilt see the liigh island of Cabarita, which must be kept a little to t'te larboard bow, so aa to give the N. part of that island a birth of a pistol shot ; then luff right in, and anchor close ^der the island, in 4 or 5 fathoms water, where you will be within a cable's Icneth of the island, and one and a half from* the main ; small vessels may an-> ^Mt between the island and the main. Observe that when you lie here at any time, you must buoy your cables, because ships are too often apt lo heave their ()alla8t overboard, and spoil the ground. If you are to sail from the eastward into Ora Cabeca, you must go in l.y the W. of Galina point ; but if you are off at sea, and want to go in Ic 'b^t puint, you must bring the westernmost land of the Blue mountains S. by E. ^ E. and |ceep it so, which will lead you in with the point. To anchor in Ora Caheca i)ay, Jjrikjg the easternmost point of the reef N. E. by N. distance about -^ of a milcf'tand a house upon the bill, on the larboard side, S. E. by S. ; bring also the Guard house, on the W. side of the river, S. W. by S. distance half a mile, ^nd the westernmost Bluff point W. by N. then you will have 5' fathoms wa- ter, sandy ground. You may also anchor further in under the Red cliff bear- ing W. S. W. and there you will have deep water. Thirteen miles S. E. of Porto Maria, is Anatta bay ; to sail into this open an- i:horage from the eastward, you must steer down for Green Castle windmill, until you bting Old Shaw's house (in the middle of the bay) S. of you ; then push in directly for the said house, which will carry you clear to the westward of the Schoolmaster, the only shoal in the bay. As the bank is steep and narrow, the first sounding is 9 or 10 fathoms water; t'i;cr?fore you should have your anchoic plear, an(] moor in 6 or 7 fathoms, when you will be one fourth of a mile from (b« shore. About 9 leagues S. by E.J £. from Anatlabay, is Port Antonio, which was Ibrmerly a king'? port, and there still are to be seen the remains of the careening ^haif, iic. It is divided into two harbours, viz the cast and the west. To flail into the east harbour, coming from the sea, bring the eastern part of the Blue Mountains to bear S. S. W. and steer in that course, which will carry you in yight of the Commodore's house, upon Navy island ; keep that on your star- lioard side, kaeping about mid-channel between Navy island and the east point pf Mr. Pleasani's house (which is 2 stories hig'ii) open of the Fort point. There is in the middle of the east harbour a reef of 7 feet water, whicb.keeps off the ^Well sent in by a N. wind , and without or within this reef you may anchor; if you choose the latter, you must keep over to the Fort side, till you open a great Cottou tree, with Mr. Trower's house on the east shore ; then y^u iiay haul up, |U)d come to an anchor in 7 fathoms water, good holding ground both here and without : iudeed it is difficult to get the anchors out of the ground. The east harbour is not so secure as the west, being expused to the north, which sends in a great swell ; but its channel being broader, is not so difficult. If bound into the west harbour, after making the entrance, w'aich may be /^eenS or 3 leagues off, by the hobses on Titcbfield, or Navy island, you may |run close to Folly point, and then steer on for the Fort till you biing some negro - |iuts below Bryan's ho sc, open of the Old Warehouse ; this keeps you clear ipftbe shore lying off Navy island, on which arc coral rocks, whereon you have |iot more than 9 or ^0 feet water. Ycu may keep as close to the breakers off the Fort as you please, being steep too. When near abreast of the Old wharf, you may haul in and anchor at pleasure, in 6 and 7 fathoms, muddy clay. The ipotrance of this harbour is so narrow, (not being above 70 fathoms wide) that it pust not be attempted without a leading wind. There is a channel for vessels pf 9 or 10 feet draught of water, through the reef, to the westward of Navy island. The tides here are not regular, but influenced by the winds, the variatioin ii\ J771,wa8 n"WE. ' ,v 4-V ^ CEdit. e high island of to give the N. nd anchor close ithin a cable's vessels may an^ lie here at any >t lo heave their u«t go in ].y the n in: *hm ptiint, byE. ^E.and ia Ora Caheca ice about j of a S. ; bring also ince half a mile, 6' fathoms wa- ned cliff bear- fito this open an- I windmill, until u ; then push in westward of the and narrow, the iveyour anchor 1 of a mile from onio, which was }f the ci^reening I the west. To part of the Blue prill carry you in it on your star- id the east point rt point. There icb>.ke«ps off the I may anchor ; if l^ou open a great '>u jiay haul up, d both here and lund. The east , which sends in waicb may be island, you may ring some negro keeps you clear lereon you have the breakers off f the Old wharf, Idy clay. The ms wide) that it nnel for vessels ittvard of Navy the variation ii^ i»i 9 Edit. BIiiil3i*s American Coast Pilot. ^a7 Directions for sailing from Port Royal to Morant Point, or the East end of J amoicdi. THE best way in sailing from Jamaica, for the windward passage. Is to get as soon as you can, the coast of Hispaniola on board, where you will never mis<«'*' of a windward current, and in the evening the wind offshore. Coming out of Port Royal, after you are clear of the keys, reach off till 1 o'clock, and then you will be well in by the time the land breezes come on. You may tnn or stand into 13 fathoms water aback of the keys, for within that depth it is not safe ; they stretch N. E. by E. and S. W. by W. There is a shoal whi :h lies about \l mile off the shore, between the Yallah's and the White horses ; and nothing else till you come to Morant keys, or the Kanas. if you have occasion to sail into Port Morant, the following directions will be your guide. Observe a house which stands upon a hill, on a red ground ; the hiiii being right over the road leading to the path, which you may always see ; bring that house and the path due north, then you may sail into the bay with safety. Take care not to sail too near the leew.ird or windward reef, but bring your marks north, as above mentioned. Then you will find 9, 8,7^, 7, 6i, 6, 5, and ^ less 5 to 4 fathoms water, till you nave opened the Cooper's house and the 8tore house on the E. side of the bay ; after which you come to an anchor, in what water you please ; though there is on the same side a bank, right brfore . the Store bouse, and not far from the shore, with not more than 3 and 2\ fa- thoms on it. Note — That this sailing is lo be attemptecLonly between the hours of 10 and 2 in the day. The body of Morant keys lies from Port Morant, S. E. i E. about 11 or 12 leagues. Carrion Crow hill, or the first rising hill of the Blue Mountains to the eastward, bearing about N. W. by N. — N. W. ^ VV. likewise the body of Yal- lah's hill N. W. by N. ^ W. joined with the above at »!.c same time ; so that by seeing these hills, you may judge of your distance off them, on the shore as well as the place your ship is in ; and night drawing on, you govern yourself accord- , ingly in turning or sailing. Th« These keys, which are only 9 or 7 feet above the surface of the water, lie •from lat. 17° 26' to 17° 33' N. There are four of them, called north-east key, or Eastern key ; Sand key ; Bird key ; and South-west key, or West key ; they have all small bushes on them, and there are some cocoa trees lately planted on Bird.key, by which they may be descried at a greater distance. The North- east key is bearing from Point Morant, or at the east point of Jamaica S. S. E. distance 1 1 leagues ; it stretches S. ^ E. and N. ^ W. being in length 2950 feet ; from its S. end, to the S. W. key, the bearing is S. S. W. and from the West key .S. W. I S. From the north end of the Eastern key 'o the southern, the bearing . is S. by W. and to the West key S. S. W. i W. When Morant keys are bearing S. W. about 4 miles, ycu have about 18 fa- thoms water, stony ground, mixed with fine red speckled gravel. Wh«o they • bear S. W. by S. about 4 miles, you Lave 16 fnthouis, and when S. S. W. ^ W. 4 miles distance, you have 23 fathoms, ground as above. To know when you are to the eastward of the keys, coming from the south- ward, note, that Morant point, c<- the east end of Jamaica, and the North-east -■: end of the same, bear from e?,ch other N. W. by N. and S. E. by S. So that .'^vben the North-east end, which is high and bluff, is to be seen oa those bcar- / ings, or to the westward of them, you are to the eastv.ard of all. .' Also coming from the southward, and keeping the Yallah's hill to the north- .-. ward of the.above be-irings, or Carrion Crow bill to the northward likewise, you are to the westward of the keys. Toanchoi, coming from the eastward, borrow no nearer the reef than 6 fa- thoms. This reef runs down by the N. side of the Eastern key, and may gene- rally be seen; steer down to the westward by it, until you bring the West key to bear S. S. £. or S. E. by S. then haul in for it, and you may anchor in what water you choose, from 12 to 11, 9, 8, and 7 fathoms, white sandy ground, and j|t what distance you Tvilj from the key ; or you must bring the key S. or S. by ^#' «lt Blunt> W. then you ccme by your lead on good sandy ground^ as nigh as you will in ts, 16, 15, 12, 10, 8, 7, G, and b fathom water, taking care that you may be able to sail in all kinds of Winds ; you raa^ go higher under the ree^ to an an- chor, but danger may ensue. Take always great care that in night lime you do not come .oo near these keys for fear of being drove on shore by the current. In turning between Morant keys and the east end of Jamaica, there is got.^ 3 leagfes turning ground ; and as it happ^nn but seldom that you do not descry some of the land before night, you must govern yourself by its bearings, io act properly in turning or sailing for the night. Note — t^-^t aboui 1 1 leagues E. N. E. from Morant keys, and E. by S. 16 or 17 leagues from Morant points, there is an Overfall, having 10 and 16 fa- thoms water on it ; but it is seldom met with, being very narrow. About 10 or 11 leagues from Morant Point, between N. and hf. N. E. lies the shoal, called the Formigas, or Pismires. This is a large shoal, stret-'iing £. N. E. and W. S. W. about 10 miles in length, and 6 in breadth ; tho east end, en whose edge, which is steep too, there is generally a great swell, has 18 or 19 feet water, and several patches of coral, with only 14 and 15 feet ; about a mile on the shoal, to the westward of the eastern edgr, the water deepens to 4^ and 5 fathoms, and farther in the same direction, to 6^, C, 6^, sand, with spots of coral, where you may anchor. In standing over the Formigas, when you come to 7 or 7 J fathoin«; yo-j deepen your water immediately from 10 to 13, and then no soundings at 20 fathoms. On the eastern edge the bottom is dark, and not easily seen in hazy weather, but to the westward it is lighter, and may be perceived at some distance. The fall of the highland over Plantain garden river, which is the easternmost high land on Jamaica, bearing S. W. by S. it leads you on the Formigas ; in the day they may be discovered by the discolouring of the wstter. «!• -! From Morant Point, o • the East end of Jamaica, tff the South Shore of Cubf*, St. Jago, Cumberland harbour, Occoa Bay, Olid Cape Mayze. . FROM Moran( Point N, N. W. a-c the Copper Hills, mentioned in the pre- ceding article, as the highest land on the S. part of the island of Cuba ; they •re round and peaked, lying a little way inland, and may be descried from most jparts of the N. side of Jamaica, making pretty .much alike at all bearings from tbence. Sometimes you may see them and the ea$i end of Jamaica at the ^ame time. The Copper hills bear from Montego point N. F- by N about 34 leagues, and from St. Ann's bay N. and N. N.. E. obout 30 ; whence by their bearings, when they can be seen, you may kr>ow what places you are abreast of, on the H. side of Jamaica. From the east end of Jamaica to S^. Jago, the course is N. 6" E. near 41 leagues. From ditto to Cumb rland Harbour K by E. | E. about 44 leagues. From ditto to Occoa or Spinx's bay, near N. E. by N. 64 leagues. St. Jago is abcui SS2 leagues to the eastward of the Copper hills. The Morro Castle lies in latitude 19° 57' when the east point of the entran9e of St. Jago bears N. E. then the innermost battery is shut in with the wert point. From St. Jago to Cumberland hrrbour, which the Spaniards call Guantanamo, and is in lat. 19° 54' the course is .nearly E. 12 or 13 leagues ; and wbon you come so far to the eastward, as to bring Cumberland harbour N. distance 6 or 6 miles, then the land to the westward of the harbour, and St. Jago Morro castle will be in one, they bearing VV. ^ N. by compass, and the outermost land to the eastward E. N. E. From hence may be «een the High land of Grat\4 i 1 ^ 9 Edit gh as you will in that you may be he ree^ to an an- ne ;oo near these ica, there is go«.u ^ou do not descry s bearings, lo act and E. by S. 16 ng 20 and 16 fa- )W. ind K. N. E. lies shoal, 8tret"!iing Jth ; tho east end , ' well, has 18 or 19 15 feet ; about a ter deepens to 4^ ,.sand, with spots inigas, when you y from 10 to 15, e bottom is dark, lighter, and may- ^ is the nasternmost i Formigas ; in the , to' the South ir, Occoa Bay, tioned in the pre- id of Cuba ; they escried from most all bearings from, maica at the xame about 34 leagves, )y their bearings, abreast of, on the f. 6" E. near 41 > leagues, agues. ills. The Morro ranfe of St. Jago point. call Guantanamo, ; and when you N. distance 5 or St. Jago Morro le outermost land ;h land of Grai^d '^ 9 Edit. FjluAM' American Coast Pilot. *■• Ance on Iliipaniola, bearing E. S. E. \ E. and then you will be in latitude 1^^ 45' N.*, The going into Cumberland harbour is clearly expressed in the chart ; the sounding is good 2 or 3 miles without the harbour, but there is < sunken roci: on the starboard side going in, about ^ of a mile from the shc' , with o.:!y SO feet water on it, where part of the Augusta's false keel was siruck off; other- wise the shore is bold, with good ruum to work in it, except off the south shore,

nult y uf payini^ for nvrry hour thfi act •hall Iwt violaietl, licenli/ iliilliiigi corrent uiuiiey, to b« recovuretl in • luiniuury way bcfun oue Juitice of the peace with cu«ti. il>r aIbw hall flmt hare publinbiMl fornix we«ki iiiM'o««i>ivaly in th« Virginia (laaatto, hii or lier retoliillon to depart thvrefrom, under thn prnalty of annwerinc; and paying evi>ry debt and duty >uch penton at hi« or hrr departure out of the oomnioiiwoaltb xball owe, or (land hound to for llie commonwenltli, or tn •ny citlsen thereof, by Judgment, bond, bill, covenant, account, or by any other wayi or nieanii whalwever, to be recovered againtt Nch mailer by action of debt, in any court of record within the r^mmonwealth. Kvery maMer of every Oilp or other ve»M>l oRendlni; herein, ^hall lie liable to be raeil at any time for any debt duoorowlnftrniin tlieperenn rn (ranMKtrled, And wlmnanever any nuch action or luit •hall lie brought aifainiit him, the Qonrt >«berein the Mnie nball be depending, may ruin lite defend- ant to give upecial bai!, and the cferk nhnll eudorxe on the writ, (hat appearance bail li required : ProriiUd, the ptaintilT khnlt make alHdavit before n roagiitmte of the cau«a of action, which iliall be (ranfroltted to (be clerk of the court. By another law of Virginia it In enaeted, 'I'bnt no captain or matter of any veiMil, or any other pertoo coming into the uommnnweHlth by land or by water, nhall imuort or bring with him any per- ■on whorball have been a felon, convict, or under (entence of dentn, or any othier legal illMbility incnrretl by a criminal pronecutlim, or who aliall be delivered to biiu from any prtaon or place of confinement in any place out of the Ihiitrd State*. Kvery ciiptain or raniiter of a ve tiroiik;li< and ini|Hirleil,oriu>ld or offered for itain, the penalty ofy^un(u, current money of Virginia, one hull' to the vomtnonwealtli, and the other hair to the pomnn who iiliall give information thereof I wMcli luiid penally Khali be recovered by action of debtor iuformu- tion, in v hioh the defendant nhHll lin ruled to give (pei-iMl bnil. Every manter'of vestel, or other pcriHiii, whoiiball brin;; iiiio tlin commonwealth, by water or by land, in any vei>el, bout, land cai-riaKB, or olhenvine, any free iie):ro or mulatto, ahall forfeit and pay for every nuch person no liiiiir^lit, the penalty of unc limidrcU immiilii lawful moony ; oue halt in the commonwealth, atiil tlie other htilf to the pemou who shall inforin thereof, to be recovered by action of debt or inforinnliou, in any court of record, and the del'eiidaui in every lucb caw i>hall lj« ruled to give upecial bail Thii autahrtll not exteml to mnstern of vcii>eli brln.!;iiit; intn tim Ktnte any free negro or mulatto employed on board and lieltin^^ing to nuch vesnel, auij \v lio sliiill therewith depart, nor tA arty pet- ' •on travelling iu the ktatu, huvioj; any free ncj^i-o or niuhuto ut « lervanl. TVORTH CAROLINA. tt in enacted, that the ma«(pr ofevery verael comliu; into this government, fhall, wilhln four day» next after hi* arrival, and bt.'rore he triule or laud any guodi (living crealuren excepted) enter into bond in the fiaval office, with one ^>ll^icicnt freeholdci' or mercl>anli in the nuiu ofyit'e luindtntpounitt, that aiipJi mauler fiball not carry olTiiiiy pei'Min out of this state, without a ticket first had and ootnineil from th«> naval olficer, and ni^iiod b^ the governor, or coinniaiider in chief, for the time being, (per- sons coming into this stntn in the 'hiiic vm*e\ ; woinefi whosu husbands are resident in the country ; peraons under i.ge, and .Hailors who have not rekidnl in the government above two iHonthi, excepteil) lior shall depa t himself, without leavn, under the peuiilty of Jifly poutids, one third to the Lord's proprietors, on? third to the comniunder in chief, nnd the other third to the infonner. That the said b;>iid Fhall be taken !n the iiaiiie of the governor, or comumnder in chief for the time being, payable ,'o biiniieir, his heirs, vunccMKirs or assigns, but to the use nnd in trust for such as appear to be injured by the said niiister's non-pertonnaiice of the cundiliun above expcessed, and shall be assigned to ai y person so injured, petitioning for the same, who may maintain ait action thereon. No ticket shall bb granted to nny person intending to export him or herself out of this govern- ment (except as before excepted) until snlGcieiit secui'ity be first given to the naval oHicer, for the payment of all sueh debts as the party m intending to depart shall be chargeable with, and for wliich, actions shall be comiuenced, within four months next after such security given : or. until certificate be first made to the naval officer by the clerk of the precinct court where the party shalf g^itU«,lbat k« lutb pitblialied lujt iutealWB ;'> deprt't tbe (soverauteut,by affixing a note to the court- jfc f EdU. running away ofaf f rtn« of tervanti now ara kf rii ■bmiitiiiK th«, any Mich pernon a» above ipricc, und forlVil and pay , liie pi-nnlty offlfly i><>uniu, iier liHlf to the poraon who I action of debt or iutbrmu- monweaUh, by water or by lulalto, ihall forfeit and nay HuTuI moiiny ; one halt In Ihereol', to be recovered by I in every aucb com; tliall 1^ ) nny free negro or mulatto ill) depart, nor t« any per- nl. nent, filiall, within four days mature* pxccpted) enter into ' e Mim i <( Jive himdrfdpouti lit, liclkRt fimt had and obtRiiiLMl ief.lor the time beinKi (pcr- are retident in tke oounti7 ; iKive two rannthf, excepted) lids, one third to the Lord's to tiiR informer, commander in chief for the he uw nnd in trust for sucli idilion above expiemtpd, and tbo may maiutain an action r hernelf out of this govern- to the naval oHicer, for the )e chargeable with, and for :h seeurity given : or. nntil court where the party !>half ' a&xiaii a note to the court- 9 ^t. Appendix. M kowwAwr, pabllcly tob« read by all p«r«on«jluring the »itlini;and continuancr of tlie two conrta MXl pfVuatllng micli eertlftcale, wllhoat brlng'undor written, or any tlrniaml maite tu biiidar hi* tittf departure. ^ Q»aruntiite. Ity an ant of (^ongraw respecting (%narantin<>s and (Inalth Tiawi, it Is provMetl, Tliat the Onar • antines hihI other rexlrnints wblcli shall he reipiirnd und rulabiiibed by the health laws of any state, or puniinnt thereto, respecting any veaMis ariivio); in, or boinid to any port or district therrof, wlictbcr from a foreign port or place, ur from another district in the United Stale*, shall be duly observed by the (xdlnctorxi and all other olBeers of the revenue of the Uuiteil Hlntes. appointed ami eui|iloy«d lor tM scleral collection districts of such states respectively, and by the masters aa>| crews of the seraral revenue cutters, and by lite niililMrv olDcers who shall command in any fort oi' ilation upon the sea coast ; and nil such oiucersof the llnited Mates shall be, and they bni'eby are, BUtborlziMl and reijulred, fiiithfully to aid in the eKecution of such i|uai-aiitines and health laws, a«- conling III their rrspfotlve powers und precinuls, and as llmy shall iwdirMcted from lime to time by the Secretary of Ibn Treaujry of the llnited Slates. And the said secretary tliall b«, and b t is iiura • by uuthorised, when a oonforiLity tu such ifuarantines and health laws sbHil re(|uiro it, and iu re- spect to ves(«U which shall be subjrot tberelo, to pndong the terms limited foi .he rl arrlvlcy within a oollection district of such state, shall ht urobibitml from coming to tbe port of entry or delivery by law established foi such district, and it shall be reipiired or penuittrnl by such health laws, thkt the cargo of such ve>sel rball or way be unladen at some oilier place within, or ■ear to such district, the oollecim' autlioriced therein, after due report to him of the whole of such aargo, may grant his special warrant or permit for the unlading and discharge thereof, under the rare of the kurveyur, or of one or mora inspectors, at soom other place wbei-e such health lawa sluill permit, and upon the conditions and restrictions which shall be directed by the seciDiaty of the treasury, or which suoli collector may, fur the time reasonably judge expedient for thn tecurity of the public revenue : Provided, that in every such r^ise, all the articles of tbo cargo lo lo be luw laden, shall be deposited at the risk of the parties concerned therein, in such public or other war* ' houses or inclosurei, as the collector shall designate, there to remain under the joint eustoiiy of ::u:]i •olleclor, and of the owner or owners, or master ur other person having charge of such vessel un- til the same shull be entirely unladen or discharged, and until the goods, wares or merchaiidiae wliich (hall be so deposited nmy M safely removed, without coiitraveiiing such health laws i and wheu such removal shall b« allowed, the collector having charge «f sucli goods, wsre* or merclii.ndise, may grant permits to the respective owners or coasignees, their factors or agents, to receive all goods, wares or mei*chandise, which shall lie entered, and wbereofthtt duties accruing^ shall be paM or secured, atjconling tn law, upon the payment by tbain of a reaw cs- talillsiied, as the port of entry for any colleotiou district, it «ball become daagorous or inconvenient for the collector and the other oficert of the reyenue employed therein, to continue the discharge of their ratpecttve olfices at suck port, the secretary, or in his absence the eomptrollerof the tiea^- itry of the United State*, may direct and authorize the removal of the collector nnd the other ofH- •ers employed in his department, from such port to any other more convenient place, wltliin, or as near at may be to such collection district, where such collector and otticers may exercise tlio samv authorities and shall be liable tu the same duties, accordiu); to existiii^f circumstances, as in such lawful port or district ; and of such remuyal public notice shall be given at toon at mny be. ^Aa tht above Inw of Ihe United SlaUi reftn lo Iht ifzernl lienlih lavs of the. difftrtnl stalet, Ihe Edit' or luu llunfurt laktn ^rtal pains lo procure copies of thtm, pari of vkich lie lias oblaiiiiJ. These tans beinff from theit suJijeel liable to frequent alterations, he cannot emuJi for Ihe autktniicity of Iht foliowiiit abstracts ; it is, however, as accurate as the nature nf Ihe nubjtal will admit uf. It is pnMtablt that masters of vessels will be furnitlitd with ec^^xa of the htallh kitfs by tht ]>ro/jer offictr ^ lilt fvl utwis*lialil& »n (/itir u-yival^ *• *■ ^ 'i ■4 -i"*;-*;' ^ nNni^ ' "'..ijWv^t '■I m 54 Appeiidisi* »£dii »•-*<»'*- }mw HAMPSHIRE. ft: BY a Uw of thti itate it in provided, that whene'-sr any (Mpor otlicr tmwI ahall arrive In aiij^ port In tlie rtate, havina any penwn on board, »dfi«ted willi the plague, wnall-pox, peMikiitial or malignant fever, or tihnfl have Heen w infecUNl (luring the voyage, or hnvinic on buanl any g«M)d» tvbicli may reaMinably be apprehentic;) to have any infection of Mich dixeane*, it kImII be the duty of the mauler or comrnander of wch nhip o.- veiK,el to pive Immediate Hformation thereof to the telectmen of PortNOOUtb, and it «DaH be the d.ity of the Mikctiiten of P.l^t^r.lOUth upon infonna- tion of the arrival of luob ihip or vewel, and they are hereby empowered In-mediatfly to U\n nith pradential methodi end precautions as to them appear neeeMary, to pn^vent the ti^reading such in- fcctio*, and may order and appoint the di»tdnce at which mcb thipor vr;Nl shaH lie from the ihor«, ■ad itell iMve power to mnoVe the some at the expense of the owner or nii'ter, if the mastar or •Mnnander shall refuse or nrglect tn remove, after receiving from said Hecimen an order therefor ; ■id ibe said seieetien are hereby fnrther empowered to forbid or prevent tny person coming ott (kora ffooi such ship or vewel. or any gondu being landed from the wime, unti such precautioDs bO uImd at tlw public safety may tr them appear to require. And if the oomn ending ofBcer of any anch (hip or vessel shall mC" 'ay peraon or thing to be put oh nhore. witho it permission first ob- Uined therefor, under the bauds of the said selactmen, or k ma_or part of theo>, he nail forfeit and pay the sum of/aur hundred dolkin. If any person come on shore from any sDch ship or vessel without Mch liberty, aity Juitice of the peace may cause such person to be confined in such proper plaoe as the selectmen aforesaid may appoii^t, for a term of time not exceeding SO days, at bis own expense, to be recovered by then by «etiot< of debt, in any court proper to try tlie same. The said selectmen shall bave full power to seise and keep anv fi:o<^» landeil from such vesieT, without such !eave, until thry shall cause the same to be cleansed at the expense of the owner of aueh good8~-and if the onvnir neglect to pay siich expense, the seleetnwn shall have powe; to gall so much of the goods as will defray the reajooable charges of seiSiug* keeping add cjeaasing the •ame. If any penon or persons, seamen or phstengeni, belonging to or on board any vessel arriving at my port or harbour within the sUte, shall be infected with the plague, small-tMX, pestitentiaTor Bialignaot fever, during the voyage, the commander of sueh ship or vessel, shall immedUtely oh ^ entrants into sueh port ni harbour, cause liis vcitol to Ue ancliored, and give information there* of to the commanding officer a^ fort William and Mary, if the vessel happens to be in Portsmouth harbour, or in case of the vessel's behig |n any other port to the nearest field officer of the militia, whose business it shall be immediately to notify the president, or in his abwnce two of the council, and reeei^'fl tiieir direction. And if the comidanding officer shall suffer any person or thing to be landed, or set on shore out of said veseal, without pemtission obtained eUner from the president, or in liis attsenoe, from two of the oouncil, be shall forfeit and pay the sum of one hundred pounds. And if any person who may com main to clenni^e and purify fUch sbip or vessel anti her cargo, for such a term and space of tiifie not exceeding thirty day*, af. shall be limited arwl specified in such order — and in case the owner or own* ers, master or romniamling officer of any such iiliip or vessel shall disoltey or neglect to perform and aomply with such order, ^r shall move to bring such ship or vessel, or any part of her cargo, or any article on board sucli ship or vessel, or permit or MiSer the same to be moved or brought on shore before the expiration of the time limited und specified in such ortler, without having previously ob- tcined pcrmitiRiou in writing to do the same from two of said health officers, or from a mMjority of the selactnen of said town, such owner or own^ rs, master or commanding officer so offending, shall forfeit and pay to said town, a sum not exi:eed In- mediately to taktt nivh ivpnt the ei, nnti such precauUon* ht eomn nnding officer of any witho It perniiwlon firrt oi»- nf ihen., he ihall forfeit and duch liberty, any jtutice of the Miectnien aforettid pjay to be recovered by then by sils landed fnim (uch vesiel, ihe expenM of the owner of ecunen ithali have power to S« keeping and cjeanring the board any vemel arriving at e, umall-liox, pettiientiaTor renwl, xhall immediately oh and give information tuere- mpppnn to be in Portumouth ent Belli officer of the militia, B abopnce two of the council, ier any person or thing to lie ed ejtner from the president, ay the nuro of one hundred neuman or paoiienger, shall shull forfeit the buib of fifty my ship or venel shall arrive lid before the fit n day of No- ellow fever or any malignant, ly mnlignnnt fientagiouit di»> III' » ft, or any one of them p ur veMiel, and if it Khali be ship or vewel. her cargo, or contagious disorder and that parts of the said town, would i the dutv of saidhenllh offi* id direct the owner or ownem, ibip or vessel to fmmp place of et to be specified, there to !«• I a trrro and space of time not and in case the owner or own- ibey or neglect to perform and any part of her cargo, or any l)e moved or brought on shore kvitlioul having previously ob- nflicem, or from a miijority of ding officer so offending, snail lam, which may be recovered ed by said health officers, in Ier or cnjmmanilinK oilicer, of e lo iiieh order, or having re- id and specified in such order, ar any wharf in mid town or >taincd tucb permiwiou there- 9E«t AppenSAi* ^ hr, M i* kerein aWse provided, the tatd health officer or wmn tiro of lliem, lalifnff nitb them iu.T> eient esrikance, shall remove such ship or vessel to the place specified in said order, there to remain at tke risk of the owner or owners, until the expiration of the time In soch ortier limited and spe< Ofled' -and the expense of removing such ship or vessel and keeping the same, may hk rvcitvercd . against such owner or owners, m:;.)ter or aommanding officer, with double costs, in the 'tame way and manner as is prnvidM for recovering the expense of removing or destroying ntiisancci and pa* trki substance or matter. MASSACBUSETIU BT a law of the CommonweaUb of MaaMchusetts, to prevent the spnai Iok nt contagions sMk» Qen, it is enacted, that inquiry shall be made by the officer or other person on duty nt I lie cattle ia the harbour of Boston, or every veisni coming f.-om sea, and passing by the said Mftle. whether any infection* tjsknes* be on i)oard, or has been on board aiiice sueb vessel leli the port fi^m whence die last came ; and if any ivsh vessel baa any slckhcw on boanii or has had any on lioard. since her leaving such port in sucL case, ord.'rs shall lie given by sneh officer, or other person on duty, tothenasteroreommanderof such vessel, iounediately to anchor, and to remain at anchor untile certMeate shall be obtained from the major part of the seleetmen of tht town of Boston, that they are of opinion that sveh vessel may cnmr up to (he town w ithoiit danger to the inhabitants, or until the said matter or enroma,nib>r shall receive nrder* fmm :he said selectmen to anclinrhis veuiel near the I^Mpital on Itansfoid't island, in the harbour of Bnston. And in case any muster or oommaadae of a re^l shall bv himself or the people on b' ter or commander of a veasel ordered to aiubor near the hospital aforesaid shall neglect or refuse ■o to do; in every such case, every master or con'mamler so offending, tke said selectmen are hereby empowemd to administer) such master, aeaman, or passaiiger, to refusing, shall forfeit the sum of tifo hundred doUoftt and in case he he not able to pay laia vua, ha shall suffer six mpntiw iuprisoBineBt. ^^^^^^ i I » >?^: ■# *^ii^Y::mct\ H A^ppendiX' • Edit Ami (h« wlacUiMii of Botlon are hereby authorised ud direeted to provide nnnea, Jltikiiitt^ nnd n«oei««rie«. for Uw comfort and relief of such licii pertoni a* may be icnt to nid hoapKntiAf nfnm id; ^he (tharge tlw.r«ior(o be borne bv the aiid permni Uwimelve*, if able, or if poor an* unable, by the town* to wfaicK they reipectively Belong ; or if not inhabitants of any particular town, or other plaoe within thli lUte, then by the oommonwealtt.. WhemrraranyvefMlfhnllarrivea^ anyport, other than Bofton, within the commonwealth, bar- ing on board any penon vinitadwilh tlip plague, Rmall-pn^, nnlignant fever, or any other pettiien' tial d{tea'fe,th« nuwter, oommander, or pilot thRn>nr, »lialt lOt brinf; wch v«nel up neai' ibe town of (he port where the first nrrivce, until liberty be first grantMi in writing by (he selertmen thereof; bnt they may bring mcb veteel to an anchor in such place below the town ns will tie most for the mkty of the inhabitant* thereof, and the preservation of ^e vessel ami the people on board, there to trait for ordnrs from the selectmen of sucli town bet>n any passenger or person belonging to, or •ily thing on bo«rd tb« same, be bronghl on shore ; and any master or commander of such vessel irho shall be found guilty of a breaeh of the law contained in this section, ithall forfeit and pay a fine (>f dm hxMdrtd deUari for every such oRence, noon eonyietinn thereof befoi e any court pmper to try ihe fame ; and any pilot who may go on board any ciicl^ressel, and pilot the same up to the town vithout liberty first had and obUiMd from the-aelectqien therim tf ^foresaid, shall forfeit and pay a fine of .^Yy dollar* for erery sttohDibnce. , RHODB l6TiANT>. No master or eommaadar.of any diip or other ressci, who shall cottt*in«o any |wrt orhnrboar of «h« sUte, and shall hare any persbn ot penon* on board ^ck of tiie smatl-pox, or any other con- ta;Huus distemper, or who MR had any pertpf|,Aick of sndrdiMenper in Ae passage, or who shall aorie from any port nr plane asunlly infect^ with the small-pox, or where any Qther contagioai dist >mper is preralent, snail presume to bring nieh msKi to anchor in any of the ports of the state witht,: the dirtance of one mile of any publie forry, frter or landmg piaee^Mjpermit or suffer any per- son or peimns on board such resael to he landed, or any penon to some on board such vessel with- out a lioen^ftrst had and obtained from the goramor or lieutenant governor, or, in their abstnce, Anm one or more of the assistants of. the state, or, In hii or tbefr afaseaee, from two or more .jus- tices of the peaee or warden* of such town, where iqoh reisol *faaN arrive, on^*"* nenalty of for- feiting/om; hundred doUan tc and for the use of the state, to be recorered by the general treasur- er,, by action of debt, in any court of common pleas. And It shall be the duty of such master or commander, on his firs^ arrival in anr port in the state, to bolM'aqd keep his colours in the slirouds of his ship or resfwl, r4t a Hgnal pf having cpaia fropi such infojcted place, or having infection on board. If any person or pe runs whonevar riiall presume to land or come on ^ore from on board gnch vessel withoiit license first had and obtained as aforesaid, it shall he lawful for any assistant, jus- tice of the peave or v arden, to send back suah oflfenderpr offenders immediately on board such vessel, or cooflmi hira or them on shore, in such convenient place as to Lhn shall appear most ef- fectual to prevent the Kpreading pf any infection, until the town eopncil of such town shall have information and opportunity to remove said offender or oSeifders, as they are hantafter empower- ed and directed : anid tjie person or persons so oflfending shall satisfy and pay all charge that shall arise tbereout and also ^aeh of them shall formt/bWy duUan, to be reooverrd in manner as afinre- mid \ and if the offender or offonders shall not have ralficient itslale to pay the mme, )ie or they shall be ot^fined and anbject t^ hani labour fi>r a term not exceeding two mmths. The gorernor, lieutenant-sHr-^rnor, assistants, justices and watdens af^ aiforesaid, he, and they ■re hereby empowered and directed, to send a physViiiah or othef suitable person to examine into, •nd make report to Jiim or them respectively, of the true state of such vessel, and the people on lioard at the charge of the master or commander of such vessel. The town council of the town where such vessel shall arrive, he, and they are hereby empower- ed and directed, forthwith to ptit on board such vessel some suitable person or persons to secure s^id vessel, and effectually prevent any communication therewith, at tne expense of the owners. The town council of such town- be, and they are hereby empowered and directed, to confine on tward said vessiel, or wnd to some hospital, or other suitable pluse, all persons, mariners'or pas- sengers, or others, who came in said vessel, for a cnn venient time , until such of th^ as k§ve, or lire liable to have, the t>mall-pox or Other infectious distemper, are perfiMtly recoVerM and deans* «d from said distemper, or nave passed a suitablo .qtiarantine ; and also, nil other persons who have gone on board such vessel witnout license a^i aforesaid, at the chtrge and expense of such per- sons respectively i nod also all other persons thai fame in said veassl, uutil they hart been suffi- ciently aired and cleansed. The town council of the town wher<( such veAiil arrives, be and they are hereby empowered and directed, to appoint ttvo st'itabta persons to take eflfootual care that all goods, wares and merchan- diEe imported iri snch ve«iiel, which they thin '- liable to hold and communicate the infection be land- ed on some of tlie islands in the Narraganset bay, and exposed to the sun and air, nnd cleanwd, not exceeding ten days, nor under six days, before they are permitted to be brought Into any house, shop or Warehouse, other than where they are cleansed as aforesaid, and when such goods are suffi- efently aired and cleansed, such perstms shall give the owners or posspiuiors thereof a certiRcate, and the town oouitdl tiball allow and order said gomls, yyares end merchandise, to be doliverpil to the «wner or owners thereof, and the charge and expense of landing, airing and cleansing Such goods, waniormarrhandize^all b« borne by any p9rt orharboor of nail-pox, or any other con- in the paiwage, or who tball where any other contagioni any of the port* of the ttata i4t»c|perniit or wtkf any per* te on board nich veiael with- ivecnor. or, in their alMbnce, enee, from t\vo or more .jus- irrive, oai»- nenalty of for- ?ered by the general treasur- > the duty of web rnanter or eephii colour* in the riiroudt pla«:e, or having infection on on ^ore from on board snch lawful for any aitistant, jm- i iminediately on board such I to him shall appear molt ef- incil of »uch town »h«ll have they are hereafter empower, and pay all charge that Rfaall recuverrd in manner as aSJre- I to pay the lame, he or tbey ; two mraths. IIS «|, aforesaid, be, and they table person to examine into, ich vessel, and the people oii ind they are hereby empower- e person or persons to secure I the expense of the owners, ed and directed, to confine on , all persons, raariners'or pas- untilsuch of them m bive, or Nfo«tly reeotem^ ftttd ■engers belonging to or transported in any ship or vessel, arriving at any port or harbour within thd state, happen to be visitetl with the small-pox, or other contagious sickness during the voyage, or come from any place where such sickness prevails ond is common, it shall be in the power of tlm select men orthe town to order such person or persons to confinement in such vassel and such place as they shall think proper, and for so long a time ac tbey shall think most convenient and safe ; and if need so require, upon their application to one assistant or justice of the peace, or more, if readily to he come at, he or they may, and are hereby authorized to make out a warrant to tho sheriflr or constable aforesaid ; or in want of such officers, or for any other special reason, to soma other suitable person (who is accordingly hereby empowered with the sam^ authorities and re- quired -pon the same penalties as the proper officers are invested with are liable to) both for tho temenJiiig such pers lectmen of such town, or such person or persons as tbey shall appoint the health officer or officen thereof, to require such person or persons, so coming or suspected, to disclose on oath, whether bo or they have come from such place, or are infect" J with, or have been exposed to the small-pox, or such other disease, as also his or their whole kbuwiedge concerning such goods, wares and merchan- idize, and for that purpose to administer an oath or oaths tu such person or persons, or epter on board any such ship or vessel ; and in caseony ch person or perrons shall, whpn required, refuse to suf- fer such selectmen or health officer or officers, to enter into such ship ur vessel or shall refuse to dis- close on oath as aforesaid, said selectmen shall, without further proof, have the same authority to order, and effiict the confinement of such person or persons, so refusing as is provided in the preced- ing paragraph of this act relative to peraonii suspected to have the small pox or other disease. And |f such selectmen shall, ou such examination, be of opinion that goods, wares and merchandize, or any part thereof, if landed would expose the inhabitants to the small po\ or other contagious disease, it shall be the duty of such selectmen (with the advice of the civil authority of such town) to secure the same on board such ship or vessel, and prevent the landing thereof uutii they shall bo suitably aired and cleansed, in such manner as suuli selectmen shall order ai>d direct. I^ WO any person or persons shall land or unlade in any town in theit^ite from any ship or vet* ael, any clothing or bedding which hath been used by any person orperi-onti infecteii with the small Cox, or such other disease (without the consent of the selectmen of such town) knowing the same to ave been used as aforesaid, he, she or they shall forfeit to{the treasurer of such town, 100 dollars, to he recovereil by bill, plaint or ioformutioi). Wlien any person in any vessel, 111 any harbour or road within the state, shall be taken sic*i, and do fear and suspect it to be tlie small pox, or other contagious sickness as aforesaid, it shall be tho duty of the master of tlie vessel, immediately to put forth a signal, to wit, a white olotb, two feet square, Hhall be hoisted on the sjiruuds of said vessel, which signal shall be so continued ti|l by or- der of a justice of the peace or the seleetiiien of the town, they ^llall be discharged therefrom. And on failure thereof, the iqaster of such vessel, on convictioii thereof, before the couaty court, in tho county where such omission shall be, shall incur such penalty as tlie said court shall ^udge proper, not exceeding 40 dollars. If any person shall bring into \af town in the state, either by laud or water from any place in* Iscted with the small pox, or any other mortal or contagious disease, any goods, wares or merchan- dize, and land then^, or expose them to sale, without liberty from two or more of the selecliuea of said town first had and obtained in writing under their hands, such person shall forfeit the suua of 67 dollars, one half of said penalty to Ihelnfurmer who shall pi-osccute ihe sunie to etfegt, UlO' Other half to the treasurer of the town in tvbisb such goods are ian494oro4*(Ml to sale> H .■*. 5$ "^ ■v Appendix, Edit, ii.^ It Khali be the duty oT the leleetinm, upon application to them made, to malce upeedy MiBintD«f tinn '\bHb)>r it hp iipcpfmry tn air Hicli tcooils. warcK or mrrchaniliiip, Itroii^lii in us aroremid ( bM if they juflicr il nut iiec^nMry to airtbeiii, they i>hall then give a certiRcatp to tbe permn or penont ■pplyini: thKrAfur, anad or creek in the state forthwith to give information to one nr more of tbe selectmen of such (own nhere siicb vessel shall first arrive, fro|n whence they came, and tbe true ni'i;uiu>tHnces nf the people and cargo on board. And whatever master, or other officer on bo s :ild, or shull neglect to wait for, and punctually obey such orders as shall he given ill liucb caui;h person shall incur upon biraaelf a Sue of '(htraine from souie biis(tital, or person employed in the hospital or medical department of the United -^tHtes, it >.hall be tbe duty of the selectmen of Nucb town to provide the necessaries for the support and relief o|» such soldier, sailor or marine in his sickness, and tlie reasonable expenses thereof properly autbentiuateil, beini; laid before tbe governor and council, with the name of such loblier. Kiilor or marine, the company, regiment, ship or other vessel, and state to which he belong- ed, they are bereoy antlMrisrd to order payment of the amount of such expense, or so much of it as shall be by them allowed, and charge the same to the account of the United !' tates. PENNSYLVAMA. By a taw of Pennsylvania it is enacted. That all ships and vessels, as well vessels of war as mer^ chant vessels, arriving at tbe lazaretto from any port or place in the Mediterranean, or the seas or waters connected with the same, to tlie eastward of tbe StraKti of Uibraltar, or from the coast uf Africa wiihoiit the straits of - iibraltar, ami tbe territory of the same, and the ports of Africa other than the Cape of (lood Hope, in the Inilian Ocean, and from tbe main land of North or tSouth America, or the Vent tndii islands between the latitude of the river St. Marv. in Cieorgia, and thfv beginBiiig of the latitude of thirty degree!) S4)utb of the equator, and from liatavia in the island of Java, from the fifleeutb day of .Vlay to the first day of .rctober, shall there he detained at anchor, and ilikcharge the whole of their carsoes and ballast, which, together with the veasels, bediiing, clothing, and every article on boani which may be 'upposed papable of retaining infec- ti •(■ shall be prrtecily cleansed and purified, under tbtf direction of the' resident physician and Quarantine roaSier All -hipH or vessels, as well vessel; of war as merchant vesse'; coming from any port or place, withiu the United States, and bound to the port of I'hiladelphia, from the 15th day of May to the 1st day of October, and having on board any g(M>ds or merchandize, the growth or produce of any port or place ineiitloned in the iir^t part of this extract, or any person or persons bedding or cloth- ing from any of the haid piu-tsor places, shall come to anchor opposite to the said lazaretto; and if the captain or master of such ship or vessel shall produce to the resident physician and quaran- tine niHnter such satiiflactory proof as the board of health shall, in that case, direct to be required, th -i tbe said goods or merchandize lii,ve been l.uided in the United states, and are free from damage, and that the said vessel. boil<[ing, clothing, and |iersonH are free from the infection of any . cliin,:erous •■otii>«gi'>us disease wiuttever, then, and in that case, tbe said resident physician and quarantine master sbull give to the captain or master of such xhip or vessel, a certificate of tl^ tacts, permitting such ship or vps<«I tii proceed to the city, which certificate the said captain or niHsier ^hall presf^nt at the health uHice in Fhiladelfihia within twenty four hours after his arrival and safely mooring there: and if be shall ncj^lect so to do being thereof convicted upon an iq- dictiuent under h'n act, by vvrdicl, confesf'ion, or standing mute, in any court of criminal jnris- diotioii within thS comuDiifweHlth, he rhall be , the said vessel, giH>ds, merchandize, bedding, clothing and persons, shall be detained at the lazaretto, and shall hie proceeded with in the ^aiue manner, and -iibject to the same orders and regulations as is herein btrfore provided .md directed ill the case of ves>els coming direct from the afore.e recovered by bill, plaint a to go on shore from any hnR been given, and order ree dollar' mid thirty/our f tbe United States, who ii it< state, under nuuh circum* ary for his support, or pro^ : medical department of tbe viile the necessariep for the id tlie reasonable expenses icil, with the name of such id stnie to which he lielong- h expense, or 80 much of it United Kutei. s well vessels of war as mer- ieiliterranean, or the seM or braltar, or from the coast of ind the ports of Africa other lain land of North or South fet. Mary, in Oleorgia, and id from Batavia in the island , shall there he detained at , together with the vessels, J capable of retaining infec* the resident pbyMcian antl ing from any port or place, the 15lh day of May to tho he growth or produce of any or pePiOHii bedding or cloth* te to the said lazaretto ; and hiilent physician and quaran- at case, direct to be required, id States, and are free from i-ee from tbe infection of any said resident physici..n and ir vessel, a certificate of tijp ertilicBte the said captain or ly four hours after Wm arrival iei-eof convicted upon an in- any court of criminal juiis- B oilteo hundred doltan ; and oof ns aforesaid of the whole* and person>, the said vessel, >d at the lazaretto, and shall ■(• and regulations as is herein m the aforesaid foreign ports itain or master jf any ship or lound to the p rt of Pbiludej- or persons as aforesaid, shall pass tbe same with iutent to )iu the Nfideot physician u^ ^Edlt. Appendik. .? ., ^* ef» inaranthie niaiter, w afofetaid, he (ball, on conviction, forfeit and pay (he inm ofyivt hwnirfAHot- \n tot Mush ami every offence; anrt or place mentioned in the first part of this extract, arc hereby prohibited from entering within the city or county of Philadelphia, from the ISthday of May to the Ist day Jof October, either by land or water, unless the said person or perwns, goods, merchandize, betiding or clothing shall have been landed in such port or place within the I'niied 8tate!i in a wholesome state, at least SO days previous thereto, under the penaltv n( fiw hwndrti dollart for each and every nflence, together with the forfeiture of such goods, mercbanduM!, bedding or clothing, one half to the benefit of the informer. And if any master or captain shall, knowingly, receive or employ on board of his ship or veswF, or if any housekeeper or other inhabitant of this cominou wealth, tihall. kunwingly. receive, harbour, or in any wise entertain any person so eloping or absenting from the lazaretlo. \fitbout having pre> viously obtained and producing a discharge as aforesaid, each and every master and captain, and each and every housekeeper, or inhabitant, so respectively offending shall, on being thereof le^lly convicted, forfeit and pay a sum of ont liututred dollart ; and moreover be seutenoed to imprison* ment and hard, labour, for any term not less than one, nor more than five years. If any person other than those detained at the lazaretto as aforesaid, lihatl go on board or along side of any ship or vessel whilst under quarantine as aforesaid, or if any person not authorized by the proper officer, shall go within the limits of the lazaretto, such person or persons shall perform such quarantine as the bokrd of health may direct; and being th.>reof convicted upon inilictmedt tinder this act, by verdict, con' - -ion, or standing inute in any court having criminal jurisdiction within this commimwealtht shaii, moreover, be sentenced to, and suQer confinement at hard labour in the gaol of the county of Philadelphia for any space not less than one, nor more than three yeart. vmoiNtA. BY a law of the commonwealth of Virginia, it is provided, Hiat vessels, pemons and memhan* dize, coming or brought into any place within the commonwealth, from any other part of IM world, whence the governor, with the advice of his council, shall judge it probable that any plagus or other iniectious disease may be brought, shall be obliged to make their quarai.line in such place, during such time, and in such manner as .vhall be directed by tbe governor, by bisorder in council, notified by proclamation, to be publishqil in tbe Virginia uazetie : And until they shall lie dir>> charged from tbe quarantine, no such persons or merchandize shell come or be brought on shore, oC go or be put on board of any other vessel in the commonwealth, but in ■'iich mannerrin such case*, and by such license, as sJiall he peritiilted by their ory proclamation published in the Virginia Oazette, that it is judged probable the plague or other pestilential disease may be brought from any place, if a vessel from such place shall be coming into a port of the commonwealth, the per* SQii kvbo shall be authorized to see quarantine performed, '«l in their voyage, and to what places those vessels belonged, and what are the contents of bit lading. i he master of a vessel coming from a place infected with the plague or other pestilential disease, or having any person on boarJso infected, who sball conceal it. or who shall no' give true an- swers to the questions so to b« propounded to him, shall be amerced the sum of one llioiuandjivt- hundred dollars. The lUHster of a vessel ordered to perform quarantine, when he shall be required, after his nrrival at the place appointed, sball deliver to the otticer authorized to senii performed there, the Idllsof kaalili and luaoifcsts ka shall bave ceoeivcd dlurio^ the voyage, wiU lus lojj bviiji aail joHrsal ; aftjl f M 'Wr.-''**:-*«!>W«ff'^ tl( ' •»».*. . «0 «#k Appendix* Edit. |k:'>> nftialng or neglecttp^ to to ilo, or to repnir in convenlDt tiiM a'nar aotlce to Um plner apaoiiited, or <>«cNplng from tiienoe before qaanintine performed, iball be amerced the mm of one mnuimi Jlvt huiidnd ilotlari, PcrikinR ordrreil to perform qaarantlfte, iflliey ihall ewape, may be compelled to return, or if thry •liitll attempt to eK«pe, muy be detnined by the pemonii who nhall be authorised to nee the quarantine |>errormed, and w^^o may employ force, and eall for the aiyittance of otbem, if it be ne- MMary l«>r thin purpuw. Any pt-rvon |! ict. GEORGIA. By a law of this state it is enaeteil, that when any country shall be infected with the plague or Otb«r mnlignat't distemper, all voxels, lioHts, persons and gooils, shall be subject to and be liable to pi-rlurm quaiantine, as is in this act directed ; and during such quarantine, no person or persons coiiiinjt, or gooi's imported in any sui h ship, vessel, or boat, shall come on shore, oi go on board any other ^bip nr vessel, or hoai, or be landed or put into any other ship or vessel, or boat, in any place wiihin Ihi.i state, other than such place as shall be appointed for that purpose ; nor shall any person go on board any sueb ship, vessel, or boat, without license first bad and obtained in writing, under the hand of such person or persons who sbnil be appointed to see quarantine per- formed; and the iiaiil ships or vessels, or boats, and the persons and goods coming and imported in or going on bonni the same during the time of quarantine, and all ships,, vessels, boats and persons receiving any person or goods under quarimtine, shall be subject to such orders, rules and directions touching quarantine, as shall be made by (he authority directing (he same. If any commander, or master, or other person taking the charge of any sbip or vessel, or boat, eomirg from any place infected as aforei-aid, shall go himtiell, or permit or sufler any seaman or passeiiicer to go on shore, or on board any ship or vessel, or beat whatsoever, during the quarantine, or until such siiip ur vbs»el, or boat, shall be disiharf;ed from quarantine, without such license as aforesaid, theu, and in all such cases, the percon otliending shall forfeit anil pay for every such oF> fence, the sum of one hundred pounds sterling, to be recovered by action of debt, bill, plaint or in* formation, iu any ol the courts ot this state, and to be for (he purpose of building of a pest house ; and the juilges of any of (he said courts are hereby empowered to allow such reward to the inform- er or iDformers (il any thf-re shall be) out of the said Me, as in their judgment they shall see fit, so as the same shall not exceed a moiety of tlie fine levied. And if any person or persons m hatsoever, who sbull arrive in any port or place within this state, in any ship or vessel, or bo^t, which shall, bv reaKiii of his coming from any country or place infected with any contagious distemper, be obliged to liee'p qnarantioe, shall quit such sbip or vessel, or boat, by coming on shore, or going on board any otiier ship or vessel, or boat, lielore or while under quarantine, it shall and may be law- ful for tlie perM> remain during the time of such quarantine; and tucb person or persons so leaving uicli ship ur veshut, or bout, and being thereof, after the expiratlou of this quarantine, r.onvicted by one or more credible witness or witnesses, before any one ju!>tice of the peace, living :,ear ^fae place where tUeofieuce shall be committed, and three freeholders sworn to try the truth of the said charge, shall forfeit and pay into (he hands of the said justice, the sum of fifty pounds sterling, one (bird thei«ol sbull be lor the informer, and the remainder, after the necessary expenses are discharged, tliall be applied as bcrein before provided; and in default of sucb payment, il shall be lawful for tbe said juhiice to coiimiit such offender to one of tbe public gaols of this state, lor any time not exceeding twelve months, nor less than six months. If any person or pertons whatsoever shall presume to go on board and return from sucb ship or Vessel, or boat, required to perlorra quarantine, before or during the time of quarantine, wiihuiit a license as aforesttid, every such offender shall be couipelled, and in case of resistance, by force and violence be compelled by the person or persons appointed as aforesaid, (o return on board such •liip \i\ vessel, or boat, and (here to remain dtiring (he time of her quaiantine, and shall afterwards be liaUle to a flur and iiuprii-unment, as iterein bciure direc(c le of t'le damage* «iiHtained ceriificHte thereof, and that be no further reitrained by infected with the plague or I be uibjecl to and be liable antine, no perton or perionR ne on nhore, oi go on board hip or vewe?, or boat, in any for that purpose ; nor shall ft fir«t had and obtained in inted to lee quarantine per- >od8 coming and imported in )i, venselg, boats and permni b orden, rules and directions wme. any ship or venel, or boat, rmit or suffer any seaman or oever, during the quarantine, itine, without such license as it and pay for every such of* lion of debt, bill, plaint or in- e of building of a pest house ; i\v such reward to the inforro- iuilgnient they shall see fit, so [lei'son or perjons whatioever, r vessel, or boit, which shall, any contagious distemper, be coming on shore, or going on itiiie, it shall and muy be law- erfoimed, and tl»ey are hereby :b ship or vessel, or boat, and on or persons so leaving uiuh n quarantine, convicted by one R peace, living '.lear 'he place ry the truth of the said chnrge, il'ty pounds stei'liuj:, one third isory expenses are discharged, aynient, it shall be lawful for of this state, ior any time not d and return from such ship or I time of quarantine, wiihuut a ■are of resistance, by force and ■snid, to return on board suck larantine, and shall afterwards ee of persons quitting a ship or I tbal cuse provided ; and the and maintain such person on as shall be appointed to take skiff belonging to such sliip or til the quarantine shiill be pei-- lid shall voluntaiily sutler any herein, to quit such ship or ves- •it and pay the sum of one hun- ic informer, and tbe remaining cd iu any o( tlie courts of iliit 9 Edit Appendi^r^ 6(1 AfUf th« qoartntine shall have bem duly performed according to the directions of this not, anil ■pon proof to be made by oath of the master or other person having charge of the said ship or ▼essel, or boat, and two of the personi belnngine to the snid ship or vessel, or boat, before any one of the justices of the peace of thid slate that such ship or vessel, or boat, and all and every person therein have duly performed the quarantina as aforesaid, and that ibe ship or vessel, or mat, and all the persons on bnard are free Irom an Infectious distemper i then, in such case, such justice is here- by required to give a eertificate (gratis^ thereof, and thereupon «uch ship or vessel, or boat, anil all and every person therein, shall not be liable to any further restraint, by reason of any matter or thing contained in this act. From and after the passing of this act, tbe pilot or pilots, belonging to the several ports of (bis ■tale do before his or their entering on board any ship or vessel, de< not ex- ceeding one hundreii dollars, at the discretion of the commissioners of tbe port, or a majority of them, who are hereby authorized to assess such fine, and enforce the payment or imprisonment of the party offending, in the same manner and time, as is heretofore pointeil out for recovering fines, from pilots or masters of vessels, not willing to abide by the award or (k«reeof the comuiissionera of pilotage, any law, custom, or usage to the contrary of this act notwiihst'^nding. In case any damage, dispute, complaint or difference shall happeu or ariNC, or be rande against, er between any master or pilot for, or concerning the pilotage of any ship or vessel, or any other natter incident, or relative to the care of a pilot, in any of the said harbours, all such damages^ disputes, complaints, differences (when the claim does not exceed one hundred dollars) are hereby ordered to be heard and determined by tbe commissioners, or a majority of them appointed for the care of the pilotage, where such damage or disputes shall happen, who by their decree, arbitration,, or order, shall and may lawfully decide, adjust and regulate every such damage, dispute, complaint or difference, and if either ofthe said partie«, master or pilot shall j%fuse to abide by, fulfil or per- form the decree, order or other adjudication of the said commissioners, or a majority of them, wh(» •hall hear and determine the same, tbe party so refusing, shall be subject, in addition to the former awafd', to the penalty of not exceeding one hundred dollars, us the said commissioners or a majority of them shall think proper to adjudge. If any ship or vessel whatsoev^,or the cargo and freight therein contained, shall happen to re- ceive any damage or miscarriage, or be lost through the neglect, insufficiency, or defhult of, or ita any of the pilots for any of the said harbours, after such pilot takes charge of the same, and the- claim exceeils one hundred dollars, the said pilot shall iu such caiie, on conviction thereof in any court of record, in this stui.e, be obliged to answer and make good to the sufferers, or to the master of such ship or ves.«el, all ±w\ every the damages and losses which he or they should sustain through the said pilot's neglect or default in ony manner or vi'ik whatnoever. If any person, raat't'.T or commander, that shall bring uny ship or vessel to any ofthe bars of the coast of any of the said harbours, and shall refuse to receive ou board any warranted or licensed pi- lot, thesMil person, master or cominamler so refusing and afterwards brin)ilng in the said ship or vessel into any of the ports aforesaid, shall and is hereby made liable to pay the pilot firH offering to come on board such ship or vessel without the bar, to take charge thereof as pilot, the same rate«, dues, and payments, as are custoiaary. Tbe master or commander of any ship or vessel, for tbe consideration of the pilotage of the snid ship or vessel inward to, or outward fi'vm,any of the ports or harbours aforesaid, shall pay unto the licensed pilot that shall take charge of the same, the several sum and sums of monsy, rates^ and prices as are established by the board of commissioners as full and ample saiivfaetion unto Ibe wid pilot far hii cur* Had viiasga in bnuKins in, er oarryinn out ertry suoii sliip or vessel ; and if -i;^; Mi 63 Appendix. d Edit m may lieaiM*! pilot kbnll aik or ilrmnnd mftn? fet-i fur hit wrvioei than i« iipecllle«l in tka rata* of pilntiiKfl,on (iut \>ronT thpreof bpfore (lie ooinmiMionen om mi^nriiy of (h(>iu, he ^^all forfrit rfou* U« th^ amount ' ' micli vp^xpI'd pilitta^ei To«ncouriif(i> ..f much hi mny bo. pilot* to nttrnil thti bar«. tliMt all nnil fvery lieetiM>il pHnl Itrinf^ing any v^ckpI oafn rnim ^)>a, hha'l have the prefvrpnRr riri>riiiKin|$ anch »hip or veuwl up ana ilown the river, and to 'ten again, proviilfil tlioy give their attenilatiM nnci art* duly i|tiHlilienel>. furfuii liio up- per pilotage of inch vesnel, and be liable to a fine iiok exceeding one hiiiidied ihdlar* ; Hiid everv jiilot acting on iKiard iiuch veiivel where he haa no rii^lit, sball lie liable to (be gMuie penalty, pruvf* ilei} 'he commiiiiiioncrii have not sulPicient evidence of the uece»tr In any of the aforef>aiil harbouni, iball and in liereby directed and i-rquired to iiior)i' rucli »bi^ •r veMel, or to give proper diiectiun for the luoorinjjof the Mtmc, and for their sula tiding at Mich nnoring. ICany pilot or pilot* belonging to any port in thif> «tate, Rhall meet at Ma with any veiiael or ves* *,■''■' .uund to another port within the Mime, nuch pilot or pilotii rbail if capable and thereunto re* ^. : take charge of and pilot the Mine into lurh port, and »hall lie paid two dullarr per duy for •very <^.y 8uch pilot ihnll be on board ouuli veniiel at *ea without the bar, over and above tlie iihual rateK of pilotage ; and no other pilot shall inierl'pre while (he Ant it willing to continue his nervicef. All vessels entering and clearing tvlihin this stat**, shall p»y (he si-verai rate^ of pilotage, if a li- •ensed pilot is offered, except the common coasting vei>sels to and from Charleston, and thev shall pay half pilotage up, if a pilot is offered without the bar, if ihey take no pilot, ami wlade pi- lotage if they take one; any law, custom or usage to the contrary notwith.-timdiiig ; bui vessel! •casting from one port to another within the state shall not be liable to pay pilotage, unless a pi« lot is required to act on board. There have been instanceing to pay the pilots agreeable tu rates, af- ter getting to sea, in which case the said pilots have no remedy : Bt il further enucttd. that the captains of such vessels as have no owner orconrignoe in the port, hliall l)e olili{;ed, if requerteil bj the pilot acting on board, to give security for the iailhful payiueutuf the pilotage before said vet* lel leaves such port. Protection oj Amencan aeamem BT the act of the United States of May 28th, 1T96, it is made the duty of the collectors of ev*. Fy district, to keep a book or books, in which, at the request of any seaman, being a cilisin of tb« United States and producing proof of Ills citizenship, he shall enter the name of such seaman, and •hall deliver to him a certificate of the same. And it shall he the duty ef the collectors to file and preserve the proofs of citicenship produced as aforesaid. , Foreachoerlificate delivered as aforesaid, the said collectors are entitled to receive from the ceaman applying for the same, twenty-five cents. By the came "act it is declared to be the duty of the master of every ship or vessel of the United Htates, in case of the impressment or detention of any of hi>. crew, by any foreign power, at the irst port at which his vessel ^all arrive, if such impressment or detention hi<[:pt neil on the high «ea«,or if the same happened within any foreign port, then in the port in which the same happen- ed, immeiliatcly to make a protest, stating the manner of sucli impressment or detention, l>y whoia made, with the name and place of the person impressed or detained ; di>Unguisbiug aifo whether he was«n American citizen ; and, if not, to whdt nation he belonged. Every such protest, if made in a foi-eign country, must be ti«nsniiiied to the nearest consul or agent, or minister of the United States resident in su«h country, if any there be j a liiplicate of such protest must also be preserved, to be sent iintnedlately niter his arrival in the United i-tates t« the Secretary of State, with information to whom the original protest was transmitted. In case such protest he made within tbe United -tates, or in any foreign c<«iitry. in which no consul, agent or minister of tbe United States FrMiles, the same shall, os stain as practicable be Irani, initted by such master to the Secretary of >.tale. Matters of vessel." shall, before tliey are admitted to entry aiihiii tbe United States, be required by the collectors respectively to declare on oath, whether any of tbe crew ol the ship or viss« I un- der their commanili have been impiiesaed or detained during the voyage, and how ti^Rbiy Imvo voroplied Willi the directions Hfi.resaid ; and <>u wilful neglect or refusal to make the lieclaraiious, or to perform the dniies abpve re:|uired, shall forfeit ami pay one ImndreU duUarn : ami lor such for- ijciture it «liall be the duty of such collector to prosecute The collectors are feB|)ociivei> loquirod to send a llrt if seamen registered wi(rhi.»thp; onee every three months i> the ^ecl•ctHl•> of '(ate logetlier witli an anount .jf suvhw «r dettxuioni, aa sUoU ap|ic«u: bv (he protcii of th« masten tu have t«Juiu {>iace. districtl, .'«»tiueat8 '»/ ■ d Editi it KpeciM lo tiM ntot of thf ro, be ^)>■ll forfrit doo* I HHil fVfry liceniipil |M(iA tiich ^hip or veniwl up MM iiH Hrt* Iu«in will Khip ur vpt^el to rrqiiiicd by llif niuiitPr, iiiiiiK>'i paid two dollarK p«r duy far ur, over and above thv iifual ill); to continue hit nerviuei. eral rater of plloUge, if a li- fi'oiu CbHrletlon, and lliev talie no pilot, and wImiIa pi- lotwith^tiindiiig; bui vawelf to pay pilotage, unlern • pt* pilots agrerable to rateo, af- il furlher enuettd. tbai the II l)e oblige. I anoiiiit :d'suvUlU' sk»a place. diMricU, .-tSKMUeOtS > • i 9 Edit Appendix. % Bjr the Act of March Cd. 1T99, the fli^retary of Statn Is required to lay bf ftmt Coogftw, wilhln ten days afler ihn cniniiienneinrnt of piicb aixHnary spsslon, a stalem. nt vnnlniiiinid; an nlstr'n-l of •II Kturns niiide to him by (he collectors. In pursuance oi' the former net, ami of the commuuioatioM Nceived by biiD frpni tbe ageuM employed by virtue f the same ia foreign couatriei. , ' Slave Trade. - <'- BY a law of the United ^tatmi pasted March t, lliOT, it it tnatteJ, That from and aflei .: % Arst d>iy of January, one thotisanil night huiiilred iind eight, it shall not txt lawful to import or bri Into the United titates or the tei-ritories (hereof IVoin any foreign kini^d.iin. place, or country, uii^ negro, mulatto, or person of colour, with intent to bold, sell or dii^pote of such negro, mulatto, or person of colour, as a slave, or to be held to service or lahoiir. No citlBcn or citiceni of ilie United Stales, or any other iierson, <liall be forfeited to ibe United States, and shall be liable 'u to be sehed, prosecuted and conileinnetl in nuy of the circui' t day of Janiiury, one ° - "''inl , . '. Iiiiiidrmi and eight, contra- ry to the true intent and moaning of this act, or any w^'.' ai j.i.g 6r ulietting therein, snail several- , ly forfeit and pay /wen/.;/ //luusaii^rfu/Zari, one moiety . if i iheuseoftlie United Mates, and tbe oUier moiety tu tbe use of any person or persons w''o > ■" sa^ for and prosecute for tbe laiu* lo ' ffect. If any citizen or citizens of the United States, Oi ' v parson resident within the jurisdiction of tbe same, shall, fiom and after the first day of Janui :t<^ ' .usaiid eiicht hundred and eight, take -,■_ on board, receive ur transport, from any of the coasi ., (ingdonis of Africa, or from any other foreign kingdom, place or country, any negro, mulatto, or person of colour, in any ship or vessel, for the purpose of selling iliem in any port ur place within the juris>ring into any port of (b« rnited fitatat all "urh uliipk or vo>iirli, and moreover to acixe, lake, an. hHV- InK juriiNlictlon thereof; and beiiii; (hHrpofcMivlctpd, nball be fined not PVcepilinK If" thousand did- lart, and be impriiionnd not IPHthan two year*, ^nd not pxueeding four yearc. And tlip pniceed* of all thipi and veiMls, their tackle, nppurel and furnitiira, iind ihp ((ood^ and efficlt on board of them, which iihitit be no neisod, proneeiited, and ooudernned, nhall b« divided eqiml'y lietwspn the Unitnd Hatei >ind the oiricen iind men who iihall make such leisure, take, or bring Ihp fnimi- into port f'lr condemnation, ivliethnr wich uplxiire be inade bv an armed vomel of t!ie I'nitpd ^latpa or revenue cutter thereof, and the natne iihall be diolribuied in like manner an ii provided by law, for Uie dioii'ibi'tion of prized tnken from an enemy. No napuiin, master or comrninder of any )hip or vemel, of leM burthen than forty tonn, ihall, from Hiid iiUer the drat day of lanjnry, one thoumud eiijht hundred and oiKhl, take on board and tra'inp )rt any negro, mnlntto, or person of colour, to nny port or plaoe whatMiever, for the uurpfiMS of «ir, on penalty of forfpiting for every such negro, mnliitto, or pi-mon of colour, to taken on ba^rd and transported as afiresaid, the sum n{ tinht huntred duilan, one moiety thereof to the use of the United 'States, and the other m liety to any person or persons who •hall Kue ft>r, and prosecute the same to effect : Provvlrd. however, that notbini; in thi* section shall extend to prohibit the taking on itoard or transportin<^on any river, or inland bay of the sea, with- in the jurisiliution of the Uniteti States, any negro, mulatto, or person of odour, (not imported con- trary to the provision!) of this act) in anv vessel or species of craft whatever. liie captiiin, inanter, or oijn'niiidur of any ship or vessel of the burthen of forty tons or more, from and after the Hrst day of January, one thouiand eight hundred and eight, sailing coastwise, from any port in the United States, to any port or place within the jurisdiction of tlie sHuie, hav- ing on board any negro, mulatto, or person of colour, for the purpose of transporting tliem to be fold or disposed of an slaves, or to be held to service or labour, shall, previous to the departure of ■ucb ship or ve»«el, umke out and subscribe duplioite manifests of every such negro, mulatto, or per- Hon of colour, on board such ship or vessel, therein specifying the name and sex of each person, their age and stuifjre, as near is may be, and the class to which tliey respectively bphmg, whpther negro, niuliitto, or person of colour, with the name ami place of residence of every owner or shipper of the same, and shall deliver such manifests to the collector of the port, if there be one, otherwise to the s'jrveyor, before whom the captain, master or commort of 'lis destination. And if any iihip or vessel, being lailen and desiinpd as afore- said, shall depart fro n the port where she may then lie, without the captain, master or commander having first uMdeout and Kutiscri^ied duplicate munifests, of every negro, mulatto, and person of co- lour, on board such ship or veisel, as aforesaid, and without having previously delivered the same to the said collector or surveyor and obtained a permit, in manner as herein required, or shall pre- vious to her arrival at the port of her deitiuxtion, take on board any negro, mulatto, or person of colour, other than ihoio sppnified in the m»nifesti, as aforesaid, every such ship or vessel, together with her tackle, apparel, and furniture, shall be forfeited to the use of the United States, and may be seized, prosecuted and condemned in any court of the United States, having juriwlirtion thereof; and the captain, master or commander of every such ship or vessel, shall mareover forfeit, for every cuch negro, mulatto, or persim of colour, so transported, or taken on board, contrary to the pro- visions of this act, the sum oforte tltountnii dollars, one moiety thereof to the iJiiited .States, and th« other moiety to tlie use of any person or persons who shall sue for and proieeute the same to etbct. The uaptuin, master or coinmunder of every ship or vessel, of the burthen of forty tons or more, from and after the first day of Fanuary, one thousand eight hundred and eight, sailing coastwise, and having on board any negro, mulatto, or person of colour, to sell or dispose of as slaves, or to be held to service or labour, and arriving in any port within (he Jurisdiction of the llnited States, from any other port within the same, shall, previous to the unlading or putting on shore any of the persons aforesaid, or sutfering them to go on shore, deliver to the collector, if there he oae.orif not to the surveyor residing at tlie port of her arrival, the manifest certified by the collector or siin'ey- or of the port from wlience she sailed, as is herein before directed, to the truth of which, before Fuch olBuer, he shall swear or affirtt^, and if the collector or surveyor shall be satisfied therewith, he sb.tll thereupon grant a permit for u'llading orsuifering such neuro, mulatto, or person of colour, to be put on shoiv, and if the captain, nasteror commander ol any such ship or vessel being laden as aforesaid, shall neglect or refuse to deliver the manifest at the time and in the manner herein di- rected, or shall land or put on shore any negro, mulatto or person of colour, for the purpose afore- said, before he shall have delivered bis manifest as aforesaid, and obtained a permit for that purpose, every such captain, master or comm.iiider, shall forfeit, and pay /nW/toiuonef iifo//ari,onb moiety there- of to- the United States, the other moiety to the use of any persoo or persons who shall sue for and prosecute the satae to eStxt. 9 Edit. itonny port of tb« Unitnl td any port of lh« Unlii'd ligli new, ciintrAveniiig Um rnplniii, msMer, or com* linll be ilcrniPil Kuilly iif • of ibc llniCfd Sim<'», Hhv. 'XCReiliiiK Irn ihowaiid dul- yenrc. Ami the proteed* 11(1?. Hiul effi f,H on boaril of viiled eqiial'y lielWBPn the ke, or bring thfi wiiiii' iiilu rI of I'.ic iJiiUi-d '■tBtPior an ii provided by law, for len than forty tons, ahall, d ciKht, tuki' on bonrd and rhalMtever, for tlie uurpoM ne nmy Iw i*old (ir diii|iow inanter or commander I, mulatto, and person of co- ■avioutly delivered the tame lerein required, or Rhall pre- negro, mulatto, or perxon of euch ship or \esH>\, together the United States, and may having juriicliction thereof; II msreover forfeit, for every ward, contrary to the pro- •i the Uiiiied ^tatM, and tha proieeute the •awe to elfect. irthen of forty tuns or more, ind eight, nailing coaglwise, )r dispow of as slaves, or to diction of the United States, r putting on shore any of the ictor, if there be one.orif not il by the collector or suiTey- o the truth of which, before lall be SBtis6ed therewith, he mulatto, or person of colour, ch ship or vessel being laden tnd in the manner herein di- olour, for the purpose afore- led a permit for ihat purpose, 4and doltar$,ono moiety tbere- penoDB who shall sue for and % TARIFF, OR RATES OF DUTY, OJ^-ALL GOODS, fVJnKS, J.VD MF.HC/M.ynr/.F.S fMPORT^ /ATO THK UmTED STATES OF AJtF..il(J.1. TABLE I. Detailt all Goods subject to an lul valorem Dult).''* Arfltln, "ll conipoff il wholly or chief- ly (if Kold, iiWtr, |>»rl,inil pr«ciout Unntn, Arlirirint riontn, Ann*, firp ArnHic. gym Ainif. tide and fue ArlicMt, nil no( frir, and not iiilijr.l In «uy M\tr rnti ul' duty, (»• golil ,..f) BriH, itimiifarturciofilltrticlnrioiii, or n( which brui it (h* mitetial uf chirr value, llraaa wire, Uuttoiif, llulton uioiilili, liucklei, <>r all kiiiili, Jlnntied fur wuiiirii, BaUaini, Itridirt, llonki, blank llniihet, lUiHlol tlonei, Itlur, riUkitan Ulcarlic Ihe oiateiial of chief value. Cutlery, t.'annon, China ware, Cotton, nianufaclnrea of all deirrip- lioni, or uf which it ii the material of chitrvalue,lillthe30lh«rjune, ISii; (After that day 20 D«r cent.) Cotton twist, do do do Cotton yarn, do do do Cotton thread, do do do Cotton clollii, or cloths of which cottoo il the material of chief valnc, (t\- ceptini mnkecni imported ilinci from Uhini,) the o.-igiual eotl of which, at the niace whence imporl- rd, with the addition of 20 pir r>^nl. if imported fioni the IJapr of Own! Hope, or fiom placet beyond il,and 10 per cent, from any (4her place •hall be Ifsi than 25 cents Ber»(iuarr yard, shall, with such audition, be tuken and dreimd to have coil 2'^) 27 1-2 centi per snnarc y-ird, and shall bt chji'^ed witn duty accordingly. Unbk-itched, anu coloured, the orifciniU cult of which shall he * N. D. Ill all casei where an lul valorem duly ihall be r. ,111111 (wist, 1 C'uilon yarn, > C'ollon thread, ) ImpnrfNlloni in ^nterjcnii v<«c/<. Par Oenl. I A 1-3 1-2 JO 20 22 20 22 2i 'rd in vessel, i of the L'liited 8ta.es, \Miich shall have 1 sailed therefrom, before the 27th ol i April, I816, and sh.ill arrive iherelo > Ix'tween ibe UOIh nfJune, I HID, and < Ihe III of .lune l8l7,llieoriiinalrn of r 30 per rent. '>n Ihat cost, i C.ipi for uonii'it, i " or lijia or luts of wool, of fur, rif lehlbcr, ol chip, nf straw, of silk, !tpers, 27 1-2 n 1-2 27 1-2 27 1-3 71-2 I 1.4 i C.iniAliiif All il>>criplioni,preterTcdiu S sugar ur biandy, \ Cabinet wares. i Carriages, of all deKriptioni, and parts i theri'ul, \ Canes, t t'loihiiig, ready ;nide 5 (-'oiioii, itockiiiK* of e f.'hip, ( lasols, < Fur, hats or caps of i Floor clothl, Iiainled Flag), mail of '.arged, it shall b* calculated on the netl cost of the ar- licles. at Ibe place whence imported, (exclusive of packat/ i, commissions, and all cbaigei) with the uaual »ddi(ion eilabliihcd bv law, of 20 per cent, on all roerchaodite iiupotteil from placts heyuiid Ibe Cape of Good Jiopt, tU uf 10 per ceiiu gn ailiclei imported ftoia (II other places. , .^ Imporl. ill Amtr. For vei. P. CI, 25 3* I'r.fi. 27 1-2 27 1-3 S3I-S ;10 sa ■M 33 30 33 30 33 30 S3 SO 33 .W se 30 S3 30 .■•^ SO 33 30 3S 30 33 ■M 33 30 3(1 20 3.' 7 1-2 8 1-4 7 1-2 8 1-4 20 22 20 33 SO M 30 83 SO 33 .30 3S 30 3« 30 *S •■^< .*inriii^^; ;u^v.y^f^~ :.^^\^.Z tst-' *- oh •Hi T'^^fpt'' ee t Appendix. I ImiMrlaliona In Pr~0« vtt. Pr. 0(. :■] f)om»i; uliltcUl Oiim, •tiliic (liiia, Kiirial iliilil wilrnn, l no« tulijrri Ic. «nv "ll. r mu "I ilulri GUh mclniifattiiiri c,ihirlh«n wimluw Oilt MniM of 'ill l>ii"l"i Uiui, mauur H H«l«,ot eijHi'f """'i " " fur, n •' Ualhar, •. •' cM|., i< » llrtw, II <> illli, Hiail iliftiri, ornmnfnu fur H«np;iinM>«i>« niON, m»iiafaclur«i of all »rticln from, or of which il u the m»leii«l of f hief 1»lur, j,ppiiimtd w»r«i of all kinJ" X.»f 11 fiWi " nlner, I.BO'l, tare viil", ^ of thread or illk, " ihawli, ■^ " ihadri, , Lraf, told (•«• ?i)ld I'af,) LKAO, maniiliclm" of .11 artirlfj ftiin', or of which il ii th« maltnal ol chief. valiK'. „ , . LEATIIKH, and all maniifaclurM ihn eof, or of whith il ii Ihc malcn- ■l of chief »alue, Malfriali for compoiinR dyei, not lub- iecl to olhfi ral.'« of iliily, Manufncluin of all articlr. from hra.i, coppi-r, iron. •U«l, pcwlf r, lead, liii or ol which cilher ol Ihem u the ina trrial value, ManiifJi-tureJ, ("ee woollen, fcc.) " (lee rullon, Lc.) n (ler loalher,) Millinery, nf .ill loria, Mat), of (tail, " of flap, Miulard, , , , JHaniirAciurei of wood, (lee wood, tc.) MouMi, hulton If Keedlei, Hilre, Oil, «alUd Olivf", . , , , Oruauicnti for head dreuei, P Taiienork, Pearh of all kind«, »et or not let, Precioiu stonei of all liind>, lel or not Pearl", all articlei compoied wholly or chiefly of I'rrrimH iioaei, all articlei couipoitd wholly or chiefly of Printing tvpi'i. Pewter, atl articles nianufarlured from, or of wbicli il ii the material of chief value, P'""i Vlated warci of a)l kind^ I'rutsian blue Poicclain, 30 7 1-2 7 \-2 7 IV 7 1-2 30 ;(0 31) *) 30 30 SO ao 30 33 II 81 HI a I ■Ii ii 3.1 53 33 33 81 31 33 33 33 ^ 9 Edit. A' Paratobt ol wlnt'vr mtltrisU, ** iiirki or riiifi*' for Painird flooi i'(>(ht, Firkin, JSprr iifDTarjr (l«aeiip(lonf Pj|itrhn«r'f, rUri>U, %9* for illnn, ICIlll) luraclurt*, kt.) I kiidi, irt br nol ! rnmpoif (If ir A il or iilk, :(i(loo, mm, r^f nil LiiMJl, aialnrialuf chirf len maiiurnctiires, uinbrelluor pi ipj) ^eirrlpliuni, pre bund}', CI thtwlj, ttc.) uin, of nil article ij I malti ill or chief inufaclurtt, lie.) rotoiirci), (lee col- I or (ilk, i(, and parti of till. nlalcj jiippauned rei of all ilearrip' wool U the mate- r, until the 30ih ol llulilty, 30 per I ru;., li and •(uflTgoodi, I urea df ! lanufjcturci, be.) inur. for. I'r. Ct 93 :n ;ta 33 33 3) 33 7 1-2 7|.'i 7 1-J 71 7 1-.; 71- 7 1- 30 SO 30 30 30 30 SO 71-V 30 30 7 1-2 20 30 20 iO 24 8 1-4 II 1-4 Ol-I 8 1-4 ai-t 8 1-t 8 1-4 22 23 '23 22 33 3S 33 33 33 33 81-4 33 3J a 1-4 22 22 23 22 371-3 33 33 33 •,■2 un 33 J) Edit. Apprndix. ^ TAHI.K II. DttaiU (til Good* iubject lo $pecific Dutitt, Iniportalionc ill Vrl |.!S^#IM«'-«"I,**WV^ 1 Ale, 1" I.PllI'", ^ , , " lUhtiHue than •■> holllet, Alluui, AhiiuiiiU, *■"'"■"■ n D*-.!, in tiodiM, ** utticrwiae IhiiM in hi.llli}* n..llli'<,liluck (laa><|uiitt Ituod, Uriille., I'.ir. \ iron in, e^ceptina Iron manu- I)oll<,( farluiiil hy roMinj, ■linn, ( 'run i", when uiamir^>.lured nv llolli, t rnllinj, liar., leuil in lliilla, copper " roiiipiMilion Iluhrii, (•m' leu) Blown *ti)(ir, UurKuiidy, (ice «iin»", (.'anU, plnyixK (}Mn, Cordage, (arreil " iinlarreil '* yarna, * " Iwinei, " ptrkthread, " leinei, Tapdlra, liillnw CanJIri, wax " apermacetl , rhlnotton, Curraiiti, (.'hainpai,in, (le* wiuM) Candy, augar Oi((nrl, Cliiyed, while or powdered nii? ir, OhndreD, ihoei and ilipperi lor D Tuck, Ruoia, nol fireediiij( 52 ir- chreiu, each piece, " KaveiK, not eicecdin; .'2 ar eheenr, each iiiece, " Hoi anif, not exceeding 52 ar cheeni, each pievc, g I-°iah. foreign caught " mickarel, " iilnion, " all other pickled Fsyal, (tee niun) Olaai boltlei , lilack quart, Olou, window, nut above 8 liiche. by 10 » " not above 10 by 12, " '» above 10 inch by 12, Glue, Gunpowder, Gunpowder, and I (.„,.„, H. Hemp, Hoops, fheeta and rodi, Iron in HjioB (lee lea.) It. I.' ■I KIU U l.'O ]f> 111 144 IflO 3 Per Ih pair lb 4A0wl 1501 I 41 4 lni| ortalioRi in 104 4 4 ,•> S 12 250 4 3 12': 25(1 10(1 1511 201) lUU .;t.. i iti,5 i IIolland,(Medu irdlinK, Iron, III ibi ri*, rod. or hoop., " in li.li I, or hull,, when manu- fiii'tured by rulling, Indian. Imperial, (.ec leai) Lead, in pi^i, ban nr iheeti, " maniilartiired Into abol, " rid or while, dry or ground oil, Lisbon, (see wind) l.iuiip .UKar, L'lal lUKir, M Aliiiiiirarturci of iion itilo hiri, bold, by rolling, II1,A II :5«,4 i ll.li ' 3,3 l■^.^ ; iii.'i 1,1 1.4 4,4 3,3 buah Uwl lb ihou lb pair pet Owl ; Milliiliiiiire of lead into «hot. Mfiileira, (lee wine*) nlare, Miiicalel rniiirii. Naili, copper " cuitipoiilioo .Nail., Nutmeg., 4^4 t Manufiiciurrd loliacco, utharlbaninui. 4*4 < and ifnari, 4 4^ Molaaaei, ^3 fi,tl 8,« 1 27,4 I '»,9 { <^''"'> '''y g U 9 Uriire, in oil, 2't i Oil, ipeinMccti, of foreign fishing, ^*^ I " whale, or other luh oil, of loreign ' i , fi'hing, ' Olive oil, in c iikl, i tjpjilo, (see wiue*} { Playing cardi, '- Pepper, It.. 45 no 4,4 4,4 5,5 3,3 3,3 n.2 !t76 4,4 lti,5 20 137,5 275 i € Pinteiilo, { PIUUH, ^ Pniiie., { Piirl, thread, (lee cnrdaie) f Pickled, (.ee fi,h) i Portugal, (lee winei) } Porter, in butllea, S " Diherwue than in boltlri, f Parii, white J Pigs, lead in I R I Red lead, dry or ground in oil, e Kaiiini, inuscalel in jam, ' ;i lit .S,3 > . " »' boxei, 1 10 > " .'" '''"I*' °f IKS < Hhenish, (ite wines) '250 i l'"ls, (lee riippcr, compoiilion, iron) I to J l*avrn*, (jre litick) Hutiia, (see duck) MIeel S 158,4 l g'?»"' , ' C bpinls, fiom grain, ^75 ; i'jp?"'' .102,SJ ?.'] '"• til »ll> do. ' J AJiove Sth proof, J SpiriU frcm other matariali than grain 65 271 i 111 proof, 2d do. 3.« 3,3 3,3 3,3 3,3 2,3 no 275 ■ifi.a 49.3 62,1 .'.7,2 G6 8S,S 41,1 4l,S 46,3 5J,I "-few— r:T< , 'm^~ i-m^' ''0 i< 6» Appendij. toipoitations in Am.\ \t"or. gpirili fioB ollitr B>iltta]t (ban griin Mb do Abovf ilh proof, #hoi'i, of •ilk, I " nf l««lher, " for children, ' 1 Blipperi, of lilk, ••of le«lh ' Souohengaaa ' I lb 9 Edit. LapaitatioDi Ik Am. rot. nil. 70b56l »5 8l ; Teaa from China 1 'mperial, gunpowder and gomea, ] Hyion and young byson, • Hyton skin and other green. j Tobacco manufactured, other than snuff f andiegari, i Twines, (see cordage) I Tenorifr, (see wines) { ToVay, (s-je wines) ; Uutarred cordage, (see cordage) I Wax candles, Whiting, . White, Paris I Wines, Madeira » " burgundy [ ^ CbauipHi < " Rhenish ! " Tokay 10 11 idv I Hi"' ^ 1 of 5 3,3 < 1,1 i Sherry k J St. Lucar ) On other wine not enumerated, whrn imparted in bottlea or cases, " Lisbon » Oporto, and other winea Portugal and Sicily, » Tencrifr, ) " Faval and other w ines of the ^ "Western Islands, J All other wiiinswhen import- ed otherwise than in cases and bottles. While lead, dry or ground in oil, Wire, iron, or steel, not exceeding No. 18. » » " above No. 18| White clayed, or powdered s'-.gar, Window (lass, (see glass) Yariu,((• are paid on goedjk, \ The fractions in lb* i^ ttls, is 4 4-10. ttlum 86 lbs. per buihil, payi 20 emti/or ntryf/ly-tix poundi. AM (to the ratea of duliea impeaed on goods, warn and Bierthandise in American »cf- !r cent, had been made, when the imporlations are in foreign vessels, on all the aforc- ■1k articles, exccni on Teas from China-, in that instance alone the act makes the sper Id aectioiwjf the act provides , thai this fddilional duty of 10 per cent, shall not apply . -tUe uaported in ships or vessels not of the llnUed Slates, entitled by treaty, oi ' ' enlOTSd In the ports of the United States, on the payment of the same duties as lasdiM haported in ships or vessals of the United SUtes. 3 all tenths. Exampit .—White oJayad or powdered sugar, in foreign v«s - I-'.V^ -, /-„ ^■; ' # n\ 'W i .. . '"yr-'^i-^-^Km^ '■ 9 Edit. L«port>ti>>Di Ik Am. for. vu. tnd gomef, ion, ■ green, other Ihaa niun cordage) VM. 0I» 68 56 3 10 not enumerated, ed in bottlei or "\ >ther irinei d Sicily, emines of the > lUnda, ) iuiwhen import- ise tbnn in cases Ob.' 74,« 61,9 I 1,« 11 6,ii 100 gal 119 onad in oit, , not eiceeding No. 18. above No. 18, dered t'.gar, ■ss) fifly-tix pounds. lb G6 n 55 44 27,S 3,S 5,5 9,9 4,4 nd i>\erehandi«e in American vcf- ioreien vessels, on all the afore- ince alone the act makes the ape.. ty of 10 per cent, shall not apply Lted 8tat,^s, entitled by treaty, oi Ihe payment of the same duties as nited States. or pondered sui«r, in foreign v« - ,.*f, r 69 ] TABLE III. , nETAlLS JILL ARTICLES THAT ARK FREE OF DUTY. Of articles free of duties. Articles all imported ..ir the use of the United Stales. ApjiaraliH, philosophical, specially imported hv onlcr »r(l lor the use of any society incorporuttd for philoiaphical or literary purposes, or for the encouragement of thf fine arts, or by order, and for tha me of lay leuiinary o/ learning, Anatomical preparations, Anini, Ilidu, raw Inilruments, philoiophical, specially impoiteil, kc. Implenu nil of t radc of pel lani arriving lii the United btatei, Invcotioui, modeli of I.apii calaminarii, log-wood, Mapi, ipecially ioiportedi Medals, do do Hodelling, do do old copper, old pewter 8 do io Raw ikini, Statues, •pcrially Imported, ke. Sculpture, specimens of do do Statuary, do A> t^ilver com, Skins, raw Sulphur, or brimstone, Spelter, Specimens of Botany, " in natural history, " in mineralogy. Stones, burr, urwroughl. Ships, copper io plates tor sheathing Sheathing, copper iu platei for ih^s T Trees Tools of trade of perioni aniviag in the United StaIVs, Tin, pigi or ban m Teulciiague, . Tradi> iiunleinenti, or toolf of penoiu arriving in the United Statei, U United Stales, all articles imported for the use of Unmanufactured bark of tiie cork tree, Unwiuuglit burr atones, Unwrought clay, Undrtssed furs, Uumaout'aclured wood of any kind Wearing apparel, and other pcrii>nal bifgige, U actual use, Woods for dying, ^ unmanulaclured, of any kiud, nrazii log ' Nicaragua ' red ,, Z Zinc. *. N B. tn all earn whtrt the articUt are Hated ai « apeeinllj ifiorled," they art jejenwd by KOndiliom' and r«i«ricti«M txprund under the head " apparatui pkUotophual. < 4mS^ . "^KpPTl»lk.l.. ■' "-Avi»J" lom-Housc, with cat 'hereto. description, sold by streets, New-Yurk.] the Ume of entering tlie ling any part of the cargo, J port or place. (lis. cts. per ton 6 per ton 50 pei* ton 2 00 6 loney, per ton nnum, per ton the 50 6 I to collect for any Act in 1 cents per ton, on all ships be entered in tlie port of the port is to receive and of Georgia, excepting the ating vessels and four cents ivannah or St. Mary's. DATABLE IW dls. cts. ird prior to the 1 GO 1792, for every 1 GO every 28 1-2 qrs. 1 00 93 3-10 17 dwts. 7 grs. 1 00 a dollar. 18 dwls. 17 grs. 1 10 a crown. licli are not by law a tenda- i proclamation of the presi- » to be received in payment dls. cts. 4 44 4 10 18 1-2 40 33 1-3 1 00 10 5 1 24 148 -■ft,:- 9 Edit Appendix. 71 dls cts Pagoda of India, ». •. • - • • - 1 84 Rupee of Bengal, • - - - ■ ■ - ^^ , <, Ruble of Russia, ...-•■- 3.> 1-3 ^nd all otlier denominations in value as near as may be to t)ie said rates, or the intrinsic value thereof, com)jared with the money of the United States. I'rovded, that it shall be lawful for the president of the United States to cause to be establish- ed, fit and proper ragulations for estimating the duties on goods, wares, and mer- chandize, impoued into the United States, in respect to wliich the original cost .shall he-exhibited in a depreciated currency, issued and circulated under authority of \\\y foreign government. 'lliiit on all goods, wares, and merchandize, imported fiom the Cape of Good Hope, or bevond the same, (if ad valorem articles) JO per cent, to be adiien o. citizens of the United States, shall be adv. • to unload at any port or place except the following:— , -. , , :c X :i^.^'*taRt.—Portatiwnth. Massachi3Etts— /'M-tom/ r.nd Falmouth, J\iewbei{- /J,), r.iffiit.;^., Vofem and Beverly, Gloucester, Keivbuvy port, MurhleheaJ, Nantucket, ■«9»-i.v, ai«d ti.arlesto-wn, Plymouth, Bath, Frenchman's Bay, Wiscasset, Machias, Pc- !jbscot,^"rf*/br(/ and /'p///»frp;6oro!(^/i,.So(-o, Bangor and Kennebunk.KHOBE-IsLAND —J^ev!port, P'roviilence, Bristol— Co n n e c t icvr—^'evi-London, JSTeTv-IIaven. Middle; ton NEW.YoiiK—.Vra-y»rfc. New-Jersey— P^riA ^mioj/, Jersey, Burlington. Penn- sylvania— PAiVarWy^Wa. Delaware W'i7min^(*'«tf»**i4»**»<#**««*>*>*»"^ •"•*"*■ ' 9 Edit. lb. 5 10 1 16 3 10 20 8 10 2 6 8 12 15 10 o 8 12 5 ^ 1 10 3 12 3 ctual weight. iffe. rchandize, paying duty hy 1 five per cent, on all other itv, in lieu of bi-eakage ; or intity, by tale, at tlie option I vessels. *, of the United States, shall lowing : — and r.nd Falmouth, J\i'e-a>beil- ■t, Murblehead, Nantucket, ly, Wiscasset, Machias, Pc- (ennebunk. Rhode-Island .onJon, J\rev)-IIaven. Middle-^ .Jersey, Burlington. Penv- iT-Castle, Port Penn. M av v- » on Potomac, Chestertown ing, SnowhilljCarrolsburgb. ;k, Port-Royal, Fredericks- nuda-IIundred, City-Point, , A'orfolk snd Portsmouth, ashiii^ton, Edenton, Plank- m, Georgelow?!, Jioiivfort. it. Mary, .Aew-OrfeaMS, and HiOml the same, be admitted stinguislicd by italics. manufacture, subject to the ates from anv foreign port, 9 Edit. Appendix. 73 or place in any other manner than by tea .- nor in any ship or vessel ofless than thirtj/ ton» tnrtheu,f«reeMe to the mode of ascertaining .Vmcrican ton w^c, except in cer- tain districts on tlie northern, north-westcni and wes'ern boundarle.s of the United SUtes, adjoining to tlic dominions of Cireat-IJriUi.i in Upper and Lower C-.mad.i, and the districts on the rivers Oliio and Mississippi. No beer, ale, or porter to i)e imjiortcd in casks of less capacity than/ortw^n/o/is heer meunure, or if ni bottlcSj in packages less than six dozen, under penalty of tbrfeiuire, with the ship or vessel. , „. , o No refined lump or loaf sugar shall be imported mto tlie United .Mates, from any port or place, e.\cept in xliips or vessels of the burtiien of o;if hiindn-dand tuvnty tons and upwards and in cask,, or packat>-cs cont;uniii>r eacli not Itss liun «»V liu.'bfd pounds, on pain of forl'eiliug the suid ship or vessel, and llic loaf or lump sugar im- ported therein, except in sw.ch casks or paclJufccs as aforesaid. No distilled spirits, (arrack and sweet coidi.ds exn pied) to be imported in casks or vessels of less capacity than niwty SiuUons wine measure, - •<«- Returned cargo. (If am/ articles of the outward cargo are brsught be , they are t» be detailed, specie fymg by whom shipped outward, and to -whom consigns: inward ) Return of passengers, and packages belonging to em respectively. (/fere insert the names of the passengers, and wh:thw^abm or steerage passengers ; ■„ith the de^cripUon and number of packages containing their baggage, er the tools, or implements of a -mechanical trade.) Report of Seventy Passengers on hoard the Ship American Eagle, o/ v'hich Jonasi Bird i» master, arriUd at th* port ofJ^'ew-York, in the State of J\«w.torh, ot. the hntt rfay ^^ April /rsrn London. ^ . ' K Appendix . '..'\Sm m ■ ^*.iiMV l^v,' ■«•.**" -•u ■•11 % % ■7* Appendix. Fbrm of the Manifilt. 9 Edit. Kamesof.Age* Places er Nativity )ouniry from whence tliey came. T(i what Nation ihey belong or owe allegiance. Occupation. Description of I'erions. VESSEL AHD CABIN STORES. I {Here detail what are remaining.) If merchandize imported are dentined to be delivered in different districts, or ports, tlie said merchandize to be iuHCrted in successive order in the above mani- fest und all spiiit; leinei and tecu, Ijeing the whole, or any part of the cargo, shall be inserted in like order, d stinguishin(r the port wliere destined, and the kind, qualities und quantities theredf ; und if merchandize shall be imported by citizens or inhabitants of the United States, in vesseU other than of the United States, the manifes shall be of the fo.m, and shall contain the particulars ffurenaid, except tliat the said vessel ihall be c'.ebcribed in the manner following : Report and manifest of tlie caigo laden on board the Ship Packet, whereof AVf/i Jinkham is master, burthen 200 tons, bound to J^'evi'York, which cargo was taken or board at Amsterdam. Exceskive quantity of sea stores to i ly duty. In addition to the above, the mastev of every American vessel to make the follow- ing^ - Return of seamen on board the Ship called the Packet where6f Seth Jinkhaift is fnatiter; shewinjr also their names, the time for which they have been respectively employed, and . mploycd Sums retained out of seamen's wages to be paid over to the collector. The master is authorized by law to retain from each seaman so returned, the sum paid for them to establ^-h a marine hospiul. Vessels bound tr) (;onnecticut, by way of San(iy-Hook, or to Hudsoi^, before they pass the port of N^w-York and immediately after arrival, tlie master to deposit with the collector : tru .' manifest of the ca go o" board .-uch sliip or vessel : tlu- penalty ibr neglect or omiss'oii, i>r refusing to receive an inspector of the customs on board 4he same, to accomp.iny such ves-el, is five hundred iqllars. For all poods not ii.cluded in the manifest, the mister forfeits a sum of money equal to the.r value, and all i.nerohandi/ e not included in such manifest, belonging'o;- con- signed to the master, mate, officers or crew of sxh vessel, shall be forfeit-d, unless it M muxlc to appear to the satisfacton of tlie collector, naval officer and su; veyor, or the major part of them., or to a court on trial, tliat no part was unshipped except what is Diemioned in the report, or that the manifest iiasbeenlosijOr mislaid, without fr-iud, or defaced by accident, or incorrect by mistake. The master of any vessel, or other person Inving charge tlicreof, belonging in whole or in part to a citizen, or citizens, inhabitant, or inhabitants of the United, States, on .irriiral within four leagues of tlie coast, or within any bays, liarbors, ports, mers, creeks or inlets thereof, to have a manifest o'l board, and on demand nrade by any officer of the custom.s, first coming on board, to produce such manifest, and de- liver him a copy tliereof, signed by the master, or other persons having chargeof such VCbsel, and the officer shall certify on the original the day and the year the same waa produced, the said copy to be provided and subscribed by the master, or sucli other per on having command, the copy of wliich to be coaipared with the original, and certified by sucli officer on tiff back thereof; the day and yrar such copy or copies was or were delivered to him : tlie original manifesi to be delivered aflerward.s by the master lo the collector: Provided, that not more thanonecopy of each manifest shall be required by any officer or i fficers, who shall first come' on board, wi liin foui- leagues of tiie coast of the Uait.'d States, and one other copy to any officer or offi ers who shall fir^a come on boarJ within the limits of any district fur whicii the ear^o, or .ny pan theieof, sliall be, dest ne. raaate.s, for no', producing manifest, and delivering copy thereof fO iJic proper officer or officers oi\ demand, or for not infurming such officer the true *l' .< fc^ . '■' --.. • K icupauon^ ^ 9 Edit. Description of I'ersons. •) in dUFerent districts, or order in the above mani- y part of the cargo, shall destined, and the kind, 1 be imported by citizenH of the United States, the lors »fore«aid, except tliat ihip Packet, whereof SetU vhich cargo was taken on vessel to make Uie follow- where6f Set/i Jinkhaifi is ey have been respectively It of seamen's wages to be I over to the collector. tman so returned, the sum tr to Hudson, before they the master to deposit with ihip or vessel : th>- penalty ir of the customs on board rs. rfeits a sum of money equal miinifest, belong'ing o^' con- sliall be forfeitrd,uiiless it officer an'l su; veyor, or the ) unshipped except what is I, or mislaid, without friud, arge tlicreof, belonging in inhabitants of the United, lin any bays, harbors, ports, •d, and on demand nradc by lice such manifest, and de- rsons huvinjj charge of sucll / and the year the same wa» y the master, or Hiicli other bired with t'-e original, and i\ yi'ar such copy or copies je delivered afterwai'ds by m one copy of each manifest irsl come on board, wi-hin )ther copy to any otflcer or if any district fur whicii the ind delivering copy thereof [>i-ming such oQicci- Ute :rue 9 Edit. •«» Appendix. 75 Ji-iiitiati»n of tnch vessel, i% fivr- hundreil dollars for each offence, and the like pe- nalty if'incurred by such officer who shall ne^^lector refuse to certify such nunifettt «nd the officer is r quired to make a return in writ ng, of tiic name of the vessel, imd master, offending in any, or all of the particulars required, to the collector ef the district wher^- such vessel may be bound. Any vessel within four leagues of tlie coast, or within the limits of any district, unloading g' ids without authority from proper officers, the master and mate forfeit one tiioiisand dollars for each offence, and goods forfeited, except in case of accident, necessity or stress of weather; which shall be proved before the collector, by tl)« master, mate and one other officer or mari..cr Mantcrs of vessels receiving goods so unladen (except as before excepted) to for- feit treble the value of such goods : and the ship, boat or vessel receiving them to be forfeited. If any vessel having arrived within any district, shall depart, or attempt to depart from the same, (unless to some more interior port, or by stress of weather) witliout report to the coUecio- , the master forfeits four imndrcd dollars. Any vessel arr vii\g from a foreign port, the master is to report to the collector, within twenty-fou" hours after his arrival, and within twenty-four hours thereafter, further, to report the name, burthen, &c. in writing, and shall make oath or affirma- tion to the truth of the same, in the words following: — I, ( A. B) do solemnly; sincerely and truly sweiir, (or affirm) that tiie report and manif-st subscribed with my name, and now delivered by me to the collector of the dist'ictof contains, to the best of my knowledge and belief, a just and true account of the-goods, wares and merchandize, including packages of every kind and nature whatsoever, which were on board the at the time of her sailing from the port of oi- wliich have been laden or taken on board at any time snce, and tliat the packages of the said goods are as particularly described as in the bills of lading, feigned for the same by me, or -vith my knowledge ; that I am at present, and have been during the voyage, ma-stei- of the sa d vessel, (or how long.) that no package whatsoever, or any goods, wares, or merchandize have been unladen, landed, taken out, or in any manner whatever removed from on board the said since her departure from the said port of except sucli us are now particularly specified and declared in the abstract or account herewith, and tliat the clea ance and other papers now delivered by me to the rolicctor, are all Uiat I now have or have had, that any way relates to the cargo of tlie said vessel — And I do fur- ther swear, (or affirm) that the several articles specified in the said manifest, as the sea stores for the cabin and ves8>.-l, are truly such and were bona fide put on board the said for the use of the officers, cre%v ami passengers thereof, and have none of them been brought and not intended by way of merchandize, or for sale, or for any other purpose, than above mentioned, and are intended to rema n on board' for the consumption of the said officers and crew : — I further swear, (or affirm) that if I shall hereafter discover or know of any other or greater quantity of goods, wares and merchandize of any nature or kind whatsoever, tlin are co.itaihed m the report and manifest subsrribed, and now delivered by me, I will immediately and without delay, make du, report thereof, to the collector of the port or district of an ilay of S The master or other person having charge of any vessel, having distilled spiriti, wines or teas, sfiali within foity eight houi's afte, arrival, make a report in writing to the surveyoj-, oi officer acting a> inspector of the revenue of the port, imder a pe- nalty of five hundred dollars : tlie report to be of tlie following form:— Report ofthstiUed npirit/i, -wines, and teas imported in the Ship Pengfuin, burthen 400 tans, whereof .funn Carlton .s viaster, from Amsterdam, bound t9 J^ew-York^ bttil( at M'i-icasset, owKd bv K, Lenox. tt >:^^;^:^.- •"I '■'i^i". 70 Appendix. 9 Edit. I V o o f iDcficriptioo of 5 " -"c i '(ja.kh, Clients; ■ 2 .a „ a ! 2 s a '-^ gland P>»cliiiget|^2-5^o>;!.S|:u^ ^1 inclusive j .'1 2 "^j jj & 5" 2 B O e (13 m' 1^3 5 To whom consigned Where consigned I I I % Sea Slorcs, consiting of spiriu, wmcs and teas. (Signed) To miiC A. B, masur of- luspcclor of ilic reveni of (lie pm t ol Master oi- o'li i person huvitig comni;>nd, neglecting to make such report, forfeits one rlioiicun'l iMliurs. Slii|)i of war OP paclcets of any prince or state, not permitted by such prince or •tatc lo ciUTv go()?!r. in wuyof trade, are not refjiiircd to makeMuc!' rtports. Maaieru of vcr, jis, .it'icr arrival and entry, may pvocefd lo foroiifn ports with jfoo'l;., lioi^fluii Ih- Ki^r.iif^fi at tlie tim- of enirv for such J'oix'i:pi port, wiOiout paying duties tlicreon, on givinjf bond iiRt Uie said {joodn sliall be acUially re-exported in sncli veusel to -a. foreig-ii port, but bonds are not recjuiied when vessels put in, in dis- teem. Masters of vessels having' pjoods on board destined to difTercnt districts, other than th disrict at v iiicli lie may urrive, to be furnished by tiie collector with a copy of his I c(ji)rt, and a certificate, sliowing on what pari of the car^jo the duties have been p;.i:' Oi- -ecined, and give bond for reporting such goods, on which the duties have not iiL-en paid or secured ; which copy tl»e m;i«.er is to produce to the collector of tlip district where bound, within 24 hours after his arrival, uml^r a penalty of 500 dollars ; ijid tue said bond lo be cancelled by proai;d on board any vessel not notei.s made app<.-.rto the saLi.sfucton of the principal oflicers of tlio, cub': ms, tiiat .T> p;irl of«lhe c:irgo has been unloaded .since it was taken on board, rv except such ubnote.l iti the report, and piu'suani to permits; and tiiat such disagi'ec- '" iuen> arises from t idem or lu. stake. Vessels arrivin; >}. -iin jiny foreign port, in distress, at any port in the United States, not bein- destinei'. '■' ,r the sani ■, prote.stto be made b) die master and mate, within twerUy-fotip hours, ■, . Ijdsced at the customdiousf ; and within forty-eight hours enter lii,, vp. m.', as in :dl oth'- ;L,cs;and if by ccrl ficate of the wurdcns of the port, of the necessity tbcr of, v • \ .; 4.^e' niav be luii.i'.en unci cargo deposited in tlio public slo. e, and reittdea ujjain (^ijflpcpt such part as may be necessary to be .•'old to jm. ^ 9 Edit. s-^ To whom consipied Whwe cimaigntd A. B. master of- make Biich report, forfeits rmittcd by such prince or nukeiiucli reports, ceed to loreipi |)orts with )'fiv» port, wiMioiit paying be actually re-exported in when vessels put in, in dis- fTercnt districts, other than le collector with a copy of curjfo the duties have been on which the duties have roduce to the collector of d, undfr a penalty of 500 from the collector of such and delivery of such mer- y to the surveyor or inspec- e distilled spirits, wines or ivant of which subjects such :r. ea fi-om any port of the U. L bulk, till the matiter shall vithin his power, oUier than ) or vessel, and except also cry, to which such sliip or taken of such delivery ; the I post-master of this city, all United States, which under myself era, consignee or consignees ,|,ted. So help me Gnd. uiifest, the master to make anifest. the master forfeits le principal oflicers of tlic, ice it was taken on bo.ird, its ; and tiiat such disagrec- ny port in the United States, he master and mate, within d witliiu forty-eight hours ficate of vlie wardens of the and cargo deposited in the y be ntcef:sary to be .^oid to 9 Edit. Appendix. n defray the expenses of the repairs of the vessel only, on wlik.1i the duty shall be paid •• in other cases) by permission from tiic cus'om-housr live from any other ehafj^e than the storage and fees to tlie officers of the custom as in other cases. The master or person having command of any vessel bound to a foreign port or pla"-*, shall del' ver to the collector of the district from whence such vessel ii* about to depart, a manifest of all tlic cargo nn board, and the val le thereof, suljscribed by such Jierson : the penalty for not d'liveriiig su':h niauifest, undobtaininga clcirance, previous to departure from such district, is 500 dollars for each oficnc^. The form of such manifest is as follows : Report and manifest nfthe cargo laden at the port of matter, bound for port of on board tha Marks. Numbers. Packages and contents. Contents or quantities. Value at the port of ex- portation. Muntfett oath on outward cargo. Diitricl of I master or commander of the bound from the port of to do solemnly, sincerely and truly swear (or ujirm) tliat the manifest of the cargo on board of the.said now delivered by me to the collector of this district and subscribed with my name, contains, accordingto my best knowledge and belief, a full, just and true account of all the goods, wares and merchandize now actually laden on board the said vessel, and the value thereof ; and if any other goods, wares or merchandize shall be laden or put on board the aaid previous lo her sailing iVom this port, I will immediately report the same to the said collector. I do also swear (or ajffii-m) that 1 verily believe the du- ties on all the foreign mercandize therein specified have been paid or secured, ac- cording to law, and that no part thereof is intended to be re-landed within the Uni- ted States ; and that if by distress or other unavoidable accident, it should become necessary to reland the same, I will forthwith make a just and true report thereof te the collector of the customs of the district wherein such distress or accident may happen. So help me God. IMPORTERS AND CONSIGNEES. Owners or consignees of goods imported are, within fifteen days after the masters' report, to make entry with the collector, detailing the several contents andnett cost of each package paiticularly, and produce the original invoice, documents and bills of lading, wliich must be verified on oatli or afBrmation, by the said parties, who must subscribe Uie/onn ofentiy or oath ««/o;/oiv« .• [^Vhen imported inan Amefic;m vessel.] Xntry of merchandize, imported by A. B. «'■. tlie ship C. D. , F. master, from London for J^'ew-Yurh. 1 1 ft •tmt u tm 1 1 S c o u c is Ics subject t duties. to 15 per cen lorem. c p. iH si > 4 3 3 Zi- 'ft a, Cfl § a o tity per i s subject s. ■J o O "i o 3 01 1) b-. o *J c ri c £ < C -J en J* £? o 1 9h ^ ^ -' 3 3 O o ^ u ^ -3 rt a H * ^ t- »*■ >• I—? f „. i 78 Appendix. A 1 9 EdiL [When imported in a Foreiffn ve«iel.] Entry e/merchmuKxe, imposed hi/ Jrim ,^■•)o.|'ort•. in the mttittTf e 3 3 e c n I be n M '^ o = '^ • O tn o ■a I > S3 5-3 2 S n o 3 it a. 2ii u s S "S C 'J The outh or aj/irmation in either cate, Diitrkt of port of do solemnly, sincerely ami tndy swear (or uffirnff that the entry now suj>Hcribrd with my name, and delivered by me to the collfc:i>i of contains ujust and true uccouitt oC all the goods, wares and merchandize imported for sale, or intended to be landed in tliui district for me, or on my account, or on account of any house ot trade'* or partncrsli>|) in which 1 am concerned, in this district, or which actiwlly came cunsi^jned to me, •r to any house of trade or partnership in which I am concerned, or importeilby, or consigned to and intended for sale, or to be landed in this dis- tiict, in tlie whereof i» master, from that the said entry contains a just and true account in of the costs tliereof, includinjf all cliarnes ; that the invoice 01 invoices, and kill or bills of lading now protluced by mc, are the true, genuine and only invoices and bills of lading by me received, of the said goods, wares and merchandize im- ported or consigned as aforesaid, and the only invoices by which 1 liave been char- KCd.or for which I am to account, and that the said invoices and bills of lading, are Ml the actual state in which they were received by me, and thiit I do not know of any other invoices or account of the suid goods, wares and merchandize, difiertnt finin what is or are here produced. 1 do further swear (or nffirrti) that if I hereafter dis- cover any other or tfreater quantity of goods, wares or merchandize, than is contain- ed in the' entry aforesaid, or »l)all receive any invoice of the whole or any part hereof, either in quantity, quality and price that has been now exhibited, 1 will immediately and without delay, report the same to the collect(n' of this district. I also swear, (or affirm) that nothing has been concealed 01' suppressed in the entry aforesaid, whereby to avoid the just payment of tti- duties imposed by the laws of the United States, and that all matters are justly and truly expressed therein, according to my best knowledge and belief So 'lelp me God. When the above entry is made by any agent, factor, or other person, oih<;r thiin hona fitle owner or consignee of such merchandize, such person to give bond in the aum of 1000 ;lollars, over and above what the duties may amount to, with condition, that the bonaftde owner or consignee of sucli merchandize, shall, on or before the first period of payment of avich duty bec;)nie due, deliver to said collector, a full and cor- rect amou''' of said merchandize, in manner and form afon said ; verified by a like oath or affirmation, before any jud^e (,f the United States, or the judge of any court of record of a state, or before a collector of the customs; and in case the duties are paid at the time of entry, a like bond to be given, tliat such an account shall be de- livered, within ninety day.- from such entry. When the particulars of such merchandize are not known, an entry thereof to be wiade accordinjj ;o cir; uinstance.s ; declaring on oath or atfirnii'tion, all llie pa -ticil- lars the party knows or believt-s concerning the same, to be stibscribcd b\ the party : and where an imperfect eiUry is made, eiiher for want of invoices, bills of ladin;,^ 8cc. the collector to take s.cii merchandize into bis custody, uutii the quantity, quxditjr or raluc can be ascertained. «: ' -V-', 9EdiL ma 3 a> > ^ 8-5 g c = c 2e < h' J 3 3 'J o ■a H >■ f truly swear (or ajjlrn^ by me to llie colU-oim of 1 true uccoiiitt of ;iU the ded to be landed in tliU le ol tradr'or partucTsliip y cutne cun!ii){nrd to iiic, snied, or importeilby, or to be iHiided in lliiii dis- is master, from lie account in invoice oi invoices, and genuine and only invoices ■ea and merchandize im- which I liave been chiir- s und bills ofladinff. :ire that I do not know of any rchandizp, diffcrc-iit fi'oin m) thai if I hereafter dis- chandize, than is contaln- wliole or any part hereof, bited, I will immediately is district. I also swear, in the entry aforesaid, y the laws of the United therein, according to my me God. other person, olhcr than eison to give bond in the mount to, with condition, (hall, on or before the first 1 collector, a full and cor- •isaidi verified In a like or thejudjje of any court and m c.ise the duties are ih an account shall be dc- m, an entry thereof to be Ifirmi'tion, all the p:fticii- ; subsciibed b\ the party : voices, bills of Ltdiii;^', gcc. lutil the quantity, quiility 9 Edit Appemlif* 79 1 Every- importtr or fonii«fneeof dintdled npirits, wines or teas, to make a s«par«ta •lUryof the same, ipccifyinpr the name of liie ve;. , I and in iK r, and plare from whWKe ; the quantity and iiiiid ty, and a partiruUr iliM ,il of the chests, cask* or ve»- fda, containing the «ame, with tnc inaiks and nuniborH ; wliirh '•utry after lifii\g certified by the collector, to be produced to the stirveyor or otHcer acti \ir a.i in ijiix- tnrof the revenue for U\r port , and all permi i granted hv llic collector foi tlie above art. cles, shall, prior to the landing ol' the s;iim', he pio'diut'd lo the surveyor or officer acting aa inspector for the port, for endorsc-mrut ; any of the above »r icl«» landeu, contrary to the above direction are subject to forfeiture, and five hundred 4oll .rs penalty on the master or person having charge of ilio vi ,i(|. (ioods wiiliout invoice, or specification of pariicidars, lo be storeil by the collector until apprised, or nivoices arrive, at the option of the in)p •ate of the wardens of the port, Fjrm of alilirtuner'd o»th iind ccvliJScutc, -whi-rf ifooih tire iDilh»ut Invoice. We A. H. aiidC. D. appoiuleii by the collector of Iind toasccrt in the contents and appr.-iise the valus of the inerchandi/c conia«-,'-i in tJie several packages de'crihed in tin within or an- nexed entry or account, do solemnly, sincerel) .md truly swear (uc ujfirm) tliat the ' -il .irt'cles detailed in he annexed appriisnient. s.bsribed wi h our names, con .< a full and true account of .11 the tnerchandi/e whatsoever contained in the seve- ral packages mentioned in such entry or account, and tint the several pr.eea by us afhxcd to each art.cle, are to the be.sl oi our skill and judgiueiit the Ir'ue and actual value or cost thereof at the place of exportation, ^o help ustiod. Form of apttruifev^a oath unil cerlificdte, vihcre ij^uaih we dumiiged. We, A B. and C. U. appointed b) llie colhc.or I the district ol and to ascertain and appraise the damage sualaincd on merchandize imported by in tJie «1iercof is master from do solemnly, siw- cerely and truly swear (or affli'm) that we liavc carefully exantincd the several packa- 5es hereafter enumerated and described, and find the several articles of nwrchai.- ize ak particularly del.iiled, contained in the said packages, to h.ive received dam- age, as we believe, during the voyage of importai'on, and that the nllowance by us oiade for uuch damage, is to the best of our skill and judgment just. So h Ip us God. Goods not landed in fifteen days to he sent to the public store, and all goods so deposited to be at the risk anil cliarge of tlie importer ; and if not entered and the duties paid, or secured mtltin nine munthi lo be sold, (being first advertised for one month) the surplus moiiei, aiisiiig from such sale, after the duties and charge's are paid, to be paid into the treasury of the United States, for the benefit of the owners, who upon due proof of the property, shall be entitled to the same- I'erishuLle arti- cles may be sold immediately. Goods entered under a fraudulent invoice to be forfeited, or where the collector •hall suspect thai such goods an not invoiced agreeable lo the sum, such ^oods are sold for at the place from whence they are imported, to be taken info his possession at the risk and expense of the importer, until they are appraised, anc'. in case of prose- cution for the foi feiture aforesaid, such appraisement shall not exclude other proof on trial, of the vclual and real cost of the said goods, at the place from whence im« ported Packages may be op dent or mistake, or without intention of fraud. Retwrtud Cargo. When goods, fltc. the growth or manufacture of the United States shall be return- ed, not having been shipped for benefit of th,-) drawback or bounty, no duty Xm be demanded Report and entry of such goods, Sir. to be made, and proof by oath or aifiumatioB of tk; facts theroof, in manner foHowms^.- .'■'-", -. : '%• ' ' ■■...■ ■ . %. ''"-■'-' '^ . • . :iac' :i^5^ Mm- ■♦^ 80 Appoiulix. 9 Edit. Mmrii nj'mm-thanain fxpnrtiil fmn thr ilimriit 0/ NewYork,/n thf ship Iff, Mmilli mniter,fnr Loiulon, 0/1 thf 4tli Jny of ,\\d\ hij S. Ilitiuly, mul relnrneilxn tkl *hipiJlilu, Hull, manter, ft'im l^iindun. JVVii-- )'«»•<• Murk* Viimbei*. HiC* .n«' t!'. I rununlii, Uitlhct 0/ (lOI I nf I do iolemnly, •incerely, and truly •wear, (or afirm) th«t the lereral articlrg o( morcliandi/e mentiomtl m'' 'ctniiy heri'U' lo an- nexed, are to the bint of my knowledge and belief irnly and buimfiileo\ y\\i.' growth, product or nianuiaclure of tlie IJnn, d Slaten, and thut iliey were truly exported and unported as therein exprei ed, and that no drawback bounty or allowance Iiun been p«i.d or udmitied tbereon, or any part thereof Ho help me (:n>!. N. H When goods »o relumed l.ave been exported from any other district ihan the one they may be imported in, bonda to be gi»on by the ini|MirleP, in addition to the above oath in the 8iiin of the duties, that wii in six months, a certifiratc shall be produced from I lie collector of the ciibtoms for the district from v-hence tlicy were exported, ihai such goods were actually so ex()orted ( in default of which, the bond to be forfeited and the penalty paid. Panemfern. Jifjiort nf alien patnengeri nn boitrd the Nliip Ciiiiion, -wheveof ^^\n Uodgcrsin Maxtfi , arritcil itt the port ofJ\ew Yixk, on the fourth day «f July, 1816, tiom London. Age. is s 0. Si*" Towhut Nat on they belong and owe their Alle- giance. Their Occupa- tion. Description of their rersoiiM. Xamcs. Feet. Inches. Complexion. Entry to be made by passengers of all clothes, tools or implements of trade or pro- fessions, arriving ill the United Slates to settle; which articles arc exempted from duty. The form of sucli entry, and oiilh respecting the same as tidlows : Entry of buggaire, wearinif hppaiel, iJc, impnrteil by I'ettr O'Flanty, i« tlie Ship Krin, John Hall miiater from l)ub in. [Here the particiilura to be inserted ] Dittrict of J'ort of I John I/all do solemnly, sincerely and truly swear (or affirm) that the enlry subscribed by me and hereunto annexed, contains to the best of my knowledge and belief, a just and true acccnint of the lontcn.s of the several mintiiiiiL'd in the said entry, impoKed in the S/up Krin f, oin Oublin, and they contain i\o gi.odu, •wares, c merchandize whatevei , otlie tliin the wearing M->p.i> el and oilier pi-rsonal baggage (or iftixe cote require) and the t lols of the trade of n IVeaver, all which are the property of who bus, o'- have ai rived, « \\n is, or a:e shortly expected to arrive in the United States ; and are 11 >'. directly or indirectly imported for any other person or persons, or intended for sale. So help me God. If the articles shall be entered by any other per.son than tlic owner, bond to be givcix in a sum equal to the amount of wha. the duties would be if impoi led subject to duty that the owner shall within one yeai verify suc!i entry on oath, o, tlu- (oliector may direct such baggage to be examined ; and if luiy irtcle is remained thci e in, which ought to pay duty, entry must be made therefor ; and if an entry is riadc as aforesaid, and upon examination thereof any article is found therein subject to duty, (not having been expressed at the time of making the entry) it is forfeited, and the persMi in whose baggage the same shall be found, forfeits and shall pay Ueble the value thereof. Mode of obtaining Drawback: on Foreign Jtferchmidize: Merchandize imported into the L'lited States, (foreign caught fish, fish-oil, and playing cards excepted) if exported A-ithm one year froni the paying, or seen ing the duties thereon, from 'he ports oforit^inal iinpor atinn, are cnlitleii to a diawbaeli of sucli duties, or may oe transported v--cas'wuy» to certain dis ricts, and tlie il. awback if exported froir. th«nce to a foreign port, excepting tliub^ itumediately ^i.*| ■ '■ ^^^v •JHKCKs^-4. a Edit. ijn lh« thip Iff*, Hmiih ri^tfirru-ilin the ulilp Uidu, cxitt)' ir.l Cdiiitnlii. ' "f ely, una truly fwiar, (op in' 'ftniiv hen-ii' i" an- l Aumt./t(/ff of tin- jfrovnh, w« re truly cxporud ami ly or allowuncf liuii been 80 liilp me fiopJ. any olhei' district ihan imptirler, in uddilion to mtlu, a certificate uliall lric< from vheiice tlicy in default of which, the ,T )hn Hodgcrs in Ma»ter, 1816, from London. iption of llieir Per»onH. Complexion. plumcnts of trade or pro- icles arc eXfinpted from me as follows : ;r O'Flanty, in the Ship J'ort of affirm) that the entry St of my knowledge and mi titidiied id they contain no (■•(.(kU, p.i' cruad other pi-i-sonul (( fVeavei; ail whiclt are ed, wli') is, or sue shortly ly or nvlirectly imported So help me God. c owner, bond to be given mpoited subject to duty it!i, Oi the collector may oniained thei e in, which itry is r'adc as aforesaid, jjcct to duty, (not having' Fi'iteJ, and the pers(.'i in ' ti eble the value thereof. I'chandize: caught fish, fi.sh^il, and c paying, or seen ingthe intii lea to a driiwback of i ricts, ;ind tlie d. awback ing tliQbS immediately ! ^. v^. - .^. %. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.25 1^128 |50 "^ Hi M 2.5 2.2 p° UUt- lllii kill 1.6 V <^ °> > ^%v w Photographic Sciences Corporation "^y-j^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ly.,.. ■..«i' ,.,:.ifc'^!^s.,--5i«:<«rr-eW'i-*.-»/-.«ii*a'i»*PiV,iViK-S»»^ ^*w»5j'imi^^ \--~--a.;'.'r';'S S 'i:~;s':gg.gBr^Kg>rr3g-' V- 9 Edit. -^'■'C. Appendix. .-.1*" 81 adjoining nt United Stutes,* by ooserving the following directions : proi ided, the duties paid or secured on xuch nterchandiie imported hy one [wnon or co-partnership, and entered at the same time, »hall amount to 50 dollan, except distilled liquors, which must be 150 gallons, ami exported in the original casks, cases, chests, boxes, or other packages in which tbej were im- ported, except liquors in casks, coffee or cocoa in casks or other packages, or unrefined sugar which may be filled up out of others of the same importation, or put up into new casks or packages corresponding therewith, whkh must be marked and numbered as (he originals, but no change or fdling up to take ptare unless the casks or other packages are unfit for ex- portation, and in no other case ; the whole to be pertormeii under the iuspeclioa of a proper officer appointed for that purpose. When articles are imported in bulk, the pai:kag('8 in which tlicy arc landed $hall be deemed the packages of original iinportution, and mui>t be exported in tliu same ; and all certificates for distilled spirits, wines or tea*, must be given up, or nr drawback to be allowed. Twenty-lour hour's notice to be given ity lodging an entry therefor before shipping the goods, except distilled spirits, which require but six hours : and goods shipped without a proper permit, forfeit the drawback. The form of the entry as follows : FMr)! af tnerehoHittit laltndtd to bt exporled bg Aaron Hart tnt board tluSlilp Peacoet. trhtreqf Sttli April is masltTyfor the btnfjit ofilranliack ; nkick nitre imported into the Ulitrict qf Ntit-york >m the clg/tth Jnnt fcy A. Hoffman, in tht mailtr, J'rom t and troHfAl info thu dlitrict on the in t/it matler/ron Marks I Numhen fHCkages and : Net cost of ait valorem ir- 1 Weight or | Tare and Unft, or Allowtnce Conteols I tic lr«, as having paid duties. I icuate I Ihr l«ika: do solemnly, sincerely, and truly swear (or affirm,) that the ar- ticles specified in the above or annexed entry, were imported by (or consigned to) me, in the whereof was master, from that they were du- ly entered by me at the custom-house of this port, and the duties paid (or secured) — that they are the same in quantity, quality, package (and vtthte,) as atthe time of importation, necessa- ry or unavoidable wastage or damage only excepted, and are nuvt' actually laden on board the whereof is master; and that they are truly intended to be exported by me in the said vessel, to the port of and are not iiit^M(U;d to be relanded within the limits of the United States. S > help me God. Oal/i to be taken by the original importer, when the goods hare been sold. I, do solemnly, sincerely, and truly swear (or affirm,) that the articles spc- cifiedin the above or annexed entry, as imported by (or consigned to) me, were truly imported by, or comigned to me, in the * whereof is master, from that they were duly entered by me at the ciistom-honse of this port, and the duties thereon paid (or tecurcc^)— that they were ^e same in quantity, quality, pack- age, necessary or unavoidable wastage or damage only excepted (and value) at the time of sale or dclivey to as at the time of importation. So htip me God. Oath to be taken by an intermediate person. I, do solemly, sincerely, and trul^ swear (or alTirm,) that the articles of merchandize specified in this entry, were purchased by me from and were sold by me to and that ti\ey were not, to the best of m>- knowledge and belief, altered or in any respect changed in quantity, quality, value or pack- age, necessary or unavoidalile wastage or damage o.ily excepted, whije in my possession, or from the time of said purchas'e until the time of said sale. So help me God. „' _ Oath to be taken by an exporter, other than the original impor'tr. ' %^ I, do solemnly, sincerely, and truly swear (or aflirm,) that the articles specified in the above annexed entry, were purchased by me of thai they are not actually laden on board of the whereof is master, and tve-e at the time of such landing, and are no-.v the same in quantity, quality, package, necessary or unavoidable wastage or damage only excepted (and ralue) as ut llu- time of purchase, that they are truly intended to be exported by me in the said vessel to the port and are not intended to be relanded within the limits of the Unitt-ii States So help ine God. The exporter to make oath respecting such exportation, and to give bonds before clearance,, or within ten days after with security, to the satisfaction of the collector, in a penalty double * St. Au^utliHe, rfova-ScotiUt Halifax, and the Canadat t When merchandi/.e are exported rroui thK imit of or jiiiul Iniportnt on, tlii> 'r.Uiwingto beoin'tt«1 in Ih* i^yv" and itroniht into thitd'.tlrltt on tht in H« mmtrr/rmr..'' L Appendix. Il 82 Apfjendix. 9 Edit. •; ■iilf.a fm:.'< the amount of »ucli drawback, to produce tin proorrequired by law, in respect of their being landed without the limit!) of the United States ; within one year if to Europe or foruign do- minions in America, or within two years if to Asia or Africa. The certificate proper to be produced to be of the foiiuwiog form :-~ I, of the of do hereby certify, that the goods or merchandize herein after described, have been landed in this between tlie and days of from on board the of whereof is at present master, vi» :— ■'. , A. B. No. 1 a to. ten hogsheads 7 cont ining 14,000 lbs. C I). No. 3. 6. 9. Ij. four tierces 3 **'?*'' ofcofl'ee. ' j E. F. No. U. 18. 22. ^ eight hogcheads containing 10,000 lbs. 2.5. 27. 30. 33. 30. 3 weight of brown sugar. ' *- 30 S 10 chests containing "JOO weight of ' \ hyson tea. «. IV "7 ir 10 3 three bales containing 150 pieces of G. H. No.ai.a 30. J K. No. 7. 16. 19. \ ^„^,,„_ which according to the bills of lading for liie same, were chipped on board the day of at the port of of Given under day in the United &ates of America, on or about the and consigned to by aforesaid merchant. A. A. hand at the thi« O.i/A tr affirmation ofllifi master, orpruunpal njieert of the vend, eonfirming the above. Port OF- We, mate, of the of master, and lately arrived from the port of in the United States of America, do solemnly swear (or atfirm) that the goods or merchandize enumerat^(|ilnd de- scribed in the preceding certificate, dated the day of and signed by A. A. of • merchant, were actnally delivered at the said port, from on board 'he said within the time specified in the said certificate. Sworn (or affirmed) at ") before me, this day of 3 . Form of a rerification of the above by a Consul or agent of the United Stales. I, (Consul or ^gent) of the United Slated of America, at the city of do declare, that the facts fet forth in the preceding certificate, subscribed by A. A. of the said merchant, and dated the day of are to (mi/ knowledge just and trite: or are in my opinion jtul and true, and deserting fuH faith and eredil.) ' * In testimony whereof, I have hereunto subscribed my name, ^ and affixed the peal of my office, at this day of , M. M Jf tfiere is no Consul or Agent, the following in place thereof. We, residmg in the of th<:t the facts stated in the preceding certificate, signed by A. A. merchant, on the day of ,, knowledge just and true, or are in our opinion just and true,) and worthy of full faith and credit. We also declare, that there is (no consul or public agent for the United States of America, or American merchants) now residing at this place. Dated at this day of R. S. . T. L. f If any goods, wares, or merchandize, entered for exportation witli intent to drawback the duties, shall be landed within the limits of the United States, tl e same is subject to the seizure and forfeiture, togetlier with the ship or vespel : and the vef!.cis or boats used in landing the same, and all |)ersons concerned therein, upon conviction, to sutler imprisonment not exceed- ing six months. Merchandize may be transported coastways to such ports as vessels arriving from the Cape of Good Hope, or beyond the same, are admitted to enter ut, by making the following entry, and obtaining a certificate from the port of original importation. The form of the entry as follows : F-nii}! a/::ttriharulfit M'nAtdtobeihif^td bf A M. onboard tlit I.Q- whfrenfj I) it matler, for film York . io it e rporUd from Ihinre for tke bt%tfit ol drarthnrV ; •Khir.k mrrt imrorted into tkii ditlrUt onthe I7J* Dicfin- btr^ in tht thip Pnl. J. One, matter, from Shyritii (o A'fin-Ynrt. CONSUL. do declare, of the said are (to our Marks. Kumbera. Packazes aiiit Contents Cost of articles (layiiii! duty id valdrem. Weight or Oiia^e. 'I'are and draft , allowance fur I.ealiiyB. w.*|iUl I.I.V* 4. « ^ 1 9 Edit. 'm. in respect of their being to Europe or foraign do- 1 certificate proper to be jve Jays of erect' do herebjr been landed in tbis J^^ loard the » America, on or about tbe hy ant. » , A. A. tbia confirming Ihe above. Port of be of in the United States ndize enumeratf^nd de- and iiallj- delivered at the said time specified in the said ie United Stales. at the city of ibsc.ribed by A. A. pf tlie day of true, and deteriing full M. M. CONSUL, ■e thereof, do declare, of tbe said • ,» are (to our I worthy of full faith and t for tbe United States of ted at R. S. T. L. tl) intent to drawback the ne is subject to the seizure bnals used in landing the imprifonment not exceed- els arriving iVoin the Cape I'iking the following entry, ■J I) if master, for Ktw York . Ml dUtrUt Ofithe 171* Dutin- eight or 'I'are and drafi, allonance fiir leakage. t^ 1) Edit. Appendix. 83 ndize to be ontered by the consignee, previous to the landing thereof, in man> Such ibenli ner following : KtUr» of mtnkttndiu, trofUporUd eoailwlif, ror [A B orC. D] inike thip tlUa,mktTtof Petir Smink U mat- hr, from for thr purpnse of being tipurttdfiom Uu dittrict qf for the brnrfit of dtaaback ; nitiek trtre importtd in Ikt diilrict of •«■ tkt 6jf in thr mattor, from Marks. Numbers. Packages. Cniltaiiti. ;• -*:*-! Oath or Jlffirmation to thU entry, I, do solemnly, sincerely, and truly swear, {or affirm^') according to the best of my knowledge and belief, that the entry by me subscribed is just and true ; that the jnercliandizc therein mentioned have been duly imported, and the duties thereon paid, or se- cured to be paid, according to law. So help me God. The certificate accompanying such merchandize to be producod at the time of making en- try, upon which a permit will be granted for unlading; and if intended to be evpofted to u foreign port, the same proceedings to be had as if such merchandize had been originally im- ported into the district from whence they are to be exported. Merchandize may be transported across the state of New-Jersey, by the following route, to Philadelphia, and exported from thence to a foreign port, and obtain drawback, viz. New- Brunswick, South-Amboy, and Lamberton, Bordentown, or Burlington, by making an entry as if transported by water; the said merchandize to be inspected and marked previous to the lading on board any packet with intention of transportation as aforesaid, and obtaining the u&u lificate as in other cases; and if merchandize is transported by any other route, than ex- |)res9ed in the passport accompanying tbe same, or if the marks, fastenings, or seals that may De placed tliereon, by direction of any officer of the custom!!, he broken or defaced, or un- packedL the merchandize in respect to which such omission or wrong doing shall happen, or the valTO thereof, shall be forfeited. In addition to the above mentioned entry, the following shall be made to obtain the pass- port for transportation, and which is to accompany such merchandize. Entry qf merckandist intended to be trantporteil by I Putnam, qftki eUg qf Xiiw-York State of Nen-Jtrns to Pkiladelpkia, merchant, aerosi tke Marks. Numliers. fiiiml cr andde- enription of Contents. By whom sent. To whom consltned. 1 1 1 1 " A. ^* of the city of [New- York,] merchniJi, having taken tbe jtrescribe'd by law, hereby permitted to transport across the state of New- Jersey, to the city of Philadelphia, in the state of Pennsylvania, as ex- pressed in the above entry. Given under our hands and seals, at the custom house, this day of If goods are exported from the di.«trict into which they were origmally'iraported, the ex- porter shall receive from the collector of such district, a debenture or debentures for tbe amount of such drawback, payable at the exact time or times on which the duties on such goods fhM become due. Provided, that if the duties on such merchandize .'hall have been paid prior to an entry for ex portation, the debenture shall be made payable in fifteen days from the time of signi8|; the bond ; and the debenture may be made payable (o the original import- er when tlie same shall be requested, in writing by tbe exporter, and not otherwi; 3. If merchandize having been imported coast ways, accompanied with a certificate, shall be exported to a foreign port, tlie exported to receive a certificate from the collector of tbe dis- ♦rict from whence exported ; which is to be produced to the collector of the district of origi- nal importation ; and the drawback to be paid at such port, upon debenture or debentures tieing granted thereon, payable as aforesaid : but in no ca.se is the drawback to be paid un- til tiie duties arc first received. INFORMATION GENERALLY. The want of certificates of distilled spirits, wines, or teas, subjpct such articles to seizyrc and fifty dollars fine if such certificates are not (lel^ver^d to the purchaser : and if iiny cask, chest, vessel, or case, containing such articles, shall be found in the pot.se.sion of any person, without being marked, and not being accompanied with a certificate, the same is lialr aeven years, and being advertiaed in toe , BMripapen. with forfeiture of the good* t aad ir febove four hundred dollars, value of vetNl ud apiwrel. Ooodt removed before guaged ud weighed ; and if wine*, spirit*, or tea*, before being marked, iKJfliout perniamon, are forfeited. reraons giving or offering a bribe, forfeit from two hundred to two thouiaocl dollar*. — Inapecton and oaicer*of revenue cutter* raaj go on board, examine and search vesaels, have free accei* to the cabin, and seal .package* ; and after *uoset secure hatches, &c I'ersons in charge of vessels, for brealcing fastenings, but in preseiwe of an officer, foriMt two hundred dollar*. Officers may seiie within or v'thout their districts — persons reaisting or impeding them, forfeit four hundred dollara. The master or commander of any- vessel, that shall obstruct or hinder (or be the cause thereof,) any officer of the revenue, in going on board his ship orver^l, for the purpose ofcar- ryiug into effect any of the revenue laws of the United States, forfeit from fifty to five hun- dred dollars. llsaiSTKR ACT. — Every owner of a vessel, residing within the limits of the United States, to swear to the register within niiuly day* after ita l>eiag granted, or it becomea void, and the veasel and cargo pays foreign tonnage and duty. ^ , '*~ ' kh Manifttlfor a toatUng vtuel. Manffut ffUt cargo on board Ih* Schoonir Jim, (0111, iiif tiorfiUt^ig-t^t itale 4/'KirrilH«.t*lt ITM4ajF«^/ii^, 1816 -ST^' BanMS. I R«z. I Aie. I Relght 171 inrite ud mmin^lthoQt ipe- iter and eyery otttr p«WO Bcon- : of the United Stotos for KTen ire of the good*; and if kbove ■pints, or tw», before belnf ,, ed to two tbouiand dollan> — amine aiid nearch tesaeis, have t secure hatches, &c — I'ersons if an officer, forfeit two hundred IK rensUng or impeding thero, Sruct or hinder (or be the causfi or vessel, for the purpose of car- I, forfeit from fifty to five hun- the limiU of the United States, ed, or it becomes void, and the nuuUr, iurOtn 100 MUfn.-s . Cow. Mfi \ Ke»iwaeror6>nsignewDuiie. | Kesidew' vt ease. Bibovementioned slave . * ^^ tes from after the.first day of Jan- m • laws of the state held to || rest, consisting of , ^ ^ », irmission is hereby granted to the ) the port of ashei day of -■vt. '■.* L